摘要:

J O U R N A L H. E. ARMSTRONG, Ph.D., F.R.S. J, DEWAR, LL.D., F.R.S. WYNDHAM R. DUNSTAN, M. A., F. R.S. A. VERNON HARCOURT, M.A., F.R.S. C. T. HEYCOCK, M.A., F.R.S. OF H. FORSTER MORLEY, M.A., D. Sc. W. RAMSAY, Ph. D., F.R.S. A. SCOTT, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. T. E. THORPE, LL.D., F.R.S. W. P. WPNNE, D.Sc., F.R.S. THE CHEMICAL SOCIETY. ABSTRACTS O F PAPERS ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. ON @bitor : C. E. GROVES, F.R.S. SnIr - Q bitur : A. J. GREENAWAY. C. F. BAKER, Ph. D., B.Sc. C. H. BOTHAMLEY. A. C. CHAPMAN. H. CKOMPTON. A. W. CROSSLEY, M.Sc., Ph. D. W. A. DAVIS. T. EWAN, R.Sc., Ph.D. M. 0. FORSTER, Ph.D. W. D. HALLIBURTON, M.D., B.Sc., A. HARDEN, M.Sc., Ph.D. L. M. JONES, B.Sc. L. DE KONINGH. F. R. S. A. LAPWORTH, D.Sc. N. LEONARD, B.Sc. A. R. LING. D. A. LOUIS. N. H. J. MILLER, Ph.D. G.T. MORGAN, B.Sc. W. J. POPE. E. C. ROSSITER. M. J. SALTER. L. J. SPENCEB, M.A. J. J. SUDBOROUGH, Ph.D., D.Sc. J. F. TBORPE, Ph.D. E. W. WHEELWRIGHT, B.A., Ph.D. 1898. Vol. LXXIV. Part I. - L O N D O N : GURNEY & JACKSON, 1, PATERNOSTER ROW. 1898.RICHARD CLAY AND SONS, LIMITED, LONDON AND BUNGAYC 0 N T E N T S. ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS PUBLISHED IN OTHER JOURNALS :-- PART I. Organic Chemistvy LOSANITSCH (SIMA M.). ENGLER (CARL). Polymerisation of Hydrocarbons . . . . ENGLER (CARL) and TH. LEHMANN. LUNGE ( GEORG) and EDUARD CEDERCREUTZ. Acetylene . . . . . . . . . . KOSUTANY (TAMAS). Does the Volume of a Liquid change in consequence of Alcoholic Fermentation ? . . . . . . . . . FRITZSCHE (P.). Preparation of Ether free from Alcohol . , . . FRITZSCHE (P.) Manufacture of Ethyl Hydrogen Sulphate from Gases con- The Orders of Isomerism among the Homologous Paraffins .. . . . . . . . . . . . Formation of Natural Petroleum and the Spontaneous Formation of 'Olefines,' Naphthknes,' and Benzene Hydrocarbons by the Distillation of Fats under Pressure . Purification of commercial HOWE (JAMES LEWIS). Ruthenidcyanides . . . . . . . . taining Ethylene . . . . . . . . . HENRY (LOUIS). Nitro-alcohols . . . . . . . . . . HENRY (LOUIS). Trimethylene derivatives . . . HENRY (LOUIS). Nitropropylic Alcohol . . . . . . . . HENRY (LOUIS). GUSTAVSON (GABRIEL) and MISS 0. POPPER. ROLFE (GEORGE W. ) and GEORGE DEFREN. Glyceryl Monochlorhydrin from AlIylic Aldohoi Constitution of PenLry-. thri to1 . . . . . . . . . . . . Analytical Investigation of OST (HERMA").ISOmdtOSe . . . . . WR~BLEWSKI (AUGUSTIN). Soluble Starch . . . . . . . the Hydrolysis of Starch by acids . . . . . . . . VIGNON (Lto). Oxycellulose . . . . . . . . . CHABRIE (CAMILLE). Cystin . . . . . . . . . FRANCHIMONT (ANTOINE PAUL NICOLAS). Aliphatic Nitramines . , MULLER (JOSEPH AUGUSTE). Voiatilisation of. Lactic acid and its Anhy- drides a t the ordinary temperature : Volathation of Lactic acid with BISCHOFF (CARL' ADAM). Formation Af Chains,' XI?. Aniline and Ethylic' BISCHOFF (CARL ADAM). Formation of Chains, XV. Anil$e a i d Fatty Brorninated acid Amides . . . . . . . . . . BISCHOFF (CABL ADAM). Forrnathn of Chains, XVI. Formation of acid Anilides . . . . . . . . NOYES (WILLIAM ALBERT). Preparation o*f Diethyiic Milonate .. . FITTIG (RUDOLPH). Action of acid Anhydrides on acids and their Salts. Formation of Ketodilactones, Ketonic acids, and Ketones . . . GUTHZEIT (MAX) and HERBERT W. BOLAM. Rupture of the Carbon Chaiu in Ethylic Dicarboxyglutaconatc (up,'-Propenetetracarboxylate) . . SCIIACHT (WALTER). Ethylenetliiourea and Trimetiiyleiiethiourea . . Water Vapour . . . Salts of Fatty Brominated acids . . . . SCHMIDT (ERNBT ALBERT). Thioureas . . . . . (6 2 i, 1 i, 7 i, 2 i, 2 i, 2 i, 3 i, 3 i, 3 i, 4 i, 4, 5 i, 5 i, 5 i, 6 1, 6 i, 7 i, 8 i, 8 i, It i, 9 i, It i, 10 i, 10 i, 10 i, 11 i, 11 i, 12 i, 12 i, 121v CONTENTS. GnsTAvsoN (GABRIEL) and Miss H. BULATOFF. Ketopentamethylene from LOB (WALTHER). Electrolytic Reduction of Nitrobenzene . . . . AUTENEIETH (WILHELM). Phosphates derived from the Phenols .. WEIDEL (HUGO) and J. POLLAK. Nitroso-derivatives of Phloroglucinol PAUL (LUDWIG). Metol’[Pa~ame~hglamici~phenol Sulph’ate] . . . . KEHRMANN (FKIEDRICH) and G. BETSCH. 2 : 5-Diamidoquinone . . . CLAUS (ADOLPH\ and REINHOLD WALLBAUM. Diazotisation of highly snb- stituted Aniliues, and formation of the corresponding Benzonitriles . HANTZSCH (ARTHUR RUDOLF), A. SCHLEISSING and M. JAGER. Molecular change of Brominated Diazonium Chlorides into Chlorinated Diazonium Bromides . . . . . . . BAMBERGER ( EUGEN) and EDMOND RENAULD. Alpliyl an’d Alkyl Hydroxyl-‘ amines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BECKMANN (ERNST OTTO), [and in part B. GOETZE, HEINRICH KONIG and F. SCHONERMARK]. N-Alkylhydroxylamines . . . . . . HOLLEMAN, (ARNOLD FRI~DI~RIC).Nitro-substituted Hydroxamic acids . TAUBER (ERNST) and FRANZ WALDICR. Bismarck-brown . . . . M~~HLAU (RICHARD) and LUDWIG MEYER. Bismarck-brown . FRIEDLANDER (PAUL) and LUDWIG C. SCHNELL. Some Ketones of the‘ Phloroglucinol series (researehes on the Flavone derivatives, VI 1.) . WALTEIER (REINHOLD) and 0. KAUSCH. Paramidobenzaldehyde . . . MOHR (ERNST). Action of Diacetonitrile on Aldehydes . . . . . VORLSNDER (DANIEL). Action of Benzaldehyde on Ketones . . . . VORLANDEK (DANIEL) and FRITZ KALKOW. Benzylidenepinacolin . . HOWARD (CURTIS C.). Derivatives of Paramidophenoxyacetic acid . . SToERMER (RICHARD) and 0. RICHTER. BOETTINGER (CAKL). Action of Hubl’s Reagent on Gallic acid and Tannic acid WEGscHEIDER (RUDOLF). Production of acid Ethereal salts from Anhy- drides .. . . . . . . . . . . . BAMBERGER (EUGEN) and JAC. KUNZ. Intramolecular rearrangement of GOLDSCHMIEDT ( GUIDO) and GUsTAV KNOPFER. bondensation with SCHIFF (HUGO). Furfurobenzidine . . . . . . . . . KOSTANECKI (STANIsLAs VON) and L. LACZKOWSKI. Hydroxybenzplidene- indanedione . . . . . . . . . . ROSENBTIEHL ( AUGUSTE). Action of Methylic Iodide on aqueous solutions of Crystal-violet, Malachite-green, and Methvlene-blue : hydrolysis of these colouring matters . . . . . . . . . . WICHELHAUS ( [KARL] HERMAN”). Di-B-naphthaquinone oxide . . . KEHRMANN (FRIEDRICH) and M. GOLDENBERG. Azoquinones . . . SCHEY (L. T. C. ). Methylamides and Dimethylamides of Naphthalene-8- sulphonic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . ERDMANN (HUGO) [and in part ERNST ERDMANN and P. HUTH].Consti- tuents of Oil of Roses and allied Ethereal oils . . . . . . ERDMANN (ERNST). oil of Cloves . . . . . BECKURTS ( HEINRICH) and JnLrus TROEGER. Ethereai oil ’of Angostura bark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GADAMER (JomNms). Sinigrin, Sinalbin, Sinapin, and Sinapic acid . TRAETER (K.). . GORTER (K.). Substances contained in the root of Baptisia tinetoria: BoEHhf (RUDOLF). Filicic acid . . . . . . . . . METER (HANS). Cantharidin . . . . . . SCHULZE (ERNST). Nitrogen compounds from the root-buds of Ri&us‘ communis . . . . . . . . . BAER (S. H. ) and’ALBERT B. PRESCOTT. Dipyridine methyleniodide . JUST (ALEXANDER). 8-Toluoylpicoline and 8-Tolyl Pyridyl Ketone . . SCHOLTZ (MAX). Diacetyl-lutidine . . . . . . . . . Vinyltrimethylenic Bromide . . . . . . Diethyl Ether .. . . . Nitration of Coumaroiie Sulphonic acids, 11. . . . . . . . . . . Phenylacetone . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glncosides contained in the root of HeEleboms niger . +-Baptisin . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGe i, 13 i, 14 i, 14 i, 15 i, 17 i, 17 i, 18 i, 19 i, 20 i, 22 i, 22 i, 23 i, 23 i, 24 i, 25 i, 26 i, 27 i, 28 i, 29 i, 30 i, 30 i, 30 i, 31 i, 31 i, 32 i, 32 i, 32 i, 33 i, 34 i, 34 i, 35 i, 37 i, 37 i, 38 i, 39 i, 39 i, 40 i, 41 i, 42 i, 42 i, 42 i, 43CONTENTS V PREUND (MORIZ). 8-Benzoylisonicotinic acid . . . . . . . MAASS (EMIL) and RICHARD WOLFFENSTEIN. Action of Hydrogen peroxide on Tetrahydroquinoline and Tetrahydroisoquinoline . . . . GALLINEK (ALFRED). Metamido-a-methylbenzimidazole or Paramido-a- OESTERREICH (M,). Reduction and Oxidation products of ap-Dimethyl- oxyazole and its Condensation with Acetaldehyde .. . . . KEHRMANN ( FRIEDRICH) and ERNST GAUHE. Nitro- and Amido-deriva- tives of Phenonaphthoxazone . . . . . . . . . FISCHER (EMIL) and LORENZ ACH. Oxydichloropurine . . . . . FISCHER (EMIL). Syntheses of Xant'hine, Hypoxanthine, Adenine, and Guanine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HORBACXEWSKI (IAN). Crystallised Xanthine and Guanine . . . . POMMEREHNE (HERBERT). Oxidation of Ethyltheobromine by Potassiuni PICTET AM^) and P. GENEQUAND. Met'hiodides bf Nicotine . PAUL (BENJAMIN HoRArIo) and ALFRED JOHN COWNLEY. Alleged Con: version of Cinchonine into Cinchonidine . . . . . . . SKRAUP ( ZDENKO HANNS). Conversion of Cinchonine into Isomerides by means of acids . . . . . . . . . . . . BOUTROUX (LEON) and P: GENVHESSR.Double Chlorides of Cinchonamine BATTANDIER ( J. A.) and TH. MALOSSE. Retamine . . . . . HERZIG (JOSEF) and HANS MEYER. Estimation of Alkyl Groups attached BERTRAND (GABRIEL). Intervention of Manganese in Oxidations produced WR~BLEWSKI ( AUGUSTIN). Chemical behaviour of Diastase and Occurrence of an Araban in ordinary Diastase . . . . . . HOPRINS (F. GOWLAND). Action of Halogens on Albumin . . . . PRANKEL (SIGISMUND). Preparation of Deuteroalbumose . . . . FOLIN (OTTO). Animal gum . . . . . . . . BECKMANN (ERNST OTTO) [and in part H. SCHARFENBERGER GIEN. SERTZ' and 0. ELSNER]. Rehaviour of Proteids with Aldehydes . . . R~HMANN (FRANZ). Products of the Tripsin-fermentation of Casein . . MABERY (CHARLES FREDERIC). Californian Petroleum .. . . . WERNER (ALFRED) and GEORG RICHTER. Constitution of Inorganic Com- pounds, X. Ammonio-chromiumthiocyanogen Compounds . . FLEURENT (&MILE [CHARLES ALBERT] ). Action of Nitric acid on Potassium BUXHOEVDEN ([BARON] HELLMUTH) and GUSTAV TAMMANN. Hydrates 0; Magnesium Platinocyanide and their solubility - . . . . . NOYES (ARTHUR AMOS) [and in part H. M. CHASE, GRACE A. VAN EVEREN, L. H. GOODHUE, C. H. STONE, and H. H. TOZIER]. Synthesis of Hexamethyleneglycol Diethyl Ether and other Ethers from Trimethylene WEBER (K. ) and BERNHARD "TOL~ENS: Fbrmaldehyde ierivatives of the FOERSTER (OTTO). Preparation of Soluble Starch and St'arch Solutions . SYNIEWSKI (WIKTOR). Soluble Starch . . . . . . , . GABRIEL (SIEGMUND) and GEORG ESCHENBACH. Bromethylamine and MALLET (JOHN WILLIAMj.. Rapid Polymer'isatibn o i Chloral . . . PECHMANN (HANS VON). Glyoxalosazone from Formaldehyde . . . HUTZLER (RUDOLF) and VICTOR MEYER. Change of Butyric into Isobutyric acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FRITSCH (PAUL). Conversion of Pentachloracetone into Trichloracrylic and Chloromslonic acids . . . . . . . . . . . . methylbenzimidazole . . . . . . . . . . FISCHER ( EMIL). Trichloropurine . . . . . . . . SLOOTEN (WILLEM VAN DER). Derivatives of Theobromine . . . Chlorate and Hydrochloric acid . . . . . KILIANI ( HEINRICH). Digitalis alkaloids . . . . to Nitrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . by Laccase . . . . . . - . . . . Cobalticyanide . . . . . . . . . Glycol . . . . . Polyatomic alcohols and acids of the Sugar group Vinylamine . . . . . . . . .. PAGE i, 43 i, 44 i, 44 i, 44 i, 45 i, 46 i, 47 i, 48 i, 50 i, 50 i, 50 i, 51 i, 51 i, 51 i, 52 i, 52 i, 52 i, 53 i, 53 i, 54 i, 54 i, 55 i, 55 i, 55 i, 56 i, 57 i, 57 i, 59 i, 59 i, 59 i, 60 i; 61 1, 61 i, 61 i, 62 i, 62 i, 62 i, 63vi CONTENTS. PAGE JOVI~I'SCIWYCII ( RIILOI~AI) Z. ). acetate and Hydroxylaniine hydrochloride . . . . . . . i, 64 SIMON (LOUIS). Colour reaction of Pyruvic acid . . . . . . i, 64 ROSENIIEIM (ARTHUR) and PAUL WOGE. (Berglliuni Oxalates) . . . i, 64 VBZES (MAURICE). A new double Platinum salt . . . . . . i, 64 KNORR (LUDWIG). The Isonieric Ethylic Diacetylsuccinates . . . . i, 65 BERG (GEOKG). Compound of Titanic acid with Malic acid . . . . i, 66 WEBER (K.), R. POTT, and BERNHARD TOLLENS. aldehyde with Uric acid . . . . . . . .. . . i, 66 KJELLIN (CARL) and K. GUSTAV KUYLENSTJERNA. SCHIFF (HUGO). Polyaspartic acids . . . . . . . . . i, 67 KOHLER (ELMER P. ). Aliphatic Sulphonic acids . . - . . . i, 68 PERATONER (ALBERTO), Constitution of Mecoltic acid . . . . . i, 69 ZINCKE ( [ERNST CARL] THEODOR). Nitroketones, Hydroxyketones, Keto- chlorides, and Ketobromides . . . . . . . . . . 1, 70 LEMOINE (GEORGES). Reversible transformation of Styrene and Metastyrene under the influence of heat . . . . . i , 7 0 PFOB (A. ). Nitroso-derivatives of'Catechol'Methy1 Ether [Gnaiacol] . . i, 71 RUPE (HANS). Derivatives of Guaiacol . . . . . . . . i, 72 BISCHOFF (CARL ADAM). and Metatoluidine ; XVIII. Paratolnidine ; XIX. Metaxylidine . . i, 73 SCHUPTEN (M. C.). Nitrosoanilines . . . . . . . . . i, 74 FR~NKEL (MARTIN).Paratolyltrimethylenediainine and y-iodopropylamine i, 74 PECHMANN (HANS VON). Action of Diazomethane on Nitrosobenzene . . i, 75 HANTZSCH (ARTHUR [RUDOLF] ) and KAKL DANZIGEK. Double salts of Diazonium Cyanides . . . . . . . . i, 76 HANTZSCH (ARTHUR [RUDOLF] ) and R. GLOGAUER. Azo- and Diazo-compounds with Benzenesulphinic acid . . * . i, 78 IJOSSEN ( WILIIELM [CLEMENS] ). azotic acids . . . . . . . . . . . . i, 79, 83 ~JOSSEN ( WILHELM [CLEMENS] ) and MAX GRONEBERO. tetrazotic acid . . . . . . . i , f 9 SCHKEIDEIL Paratolenyldioxytetrazotic acid . . . . . . i, 80 sium Paratolenyldioxytetrazotate by Hydrochloric acid . . . . i, 81 dioxytetrazotic acid and Phenylglyoxenyldioxytetrazotic acid . . . i, 82 oxytetrazotic acid . . . . . . . . . . .. i , 8 3 azotic acid , . . . . . . . . . . i, 83 tetrazotic acid . . . . . . . . . . i, 84 Reaction bctwem Ethylic Isonitrosoaceto- Compounds of Forni- Aliphatic derivatives of Hydroxythiocarbamide . . . . . . . . . . i, 66 BURI~N (RICHARD). Sitosterol . . . . . i, 72 Forniation of Chains : X ViI. Orthotolujdine Diazocyanides and Additive products of Tetrazotic, Oxytetrazotic and Dioxytetr- Benzenyldioxy- LOSSEN ( WILHELM [CLEMENS]), FRANZ'HES;, CARL KIRSCHNICK, aud PAUL LOSSEN ( WILHELN [CLEMENS] ) and FRANZ HESS. Decomposition of Potas- LOSSEN (WILHELM [CLEMENS] ) and FRANZ BOGDAHN. Phenylglycolenyl- LOSSEN ( WILHELM [CLEMENS] ) and GUSTAV GRABOWSKI. B-Naphthenyldi- LOSSEN ( WILHELM [CLENENsj) and FRIEDRICH FUCHS. Benzenyloxytetr- LOSSEN (WILHELM [ c L E M ~ ~ I ) and PAUL SCHNEIDER.Paratolenyioxy- LOSSEN ( WILHELM [CLEMENS] ) and ERNST KAMMER. Phenethenyioxy- tetrazotic acid . . . . . . . . . . i , 8 4 oxytetrazotic acid . . . . . . . . . i, 85 LOSSEN ( wILHELM [CLEnaENsj ahd FRANZ sTATIUS. Benzengltetrazotic acid . . . . . . . . . . i, 85 LOSSEN ( WILHELM ~CLEMEN~I a;d CARL KIRSCHNICK. Paratolenyltetr- azotic acid . . . . . . i, 85 LOSSEN ( wILHELM [CLEMENS]') and J A A COLMXN. 'Anisenpitetrazotic acid i, 8.5 MEYER (VICTOR). Etherification of Mono-substituted Benzoic acids . . i, 86 KELLAS (ALEXANDER M. ). Velocity of Etherification of Mono-substituted Benzoic acids and Hydrolysis of their Ethereal salts . . . i, 86 KIRPAL (ALFRED). LOSSEN (WILHELM [CLEMENS]) and FRANL BOGDAHN. Phenylglycolenyl- Hemipinic acid and the Isomeric: Alkylic Hydrogen Papaverates . .. . . . . . . . . . . i, 87CONTENTS. vii BOETTINGER (CARL). Behaviour of Acetylgallic acid and Ace tyltannin with WHEELER (HENRY LORD), T. E. SMITH, and C. H. WARREN. Diacyl Anilides . . . . . . . . . . . BAMBERGER (MAX) and ANTON LANSIEDL. Natural Resins (Uberwal-' lungsharze) . . . . . . . , , . , . . ZOPF ( WILHELM). Coinpounds from Lichens . , . . . . . EDINGER (ALBERT). Action of Sulphur Chiorides od Aromatic Amines . SCHUYTEN (M. C. ). Additive compounds and substitution derivatives of Phenyldimeth ylpyrazolone . . . . . . . . . . FISCHER (OTTO) and C. GIESEN. Action of bases on Aposafranine . . JOVITSCRITSCH (MILORAD 2.). A new Cyclic compound . . . . PINNER (ADOLF) [with JAMES COLMAN, C. GOEBEL, FELIX GRADENWITZ, and ALFRED SALOMON].Action of Hydrazine on Imido-ethers . . UNGER (OSHAR) and G. GRAFF. Action of a-Brominated acids and ketones on Orthamidothiophenol . . . . . . , . . . FISCHER (EMIL). Synthesis of Heteroxanthine and Paraxanthine . . . VONOERICHTEN (EDUARD). Non-nitrogenous decomposition products of Morphine . . . . . . . . * . . . FRAMM (FRIEDRICH). Specific Rotatory Power of &'Glutin . . . . HOPKIES (F. GOWLAND) and FRANCIS W. BROOK. Halogen derivatives from Proteids , . . . . . . SCHIFF (HUGO). The Biuret Reaction bf Aibum'in . . . . . . GRUTZNER (PAUL). Precipitation of Caseinogen, a simple means of estimating acidity . . . . . , . . . , , . . . BALKE (PAUL). Decompesition prodncts of Carniferrin . . . . HERRMANN (FELIX). Determination of the Number of the Isomerici.'araffins of the formula CnHznf2 .~ . . . , . . . , WORSTALL (R. A,) and A. W. BURWELL. Decomposition of Heptane and Octane a t high temperatures . . . . . . . HEUSLER (FRIEDRECH) [and AUG. NEFGEN]. Composition of Scottish Paraffin Oil . . . . . . . a , . . NEF (JOHN ULRIC). Bivalent Carbon : Chemistry of Methylene . . . FRITZSCHE (P.). Action of Sulphuric acid on Coal Gas . , . . TCHERNIAC (JOSEPH). Preparation of Bromonitromethane . . . . MENSCHUTKIN (NICOLAI A. ). Regularities in the Boiling Poihts of Isomeric PILOTY (OSCAR). New Synthesis of Glycerol and o i Dihydroxyacetone , TARUGI (N. ) and G. NICCHIOTTI. Reactions of Potassium Ferricyanide with Glucose and their application to volumetric analysis . . . ALBERDA VAN EKENSTEIN (W.).Caroubinose and d-Mannose . . . VINCENT (CAMILLE) and BJ~NODICT DELACHANAL. Biological production of Levulose from Mannitol . . . . . . . . . . FEILITZEN (H. VON) and BERNHARD TOLLENS. Humin formation from Sugar on Oxidation with Potassium Permanganate . . . . . PETIT (PAUL). Hydrolysis of Starch by Diastase . . . . . MENSCHTJTKIN (NICOLAI A. ). DEL~PINE ( NARCEL). Action of Hydrogen Sulphide and Carbon Bisul: phide on Trimethyltrimethylenetriamine . . . . , . . THIELE ( JOHANNES) and WILHELM OSBORNE. FREER (PAUL C.) and ARTHUR LACEMANN. Action of Sodium on Methyi HARRIES (CARL D.) and FRITZ LEHMANN. Action of Hydroxylamine on Phorone . . . . . . . . , . , . . . COLLET (-4.). Ketonic acetates . . . . , . . . . . TARUGI (N.). Thio-organic compounds of Arsenic .. . . . , Hubl's reageut . . . . . . . . . . BRUNNER (KARL). Indolinones, 111. . . . . CLEVE (ASTRID). Phenyltriazoles, 11. . . . . . . . PINNER (ADOLF). Action of Hydrazine on Irnido-ethers . . . CHALMOT (GUILLAME L. J. DE). Acetylene Di-iodide . . . Aliphatic compounds . . . . . . LESPIEAU (ROBERT). 2 : 4-Hexadi-ine'dio1:l : 6 . . . . Aliphatic Carbon chains Derivatives of Prozan Propyl Ketone and on Acetophenone . . . . . . . PAGE i, 87 i, 88 i, 88 i, 89 i, 90 i, 91 i, 92 i, 92 i, 93 i, 94 i, 94 i, 94 i, 96 i, 97 i, 98 i, 98 i, 99 i, 99 i, 100 i, 100 i, 101 i, 101 i, 101 i, 102 i, 115 i, 116 i, 116 i, 116 i, 116 i, 117 i, 118 i, 118 i, 118 i, 118 i, 118 i, 119 i, 120 i, 120 i, 120 i, 121 i, 123 i, 123... V l l l CONTENTS. MONTEMARTINI (CLEMENTE). ?-Ketonic acids .. , . . . ETAIX (L.). Dibasic aoids . . . . . . . . . . . AUWERS (KA&L) [and in part F. BETTERIDGE, R. FRITZWEILER and F. WALDEN (PAUL) and 0. LUTZ. Internonversion of Optical Antipodes . ANSCHUTZ (RICHARD). Law of Etherification of Unsymmetrical Aliphatic ANSCHUTZ (RICHARD) and JULIEN DRUUMAN. Preparation of Ethereal salds SCHARVIN (W.) Oximes of Hexahydrobenzophenone and of Hexahydro- VAUBEL (WILHELM). The Benzene Nucleus. IX. . . ORNUORVF (WILLIAM RIDQELY), G. L. TERRASSE, and D: A. ‘NORTON: Anethoil and its Isomerides . . HENTSCHEL (W. ). Action of Nitrogen Chioride on ‘Aniiine, ‘Methylaniline and Dimethylaniline . . , . . . BtscHoFF (CARL ADAM). Formation of Chains. XX. Chloraniiines: XXI. Nitranilines. XXII. Nitrotoluidines . . . . , , MEYER (JACOB). Conversion of Amines into Phenols .. . . . PINNOW (JOHANNES) and E. KOCH. Derivatives of Paramidodimethylani- line [Dimethylparaphenylenediamine] . MOITESSIER (JOSEPH). Combination of Phenylhydrazine with Metallid Acetates . . . . . . . . . . . MOITESSIER (JOSEPH). ‘Combina’tion of Phenylhydrazine with Metallic salts . . . . . . . . . . . PINNOW (JOHANNES) and E. ‘KOCH. Amidoazimidobenzene . . . . NEUBAUER (CARL). Intramolecular rearrangement of Isoaldoximes . . PECHMANN (HANS VON). Vinylideneoxanilide . . . . . . VIGNON (Lao). Dyeing with substantive Dyes . . . MICHAELIS ([cam ARNOLD] AUGUST). Some Organic compounds coitain: ing Inorganic radicles . . . . . . . . MICHAELIS ([CARL ARsoLD] AUQUST) and F’RANZ KUNCKELL. Orgsnic Selenium compounds . . . . .. . . . . . RUST (E. ). Organic Tellurium compounds . . . . . . . LOLOFF (CARL). Antimony derivatives of Anisoil and Pheuetoil . . GILLMEISTER (ARNOLD). Some Aromatic Bismuth compounds . . . COLLET (A.). Halogen Derivatives of Phenyl Methyl Ketone . PECHMANN (HANS VON) and LUDWIG WOLMAN. Ethylic Quinoltetra: carboxylic acid from Ethylic Acetonedicarboxylic acid . . . . KASTLE (J. H.), PAUL MURRIL and JOS. C. FRAZER. Decomposition of Alkyl-sulphonates by water, acids and salts . . . . . . HINSBERG (OSCAR). Benzenesulphinic acid as a reagent . . . , HALSSIG ([ FRANZ] ARTHUR). Paratoluenesulphinic acid . . , . MEYER (ERNST VON). Derivatives of Paratoluenesulphinic acid . . PETKENKO-KRITSCHENKO (PAWEL Iw. ) and D. PLOTNIKOFF. A Tmnsfor- CASTELLANETA (E.), Action of Tetrazodiphenyl Chloride on Benzene .NOELTING ( EMILIO) and ALFRED MEYER. Aromatic Hydroxyketones NOELTING (EMILIO). New Method of Formation of Colouring Matters of the Malachite-green Series . . . . . . . . . . RIS (CHRISTOPH) and CARL SIMON. Paradinitrodibenzyldisulphonic acid , WITT (OTTO NIKOLAUS) and JENS DEDICHEN. Anilineazo-a-naphthol . BLUMENFELD (SIEGFRIED) and PAUL FRIEDLANDER. A General Reaction of Aromatic Quinones. 11. . . . . . . KONDAKOFF (IWAN L.) and TH. GORBUNOFP. Isomeric change of’Dihydro: carvone into Carvenone . . . . . . . . . . ODDO (GIUSEPPE). Menthonecarboxyiic and Menthonedicarboxylic acids . MINGUIN (JULES). Borneols and their Ethers . . . . . . . MANASSE (OTTO) and ERNST SAMUEL. Camphoquinone . . . . CAZENEUVE (PAUL). Conversioii of Sulphocamphophenol into Dinitrocresoi MAYER].Substituted Suceinic acids . . . . . . Dicarboxylic acids . . . . . . . - LOEBEN (WOLF VON). &Methyluric acid . . . . . . . propiophenone . ’ . . . . . . . . mation of Tetrahydropyrone derivatives . . . . . . ODDO (GIUSEPPE). Camphor compounds . . . . . . PAGE i, 124 i, 124 i, 125 i, 127 i, 127 i, 128 i, 128 i, 129 i, 129 i, 129 i, 130 i, 131 i, 132 i, 132 i, 132 i, 133 i, 133 i, 134 i, 135 i, 136 i, 136 i, 136 i, 137 i, 138 i, 138 i 139 i, 140 i, 140 i, 140 i, 141 i, 142 i, 142 i, 142 i, 143 i, 143 i, 143 i, 144 i, 145 i, 145 i, 146 i, 147 i, 14’1 i, 141 i, 148C ONTEWTS. ix NICHAELIS ([CARL ARNOLD] AUGUST) [and in part R. ILMER and G. ROBISCH.] Asymmetrical Alkylphenylhydrazines and some of their derivatives .CLAUS (ADOLPH) and WALTHER FROBENJUS. 4'-Amidoquinoline . . CLAUS (ADOLPH) and S. SCHALLER. 2'-Amidoquinoline . . . . SIMON (LOUIS). Action of Aromatic Amines on certain Unsymmetrical METZNER (HERMANN). Ethylic Phenacetylmalonate . . . . . KEHRMANN (FRIEDRICH j and W. SCHAPOBCHNIKOFF. Salts of Phenylphen- azonium and Phenylnaphthophenazonium, and their reactions with Alkalis and Amines . . . . KEHRMANN (FRIEDRICH) and'WILHELM HELWIG. Salts'of Phenylisonaph-' thophenazonium, and the action of Amines on them . . . . KEHRMANN (FRIEDRICH) and 0. FEDER. The Fifth Isomeride of Rosinduline NOELTING (EMILIO) and F. WEQELIN. Triazine derivatives from Chrysoi- dine, and from Ortharuidoazotoluene . . . . . . . . MUGDAN (MARTIN). Dimethylconiine . . . . . . . . BRUNNER (HEINRICH) and HEIRRICH LEINS.Derivatives of Theobro. mine. Action of Chloroform on Phenylhydrazine . . FISCHER (EMIL) and FRITZ PRANK. New Decomposition of Theobromine, WILLSTACTER (RICHARD). Ketones of the Tropine group. VIII. Consti- tution of Tropine . . . . . . . . . . . . FISCHER (OTTO). Harmine and Harmaline . . . . . . . LOSANITSCH (SIMA M.). The number of Isomeric Paraffins . . . . ENGLER (CARL) [and in part H. GRUNING, L. JEZIORANSKI, and C. SCHNEIDER]. Decomposition of Hydrocarbons of high molecular DESGREZ (ALEXANDRE). Decomposition of Chloroform, Bromoform, and Chloral by aqueous solutions of Potassium Hydroxide . . FOERSTER (FRITZ) and W. MEVES. Electrolytic preparation of Iodo: f0l.m . . . . . . . . . . * . . LEMOULT (PAUL). Silver Cyanamide . . . .. . . . . LEMOULT (PAUL). Chlorocyanuramide . . . . . . . . FISCHER (EMIL) and GEORU GIEBE. Preparation of Acetals . . . . WOHL (ALFRED) and ERNST LIST. Decoinposition of Galactose . NORRIB (JAMES F.) [and io part E. H. LAWS, A. E. XIMBERLY, and F. M.* SMALLEY]. Action of the Halogens on Aliphatic Amines and prepara- tion of their perhaloids . . . . . LE BEL (JOSEPH ACHILLE). Crystalline forms of the Plati'nochlorides of Diamines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COHN (GEORG). Constitution of Hexamethylenetetramine . . . . HANTZSCH (ARTHUR [RUDOLF] j and A. SAUER. Isonitramines and their JONES (LAUDER W.). Salts of Nitroparains and acylated derivatives of ENGLER (CARL) and J. GRIMM. The direct elimination of Carbonic oxide,' and the reaction of this with Water BTJISINE (A.) and P.BUISINE. Volatile acids o*f the Acetic: series from the Suint of Wool . . . . . . . . . . ERLENMEYER (EMIL), sen. Conversion of Butyric into Tsobutyric acid . ERLENMEYER ( EMIL), jun. A seemingly general reaction of a-Amido-acids of the formula NH,*CHR*COOH . . . . . . . . . WALDEN (PAUL). Stereoisomeric Cblorobromosuccinic acids . . . GUARESCHI ( ICILIO). a-Amidoethylidenesuccinimide and Acetylsuccinimide KLING (M. ). Some pyrotartaric Alkylimides. Condensation of Tartaric Alkylimides with acid Chlorides . . . . . . . . . WALDEN (PAUL). Interconversion of Optical Antipodes . . . GOLDSCHMIDT (CARL). Action of Formaldehyde on Carbamide . . FISCHER (EMIL) and HANS CLEMM. l-Methylnric acid and 1 : 7-Dimethyl- uric acid . . . . . . . . . . . . FISCHER (EMILj.Tetramethyluric acid . . . . . . . . KIJNER (NIc.). Constitution of Hexahydrobenzene . . . . . Ketonic compounds . . . . . . . . . . weight a t a moderate temperature . . . . . . . resolution into Hyponitrous acid . . . . . Hydrox ylamine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE i, 148 i, 150 i, 151 i, 152 i, 152 i, 153 i, 154 i, 155 i, 155 i, 156 i, 158 i, 158 i, 159 i, 160 i, 165 i, 165 i, 166 i, 166 i, 167 i, 167 i, 167 i, 168 i, 169 i, 170 i, 170 i, I f 1 i, 172 i, 175 i, 175 i, 176 i. 176 i; 176 i, 177 i, 177 i, 178 i, 178 i, 178 i, 180 i, 180X CONTENTS. REVEEDIN (FRJ~I~RIC). Migration of the Iodine atom during the nitration COMSTOCK (WILLIAM JAMES). Double salts of the' Aniiides with Cuprous Chloride and Cuprous Iodide . . . . . . . . . . NIEMENTOWSKI (STEFAN VON).Action of Ethereal salts on Aromatic Amines . . . . . . . . . . SCHOLL (ROLAND) and RICHARD ESCALES. The Hyirochlorides o'f Methyl- PINNOW (JOHANNES). Reduction of Metanitrodiniethylparatoluidine . . BISCHOFF (CARL ADAM). Formation of Chains. XXIV. Benzylamine. XXV. Methylaniline. XXVI. Ethylaniline BISCHOFF (CARL ADAM), Formation of Chains. XXIII,* Orthamidophenol and Paramidophenol . GOLDSCJXMIDT (CARL). Action oi Formafdehyhe on Paraphenetidin; and on Paranisidine in acid soltition . . . . . . . . . PINNOW (JOHANNES) and M. WEGNER. Derivatives of Tetramethylmeta- phenylenediamine . . WHEELER (HENRY LORD), PERCY'T. WALDEN, i n d H. F'. METCALF. Acyl-* imido-ethers . . . . . . , . MENSCHUTKIN (NICOLAI A,). Influence of the Side-chain on the' velocity of decomposition of Benzene derivatives .. . . . . . PECHMANN (HANS VON). Action of Diazomethane on Nitrosobenzene . NOELTING ( EYILIO) and EMILE FOURNEAUX. Reduction products of the Nitrated Dimethylanilines . . . . . . . . . . MINUNNI (GAETANO). Isomerism amongst the Oxidation products of the MINUNNI (GAETANO). Derivatives of a-Phenylbenzylhydrazine . . . MINUNNI (GAETANO). Constitution of Dehydrophenylbenzylidenehydr- azone and its conversion into Dibenzylidenediphenylhydrotetrazone . MINUNNI (GAETANO). Action of acid Chlorides on the Hydrotetrazones . WEDEKIND (EDGAR), Oxidation of Formazyl compounds derived from TAUBER (ERNST) and FEAXZ WALDER. Bismarck-brown . . . . WALLACH (OTTO). Absorption of the violet rays of Light by unsaturated Ketones . . . . .. . . . . . . . MINUNNI (GAETANO). Action of Hydroxylamine on Ketones of the type CHR:CH*CO*CH:CHR . . . . . . . . . . . HANTZSCH (ARTHUE [RUDOLF] ) and ERNST VON HORNBOWEL. Isomerism of Anils and Hydrazones . . . . , . . . . . WAVEREN (TH. VAN). Preparation of Meta-, Chloro-, Bromo-, and Iodo- salicylic acids . . . . . . . . . . FITTlG (RUDOLPH) [with MAX GINSBERG, NICOLAUS PETKOW, and MTiTCIN' FR. SCHAAK]. Transformation of unsaturated a-Hydroxy-acids into the isomeric y-Ketonic and a-Ketonic acids . . . . . . ERLENMEYER (EMIL), jun. Remarkable conversion of an a-Ketonic acid into the corresponding a-Amido-acid . . . . . . . ERLENMEYER (EMIL), jun., and JOHN T. HALSEY. Synthesis of Tyrosine . GADAMER (JOHAXNES). Sinapic acid . . . . . . . . . KUGEL (MAX). B-Benzoylpropionic acid .. . . . . , . BOETTINGER (CARL). Action of Hubl's reagent on Tannic acids and on Tannin extracts . . . . . . . . . . WALDEN (PAUL). Optical behaviour of Tannin . . . . GAEBIEL (SIEGMUND) and GEORG ESCHENBACH. Orthodinitrocyanodibenzyl. GREEN (ARTHUR GEORGE) and ANDRI~ R. WAHL. Oxidation of Paranitro- LIEBERMANN (CARL [THEODOR] ). A colouring matter from' Anhydrobis- HALLER (R. ) and STANISLAUS VON KOSTANECKI. 3 :'4-Dihydroxyoinnamyl- idenecumaranone PROCHXZKA (JOHN). Oxidation' of 'Naphthalene with Potrtsskn 'Per-' manganate . . . . . . . . . . . . . of aromatic Iodo-derivarives . . . . . . . aniline and Dimethylaniline . . . . . . . . . Hydrazones . . . . . . . . . . . . Acetyl, Benzoyl and Methane . . , . . . . . toluenesulphonic acid . . .. . . . diketohydrindene . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE i, 180 i, 181 i, 182 i, 182 i, 182 i, 182 i, 183 i, 184 i, 184 i, 185 i, 186 i, 187 i, 188 i, 190 i, 191 i, 191 i, 192 i, 192 i, 193 i, 194 i, 194 i, 195 i, 195 i, 196 i, 197 i, 197 i, 197 i, 198 i, 199 i, 199 i, 199 i, 200 i, 200 i, 201 i, 201CONTENTS. xi BECKURTS ( HEINRICH) aud JULIUS ‘FROEGER. Ethereal Oil of Angostnra Bark . - . . . . . . . . . . . . GILDEMEISTER (EDUARD) and KAKL STEPHAN. Ethereal oils . . . SCHMIDT (ERNST [ALBERT]). Salicin and its derivatives . . . VIssER (H. L. ). Halogen-substituted derivatives of Salicin and its deri- vatives . . . . . . . . . . . . SCHULZ (W. VON). The Glucoside of Saponaria wbra . . . . . GUARESCHI (ICILIO). Some New Cuprammonium Compounds . . . CLAUS (ADOLPH) and HANS HOWITZ.Bromination of l-Ethoxyquinoline . EDINGER (ALBERT). Action of Sulphur Chloride 011 Aromatic Amines . CLAUS (ADOLPH) and ERNsr MOMBERGER. Quinaldine-3’-carboxylic acid . PFITZINGER (WILH. ). Condensation of Isatic acid t o form derivatives of Cinchonic acid . . . . . . . . . . LADENBURG (ALBERT) and W. HERZ. Existence of Condensation Rings GNEIIM (ROBERT) and LOUIS’BENDA. Tartrazines . . . . . . NIEMENTOWSKI (STEFAN VON). New methods for the preparation of Anh ydro-compounds . . . . . . . . . . . GABRIEL (SIEOMUND) and GEORG ESCHENBACH. A method of preparing Phthalazines . . . . . PICTET (AMJ~) and A. GONSET. Syntheses in the Phenanth;idine Group . RUHEMANN (SIEGFRIED). Action of Chloroform and Alcoholic Potash on Pheny lhydrazine . . . . . . FISCHER (EMIL).The alieged Synthesis of Xanthine from Hydrogen Cyanide CLAUS (ADOLPH) and OSKAR KASSNER. The Alkylates of Papaveriue . BATTANDIEK (J. A.) and TH. MALOSSE. A New Alkaloid from Retama DASTRE (A.) and N. FLORESCO. New Bilb Pigments . . . ELBS (KARL). lielation of Electrochemistry to Organic Chemistry . . HERMANN, (F.). [The number of Isomeric Paraffins] . . . . . HABER (FRITZ) and H. OECHELHAUSER. Decomposition of Hexane and Tri- methylethylene by Heat . . . . . . . 1 . BARTOLOTTI (PIETRO). Laboratory Apparatus for preparing Gas fiom Light Petroleum . . . . . . . . . . . BUNTE (HANS). Recent’ Developments in Gas Liohting . . . . ELBS (KARL) and A. HERZ. Electrolytic preparazon of Iodoform . . WHEELER (HENRY LORD). Bromine derivatives of 2 : 3-Dimethylbutane .NAUMANN (ALEXANDER). Regularities in the Boiling Points of Isomeric ALLEN(ALFRED HENRY). Chemkry’of Whiskey . . . . . . CHAPMAN (ALFRED CHASTON). Volatile Bye-products of Fermentation . FILETI (MICHELE) and AUSONIO DE GASPARI. Action of Zinc on Mono- GASPARI (AUSONIO DE). Chloromethylic etliylic ether . . . . . IMBERT (H. ) and A. ASTRUC. Neutralisation of Glycerophosphoric acid in presence of Helianthin and Phenolphthalein . . . . . . PILOTP (OSCAR). Aliphatic Nitroso-compounds . . . . . . PILOTP (OSCAR) and OTTO RUFF. Aliphatic Nitroso-compounds . . PINKUS (GBORG). Action of Benzhydrazide on Glucose . . . . . BRUYN (COKNELIS ADRIAAN LOBRY DE) and W. ALRERDA VAN EKENSTEIN. Action of Boiling Water on Fructose [Levulose] . . . . . PRINSEN (H. C.). Production and Occurrence of Levulose in Factory Pro- ducts .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRUYN ( CORNELIS ADRIAAN LOBRY DE) and W. ALBERDA VAN EKENSTEIN. Action of Alkalis on Sugars. IV. . . . . . . . . BRUYN (CORNEL15 ADRIAAN LOBRY DE) and w. ALBERDA VAN EKENSTEIN. Action of Alkalis on Sugars. V. The Tagatoses and Galtose . . BRUPN (CORNELIS ADRIAAN LOBRY DE) and W. ALBERDA VAN EKENSTEIN. Action of Alkalis on Sugars. VI. Glutose and $-Fructose WILL (CARL WILHELM) and FRIEDRICH LENZF,. Nitration of Carbohydrates WAVERAN (TH. VAN). Heli’cin . . . . * . . . . with Para-linking . . . . . . . . . . . sphcerocarpct . . . . . . . . . . Aliphatic compounds . . . . . chloromethylic ether . . . . . PAGE i, 802 i, 202 i, 202 i, 202 i, 203 i, 204 i, 205 i, 205 i, 206 i, 206 i, 207 i, 209 i, 209 i, 210 i, 211 i, 213 i, 214 i, 214 i, 214 i, 215 i, 216 i, 217 i, 217 i, 217 i, 218 i, 218 i, 220 i, 221 i, 221 i, 221 i, 221 i, 222 i, 222 i, 222 i, 223 i, 223 i, 224 i, 225 i, 225 i, 225 i, 225 i, 227 i, 227xii CONTENTS.RAYMAN KOKUSLAV. Carbohydrates contained in the corm of Cycla?neiz Europmum . . . . . . . . . . . . KOMERS (K. ) and ANTON STIFT. Pentosans in the Beet Sugar Manufacture BERGP (A.). Conversion of Starch by means of Sulphurous Anhydride and Sulphurous acid . . . . . . . . . . YOUNG (ROBERT ARTHUR). Precipitation of Carbohydrdtes by Neutral salts TEBB (M. CHRISTINE). Hydrolysis of Glycogeu . . . . . CROSS (CHARLES FREDERICK) and EDWARD JOHN BEVAN. Chemistry of . ORLOFF (N. A.). Tetrallylammonium Alum . . I HARRIES (CARL D.) and TAMEMASA HAGA.Methylation ‘of Hydrazine Hydrate . . . . . . . . . HARRIES (CARL D.). Hydrolysis of Syivan to Levulinaldehyde (Constituents of beech wood tar. I.) . . . . , . . . . POMERANZ (CIESAR). Constitutionofkinacolin . . . . . . CARLINFANTA (E,). Derivatives of Pinacolin . . . . . WENZEL (FRANZ). Determination of Acetyl groups in Organic compounds ANGELI (ANGELO). V. Meyer’s Etherification Law . . . . . . TRAURE (WILHELM) and E. HOFFA. Hydraitlidoacetic acid . . . . MONTEMARTINI (CLEMENTE). Action of Chlorine on Isovaleric acid . . FILETI (GIULIO). Derivatives of Behenic acid . . . . . . . MEYER (HANS). Active constituent of Castor Oil . . . . . . SCHIFF (ROBERT). Separation of the two Desmotropic Form of Ethylic Acetoacetate . . . . . . . . . . . WEGSCHEIDER (RuDom).Formation of Ethereal Salts . . . . . RIECHELMANN (RUDOLF). Preparation of pure Oxalic acid . . . - VENABLE (FRANCIS PRESTON) and CHARLES BASKERVILLE. Zirconium Oxalates . . . . . . . . KORNER (WILHELM) and ANGELO MENOZZI. Action of Dimkthyiamine on Diethylic Furnarate and Maleate . . . . . . . . . WISLICENUS ( WILHELM) and MAX KIESEWETTER. Honiologues of Ethylic Oxalacetate . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRAUBE (WILHELM). Action of Cyanogen on Ethylic Sodiomalonste . . WISLICENIJS (WILHELM). Copper derivativesof Ethylic Dicarboxyglutaconate BECKH (WALTER). RICHARDSON (GEORGE M.) and MAXWELL ADAMS. Molecular Weight of Lactimide . . . . . . . . . SCHIFF (HUGO). Biuret Reactions . . * . . . . . the Barley Plant with reference to its Carbohydrate Constituents .Syntheses with Ethylic Chlorofumarate . MIOLATI (ARTURO). Stabiliiy o f Imiies of Dibasic acids - . . . ANDREASUH (RUDOLF). Thiocarbamide derivatives . . . MONTEMARTINI (CLEMENTE). a- Methyladipic Anhydride and 2-Me’thy 1: ketopentameth ylene . . . . . . . . . . . ISTRATI (CONSTANTIN I. ). Iodine derivatives of Monochlorobenzene . . GOTTIG (CHRISTIAN). Explosive Decomposition of Nitro-compounds when DARMSTAEDTEH (L.) and ISAAC LTFSCHUTZ. Composition of Wool Fat. V. REIK (RICHARIZ). The Glycol obtained from Isobutaldehyde and Benz- aldehyde, and its behaviour.with Sulphuric acid . . . . . HENTSCHEL (W.). Final Product of the Action of Nitrogen Chloride on RUMPEL (HANS). Action of ‘Trimethylamine, Dimethylamine and Methyl- smine on Bromacetophenone . . . . . .. . . . HANTZSCH (ARTHUR [RUDOLF] ). The so-called Nitramines and Isonitr- MERCK ([CARL] EMANUEL). Act‘ion of Phosgene and of Ethylic Chlorofor: mate on Paracetamidophenols and Parahydroxyphenylurethanes . HEILPERN (JOHANN). Electrochemical introduction of Hydroxyl groups into Azobenzene . . . . . . . . . EIERMANN (KARL). Disazo-compounds from Metapheuylenediamine . . BIGINELLI (PIETRO). Influence of Methoxyl groups in Diazotising Aromatic compounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mixed with substances rich in Oxygen . . . . . Dimethylaniline . . . . . . . . . . amines and their ethers . . . . PAGE i, 229 i, 229 i, 229 i, 230 i, 230 i, 231 i, 231 i, 231 i, 232 i, 233 i, 234 i, 234 i, 234 i, 235 i. 236 i, 236 i, 237 i, 237 i, 238 i, 239 i, 239 i, 240 i, 240 i, 241 i, 241 i, 242 i, 242 i, 242 i, 243 i, 243 i, 244 i, 244 i, 244 i, 245 i, 245 i, 246 i, 246 i, 247 i, 248 i, 249 i, 250 i, 250...CONTENTS. X l l l LEY ( HEINRICH). Action of Hydroxylamine Derivatives on Imidochlorides MIOLATI (ARTURO) and ALFREDO LOTTI. Stability of the six Xylylsuccin- imides , . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROGOFF (M. ). Condensation products of Piperonal, Vanillin, and Proto- catechuic Aldehyde . . . . . . . . . , . . VIGNOLO (G.). Base of Hypnoacetin and its derivatives KUNCKELL (FRANZ) and FRIEDRICH JOHANNSSEN. Some Mono: and Di: halogen Ketones . . . . . . . . . . . . KUNCKELL (FRANZ) and WILHELM SCHEVEN. Some Brominated Ketones LEIGHTON (VIRGIL L.). Action of Sodium Ethoxide on Ethylic US-Di- bromophenylpropionate, Citradibromopyrotartrate and as-Dibromo- MICHAEL (ARTHUR) and JOHN E.BUCHER. Action of Acetic Anhydride on GUCCI (PIETRO). Action of Caustic Aikalis on Phthalides . . WEGSCHEIDER (RUDOLF). Dimorphism of u-Monomethylic Hemipinate 1 TROEGER (JULIUS) and V. HORNUNG. Action of Alcoholic Potassium Sulphide and Hydrosulphide on Symmetrical Dibromosulphones . . KAHL ( LEOPOLD). Condensation products of Aldehydes with Phenols and Phenolic acids . . MOHLAU (RICHARD’) and LEOPOLD KA&. Action of ‘Formaldehyde on Gallic acid . . . . . . MOHLAU (RICHARD j and LEO~OLD’K AHL. Formaldehydekhydroxyfluorone- dicarboxylic acid . . . . . SOHON (M. D.). Phthdeins of Ortho&phobenioic Anhydride . . . PAUL (LUDWIG). Preparation of Phenylrosinduline . . . . TCRERNIAC (JOSEPH). Oxidation of Naphthalene by Potassium Perman- ganate .- . . . . . . TROEGER (JULIUS) and W. GROTHE. Naphthnlene- and’ Orthotoluene-thio- sulphonic acids . . . . . , . . . . . . BERTRAM (JuLros) and EDUARD GILDEMEISTER. Constituents of Oil of Roses and allied Ethereal oils . . . . . . . . . POLECK (THEODOR). Rhodinol . . . . . . . . . . BREDT (JULIUS). Camphoronic acid, Camphoranic acid, and B-Hydroxy- BrtEDT (JULIUS) and REINHARD RUBEL. Isoacetophorone and Camphorone KERP ( WILHELY) and FRIEDRICH M~LLER. Camphorone, Isophorone, and ANDREOCCI (AMERICO). Action of Nitric acid on Desmotropossntonin . FRANCESCONI (LUIGI). Oxidation products of Santonic acid . . . JACOBY ((2.). Chrysotoxin . . . . . . , . . . TACOBY (C.). Sphacelotoxin, the active principle of Ergot . . . . DIETERICH (KARL).A new reaction of, and a new substance obtained from, Gambier Catechu - . . . . . . . TROWBRIDGE (P. F.). Pyridine Periodides . . KUDERNATSCE (RICHARD). Direct introduction of Hydroxyl in& 3-Hydi.oxy: FERENCZY ( ANDOR). fi-Acetbacetylpyridyl[3-Acetoacetylpy;idine] . . GRANDE (ERNESTO). Action of Ethylic Cyanacetate on Methyl Ethyl Ketone . . . . . . . . . QUENDA ( ENRICO). Action of Am-monia and Ethylic Cyanacetate on Ethylic Ethylideneacetoacetate and Acetaldehyde . . . . . . . PASQUALI (ADALBERTO). Action of Ethylic Cyanacetate and Amnionia on Fatty Ketones . . . . . . . . . . SABBATANI ( LUIGI). Derivatives of Ethylic Pripionylproyionate . . GUARESCHI (ICILIO). Synthesis of Pyridine compounds and Hantzsch’s reaction . . . . . . . . . . CLAUR (ADOLPH) and H ~ N S HOWITZ Alkoxides of 3-Hydroxyquinoline .HINSRERG (OSCAR) and A. SIMCOFF. Synthesis of Naphthindole derivatives propionate . . . . . . . . . . . Phenylpropiolic acid . . . . . POLECK (THEODOR). The Rhodinol question . . . . . . camphoronic acid . . . . . . . . . . . Mesitylic Oxide . . . . . . FROMM (PAUL). Bitter Almond Water 1 . - . . pyridine . - . ? . . . . PAGE i, 251 i, 252 i, 255 i, 253 i, 254 i, 254 i, 255 i, 256 i, 257 i, 257 i, 257 i, 258 i, 260 i, 261 i, 262 i, 262 i, 263 i, 263 i, 263 i, 263 i, 263 i, 263 i, 264 i, 265 i, 266 i, 266 i, 267 i, 268 i, 268 i, 269 i, 270 i, 270 i, 271 i, 272 i, 272 i, 272 i, 273 i, 274 i, 274 i, 275XiV CONTENTS. MULLER (R.). Action of Ethylic Oxalacetate on Guanidine and derivatives of Carbamide . . . ' . .. . . . . . . ANDREOCCI (AMERICO) and NICOLA CASTORO. Reduction of 2 : 4-Pyrro- diazoles . . . . . . . ANDREOCCI (AMERICO). Aciion bf Phosphoru; Chlorides on Oxygenated derivatives of 2 : 4-Pyrrodiazoles . . . . . . . . ANDREOCCI (AMERICO). l-Phengl-3-methylpyrrol-2 : 4-diazole and its Ethiodide and Ethobromide . . . . . . ANDREOCCI (AMERICO). Constitution of the Pyrroldiazoiones . . . KNOX (JAMES W. T.) and ALBERT B. PRESCOTT. Caffeine compound in Kola . , . . . FISCHER (EMIL). Gew Synthesis'of Adenine ahd i6 Methyl 'derivatives . SCHULZE (ERNST) and ERNST WINTERSTEIN. A product of Hydrolysis from Arginine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VONGERICHTEN EDUARD. Non-nitrogenous decomposition products of Morphine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOORDEN (CARL VON). Euquinine .. . . . . . . . SON (A. VAN). Derivatives of Tropine . . . . . . . . ORLOFF (N. A.). Derivatives of Physostigmine (Eserine) . . . . NERCK ([CARL] EMANUEL). Pilocarpidine . . . . . . . ROEHM (RUDOLF). Curara and Curara Alkaloids . . . . . . MORACZEWSKI (WACLAW VON). Enzymes , . . . . . . PUGLIESE (ANGELO). Influence of Heat on Diastatic Ferments . . . OSBORNE (THOMAS BURR). Chemical nature of Diastase . . . SCHNEEGANS (AUGUST). Betulase, an enzyme contained in IkzcZa Zenta . LORCHER (G.). Action of Rennin . . . . . WR~BLEWSKI (AUGUSTIN). Classification bf Protei'ds . . . BLUM (F. ). Halogen derivatives of Proteids, and their Physiological Relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . BLUM (F.) and WILHELM VAUBEL. Halogen derivatives of Albumin . BACE (A.). Action of Formaldehyde on Albumin .. . . . . PICK (ERWST P.). Separation of Albumoses and Peptone . . . . PICRERING (JOHN WILLIAM). New Colloidal substances analogous to Proteids derived from a Nucleo-albumin . . . . . I HALUANE (JOHN SCOTT). Chemistry of Hsmoglobin . . . . . GAMGEE (ARTHUR). Absorption of Violet and Ultra Violet Rays by Hsmoglobin and its derivatives . . . . . . . . SAPTZEFF (MICHAEL, jun.). Methyldiethylethylene . . . . . PILOTY (OSCAR). Aliphatic Nitroso-compounds . . . . . . PILOTY (OSCAR) and OTTO RUFF. Nitroso-octane . . . . . . MENSCHUTKIN (KICOLAI A. ). Regularities in the Boiling Points of Isomeric YVON (PAUL). Preparation of Absoiute 'Alcohol 'by means of Calcium Carbide . . . . . . . . . . . ROSENHEIM (ARTHUR) and OTTO LIEBKNECHT. Alkylic Sulphites .. CESARO (GIUSEPPE). Tertiary Nitroisobutylenic Giycol . . . * BOGORODSKY (ALEXIS), Trihydric Alcohol obtained from Dipropylallyl- carbinol . . . . . . . . . . . WEBER (K. ) and BERNHARD TOLLENS. Formaldehyde or 'Methylene deriva- tives of certain Polyhydric Alcohols and Acids of the Sugar group . UMBGROVE ( HERM. ) and ANTOINE PAUL NICOLAS €~ANCHIMONT. Ethyl: nitraniine and its derivatives . . . . . . . . . UMBGROVE (HERM. ) and ANTOINE PAUL NICOLAS FRANCHIMONT. Two Isomerides of Methylethylnitramine . . . . . HARRIES (CARL D.) and TAMEMASA HACTA. Two 'inactive 2 : 4-Diamido- pentanes . . . . . . . A GRASSI-CRISTATDI (GIUYEPPE). New formation of Trioxymethylenr . . HARRIES (CARL D.) and LUDWIG JABLONSKP. 8-Nitrosoketones . . RIJN (J. J. L. VAN). Carpaine .. . . . . . . Aliphatic compounds . . . . . . GNEDIN (AL. ). Methyl-tert. -butylallylcsrbinol . . . . . OMELIANSKI (V. ). Fermentation of Cellulose . . . . PAGE i, 275 i, 277 i, 277 i, 278 i, 278 i, 278 i, 280 i, 281 i, 281 i, 282 i, 282 i, 283 i, 283 i, 283 i, 283 i, 285 i, 285 i, 286 i, 286 i, 286 i, 287 i, 281 i, 287 i, 288 i, 287 i, 288 i, 288 i, 288 i, 289 i, 289 i, 289 i, 290 i, 290 i, 290 i, 291 i, 291 i, 291 i, 291 i, 291 i, 292 i, 293 i, 293 i, 294 i, 294CONTENTS. XV ORLOFF (N. A.). Isolation of Amido-acids . . . . . . STRAssMANN (ERNST). Action of Cyanacetie acid on Isovaleraldehyde and phuric acid on Elaidic acid . . . . . . . . . . KASSNER (GEORG). Preparation of Lactic acid . . . . . . LADENBURG (ALBERT) [and in part W. HERZ]. kcernism . . . .KETTNER (ARTHUR H. E.). Isomerides of Pyrocinchonic acid . . . ERRERA ( GIORGI~). Condensation of Cyanacetarnide with Cdloroform . WISLICENUS ( W~LHELM) and MAX MUNZESHEIMER. Formation of Carbonic Oxide from Ethylic Oxalacetate and its derivatives (IT.), and Ethylic HOFF (JACOBUS HENRIGUS VAN'T) and H. M. DAWSON. Racemic Trans- WEBER (K.) and BERNHARD TOLLENS. Action of Formaldehyde on Uric acid . . . . . . . . . ROHMER (H.). Condensations of Furfuraldehyde and Furfuracraldehyde . MARKOWNIKOFF ( WLADIMIR B. ). Para-+-propylnaphthenic acid (Hexa- hydrocumic acid) . . . . . . . . . . . . BUCHNER (EDUARD) and ANDREAS JACOBI. Derivatives of Cycloheptane . WALLACH (OTTO) and WALTHER BORSCHE. Sulphonals of cyclic Ketones . ZINCKE ([ERNST CARL] THEODOR) and ALBERT ROHDE.Action of Ammonia on Hexachloroketo-R-pentene (m. p. 28") . . . . . HOLLEMAN (ARNOLD FREDERIK) and J. BOESEKEN. Preparation of Diortho- nitrotoluene . . . . . . . . BoGoRoDsKa (ALEXIS) and J. I;JUBARSKY. Phenylethyiallyicarbinol . . OLIVERI-TORT~RICI (RICCARDO). Action of Chlorine on Quinoncs and Quinoaeoximes . . . . . . . . . . FLESCH (E.). POLLAK (J.). SCHOLTZ (MAX). Action of Ortho-xylylenic Bromide on Primary, Secondary, DIEPOLDER (EMIL). Oxidation ofOrthethylamidopheno1 . . . . HANTZSCH (ARTHUR [RUDOLF]). Diazonium Hydroxide in Aqueous Solution WEDEKIND (EDGAR). Replaccment of one of the Diazo-groups in Diphenyl- BULOW.(CARL) and HANS WOLFS. New primary Diazo-dyes of the Benzene series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PECHMANN (HANS VON) and WILHELM SCHMITZ.Action of Diazomethane on Aromatic Nitro-bases . . . . . . PECHMANN (HANS VON) and EUGEN SEEL. Action of Diazomethane and oi Methylic Iodide and Potash on Nitrosophenol . . . . . . PECHMANN (HANS VON) and AUGUST NOLD. Action of Diazornethane on substituted Nitrobenzenes . . . . . . - . . . FISCHER (EMIL) and GEORG. GIEBE. Formation of Acetals from Diortho- substituted aromatic Aldehydes . . . . GNEHM (ROBERT) and RUDOLF SCHULE. 2 : 5-Dichlorob~nznlhehy'de . TAMBOR ( JOSEF) and F. WILDI. Nitrogenous derivatives of Benzylidene- acetophenone . . . . . . . . PECHMANN (HANS VON). E therifica'tion of Phenol; and Benzenecarboxylic acids BUCHNER (EDUARD) and FERDINAND LINGG. B-Isophenylacetic acid . SALZER (THEODOR). Calcium Mesitylenate and the author's Water of Crystal: REIssERT (ARNOLD) and JOH.SCHERK. Action of Ethylic Oxalate and RRIssERT (ARNOLD). Action of Ethylic Oxalate and Sodiiu; Ethoxide 0; KAP (E). a-Acetylcoumarin . . . . . . . . . . . REISYERT (ARNOLD). Action of Aniline on Dihydroxytartaric acid . . GRAEBE (CAHL) and F. TRUMPY. Plithalonic acid . . . . . . Propaldehyde . . . . . . . . TSCHERBAKOFF (ALEX.) and ALEXANDER M. SAPTZEFF. Action of 'SUl-. ERRBRA (GIORGIO). Derivatives of Glutaconic acid . . . Benzyloxalacetate . . . . . . . . formation of Hydrogen Ammonium Malate . . . . . New Synthesis. of Phloroglucinol Ethers of Pbloroglucinol and a Synthesis of Hydroiotoin and Tertiary Amines . . . . . tetrazochloride by Hydrogen'. . . . . . . . lisation theory . . . . . . . . . . Sodium Ethoxide on substituted Nitrotoluenes .Nitrotolylic Methylic Ether . . . . . . . . . PAUE i, 295 i, 295 i, 296 i, 296 i, 296 i, 297 i, 297 i, 298 i, 298 i, 299 i, 300 i, 300 i, 301 i, 301 i, 301 i, 302 i, 303 i, 303 i, 303 i, 304 i, 304 i, 305 i, 306 i, 307 i, 308 i, 308 i, 309 i, 309 i, 310 i, 311 i, 312 i, 313 i, 314 i, 314 i, 315 i, 315 i, 316 i, 317 i, 317 i, 318xvi CONTENTS. GRAEBE (CARL) and F. TRUMPY. Homophthalic acid . . . . phenol . . . . . . . . . . . . . PIUTTI (ARNALDO) and R. PICCOLI. Action of Ethylic Oxalate on Paramido- PECHMANN (HANS VON) and WILHELM SCHMITZ. Action of Acetic An- hydride on the Anilides of Dibasic acids . . . . . - , HENTSCHEL (W.). Synthesis of Diphenylhydantoin . . . , . SCHREINEMAKERS (FRANZ ANTOON HUBERT). Aromatic Sulphonamides . RIS (CHRISTOPH) and CARL SIMON.Pmadinitrodibenzgidisuiphonic acid . PAWLRWSHI (BRONISLAW). Fluorescent substances . . . - . LIMPRICHT (HEINRICH). Paratoluoylorthobenzoic acid . . . . . CLAUS (ADOLPH) and OSKAR JACK. Chloro- and Bromo-derivatives of B-Naphthylamine . . . - . . . . . . . . ERDMANN (ERNW). Some Ethereal Salts and a crystalline pseudo-salt of Rbodinol . KREMERS (EDwARDj. compbsition o i the Ethereal o i l of ‘itfo&rda‘$sti- losa L. . . . . . . . MELZNER (E. J.) and EDWARD KREMERS. Composition of the Oil of ion: ardaJistuZosa L. . . . . . . . . . . . . SCHUMANN (W. R.) and EDWARD KREMERS. Composition of the Oil of POWER (FREDERICK B.) and CLEMENS KLEBER. Coniposition oi th; Oils obtained from Sassafras Bark and from Sassafras Leaves . . . . HERZIG (JOSEF) and F.SCHIFF. Guaiacum Resin. I. . . . . . HERZIG( JOSEF). , THOMS (HERMANN). Occurrence of Choline and Trigonelline in Stro- THOMY (HERMANN). Choline and Trigonelline in the Seeds of Strophanthus KornbS . . . . . . . . . KOHN ( LEOPCJLD) and VICTOR KULISCH. Strophanthin . . . . . FEIST (FRANZ). Strophanthin and Strophanthidin . . . . . DIETRICH (KARL). Gambierfluorescein : Gambier-catechu-red . . . SOSTEGNI (LIVIO). Colouring matter of the Red Grape . . . . . CLAUS (ADOLPH) and HEINRICH BESSELER. 8-Naphthoquinoline . . CLAUS (ADOLPH) and PAUL JMHOFF. a-Naphthoquinoline . . . . CLAUS (ADOLPH). Structural Relationships of the two Naphthoquinolines FISCHER (OTTO) and EDUARD HEPP. Relationships of the Safranines, Isorosindulines and Rosindulines . . . . . . . . WIDMAN (OSKAR) and ASTRID OLEVE.3-Hydroxy-1 : 2 : 4-triazole and Acid ylsemicarbazides . . . . . . . OSTROGOVICH (ADRIANO). Methyldioxytriazine . . WEDEKIND (EDGAR). Methods of formation of Paranitrodipheny1tet;azole JUNGHAHN (ALFRED). New method of preparing Tetrazine derivatives . NIEMENTOWSKI (STEFAN VON). Azimido-derivatives of Benzimidazoles . HIELSCHER (R.). 2-Methyldihydropyrroline, 1 : 2-Dimethyldihydropyrro- line, and 1 : 2-Dimethylpyrrolidine . . . . . . . . LADENBURG (ALBERT). 2-Ethylpiperidine and its Methyl derivative . . LADENBURG (ALBERT). 1-Mothylpipecoline (1 : 2-Dimethylpiperidine) . GAUTIER (@MILE JUSTIN] ARMAND). Synthesis of Xanthine from Hydrogen Cyanide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FISCHER (EMIL). An apparent Intramolecular Rearrangement in the Purine group .. . . . . . . . . . . SCHUTTE (H. W.). Diascorine, the AIkaioid obtained from the tuber of Diascorea hirszcta . . . . . . . . . . . . SCHMIEDEBER~ (OSWALD). Formula? of Proteids, and Composition and Nature of the Melanins . . . . . . . . . . . SCHADEE VAN DER DOES (H.). Prevention of the Precipitation of certain Proteids by Metallic Silver . , . . . . . . . . WALTHER ( REINHOLD). Unsaturated Hydrocarbons . . . LIMPHICHT (HEINRICH). Ditolylphthalide . . . . . . Monardapcnctata . . . . . . . Morin, and the constitution of Flavone derivatives . phanthus Seeds. Preparation of Strophanthin . . . . LADENBURG (ALBERT). Isomerism in the Piperidine series . . . FISCHER (EMIL). Thiopurines . . . . . PAGE i, 319 i, 319 i, 320 i, 320 i, 320 i, 321 i, 321 i, 322 i, 322 i, 323 i, 324 i, 325 i, 326 i, 326 i, 326 i, 326 i, 327 i, 327 i, 328 i, 328 i, 329 i, 329 i, 330 i, 331 i, 331 i, 332 i, 333 i, 334 i, 355 i, 335 i, 336 i, 337 i, 337 i, 338 i, 338 i, 339 i, 339 i, 339 i, 340 i, 340 i, 341 i, 342 i, 343CONTENTS.xvii COHN (RUDOLF). [Decomposition of Albumin by Hydrochloric acid] . . SPENZER (JOHN G.). Preparation of a Carbohydrate from Egg-albumin . DENIQI~S (GEORGES). Urobilin . . . . . . . . . . SCIIOLL (ROLAND) and MORDKO BRENNEISEN. Action of Potassium Cyanide on Bromopicrin . . . . . . . . . . . . SCHOLL (ROLAND) and MORDKO BRENNEISEN. An Impurity in Bromopicrin WORSTALL (R. A,). Direct Nitration of the Paraffins . . . . . EULER (WILHELM). Synthesis and Constitution of Isoprene . . . STONE (GEORGE C.) and D.A. VAN INGEN. Ferrocyanides of Zinc and MILLER (EDMUND HOWD) and JOHN A. MAT HEW^. Ferrocyanides of 'Zinc' RAPMANN ( BOHUSLAV) and OTTOKAR SULC. Inversion of Saccharose by BOURQCELOT (&MILE [ELIJ~]) and L. ~;ARDIN. Gentianose . . . . TRAUBE (WILHELM). Synthesis of Nitrogenous compounds by means of Nitric Oxide . , . . . . . . . . . . VIDAL (RAYMOND). Reactions of 'Phospham . . . . . . . PARTHEIL (ALFRED) and E. AMORT. Hexalkyldiarsonium compounds . BUISINE (A) and P. BUISINE. Preparation of Acetone Oil and Methyl PETERSEN (JULIUS). Electrolysis of Alkali salt's of Organic acids . . BRATJCHBAR ( MAXIMILIAN) and LEOPOLD KOHN. Condensation products of Aldehydes. Part 111. Octoglycol Isobutyrate from Isobutaldehyde . TRAUBE ( WILHELM) and HANS SIELAFF. Alkylation of Isonitramino- derivatives of Fatty acids .. . . . . . . . . GOMBERG (MOSES). Isonitraminoisobutyric acid and Nitrosobutyric acid . SCHIFF (ROBERT). Tautomeric forms of Ethylic acetoacetate and similar JOB (ANDR~). New compounds of the. Cerjte Metals . . . . . LOSSEN (WILHELM [CLEMENS] ). Dibromosuccinic acids . . . . . LOSSEN (WILHELM [CLEMENS] ) and ERNST REISCH. Decomposition of normal Dibromosuccinates with Water . . . . . . . LOSSEN (WILHELM [CLEMENS] ) and EEICH MENDTHAL. So-called Bromo- malic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . LOSSEN (WILHELM [CLEMENS] ) and WALTHER RIEBENSAHM. Hydrogen Sodium Bromomaleate from Dibromosuccinic acid . . . . . WIsLICENUs (WILHELM), KARL GOLDSTEIN and MAX M~NZESHEIMER. Constitution of Ethylic Oxalolevulinate (Ethylic Diketopimelate) .. DOEBNER (OSCAR [GUSTAV] ). Acetonedipyruvic acid (Carbonyldimethyl- acrylic acid) . . . FREER (PAUL C. ) and P.' L. SHERMAN, junr. kormamide, and its Sodium and Silver salts . . . . . . . . . . . HILL (HEKRY BARKER) and HARRIS E. SAWYER. Conversion of Methyl- pyromucic acid into Aldehydopyromucic and Dehydromucic acids . POSNER (THEODOR). Condensation of Nitroinethane with substituted Aromatic Aldehydes . . . . . . . . . . . HESSE (JULIUS). Derivatives ofcatecho1 . . . . . . JACKSON (CHARLES LORING) and PRANK B. GALLIVAN. 3 : 4 : 5-Tribrom-* aniline and derivatives of Unsymmetrical Tribromobenzene . PAWLEWSKI ( BRONISLAW). New Method for the production of Acetyi PARTHEIL (ALFRED) and TH. SCHUMACHER. Action of Primary, Secondary, and Tertiary Bases on Orthoxylylenic Bromide .. . DEL~PINE (MARCEL). Hydramide and Isomeric Bases (Glyoxalidines j : CAMERON (FRANK KENNETH). Decomposition of Diazo-compounds : Re- actioit of Dinzophenols, and of the Salts of Chloro- and Bromo-diazo- HANTZSCH (ARTHUR [RUDOLF]). Diazo-cyanides and the Reaction of Diazo- compounds with Benzenesulphonic acid . . . . . . . KROMER (NICOLAI). Masut . . . . . . . . . . Manganese . . . . . . . and Manganese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Water Ethyl Ketone from Suint . . . . . . . compounds . . . . . . . . derivatives of Amido-compounds . . . . . . . benzene with Ethylic and Methylic alcohols . . . . . PAGE i, 343 i, 343 i, 343 i, 345 i, 345 i, 346 i, 346 i, 347 i, 347 i, 348 i, 348 i, 349 i, 349 i, 351 i, 351 i, 352 i, 352 i, 353 i, 354 i, 354 i, 355 i, 356 i, 356 i, 357 i, 358 i, 358 i, 358 i, 359 i, 360 i, 360 i, 361 i, 361 i, 361 i, 362 i, 363 i, 363 i, 364 i, 365 6xviii CONTENTS.WeIssnAclr (HANS). Etliylic Belizerieazocynnacetatc . . . . . fiLTsCHUL (JULIUS). Pnrahydroxyyhenylhydrazine . . . . . . WAMBERGER ( EUGEN). Nit~osoalphylhydrosylamines . . . . . SEIDEL (JOHANNES). Iodine substitution products of sonic hroiiiatie alcohols, aldehydes, and acids . . . . . . . . . WHEELER (HENRY LOXD) and BAYARD HABNES. The Silver Salt of’4-Nitro- 2-aniidobeiizoic acid and its behaviour with Alkylic and Acidyl Haloids EMILEWICZ (T. ), and STANISLAUS VON KOSTANECKI. Synthesis of 3-Hgdroxy- flavone . . . . . . . . . . . . FEUERSTEIN (W. ) and STANISLAUS VON KOSTANECKI. Synthesis of Flavone derivatives .. . . . . . . . . . KLOBSKI ( W. ) and STANISLAUS VON KOSTANECKI. Hydroxybenzylidene- brornindanones . . . . . . . . . . . . KOSTANECKI (STANISLAUS VON) and D. MARON. 2-Hydroxydibenzylidene- acetone . . . . . . . . . . . . KOSTANECKI ( STANISLAUS VON). a-”apht,haflavone TIEMANN ( [JOHANN CARL WILHELM] FERDINAND), Ketones’of the Violet,’ and the compounds of the Citral (Geranaldehyde) series related to them . . . . . . . . . . . . . TIEMANN ( [JOHANN CARL W~LHELM] FERDINAND), Resolution of Ionone into the structurally identical forms a-Ionone, and &Ionone . . TIEMANN ( [JOHANN CARL WILHELM] FERDINAND) and R. SCHMIDT. Con- stitution of Isogeranic (Cyclogeranic) acid : Isogeranionitrile . . . LIPPMANN (EDMUND 0. VON). A Resinous substance from Beetroot .. ARNAUD (ALRERT). Ouabain . . . . . . . . . . LIEBERMANN (CARL [THEODOR] ) and GUSTAV CYBULSKI. Ceruiignone and LIPP ( ANDREAS). Dihydropyrroline, Pyrrolidine, Tetrahydropyridine, and TROWBRIDGE (P. F.) and 0. C. DIEHL. Halogen derivatives of Pyridine . PAULY (HERYANN) and CARL D. HARRIES. The ?:Halogen derivatives of Piperidine . . . , . . . . . . . . . . PAULY (HERMANN). Action of Bromine on Triacetonamiiie . . FrsCHER (OTTO). Action of Phosphorus Pentachloride on 1 -Alk ylpyridones SCHOLTZ (MAX). Influence of Constitution on the formation of Ring corn9 BRUNNER (KARL). The Base’prepared’by E. Fischer from Methyiketol and Methylic Iodide . . . . . . . , . . . . DOEBNER (OSCAR [GUSTAV]) and in part 0. KALTWASSXR. Glauconic acids, PONZIO (GIACOMO). Oxidation of Hydrazoximes .. . . . . TIIESEN ( JORGEN EITZEN). Isocreatinine, a compound obtained from the Flesh of the Haddock . . . . . . . . . . . HESSE (OSWALD). Hydrocinchonine . . . . . . . . . SE~KOWSKI (MICHAEL). Action of Reducing Agents on’Choiic acid . . HOPKINS (F. GOWLAND) and ARCHIBALD EDWARD GARROD. Urobilin . DIETERICH (KARL). Egg Albumin . . . . . . . . . OSBORNE (THOMAS BURR). Proteids oaf the Maize Kernel . . . . PANZER (THEODOR). Decomposition of Casein by Hydrochloric acid . BERTHELOT (MARCELLIN PIERRE EUG&XE). Chemical Effects of the Silent FORCRAND ( ROBERT DE) and SULLY THOMAS. Formation of Mixed’Hydrates of Acetylene and of other Gases . . . . . . . . . DOBBIN (TaoNARD). Interaction of Cyanides with Thiosulphates . . HEME (OSWALD). Compounds from Lichens .. , . . . . the Ligiione Colouring Matters . . . . . . . Piperidine derivatives . . . . . . . . . a HARRIES (CARL D.). Euphthalmine . . . . I . . . GUILLEMARE (A. ). Phyllocyanic acid and’Phyllocyanaies . . . and l-Alkylquinolones . . . . . . . . . . pounds . . . . . . . . HENTSCHEL (W). Heurnann’s Synthesis of Indigo . . . . . a new series of Quinoline dyes . . . . . . . . HERZIG (JOSEF) and HANS MEYEK. Pilocarpidine . . . HOFMEISTER ( FRANZ). Iodalbumin . , . . . . Electric Discharge . . . . . . . . . . . PAC& j 866 i, 366 i, 366 i, 367 i, 368 i, 369 i, 370 i, 371 i, 373 i, 373 i, 374 i, 376 i, 377 i, 377 i, 377 i, 378 i, 378 i, 379 i, 979 i, 380 i, 381 i, 381 i, 382 i, 382 i, 383 i, 384 i, 384 i, 384 i, 386 i, 387 i, 388 i, 389 i, 389 i, 389 i, 390 i, 390 i, 391 i, 392 i, 393 i, 396 i, 398CONTENTS. xix PLenraiiNG (HUGO).Dichlorhyilrin and Epichlorhydriri . . . . BAU (A.). Melibiose . . . . . . . . . . . . HERZPELD (WILHELM). Arabinose and Semicarbazide . . . . . LIPPMANN (FRIEDRICH). Effect of Pressure and Temperature on the Con- SIGMOND (ELEK VON). Action of Diastase on Ungeiatinised Starch . . EFFRONT (JEAN). A New Carbohydrate, Caroubin . . KLASON (PETER). Theory of the Sulphite Process, and the Constituents of KNORR (LUDWIG) and HERMANN MATTHES. Meihylhydroxyethylamine and Methyldihydroxydiethylamine . . KNORR (LUDWIG) and WERNER SCHMIDT. Alcohol' Bask frAm kthyl'amide LACHNAN (ARTHUR). Relation of Tervalent to Quinquivalent Nitrogen . HARRIES (CARL D.) and LUDWIG JABLONSEI. Diacetonehydroxylamine LEMOULT (PAUL).Alkylic Isocyanates [Carbimides] and the Heat of Formation of Liquid Cyanic acid . . . . . . . . . PILOTY (OSCAR) and ALFRED STOCK. Bromacraldehyde and Tribromoprop- BBHAL (AUGUSTE). A new Cyclic Ketone. Ae-Methylcyclohexedone-3 .' STEINLEN (RUDOLF L.). Alkylic salts of Chloracetic and Bromacetic acids . DEGENER (PAUL). Effect of Temperature on the Acidity of acids . . ~ALKOWSKI (HEINRICH [HERMANN]). 6-Amidovaleric acid . . . . GADAMER (JOHANNES). Use of Zinc Oxide in the preparation of Fer- mentation Jlactic acid . . , . . . . . . . . WALDEN (PAUL). Autoracemisation . . . . . . . . . LADENBURG (ALBERT) and W. HERZ. KNOEVENAGEL (EMIL). A Method of Preparing Ethylic Alkylideneaceto-* acetates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BARTHE (LI~ONCE). . ASCHAN ([BDOLF] OSBIAN).The Naphthenes of Russian Petroleum . . EINHORN (ALFRED) [and JOSEF BRANTL]. Reduction of Benzylaminecarb- GIRAN (H.). Compound of Phosphoric Anhydride with Benzene . . . version of Starch into Sugar . . . . . . Lignone . . . . . . . . . . . . and Stereoisomeric Aliphatic Ketones . . . . . . . aldehyde . . . . . . . . . Partial Racemism Syntheses by the aid of Ethylic Cyanosuccinate . oxylic acids . . . . . . . . . . MENSCHUTKIN (NICOLAI A). The Benzene Ring . . . liydroxy benzenes . . . . . . . . . . , IMBERT (H.). Action of Cyanamide on Bromanil in presence of Potassium Hydroxide . . . . . , . . . . . . . MOUREU (CHARLES). Veratrylenediamine . . . . . . MUTTELET (FERNAND). Action of Benzoic Chloride on Mono-substituted Orthodiamines . - * .. . . . . . . . MUTTELET (FERNAND). A new Group of Amidines . . . . . HEINKE (JOHN LEATHART). Behaviour of Diazomethane towards Nitr- amines and Aromatic Nitro-compounds . . . . . MOITESSIER (JOSEPH). Compounds of Phenylhydrazine with Meiallic' Nitrates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRUNNER (HEINRICH) and KARL EIERMANN. Action of Halogen sub- stituted derivatives of Aliphatic compounds on Phenylhydrazine . . RANSOM (JAMES H.). Reduction of Ethylic Orihoni'trophenyiic Cirbonate. Ethylic Orthohydroxyphenylcarbamate . . . . . . . MICHAELIS ([CARL ARNOLD] AUGUST) [with FREUNDLICH, J. GROSSHEIM, CURT ROEBER, and GEORG SCHL~TER]. Some N-Phosphines and N-Phosphonium compounds . . . MICHAELIS ([CARL ARNOLD] AUGUST) and R. K ~ E H ~ E . 'Behaviour of Alkylic Iodides with Alkylic Phosphites or O-Phosphines AUTENRIETH ( WILHELM) and OTTO HILDEBRAND. Action of Phosphorus Thiochloride on Solutions of Phenols iu Aqueous Alkali . .. . WILLGER~DT (CONRAD). Iodinium compounds prepared by the Actiop of the Iodochlorides on Mercury Organic compounds . . . . EINHORN (ALFRED) [and EUGEN LINDENBERG]. carbonaies Of the Di- DEL~PINE (MARCEL). Hydrocinnamide . . . 6 2 PAGE i, 396 i, 396 i, 397 i, 397 i, 398 i, 398 i, 398 i, 399 i, 899 i, 400 i, 400 i, 402 i, 402 i, 403 i, 403 i, 403 i, 404 i, 405 i, 405 i, 405 i, 406 i, 406 i, 407 i, 407 i, 407 i, 408 i, 409 i, 411 i, 411 i, 412 i, 412 i, 413 i, 413 i, 414 i, 415 i, 415 i, 416 i, 417 i, 419 i, 420xx CONTENTS. CLAISEN (LUDWIG). Acetals of Aldehydes and Ketones . , . . CLAISEN (LUDWIG). Action of Agents that remove the elements of alcohol on some Acetals .. . . . . . . . CLAISEN (LUDWIG). Propargylaldehyde [Propiolaldehyde] and Phenylpro-' pargylaldehyde [Phenylpropiolaldehyde] . . . . . . . CLAISEN (LUDWIG). A new method of preparing acid Cyanides . . , GUERBET. Paraxylylacetic acid . . . . . . . . . . SCHOONJANS (ALBERT). Ethylic dnisoylacetoacetate and its derivatives . BISTRZYCKI ( AUGUSTIN) and ENRIQUE FYNN. Amides of two substituted BISTRZYCKI (AUGUSTIN) and EDWARD PINK. Condensation products from SOHON (MICHAEL DRUCK). Derivatives of Orthosulphobenzoic Anhydride MOALE (P. R.). Decomposition of Paradiazo-orthotoluenesulphbllic acid with dbsolute Methylic Alcohol in presence of certain substances . . ZANARDI (FRANCISCO). Silver Paraphenolsulphonate .. . . . NEWELL (LYMAN C. ). Parabenzoyldiphenylsulphone . MICHAELIS ([CARL ARNOLD] AUGUST) and KARL PETOU. Action of Phenyl-' and Tolyl-hydroxylamines on Aromatic Thionylamines . . . . GREEN (ARTHUR GEORGE) and A N D R ~ R. WAHL. Oxidation of Paranitro- KLAGES (AUGUST) and PAUL ALLENDORFF. Reduction of aromatic Ketones LIMPRIC~T (HEINRICH) [and E. KONIG]. Dimethyianilinophthaloylic acii GARDEUR (A. ). Triphenylethanone (Benzoyldiphenylmethane) . . . KEHRMANN ( FRIEDRICH) and ALEXANDER WETTER. Aposaffranines and KEHRMANN (FRIEDRICH). Change of position of the Double Linkings in Azonium derivatives . . . . . . ZINCKE ([ERNST CARL] THEODOR) and G. EGLY: 2 1 4-Tetradhloro-1 : 3-di- ke to tetrahydronaphthalene . . . . . . . . . . JACOBSON (PAUL) and ASDREW TURNBULL.Reduction products of Azo- compounds. VIII. . . . . . . . . . . . . RAEYER (ADOLF VON) and VICTOR VILLIGER. Orientation in the Terpene series. Conversion of Monocyclic Terpenes into the corresponding derivatives of Benzeiie . . . . . . . . . . . BOUCHARDAT (GUSTAVE) and J. LAFONT. Action of Sulphuric acid on 1-Terebenthene . . . . . . . . . . . KLASON (PETER). Ethereal Oil of Pine Wood . . . . . . . fi CARD ( ALEXANDRE) and GEORGES MEKER. A crystalline Dicamphene Hydride . . . . . . . . . . BERTRAM (JULIUS) and EDUARD GILDEMRISTER. The Rhodinol question .* TINGLE (JOHN BISHOP). Action of Ethylic Oxalate on Camphor. 111. . YILLAVECCHIA (VITTORIO) and GUIDO FABRIS. Substances contained in Sesame Oil and their relation to the characteristic Colour Reactions of the Oil .. . . . . . . . . . . . LRGER ( EUG~NE). Aloins . . . . . . . . . . . MORBITZ (JOHANNES). Aromatic principles of Capsicum annzmn L. rtnd C. Fnstigiatum BI. . . . . . . . . . . FENNER (GOTTFRIED) and JULIUS TAFEL. 2-Methylpyrrolidone . . . KNOEVENAGEL (EMIL). Condensing action of Ammonia and Organic Amines in reactions between Aldehydes and Ethyliz dcetoacetate . . . KNOEVENAGEL (ENIL) and A. FRIES. Synthesis in the Pyridine series. I. An Extension of Hantzsch's Dihydropyridine Syntheiis . . . KNOEVENAGEL (ENIL) and A. FRIES. Synthesis in the Pyridine series. 11. Action of Ethylic Malonate on Ethylic 13-Amidocrotonate . . . KNOEVEXAQEL ( EMIL) and WALTER RUSCHHAUPT. Synthesis in the Pyr- idine series I I I. . LIPINSKI (PAUL). Normal Octyl compounds , .. . . . SCHIFF (ROBERT), Tautonierides . . . . . . Orthoaldeh ydo-acids . . . . . . . . . . the Amides of two Orthaldehydo-acids . . . . MOALE (P. R, ). Paramethoxyorthosulphobenzoic acid . . . . toluenesulphonic acid . . . . . . . . . . by Sodium and Alcohol . . . . * . . Azonium compounds from Tolusaffranines . . . . . a Some Acetylpyridines and Ace tyldihydropyridines PAGE , 421 i, 422 i, 422 i, 423 i, 423 i, 483 i, 424 i, 425 i, 426 i, 427 i, 428 i, 429 i, 430 i, 430 i, 430 i, 431 i, 433 i, 433 i, 435 i, 436 i, 437 i, 439 i, 439 i, 440 i. 442 i, 442 i, 443 i, 443 i, 443 i, 443 i, 445 i, 445 i. 446 i, 446 i, 446 i, 447 i, 448 i, 449CONTENTS. xxi PAGE COHNHEIM (OTTO). Action of Concentrated Alkalis on Ethylic Dihydro- collidinedicarboxylate [2 : 4 : 6-Trimethyl-A,-dihydropyridirledicarboxy~- ate] .. . . . . . . . . a GOLDSCHMIDT (CARL). Actidn of'Formaldehyde on Tetrahydroquinoline . OECHSNER DE CONINCK (WILLIAM). Action of Tannin and of Gallic acid on Quinoline bases . , . . . . . . . BESTHORN ( EMIL) and H. BYVANCK. Arnho-2:hydroxylepidine and Lepi- dinic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . STOERMER (RICHARD) and blAX FHANKE. Morpholine derivatives . . SCHUYTEN (JI. C,). Mercury Haloid compounds of Antipyrine . . WEDEKIND (EDGAR). Generalisations as to melting points among Penta- WEDEKIND (EDGAR). Deconlposition of 2 : 5-Diphenyltetrazole into Bla- din's 2-Phenyltetrazole . . . . . . . . . WEDEKIND (EDGAR) [and PAUL BLUMENTHAL]. Action of Diphenyltetrano-' chloride on Acetoacetic acid and Benzaldehydephenylhydrazone .. GRIMAUX (EDOUARD). Derivatives of Cinchonine . . . . . THOMS (HENMAPI"). Yohimbehe Bark and Yohimb'ine . . . . . OECHSXER DE CONINCK (WILLIAM). An Oxyptomaine . . . . . EFFRONT (JEAN). Anew Enzyme, Caroubinase . . . . . . PAAL (CARL). Peptone salts from Glutin . . . . . . . . HOPKINS (F. GOWLAND) and STANISLAW N. PINKUS. Crystallisation of animal proteids . . . . . . . . . . . . NEUMEISTER (RICHARD). Action of superheated Water on proteid . . SWARTS ( FRI~D~RIC). Mixed Fluorine and Bromine derivatives containing two atoms of Carbon . . . . . . . . . . . LEMOULT (PAUL), Alkylio Isocyanurates : Formula and Constitution of Cyanuric acid . . . . . HOFMANN (KARL A.) and W. 0. RABE. Action 'of Alkylic Haloids o n Mercaptans . . . . . . . . . . . ADRIAN and AUGUSTE THILLAT.. EPFRONT (JEAN). Caroubinose . . . . . . . . LINTNER (CARL JOSEPH). Chemistry of Starch . . . . . . MITTELMEIER (HANS). Action of Diastase on Starch . . . . . FRISCHMUTH ( RI.). Gum-ammoniacum . . . . . . . . HEMPTJNNE (ALEXANDER DE). Synthesis of organic compounds by means of the Dark Electric Discharge . . . . . . . . . BASSE (AuG.) and HEINRICH [CONR.] KLINGER. The Butyroins and Iso- valeroin . . . . . . , . . . . . THOMAS-MAMERT (RENE). Constitution of Amidofumaric and Amido- maleic derivatives . . . . . . . SCHIFF (ROBERT). The Tautbmeric forms of the Ethereal salts of a-Ketonic acids . . . . . . . . . . . . GOLDSCHMIDT (CARL). Organic Urates soluble in Water' . . . . WERNER (ALFRED) and PAUL PFEIFFER. Constitution of Inorganic Coin- pounds. XIV.Molecular Compounds of Tin Tetrahaloids with Tin Alkyls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SANDELIX (S. S.). Furfurylsuccinic acid . . . . . . . . KEPPLER (FERD. ). Phenylic Iododichloride . . . . . . . KLINGER (HEINRICH [CONR.]) and WILXELM KOLVENBACH. Formation of JACKSON (CHARLES LORING) and H. A. TORKEY. Oxid; of Dichlorometh- THIELE (JOEANNES). Action of Acetic Anhydride on Quinone and on Di- benzoylstyrene . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAUSSE (HENRI [EUG~NE]). Characteristic reaction of Orthophenols : De- rivatives of Antimonylcatechol . . . . DARMSTAEDTER (L. ) and ISAAC LIFSCHUTZ. Composi'tion 'of Wool' Fat: VI. The Cholesterols of Wool Fat , , . . . . . . cyclic Nitrogen compounds . . . . . . . . . BEYERINCK (F.). Specific Gravity of Iodoform , . . . . Action of Phosphoric acid on Glycerol DEL~PINE (MARCEL).Aldehyde-ammonia . . . . . SCHULZE (ERNST). Some Constituents of Wool Fat . . . . Acetylquinol fromAcetaldehyde and Quinone . . oxyquinonedibenzoylme tliylacotal . . . . . . . i, 449 i, 450 i, 450 i, 450 i, 451 i, 452 i, 452 i, 453 i, 454 i, 454 i, 455 i, 455 i, 455 i, 456 i, 456 i, 456 i, 457 i, 458 i, 458 i, 458 i, 459 i, 460 i, 460 i, 461 i, 461 i, 461 i, 462 i, 462 i, 463 i, 463 i, 464 i, 464 i, 464 i, 467 i, 467 i, 467 i, 467 i, 469 i, 469 i, 470XXll CONTENTS. PAGE TAFEL (JULIUS). Chemical activity of Organic Ammonium salts . . i, 471 SCHOLTZ (MAX). GASSMANN (CHARLES) and HENRY GEORGE. HIRSCH ( BENNO). Halogenised Diazonium Thiocyanates and their re- arrangement into Thicyanodiazonium salts . . . . . . . i, 473 TNIELE (JOHANNES) and ROBERT HOWSON PICKARD.Rearrangement of Benzylidenephenylhydrazone . . . i, 474 SACHS ( FRANZ). Bromination of Alkylatld Phthalimides : Derivatives of AUTENRIETH ( WILHELM) and OTTO HILDEBRAND. Synthesis of a Phos- GATTERMANN ‘(LUDWIG) [and c. FRENZELL]. Synthesis of Aromatic Aldehydes . . . . . . . . . . . . i , 4 7 6 KLAGES (AUGUST) and PAUL ALLENDORF. Double compounds of Aromatic Ketones with Orthophosphoric acid . . . , . i, 477 COLLET (A.). Action of Halogenated acid Chlohdes bn Benzene in presence of Aluminium Chloride . . . . . . . . . . . i, 4T7 KUNZ-KRAUSE ( HERMANN). The Cinnamic acid Series. I. Behavionr of Coumarin, the Coumaroles, and some other derivatives towards Metallic Sodium, and the accompanying Fluorescence Phenomena .. i, 479 JUNGHAHN (ALFRED). New Method of preparing 1 : 3 : 4-Xylenesuiphaminic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i, 479 BOURCET (PAUL). Parabenzoyltoluene derivatives . . . . . . i, 480 GABRIEL ((SIEGMUND) and ERNST LEUPOLD. Transformations of Ethine- P AWLEWSKI ( BRONISLAW). Allofluorescein . . i, 483 MARKFELDT (OSCAR). Ethenyltriamidonaphthalene anii its Acetyi compound . . . . . . . . . . . . i, 483 HALLER (ALBIN) and ALFRED GUYOT. Symmetrical Tetramethyldiamido- diphenyltetramethyldiamidodianthranol and the corresponding Ox- WALLACH (OTTO). Terpenes and Ethereal Oils. Pulegenic acid and synthetical Pnlegone . . . i, 484 WALLACH (OTTO) [and D. E”. WERNER]. Terpenes and Ethereal oils. Cis- and Trans-isomerism in the Menthol series . . i, 485 WALLACH (OTTO) [and J.A. SMYTRE]. Terpenes and Ethere’al O k Pino- camphone, a new Camphor from Pinone . . - . . . i, 485 WALLACH (OTTO). Terpenes and Ethereal Oils. Fenchone . . . . i, 486 ZOPF ( WILHELM). Compounds from Lichens . . . . . . . i, 489 SCHIFF (ROBERT) and L. GIGLI. Ethereal salts of unsaturated a-Hydroxy-acids . . . . . . i, 489 ERRERA (GIORGIO). Pyridine derivatives of Ethylic Cyanacetate . . i, 490 WILLSTATTER (RICHARD) and WILHELM MULLER. Ketones of the Tropine Group. IX. The Tropylamines . . . . . . . . . i, 492 THIELE (JOHANNRS) and ROBERT Howso~ PICKARD. Indigo-oxime . . i, 493 JAUBERT (GEORGE F,). Constitution of the Saffranines. V. . . . i, 494 MICHAEL (ARTHUR), F. LUEHN, and HOWARD H. HIGBEE. Formation of Imido-1 : 2-diazole [l : 2 : 3-triazole] derivatives from aromatic szimides and Ethereal salts of Acetylenedicarboxylic acids .. . . . i, 495 EINHORN (ALFRED) and EDUARD BAUMEISTER. Some derivatives of Caffeine . - . . . . . . . . . i,497 FRANKFORTER (GEORGE B. ). Derivatives of Veratrhe . . . . i, 497 i, 498 i, 498 Action of Orthoxylylenic Bromide on Primary Aromatic Amines . . . . . . . . . . . . i , 4 7 1 phenols . . . . . . . . . . . . . i , 4 7 3 SAMTLEBEN (A.). Some Perhaloi’ds . . . . . . . . i, 472 Reaction of Diazo-salts with . Methylphthalimide . . . . . . . . . . i, 475 phazine . . . . . . . . . . . . i, 476 COLLBT (A.). Rrominated Ketones . . . . . . i, 478 diphthalide. I and 11. . . . . . . . . i, 481, 482 anthranol. . . . . . . . . . . . . i , 4 8 3 Action of Benzylideneaniline on the PSCHOKR (ROBERT).New Synthesis of 2’-Amidoquinoline . . . . i, 491 PATEIN (GUSTAVE). Compounds of Antipyrine with Aldehydes . . . i, 493 SRRAUP (ZDENKO HANS). C’inchotine . . . . . . . . i, 497 HBRIssEY ( ~ N R I ) . Rotatory Power of Cocaine Hydrochloride . . . RITTHAUSEN ([CARL] HEINRICH [LEOPOLD]). Alkaloids of the J’ehv Lupin, Lupiitus li&us . . . . . . . . . . .CONTENTS. xxii SCHMIDT (ERNST[ALBERT]). SCOpOlamine . . . . . . LUBOLT (WALTER). Scopolamine and Scopoline . . . . . . HEFFTER (ARTHUR). Cactus Alkaloids. i11. . . . . . . . WR~BLEWSRI (AUGUSTIN). What is Osborne's Diastase ? . . WR~BLEWSKI (AUGUSTIN). Chemical Nature of the Amyloiytii Ferments . . . . . . . . . . . . . BONDZY~SKI (ST ANISLAS) and RUDOLF GOTTLIEB. Oxyproteic acid, a new Constituent of Urine .. . . . . . . . . . TOPFER (GUSTAV) So-called Oxyproteic acid, a constituent of Urine . . SCHULZ (FRIEDRICH N.). Sulphur in Proteids FOLIN (OTTO) Cleavage Products of Proteids. I. Cons'titueks of Witte's' Peptone . . . . . . . . HOPKINS (F. GOWLAND) and STANISLAW N. PINKUS. Action of halogens' on Proteids . . . . . . . . . CHARRIN (ALBERT) and ALEX ANDRE DESGREZ. Production of 3 Mucinoid HENRY (LOUIS). Some aliphatic Nitro-compounds . . . . . . PAUWELS (J.). Derivatives of primary Nitropropane . . . . . LILIENFELD ( MORIZ) and SIEGFRIED TAUSS. Glycol and Aldol from Iso- LILIENFELD (MORIZ) and SIEGFRIED TAUSS. Aldol and Glycol from Iso- butaldehyde and Acetaldehyde . . . . . . . . . RULLNHEIMER (FRIEDRICH). Glycerol compounds of Copper with Alkali Metals .. . . . . . . . . . WINTERSTEIN (ERNST). The Glucoses formed from Chagual Gum . . NORRIS (JAMEa F.). Double salts containing Selenium . . . . . LESER (GEORGES). Preparation of a synthetical Methylheptenone . . CONRAD (MAX) and RICHARD GAST. Action of Sodium on Ethylic Di- methylacetoacetate . . . . . . . . . . . , ERBSTEIN (KARL). Action of Ammonia on Ethylic Methylglyoximecarb- oxylate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABERSON (J. H. ). Malic acid from Cyassulacem . . . . . . HOLLEMAN (ARNOLD FREDERIK). Reciprocal transformation of Tartaric, RUFF (OTTO). Conversion of Gluconic acid into d-Arabinose . HERZIG ( JOSEF). Action of Hydriodic acid on Aromatic Bromne deri-' vatives . . . . . . . . . . . JACKSON (CHARLES LORING) and W. F. Boos. Coloured compounds obtained from Sodium Alkyloxides and Picryl Chloride . .. . . . MOUREU (CHARLES). Bromoveratrole . . . . . . . JACKSON (CHARLES LORING) and WALDEMAR KOCH. Action of Iodine on the Lead derivative of Catechol . . . . . . . . BAMBERGER ( EUGEN) and FRED. TBCHIRNER. The oxidation of Aniline . BENTLEY (WILLIAM B.). Action of Nitric acid on Tribromacetanilide . TAFEL (JULIUS). Reactions of Organic Ammonium salts-Correction . ZWINGENBERGER (0.) and REINHOLD WALTHER. Isomeric Phenyltolyl- methenylamidines . . . . . , . . . . . . BAMBERGER ( EUGEN) and JAN LAGUTT. Reaction of Phenylhydroxylamine with alcoholic Sulphuric acid and with Aniline . . . BAMBEBGER (EUGEN), HANS BUSDORF, and H. SAND. Reactions of the' Nitrosoalphyls with concentrated Sulphuric acid . . . . . FRANKLIN (E.C,). The decompositionof Diazo-compounds . . , . N~ETXKI (RUDOLF) and ALFRED RAILLARD. Azamrnonium compounds . BAUR-THURGAU (ALBERT). Ketone Musks . . . . . . . TAVERNE (H. J.). Nitration of Methylic Benzoate . . . . . . TAVERNE (H. J.). Separation of Ortho- and Meta-nitrobenzoic acids . . TRAUBE ( ISIDOR). Some properties of Aromatic Orthohydroxy-derivatives. AVERP (SAMUEL) and ROSA BOUTON. Phenylglutaric acid and its deriva- tives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LUBOLT (WALTER). Scopoleines . . . . . . . . . substance by Bacteria . . . . . . . . . . SHAW (ANTOINE). Derivatives of primary Nitroisobutane . . butaldehyde and Isovaleraldehyde . . . Racemic, and Mesotartaric acids . . . . * . . . . PAGE i, 499 i, 499 i, 499 i, 499 i, 500 i, 500 i, 501 i, 501 i, 502 i, 502 i, 503 i, 504 i, 505 i, 506 i, 507 i, 508 i, 509 i, 509 i, 510 i, 510 i, 512 i, 512 i, 513 i, 513 i, 515 i, 516 i, 516 i, 517 i, 518 i, 518 i, 518 i, 519 i, 519 i, 519 i, 520 i, 521 i, 522 i, 523 i, 523 i, 525 i, 526 i, 526 i, 526xxiv CONTENTS.AVERY (SAMUEL) and MARY L. FOSSLER. 8-Phenyl-a-methylglutaric acid . . . PIUTTI (ARNALDO) and 'R. PICCOLI. * Action bf Phthaiic Anhy'dride o n Para- and Meta-hydroxydiphenylamine . . . . . . . PIUTTI (ARNALDO) and R. PICCOLI. Action of Ethylic Oxalate on Paramido- phenol and its ethers . . . . . . . . . . . PAAL (CARL). Aromatic Sulphamic acids-Correction . . . . . KUNZ (JAKOB). Action of oxides of Nitrogen on Mercury Alphyls . . PETRENKO-KRITSCHENKO ( PAVEL Iw.). Tetrahydropyrone compounds . MICEAEL (ARTHUR).Reaction of Benzaldehyde with Phenol . . . NIETZKI (RUDOLF) and R. BERNARD. Cedriretv . . . . . . KONOWALOFF (MICHAEL) and W. ISCHEWSKY. Nitrogen compounds of the Menthol series and their derivatives . . . . . . . HERZIG (JOSEF) and F. SCHIFF. Guaiacum Resins . . . . . HESSE (OSWALD). Lichens and their characteristic constituents . . . KIRMSSE (E.). Guarana paste . . . . . . . . . Action of Hydrogen Pel'- PLANCHER (GIUSEPPE). Methylation of Indoles . ZINCKE ( [ERNST CARL] THEODOR). Ketochlorides a n d Orthodiketones of Azimidobenzene . . . . . . . . . . . WHEELER (HENRY LORD). Cycloamidines : Pyrimidine derivatives . . CLEMM (HANS). A new Product of the Oxidation of Theobromine . . POMMEREHNE ( HERBERT) - Pseudotheobromine, Theobromine, Theophylline, and Paraxanthine .. . . . . . . . . . . WILLSTATTER (RICHARD). Tropic acid. 111. Constitution of the Decom- position Products of Atropine and Cocaine . . . . . . . MERCK ( [CARL] EMANUEL). Pilocarpidine . . . . . . . CLOETTA (MAX). Uroproteic acid, a new const&uent of Urine . . . MATHEWS (ALBERT). Cytological Staining , . . . , . . ROSENFELD (MAX). HEmin Hydrochloride . . . , . . . TAMBACH (R.). Iodine in the Thyroid Gland . . . . . . . Roos (ERNST). Iodothyrin . . . . . . . . . . COURIOT (H.) and JEAN MEUNIER. Explosion of mixtures of Methane by Electric Currents . . . . . . . . . . . COURIOT (H.) and JEAN MEUNIER. Ignition of mixtures of Methane and Air by the Electric Spark . . . . . . . ASCHAN ([ADOLF] OSSIAN). Di-isopropyl in Light Petroleum from Baku . D E N I G ~ (GEOROES). Combination of Olefines with Mercury salts .. BERG& (A.) and ALBERT REYCHLER. Purification of Acetylene . . . GATTERMANN (LUDWIG) and I(. SCHNITZSPAHN. Constitution :?d syn- thetical application of '' Sesquichloride of Hydrogen Cyanide . . HELD (ALFRED). Preparation of Cyanogen Chloride . . . . . SCHMIDT (ERNST [ALBERT]). Ammonio-compounds of Cuprosocupric Cv- auide . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . MALMBERG (EDWARD). Ammoniocuprosocupric Cyanide OECHSNER DE CONINCK (WILLIAM). Decomposition of Alkylic Thio: cyanates . . . . . 0 . . BROCHET (ANDRI~). Action df Chlorine on Ethylic Alcohol . . . . DENIG~S (GEORGES). Combination of Trimethylcarbinol with Mercuric Nitrate . . . . . . . . . . G~RARD (ERNEST). Cholesterols-from lower Plants . . . . . THALBERG (AUGUST). PropionaldoI .. . . . . . . ADRIAN and AUGUSTE TRILL AT. Acid Glycerophosphaies . BERTRAND (GABRIEL). Action of the Sorbose Bacterium on Polyhydric' alcohols . . . . . . . . . . . POTTEVIN ( H E N R ~ ) . Resolution of Starch by the action'of Ditstase . . MARCHLEWSKI (LEO). Chemistry of Chlorophyll . . . . . WERNICK (w.) and RICHARD WOLFFENSTEIN. oxide on 1-Alkylpiperidine bases . . . . . . . . COHN (PAUL). Quinoline-morphine . . . . . . . . EICHHOLZ (A.). Hydrolysis of Proteids . , . . . SYNIEWSKI (WIKTOR). Soluble Starch. 11 . . . PAGE i, 527 i, 527 i, 528 i, 528 i, 528 i, 529 i, 529 i, 529 i, 530 i , 530 i, 531 i, 535 i, 536 i, 536 i, 536 i, 537 i, 538 i, 539 i, 539 i, 539 i, 540 i, 541 i, 541 i, 541 i, 542 i, 542 i, 543 i, 543 i, 545 i, 545 i, 545 i, 546 i, 546 i, 546 i, 547 i.547 i, 547 i, 548 i, 549 i, 549 i, 549 i, 550 i, 550 i, 550 i, 551 i, 551CONTENTS. xxv BERTHELOT ( MARCELLIN P. E.). Action of the Silent EIectric Discharge BERG ( ARMAKD). Diagnosis of Secondary Aliphatic Amines containing Monatomic Alkyl groups . . . . . . . . . . TROEGER (JULIUS) and V. HORNUNG. Derivatives of Symmetrical Triazine . . . . . BERTHELOT (MARCELLIN P. E.). 'Action of th;! Silent Electkc Discharge on Nitrogenous compounds, in presence of Free Nitrogen . . . DURAND (AUGUSTE). Ethylisoamylamines . . . . . . . on Aldehydes and Nitrogen . . . . . . . . . TRILLAT (AUGUSTE). Commercial preparation of Chloral . . . WOHL (ALFRED). BERTRAND (GABRIEL). Product of the Oxidation of Glycerol by the Sorbose Bacterium . . . .. . . . . . . . . . BERTRAND (GABRIEL). Biochemical production of Dihydroxyacetone . VERLEY (ALBERT). Action of alkalis on Citral. Preparation of Methyl- BERTHELOT (MARCELLIN P. E, ). Action of'the Silent Electric Discharge on Organic acids and Nitrogen . . . . . . . . . . VISSER (L. E. 0. DE). Solidifying points of 'Pure Stearic and Palmitic' . . . . . . . . BLAISE ( EDMOND E.), Unsymmetrical Dimethylsuccinic acid and its Alkylic salts . . . . . . . . . . BLAISE (EDMOND E.). New Synthesis of &3-Dimethylglntaric acid . . BOESEKEN (J,). Action of Dilute and Concentrated alkalis on &Tartaric acid . . . . . . . . . . . ERRERA (GIOBGIO). Condensation of Ethplic Acetonedicarboxylate with Ethylic Orthoformate . . . . . . . . . . . FREUNDLER (PAUL). Some Furfuran derivatives .. . . . . OECHSNER DE CONINCK (WILLIAM). Oxidation of some Amides and Thioamides . . . . . . . . . . . . BOURGEOIS ( LJ~oN). Yield of Csrbamide obtained from Ammonium Carbonates . . . . . . . . ASCHAN ([ADOLF] OSSIAN). Occurrence o f Methylpentamethylene in Light Petroleum from the Caucasus . . . . . . . . SCHOLCZ (Ifax). Application of Ortho-xylylenic Bromide i n character- JANNASCH (PAUL [EHRHARDT]) and A. BARTELS. Hexethylbenzene . . OECHSNER DE CONINCK (WILLIAM). Action of Oxidising Agents on TOMBECK (D.). Combination of Organic bases with Metallic salts . . ULLMANN (FRITZ). Melting Points and Boiling Points of Aniline, Tolu- SCHOLTZ (MAX). Xylylenediamines : an Undecatomic Ring . . . . HARRIES (CARL D.). Oxidation of Hydroxylaminecarvoxime .. . HARRIES (CARL D. ) and RICHARD GLEY. Rearrangement of B-Mesityl- oxime . . . . . . . . . . CAZEWEUVE (PAUL). Distinction betwken Magenta S. and ordinary Magenta in Schiffs Reaction . PRUD'HOMME (MAURICE). Reduction'of CoIoukng 'Matters of the Type of Rosaniline and Malachite Green . . . . . . . . . ROSENSTIEHL (AUGUSTE). The supposed Tetrahydrochloride of Leucaniline HEWITT (JOHN THEODORE) and HENRY E. STEVENSON. Azophenols derived from Wroblewski's Bromoparatolnidine . . . . . . CAUSSE (HENRI). Action of Acetaldehyde on Phenylhydrazine. Two Iso- meric a- and 8-Triethylidenediphenylhydrazones . . . . RUPE (HANS). Unsymmetrical Phenylhydrazine derivatives . . . RUPE (HANS) and GEORG HEBERLEIN. Unsymmetrical a-Phenylhydrazido- acetanilide . . . . . . . . . . .. . AcetaIs of Acraldehyde and Glyceraidehyde heptenone . . . . . . . . . COLSON (ALBERT). Hydrated Sodium Formate . . . . . . COLSON (ALBERT), Solid Acetic Peroxide . . . . . acids and of their mixtures ising bases . . . . . . . . . . . . RAWITZER (J.). Attempts to prepare aa8-Triphenylethane . . . Nitrogen compounds . . . . . . . . . . idine and Xylidine Hydrochlorides . . . . . . PAGE i, 551 i, 553 i, 553 i, 554 i, 554 i, 555 i, 555 i, 556 i, 556 i, 557 i, 558 i, 559 i, 559 i, 560 i, 560 i, 561 i, 561 i, 562 i, 563 i, 564 i, 564 i, 565 i, 565 i, 565 i, 565 i, 566 i, 566 i, 566 i, 567 i, 568 i, 568 i, 568 i, 568 i, 569 i, 569 i, 569 i, 570 i, 571xxvi CONTENTS. RUPE (HANS), GEORG HEBERLEIN, and ARMAND ROESLER. Unsymmetrical RUPE (HANS) and Jos. V ~ E T E ~ A .Unsymmetrical Phenylhydrazidoaceto- paramidodimethylanilide . . . . . . . . . . RUPE (HANS), GEORG HEBERLEIN, and ARMAND ROESLER. unsymmetrical RUPE (HANS) and ARMAND ROESLER. a-Orthamidoben~ophenylhydrazide HARRIES (CARL D.) and GEORG ROEDER. Pulegonehydroxylamine . . CAUSSE ( HENRI [EUGhNE]). Benzylidenediphenylhydrazines and their Derivatives. Transformation into Dibenzylidenediphenyltetrazole . WBDEKIND (EDGAR) and LEO STMJWE. Influence of distance Action exerted by Substituents ou the Formation of Tetrazolium bases . CURATOLO (A.). Action of Chlorine on Ethers of Phenol and of &'Naphthoi BARRAL (ETIENNE). Chlorine Derivatives of Phenylic Carbonate . . . JANNASCH (PAUL [EHRHARDT]) and w. HINTERSKIRCH. Migration of Chlorine from the Side Chain to the Ring on the Decomposition of Aro- matic Iodochlorides. Derivatives of Anisidine .. . . . . JANNASCH (PAUL [EHRHARDT]) and M. NAPHTALI. Migration of Chlorine from the Side Chain to the Ring on the Decomposition of Aromatic Iodochlorides. Derivatives of Phenetidine . . . . KINZEL (WILHELM). Paramidophenylic Ethylenic Ether . . . . CAZENEUVE (PAUL). Derivatives of Ilinitro-orthocresol EINHORN (ALFRED) and FRIEDRICH HOLLANDT. Acylation 0; Alcihols and Phenols in Pyridine Solution . . . . . . . . . WEIDEL (HUGO) and FRANZ WENZEL. 2 : 4-Dimethylphloroglucinol . . WEIDEL (HUGO) and FRANZ WENZEL. 1 : 3 : 5-Triamidotrimethylbenzene and Trimethylphloroglucinol . . . . . . . . . WALTHER (REINHOLD) and WILHELM BRETSCHNEIDER. Paramidobenz- aldehyde . . . . . . . . . . . . .. GATTERMANN (LUDWIG) and W. BERCHELMANN. Synthesis of Aromatic H y droxyaldehydes . . . . . . . . . . . . GRIMAUX ( EDOUARD). Tetramethyldiamidobenzophenone derivatives . HARRIES (CARL D.) and F. KAISER. Reduction of Methylcyclohexenone . CEBRIAN (FRANZ). Condensation of Salicylaldehyde with Acidic Aniides . FEUERSTRIN (W. ) and STANISLAUS VON KOSTANECKI. Snythesis of Flavone LIST (REINHOLD) and MAX STEIN. Isomeric Chlorides of Orthosulpho- benzoic acid, A case of Tautomerism . . . . . . . . PAWLEWSKI (BKONISLAW). Fluorescence of Anthranilic acid . . . BOUVEAULT (LOUIS). AromaticGlyoxylic acids . . . . . . KLOBB ([CONSTANT] TIMOTHXE). Some new y-Ketonic acids . . . KNOX (JAMES W. T.) and ALBERT B. PRESCOTT. Caffeine Compounds of Kola. 11. Kolatannin . . . . . .. . . TAVERNE (H. J.). Action of Nitric acid at the ordinary Temperature on certain Aromatic Amides . . . . . . LAMBLING ( EUG~NE [FRIIDIIRIC j). Action of' Phenylcarbimide on some Alkyloxy-acids . . . . * . . . . . . . HOOGEWERFF (SEBASTIAAN) and WILLEM ARNE VAN DORP. Action of a Solution of Hydrogen Chloride in Methylic Alcohol on the Phenylimides of Dibasic acids . . . . . . . . . . . ROSENSTIEHL (AUGUSTE). Comparisons of Imido-ethers with the Rosani- lines. A reply t o Miolati . . . . . . . . JANNASCH (PAUL [ERRHARDTI) and E. KOLITZ. Dimethoxydiphenyl . MEYER (RICHARD E.) and LEO FRIEDLAND. The Phthalein Group . . WOLFF (TR.). Preparation of By-Diphenylquinoxaline . . . . . HEWITT (JOHN THEODORE) and HENRY E. STEVENSON. Aznphenine . . ULLMANN (FRITZ). Syntheses in the Carbazole Group .. ROUSSET (L. ). Action of Ethyloxalic Chloride [Ethylic Chlorogiyoxilate]' on Naphthalene and Naphthol Ethers in the presence of Aluminium Chloride , . . . . . . . . . . . . , Phenylhydrazidoacetamide . . . . . . . . . a- Phenylhydrazido-a-acetophenylhydrazide . . WEIDEL (HUGO). Methylphloroglucinol . . . . . . . BLANK (RUBIN). Synthesis of Indigo 'Colouring Matters . . PAGE i, 571 i, 571 i, 572 i, 572 i, 573 i, 573 i, 573 i, 575 i, 575 i, 575 i, 576 i, 576 i, 576 i, 577 i, 578 i, 579 i, 580 i, 581 i, 581 i, 581 i, 582 i, 582 i, 683 i, 584 i, 585 i, 585 i, 586 i, 586 i, 588 i, 588 i, 589 i, 589 i, 589 i, 590 i, 590 i, 591 i, 591 i, 591 i, 591CONTENTS. xxvii BODROUX (F.). Alkyl Derivatives ofS-Naphthol . . . . . . WEDEKIND (EDGAR).Dimethyl-&naphthol . . . . . . . HEWITT (JOHN THEODORE) and HENRY E. STEVENSON. Action of a-Naphthylamine on Broinotolueneazosalicylic acid . . . . . HALLER (ALBIN) and ALFRED GUYOT. Preparation and Properties of Di- alkylamidoanthraquinones . . . . . . . . . . ULLMANN (FRITZ) and ED. MALLETT. Derivatives of Fluorenone BERTHELOT ( MARCELLIN P. E.). Action of the Silent Electric Discharge on Liquid Dielectrics . . . . . . . . . . . CHARABOT (EuG$NE). Spanish Essence of Lavender . . . . . ROUSSET (L.), Essence of Cedar Wood . . . . . . . . DULI~RE (W.). Santal Essence and its Adulteration . . . . . CHARABOT (EuG~NE). Essence of Geranium . . . . . . . TIEMANN (J. C. W. FERDINAND). Semicarbazones of a-Ionone . . . CAZENEUVE (PAUL). Constitution of Camphor and derived Nitrophenols .ANGELI (ANGELO). Action of Nitrous Acid on Camphoroxime . . . WEDEKIND (EDGAB). Nitrogen derivatives of Santonic acid . . . BOURQTJELOT $MILE [ELII?)]. ARNATTD (ALBERT). Products obtained by the Hydrolysis of Ouabairi . ARNAUD (ALBERT). Action of Alkalis on Ouabain . . . . . . HEUT (G. ). Pimpinellin . . . . . , . . . . . GRUTTNER (FRITZ). Bark of Hantanzelis virginica, I;. . . . . . TSCHIRCH ( [WILHELM OSWALD] ALEXANDER) and GULLOW PEDERSON. Aloes . . , . . . . . . . . . . POPPER (MAXIMILTAN). Oroselone and Peucedanin . . . . REDENCZ (PAUL). Antimony Pentafluoride and some of i’ts double salts with Organic bases . . . . . . . . . . . . KNOKR (LUDWIG). Morpholine bases . . . . . . . . KNORR (LUDWIG) and HERMANN MATTHES. l-Methylmorpholine .. KNORR (LUDWIG) and WERNER SCHMIDT. l-Ethylmorpholine . . . CAZENEUVE (PAUL) and MOREAU. Dimethylpiperazine and its Phenolic derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . WILLSTATTER (RICHARD). Ketones of the Tropine Group. XI. Tropine- WILLSTATTER (‘RICHARD). Ketones of the Tropine Group. X. Benzylidene- SCHMIDT (ERNST [ALBERT)].’ Aiksloids of Corydalis . . . . . HOPFGARTNER (K.). The Alkaloids of Macley~ cordata R. BY. . . . GUI~RIN (GABRIEL). Presence of an Alkaloid in Natural Wines . BOURQUELOT @MILE [ELII?) ] and HENRI H~BISSEY. Gelatinous Matte;. DASTRE (A.) and N. PLORESCO. Hepatic Pigments in Vertebrates . . BERGH (EBBE). Decomposition of Elastin by Hydrochloric acid , . , HEDIN (SVEN GUSTAV). Decomposition of Elastin by Hydrochloric acid . UMBER (F.). Action of Peptic digestion on Proteids .. . . . SCHULZE (ERNST). Decomposition of Proteid from Conifer seeds . . . BLUM (F.) and WILHELM VAUBEL. . MORACZEWSKI (WACLAW VON). Behaviour of Vitellin in Magnesia mixture . . . . . . . . . . . . SCHROTTER (HUGO). Albumoses. 111. . . . . . . . . KUTSCHER (FR.). Antipeptone . . . . . . . . . JOLLES (ADOLF). Histon in the Urine . . . . . . . . Roos (ERNST). Iodothyrin . . . . . . . . . . . HBRISSEY (HENRI). Presence of Emulsin in Lichens . . MATHEWS. Action of Pepsin and Trypsin on Protamines . . . LEPIERRE (CHARLES). Production of Mucin by a fluorescent pathogenic Racteriuin . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROUSSET (L.). Ketones derived from Naphthalene . . . . . Actiou of Soluble Ferments on Gentianose BEITLER (C.). Chloroproteinochrome .. . . . . . pinacone . . . . . . . . . . . . tropinic acid . . . . . . - MARTINDALE (W. El.) Corydaline . . . . . (Pectin) in Gentian Root . . . . . . . . . Halogen derivatives of Albumin . KOSSEL ( ALBRECHT [CARL LUDWIG MARTIN LEONHARD]) R l l j ALBERT PAGE i, 592 i, 593 i, 593 i, 593 i, 593 i, 594 i: 594 i, 595 i, 595 i, 595 i, 596 i, 596 i, 596 i, 596 i, 596 i, 597 i, 597 i, 597 i, 598 i, 598 i, 599 i, 600 i, 600 i, 601 i, 601 i, 602 i, 602 i, 603 i, 603 i, 604 i, 604 i, 605 i, 606 i, 607 i, 607 i, 607 i, 608 i, 608 i, 608 i, 608 i, 609 i, 610 i, 610 i, 611 i, 611 i, 612 i, 612 i, 612 i, 612xxviii CONTENTS. CHAVASTELON (R.). A Crystalline compound of Acetylene with Cuprous Chloride . . . . . . . , MOUNEYRAT (A:). Action of Chiorin;! on Ethylenic Chloride in presence of Aluminium Chloride. Chlorination of Acetylene .. . MUTHMANN ( WILHELM). Formation of Methanedisulphonic acid by the action of Acetylene on Fuming Sulphuric acid . . , . . . SCHROETER (GEORG). Action of Acetylene on Fuming Sulphuric acid . MULLER (JOSEPH AUGUSTE). Synthesis of Potassium Carbonylferrocyanide HOWE (JAMES LEWIS) aiid EDWARD D. CAMPBELL. Some new Rutheno- . PILOTY (OSCAK). Aliphatic Nitroso-compounds (Nitroso- and Nitro-iso- GLASENAPP ( MAXIMILIAN). CAVALIER (JACQUES). Monalkyl-phosphoric acids . . . . . . SUNDVICK (ERNST EDVARD). Psyllostearylic Alcohol . . BARBIER (PHILLIPE). Dimethylheptenol, a New Unssturatcd Tertiary Alcohol . . . . . . . . . . FLATAU (JULIAN) and H. LABBB. Separation of Geraniol from Citronellol . DENIG~S (GEORGES).Reaction of Tertiary Alcohols and their Ethereal salts BEAUDET (L.). Action of Sulphurous and Hyposulphurous acids on Pure and Impure Solutions of Sugar . . , . . . . . . WEISS (OTTO). The Carbohydrate obtained from E&-albumin . . . SERGEN (JOSEF). A New Carbohydrate in the Liver . . . . . VIGNON (Lgo). Nitration of Cellulose, Hydrocellulose, and Oxycellulose . VIGPI’ON (Lio). Formation of Furfuraldehyde from Cellulose, Oxycellulose, PRESCOTT (ALBERT B.). Alkyl disrnuth Iodiies, and Bismuth Iodides of BKEUER (ROBERT). Chitosamine (Glucosamine) . . , . . . HANTZSCH (ARTHUR [RUDOLF]) and W. HILLAND. Alkyl‘deriiatives of SCHROETER (GEORG). Formhydroxamk acid . . . . . . . STROMHOLM (DANIEL). Double salts of Organic bases with Mercury MOUNEPRAT (A.). Action of Aluminium’ Chioride, and of Chlorine in PINNER (ADOLF).Compounds of Chloral with Formaldehyde . . . PECHMANN (HANS VON). Production of Diacetyl from Acetaldehyde . . FAHRION (WILHELM). Oxidisecl Cotton Oil . . . . . . . SE~KOWSKI (MICHAEL VON). Change produced in Oleic acid on keeping : SCHAUM (KARL). Tautomerism of Ethylic Acetoacetate . . BETTI (MARIO). The Oxime of Ethylic Diethylacetoacetate . . TIEMANN (FERDINAND) aud FRIEDRICH SEMMLER. ~ - D i r n ~ t h ~ I l e ~ ~ * ‘ l i ~ i i ~ ‘ acid or 6-Dimethyllevulinic (2-Methylhexan-3-onoic) acid . . . SCHEY (L. T. C.). Derivatives of Ethylmalonic acid . . . . AUWERS (K~RL). Formation of Anhydrides of Aliphatic Dicarboxylic acids FICHTER (FRITZ) and AUGUST EGGERT. BLAISE (EDMOND E. ). Synthesis of Symmetrical b-Hydroxytetramethyl-* HENRICH (FERDINAND).Acidic Character’of Unsaturated Organic Radicles ERRERA (GIORGIO). Derivatives of Glutaconic acid . . . . . HOFF ( JACOBUS HEINRICUS VAN’T) and WOLF MULLER. Racemic Decom- VORLANDER (DANIEL) and PAUL HERRMANN. Malonic ‘Methylanilide . PIUTTI (ARNALDO). Methylasparagine . . . . . . . . HOFMANN (KARL A.). Action of Mercuric Nitrate on Acetaldehyde and on Ethylic Acetoacetate . . . . . . . . . . . cyanides an2 the Double Ferrocyanide of Barium and Potassium . butyronitrilc . . . . . . . Action of Charcoal in the Purification of Spirits . . O’SULLIVAN (JAMES). Maltose . . . . and Hydrocellulose . Vegetable bases . . . . . . . . . . GULEWITSCH (WL.). Choline and its derivatives . . . Hydroxylamine . . . . . . . . . . . Haloids .. . . . presence of Aluminium Chloride, on Chloral . . . . JENKINS (JOHN H. B.). Japanese Wood Oil . . . a-Ethylideneglutaric acid glutaric acid . . . . . . . . . position of Rubidium Racemate . . . - . . HOFMANN (KARL A.). “Oxymercarbides ” . . . . . . PAGE i, 613 i, 613 i, 614 i, 614 i, 615 i, 615 i, 616 i, 616 i, 616 i, 617 i, 617 i, 618 i, 618 i, 618 i, 619 i, 619 i, 619 i, 619 i, 620 i, 620 i, 620 i, 622 i, 633 i, 623 i, 624 i, 625 i, 626 i, 627 i, 628 i, 628 i, 628 i, 629 i, 629 i, 629 i, 629 i, 630 i, 630 i, 631 i, 631 i, 632 i, 632 i, 633 i, 633 i, 635 i, 635CONTENTS. xxix MEI’ZNER ( HERMANN) and DANIEL VORL~NDER. Occurrence of Ketopenta- POSPISCHILL (KARL THEODOR). Stereoisomeric 1 : 3-Pentamethylenedi- carboxylic acids . . . . . . . . . .. . RUCHNER ( EDUARD) and ANDREAS JACOBI. Derivatives of Cycloheptane . DERLON (I(. G. HANS). BAEYER (ADOLF VONj and HANS VON LIEBIG. Dialdehyde of Adipic acid ’ BUCHNER (EDUARL)). Pseudophenylacetic acid . . . . BUCHNER ( EDUARD) and FERDINAND LINGG. 8-Isophenylacetic acih (13: THOMAS (VICTOR). Chlorinating action of Ferric Chloride in’ the Aromatic series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KODROUX (F.). Action of Bromine on Phenols in presence of Aluminium Bromide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERATONER (ALBERTO) [with G. B. CONDORELLI, CARM. VJTALI, and G. ORTOLEVA]. Action of Sulphuryl Chloride 011 Phenols and their Ethers . . . . . . . . . . and Alkylphenetoils. I. Orthethylphenetoil . MOUREU (CHARLES), Derivatives of Ethylenecatechol [Catechol Ethyjenic. Ether] . .. . . . . . . . . . . BERTHELOT ( MARCELLIN PIERRE EUGBNE). Oxidation of Pyrogallol in presence of Alkalis . . . . . . . . . . . . POND (F. J.) and F. T. BEERS. Derivatives of Eugenol . . . . AUWERS (KARL). Derivatives of Aromatic 8 - and &Oxides . . . . AUWERS (KARL) and NORMAN L. SHELDON. New derivatives of Dibrom- anhydroparahydroxy-+cuniylic alcohol . . . . . . . PESCI (LEONE). Mercury compounds of Organic Bases . . . . . PESCI (LEONE). Mercury compounds of Dimethylparatoluidine, and of Paratoluidine . . . . . . . LOB ( WALTHER). Electro-synthesis of Anhyllioparamidobenzylic alcohol KYAN (HUGH). Some Arnidoketones . . . . , . . . WHEELER (HENRY LORD) and PERCY T. WALDEN. Action of Amines on Acylimido-ethers : Acylamidines . . . . . . . . . MOHLAU (RICHARD).Aromatic Azimethine compounds . . . . HEWITT(JOHN THEODORE), T. S. MOORE, and A. E. PITT. Formation of salts and hydrates of Azophenol . . . . . . . . . LOB (WALTHER). Electro-synthesis of mixed Azo-compounds . . . HANTZSCH (ARTHUR [RUDOLF]). Additive compounds of Diazonium Haloids with Phenols and with Acetic acid . . . . . . BETTI (MARIO). Derivatives of Aniidoazobenzene . . . . . . BRIGGS (T. LYNTON). Preparation of Phenylamidoazobenzene and Azo- OLIVERI-TORTORICI’(RICCARDO). Action of Nitric Peroxide on’ Nitroso- LEY (HEINRICH). Hydroxylamidoximes, a New Series of Hydroxylamine derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . REYCHLER (ALBERT). Tinctorial Reactions . . . . . . . TAVERNE (H. J.). Action of Nitric acid on Benzamide, Phenylacetamide, and Phenylpropionamide .. . . . . RIZZO (NICCOL~). The so-called Phenylhydantoic acids FISCHER (EMIL) and EILWIN HOFFA. Some Aromatic Ace& kid Alde-’ hydes . . . . . . . . . MOIJREU (CHARLES). Acetals derived-from Catkchol . . . . . MENKE (ALBERT E.) ant1 WILLIAM B. BENTLEY. Derivatives of Vanillin . COLLET (A.). Halogen derivatives of Phenyl Ethyl Ketone . . . . LIEBERMANN (CARL [THEODOR]). Allocinuamic acid . . . . . FICHTER (FRITZ) and ALEXANDER BAUER. Phenyl-78-pentenoic acid . SEIDEL (JOHANNES). Products of the Iodation of Aromatic alcohols, alde- methylene in Wood Oil . . . . . . . . MARKOWNIKOFF ( WLADIMIR B.). Cyclic compounds . . . Azelaone and Azelaol . Cycloheptatrienecarboxylic acid) . . . . . . JANNASCH (PAUL [EHRHARDT]) and WILLY HINRICHSEN. Alkylankoils’ phenine .. . . . . . . phenols . . . . . . . . - . . . . hydes, and acids . . . I . . . . . . . PAGE i, 636 i, 636 i, 637 i, 637 i, 638 i, 638 i, 639 i, 640 i, 640 i, 641 i, 641 i, 643 i, 644 i, 645 i, 645 i, 646 i, 646 i, 648 i, 648 i, 649 i, 649 i, 650 i, 652 i, 653 i, 654 i, 655 i, 656 i, 656 i, 657 i, 657 i, 658 i, 658 i, 659 i, 659 i, 660 i, 661 i, 661 i, 662 i, 662 i, 663x x x CONTENTS. PRITSCH (PAUL). Condensation of Chloral with Metllylic 2 : 3-Dimathoxy- benzoate . . . . . YIUTTI (ARNALDO) and R. PICCOLI. A'ctioi of Phthalic Anhydride on Para-* and Meta-hydroxydiphenylamiue , GUCCI (PIETRO). PECHMANN (HANS VON) and LUDWIG WOLMAN. New method of preparing Ethylic Orcinoltricarboxylate [Dihydroxydicarboxyphenylacetate] . NORTON (THOMAS HERBERT). Derivatives of Benzenesulphonic acid .. MARCKWALD ( WILHELM) and H. H. FRAHNE. Hydroxysulphonic acids and Sultones . . . . . . . . . . . . . JAUBERT (GEORGE F.), Synthesis of Safranine VORLANDEH, (DANIEL) and F. WILCKE. ERLENMEYER ( EMIL), jun. , and MICHAEL Lux, Oxylactones-ketolactones . ERLENMEYER ( EMIL), jnn., and MICHAEL Lux. Conversion of an ay-Dihy- droxy-acid into the corresponding Ketone . . . . . . . ERLENMEYER ( EMIL), jun. Remarkable Conversion of an a-Ketonic acid HALLER ( ALBIN) and ALFRED GUYOT. Dialkylamiho-orthobenzoylbenzoic and Dialkylamido-orthobenzylbenzoic acids . . . . . . VELDE ( ALB. J. J. VAN DE). Phenoxycinnamic acid [Hyciroxyphenylcin- namic acid] . . . . . . . . . GABRIEL ( SIEGMUND) and GEORG ESCHENBACH. Notes [Teirahydrofuran-* dibenzoic acid ; 1 : 2 : 3-Triphenyltetrahpdropyrazine ; and Ortho-a-di- LANDAU (JOSEF).Dimethoxydikctohydrindene and its derivatives . , NORTON (THOMAS HERBERT) and H. LOEWENSTEIN. Metallic derivatives of Dinitro-a-naph tho1 . . . . . . . NORTON (THOMAS HERBERT) and IRWIN J. SMITH. Amido-deriiativks of Dinitro-a-naphthol, and its Chlorination RABE (PAUL). Synthesis of Phenanthrene and Hydiated Phenanihrenk de-. rivatives from l-Naphthoic acid . . . . . . . , FROMM (EMIL). Oil of Savin (Oleurn k&nce) . . . . . . . BAEYER (ADOLF VON) and VICTOR VILLIGER. Orientation in the Terpene Conversion of Monocyclic Terpenes into the corresponding de- DOEBNER (OSCAR [Gus~Av]). Citral . . . . . . . . . ZIEGLER (J.). Oil of Violets from Oil of Lemon-grass . . . . . TIEMANN (FERDINAND), Ionone from Lemon-grass Oil .. . . . DUDEN (PAUL) and ALFRED E. MACINTYRE. Amidoborneol . . . ARNAUD (ALBERT). A Crystalline Heptacetin derived from Ouabin . . BARTH (GEORG) and CARL JOSEPH LINTNER. Lupulinic acid . . . OBERWARTH. Yohimbine . . . . . . . . . . . HESSE (OSWALD). Lichens and their characteristic Constituents . . BODE (G.). Chemistry of Chlorophyll . . . . . . . . LIEBERMANN (CARL [THEODOR]). VORLANDER (DANIEL) and RUDOLF VON SCHILLING. Ethereal Indoxylates BRUNNER (KARL). The base prepared by E. Fisher from Methylketol and Methylic Iodide . . . . . . ENGELHARD (C. ). Condensation of Isatic acid with formation' of derivatives of Cinchonic acid . . . . . . GUNTHER (ADOLF). Synthesis of'd. and E-Ethylpiperidine . . . . ANDR$ (GUSTAVE). Some bases derived from Piperidine . . . . AHRENS (FELIX B.). Syntheses in the Piperdine Series W IDERA (RICHARD), Electrolysis of Nitroso-a-pipecoline a d Nitrosotetra-' ARHENS (FELIX B.). Syntheses i'n thk Piperidine Series. 111. . . . LADENBURG (ALBERT) [and in part MEISSNRR and THEODOR]. Synthetical Alkines of the Pyridine and Piperidine Series . . . . . . Propylphthalide and its Hydrolysis by Cauitic Alkaiis Dibenzylidenediethyl Ke'tone' into the corresponding a-Amido-acid . . . . . . . cyanostilbene] . . , . . . . . . . . . EPHRAIM (FRITZ). Diketohy drindenecarboxy lic acid . . . . series. rivatives of Benzene. 11. . . . . . . . KROMER (NICOLAI). Jalapinolic acid . . . . . . . . Colouring matter of Cochineal hydroquinoline . . . . . . . . . . HUTH ( FRANZ). aaa'd-Tetramethyldipyridyl . . . . . . PAGE i, 663 i, 664 i, 665 i, 665 i, 666 i, 666 i, 667 i, 667 i, 667 i, 668 i, 669 i, 670 i, 670 i, 671 i, 671 i, 672 i, 673 i, 673 i, 674 i, 674 i, 675 i, 676 i, 677 i, 677 i, 677 i, 677 i, 678 i, 678 i, 679 i, 679 i, 682 i, 682 i, 682 i, 682 i, 683 i, 684 i, 685 i, 886 i, 686 i, 686 i, 687 i, 687CONTENTS. xxxi PICTET (Awb) and Y i ~ i t i t ~ CRBPIEUX. Hydrogeiiistttiun of Nicot,yriue . BYVANOR ( HENDRIK). Derivatives of 3’-Ethyllepicline [4’-hlethyl-3’-ethyl- PICCININI (AN~ONIO). Actioii of DLetlilylic Iojide * CHI Trimethyldihydro- BALBIANO (LUIGI). l’yrazolecarboxyljc acids . . . . . . CAZENEUVE (PAUL) and MOREAU. Aromatic Diurethanes of Piperazine . FISCHER (EXIL). Heptatomic Rings containing Nitrogeu ; a Correction . WHEELER (HENRY LORD) and BAYARD BARNES. The Cyclo-amides : 2’-Keto- benzomorpholine and 2’-Benzoparoxazine derivatives . KUHLING (OTTO). Preparation of Alloxanphenylhydrazone from Barbikrii acid . . . . . . . . . WOLF (C.). Ac’tion’of Ethyl& Clhorofumarate on Amidoximes . . . BOESEREN (J.). Action of Primary Amines on Dinitrosacyls . . . KRUGER (MARTIN) and GEORG SALOMON. Alloxuric Bases present in Urine . . . . FISCHER (Em;) add FRIEDRICH ACH. Further Synt‘heses of ‘Xanthind derivatives from Methylated Uric acids . . . . . . . CAUSSE (HENRI [EuG~NE]). Bromine derivatives of Morphine . . . BANDOW ( ERICH) and RICHARD WOLFFENSTEIN. Electrolytic preparation of Hydrocotarnine . . . . . . . . . . . . KERSTEN (JULIUS). Condensation of Aldehydes with Hydrocotarnine . TAFEL (JULIUS). Strychnine . . . . . . . . . . LADENBU~G (ALBERT) and GTJIDO DOCTOR. Partial Racemism . GORDIN (HARRY MANN) and ALBERT B. PRESCOTT. Atropine Periodides and Mercuriodides . . . . . . . . . . . . NORTON (THOMAS HERBERT) and H. E. NEWMAN. Soluble compound of Hydrastine with Monocalcium Phosphate , . . . . . . PREUL (FRITZ). Preparation of Cholic acid and its behaviour towaids reduc- YREGL (FRITZ). Two deiivat‘ivesbf Cholic’acid . . . . . . BULNHEIM (GOTTHARD). Bile acids . . . . . . . . . HAMMERSTEN (OLOF). New Bile substances . . . . . . . WILLDENOW (CLARA). Lysuric acid and its Saits . . . . . . WR~BLEWSKI ( AUGUSTIN). Chemical Nature of Diastase : Determination of its activity by the use of Soluble Starch : Occurrence of an Araban in ordinary Diastase . . . . . . . KOSSEL (ALBRECHT [CARL LUDWIG MARTIN ~EoNHnRnlj. constitutibn of the simplest Proteids . . . . . . . . . . BUGARSZRY (STEFAN) and LEO LIICBEKMANN. Compounds of Proteids with Hydrochloric acid, Sodium Hydroxide, and Sodium Chloride . HARNACK (ERICH). Behaviour of the Sulphur in Albumin free from Aih as’ compared with that of the Sulphur in the Halogen derivatives of Albumin . . . . . . - . . OSBORNE (THOMAS BURR) and GEORGE F. CAMPBELL. Effect of minute‘ quantities of acid on the solubility of Globulin in Salt solutions . HARNACK ( EXICH). Iodospongin an Jodised Proteid present in ordinary Sponge . . . . . . . . . . KOSSEL (ALBRECHT) and FR. KUTBCHER. Formation of Arginine from Elastin . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOLL (ALFRED). Formation of Levulinic acid from Nucleic acid . . . LEPIERRE (CHARLES). Mucin from an Ovarian Cyst . . . . . SCHULZ (FRIEDRICH N.). The Proteid from Hzemoglobiii . . . . ZEYNEK (RIOHARD VON). Hsmoahromogen . . . . . . . yuinoline] . . . . . . quinoline . . . . . . . . . a . THOMS (HERMANX’) and M. WENTZEL. Mandragorine . . . . ing Agents . . . . . . THUDICHUM (JOHN LOUIS WILLIAM). Urobilin . . . . . SIEGFRIED (MAX [A.]) Urocaninic acid . . . . . . . PAGE i, 688 i, 689 i, 691 i, 691 i, 692 i, 692 i, 693 i, 696 i, 695 i, 696 i, 699 i, 700 i, 701 i, 702 i, 702 i, 703 i, 707 i, 707 i, 708 i, 708 i, 708 i, 709 i, 710 i, 711 i, 712 i, 712 i, 713 i, 713 i, 714 i, 716 i, 716 i, 716 i, 717 i, 718 i, 718 i, 718 i, 719 i, 720

ISSN:0368-1769    

DOI:10.1039/CA89874FP001

出版商:RSC    

年代:1898

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

20 ABSTRACTS OF CEIEMICAL PAPERS. In o r g ani c C h e mi s t r y. Critical Constants of Hydrogen Chloride, Phosphide, and Sulphide. By ANATOLE LEDUC and P. SACERDOTE (Compt. 7vend., 1897, 125, 397--398).-The trihydrogen phosphide was prepared from a solution of cuprosodiphosphonium chloride, the hydrogen sulphide byIN ORU AN 1C C H Elf ISTRY. 21 the action of hydrochloric acid on antimony sulphide. results were obtained : The following Critical Critical temperature. pressure. Hydrogen chloride ........... 52' 83 atmos. Hydrogen phosphide ......... 52.8 64 9 9 Hydrogen sulphide ......... 100 90 ?? The results agree somewhat closely with those obtained by Dewar in the case of the chloride and sulphide, and also agree fairly well, SO far as temperature is concerned, with the results of Vincent and Chappuis for the chloride, and of Olzewski for the sulphide, although there are considerable differences in the pressures. C.H. B Hypoiodous Acid and Hypoiodites. Ry ROBERT L. TAYLOR (Clmn. News, 1897, 76, 17-20, 27--29).-Schonbein found that ammonia decolorised an aqueous solution of iodine, yielding a liquid that bleached indigo and gave a blue colour with starch ; the author confirms this statement and shows that similar solutions may be pro- duced with potash, soda, lime-water, and barium hydroxide. The bleaching strength of such solutions, ascertained by titration with standard indigo-carmine, corresponds with tohe amount of iodine present, which amounts to about 1 per 5000 ; stronger solutions may, however, be prepared by using some precipitated iodine with the iodine water.These solutions decompose in a few hours a t ordinary tem- peratures, and in a few minntes when boiled, with the -production of the iodide and iodate. Acids decompose them with the liberation first of hydriodic and hypoiodous or icdic mids, which at once react so that free iodine and water are obtained. With silver nitrate, the solutions yield a dark buff precipitate of the hypoiodite mixed with hydroxide and iodide; with a cobalt solution, a black precipitate on standing; with a manganous salt, a dark brown precipitate immediately ; with lead salts, a precipitate cont,aining brown lead peroxide, and with hy- drogen peroxide, an immediate and copious evolution of oxygen. The author has also obtained such solutions by Lunge and Schoch's method of triturating iodine, lime, and water together, and attributes their failure to delay in testing these solutions or to their having been heated.Moreover, solutions obtained by shaking mercuric oxide with iodine water are observed to have a feeble bleaching action, and on the addition of a drop of alkali, immediately become as active as the hypoiodite solutions just referred to, which they then resemble in all other respects. These solutions of free hypoiodous acid can be also made stronger if iodine is suspended in the iodine water; they can also be obtained by shaking iodine water with silver salts; in the latter case, however, they are very unstable, whilst when made by the iise of meicuric oxide they are more stable than the hypoiodite solu- tions. The free acid decomposes into hydriodic and iodic acids, which react and yield free iodine and water; it does not turn starch blue until after exposure to the air, but with silver nitrate it gives a pre- cipitate consisting of the iodide, and iodate after boiling.D. A. L.22 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS, Formation of Active Oxygen. By W. P. JORISSEN (Ber., 1897, 30, 1951-1953. Compare Engler and Wild, Abstr., 1897, ii, 402).-The author considers that the mechanism of oxidation by oxygen gas, in which a quantity of active oxygen equal to that con- cerned in the primary oxidation is produced, is not necessarily the same in all cases. The primary formation of a peroxide frequently affords the most simple explanation ; whilst, on the other hand, cases may arise accompanied by electrical phenomena or by anomalies in the velocity of change which are best explained by van't Hoff's assumption of the dissociation of the oxygen molecule into oppositely charged ions (corn- pare Jorissen Abstr., 1897, ii, 253 and 487).Reduction of Concentrated Sulphuric Acid by Copper. By CHARLES BASKERVILLE (J. Anzer. Chenz. Xoc., 1S96, 18, 942-947. Compare Abstr., 1896, ii, 474).-The author has repeated some of his former experiments, and now states that concentrated sulphuric acid (1.84) is reduced by copper when air is absent and at temperatures far below 86", in fact, at ordinary atmospheric temperatures, with the formation of copper sulphate, cnprous sulphide, and sulphurous anhy- dride, The author also adheres to his previous statement that copper reduces concentrated sulphuric acid a t 0" (compare Andrews, Abstr., 1897, ii, 22).Conversion of Nitrosohydroxylamines into Hyponitrous Acid, By ARTHUR R. HANTZSCH (Ber., 1897, 30, 2356-235S).- Hyponitrous acid is formed by the direct action of nitrous acid on hgdroxylamine in solution in methylic alcohol. It is also produced when dimethylnitrosohydroxycarbamide, NMe,* CO*N(OH) *NO, which may also be regarded as isonitraminecarbnmide, NMe,. CO*N,O,H, is treated with alkalis a t 0". From this it would appear probable that nitrosohydroxylamine and hyponitrous acid are tautomeric. The parallel formation of nitramide, N,O,H,, from potassium nitrocarba- mate, KO*CO*N,O,K, points to the probability that nitramide and hyponitrous acid are in reality stereoisomeric diazohydrates, T.E. J. J. 8. HO-R HO-8 N-OH HO*N Action of Arsenious Acid on Metallic Oxides, Oxychlorides, and Amidochlorides. By C. REICHARD (Bey., 1897,30,1913-1916. Compare Abstr., 1894, ii, 350).-The author has studied the behaviour of the oxides of copper, mercury, silver, nickel, cobalt, tin, chromium, manganese, and bismuth,copper oxychlorides, and the mercury ammonio- chlorides towards solutions of arsenious oxide in water, soda, and ammonia. The observations, mainly qualitative, are embodied in a lengthy table, which does not admit of compression. By NICOLAE TECLU (J. pre Chern. 1897, S3, 178--18O).-Hirn (Ann. chim.phys., 30, 319) has stated his inability to demonstrate optically the presence of particles of carbon in an ordinary gas flame, and concluded that at a high temperature these particles are transparent.A. H. M. 0. F. Characteristics of Flames.INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 23 The author finds that when the shadows of a yellow and blue gas flame, a candle flame, and the flame from a petroleum lamp are thrown on to a screen and photographed, no difference is noticed in the case of the two gas flames, but a slight darkening in the shadow of the candle flame is observed, and a very marked one in the case of the petroleum flame. The difficulty in obtaining the shadow of the particles in an ordinary luminous gas flame is due t o their exceeding fineness. If, however, twelve fish-tail burners are placed ona behind the other and lit up by an electric lamp, the darkening in their shadow is very pronounced.This cannot be caused by gases or vapours, because a layer of gas of t.he same thickness as the twelve fish-tail burner flame gave no shadow at all. A. W. C. NOTE BY EDITOR.-soret (Phil. Mag., 1875, p. 50), and Burch (Abstr., 1885, 466) have incontestably proved that the flame of a candle contains solid particles. Preparation and Properties of Potassium Percarbonate. By ARTHUR VON HANSEN (Zeit. EZektil.ochem., 1897, 3, 445-448. See Constam and von Hansen, Abstr., 1897, ii, 550).-The influence of small variations of temperature on the yield of potassium percarbonate is not very marked, if the specific gravityof the solution of potassium carbonate surrounding the anode is not allowed to fall below 1.52. Under these circumstances, the temperature may rise as high as 0' without sensibly affecting the yield.If the concentration falls, how- ever, even a little below saturation, the yield of solid percarbonate suffers considerably, owing to the great solubility of the salt in more dilute solutions of potassium carbonate. High current density a t the anode is also essential ; with 0.5 to 2 arnpBres per sq. dcm,, the product contains from 25 to 55 per cent. of percarbonate, whilst with 30 to 60 ampAres per sq. dcm. it contained 85 to 95 per cent. The best results are therefore obtained by allowing a saturated solution of potassium carbonate to flow slowly into the anode compartment of the electrolytic cell at the bottom ; the solution which has already undergone electro- lysis, and in which the solid percarbonate remains suspended, floats on this and is slowly expelled from the cell, carrying with it the percar- bonate; this is collected and dried on a porous plate in a current of dry air, which is finally warmed to about 40'.The yield of 87 to 93 per cent. salt is from 2.2 to 2.4 grams per ampere hour. The salt is more stable than was at first supposed. When dry, it is only slowly decomposed a t loo', a temperature of 200' to 300' being required for its rapid decomposition. An aqueous solution decomposes slowly at the ordinary temperature, but rapidly at 45'. Completely dry potassium percarbonate may be preserved without undergoing appreciable change, but when moist it suffers somewhat rapid decom- position. It is very little soluble in alcohol, but extremely soluble in water, from which it cannot be recrystallised.It may, however, be purified by digestion at - 5' to - 10' with a concentrated solution of caustic potash ; this dissolves the bicarbonate, and the remaining solid, after filtration and washing with alcohol, contains 95 to 99 per cent. of potassium percarbonate. T. E.24 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. Influence exercised by Ferric Oxide on the Formation of Sodium Sulphate from Sulphurous Anhydride, Air, and Sodium Chloride. By JEAN KRUTWIG (Eec. Tyav. Chim., 1897, 16, 173-180).-1ron pyrites was finely divided and thoroughly dried, and then mixed with finely divided common salt which had previously been heated to redness. The mixture, placed in a porcelain boat and in- troduced into a combustion tube, was heated in a Glaser furnace, while dried air was passed slowly through the tube; the air was then made to traverse tubes filled with glass wool, and finally through a tube containing a solution of potassium iodide.The first experiments were made with a mixture of pyrites and sodium chloride only; in later experiments, ferric oxide was introduced. The conclusions arrived at are : (1) ferric oxide acts as an oxygen carrier ; (2) the conversion of sodium chloride into sodium sulphate depends on the amount of ferric oxide present ; (3) the temperature a t which the operation is carried on has a great influence on the results. By GILBERT J. FOWLER and PHILIP J. HARTOG (J. 5'oc. Chem. Ind., 1895,14,Z43--245).-The authors have attempted to prepare silver alloys which, whilst possessing the whiteness of silver, should not be liable to tarnish.The following alloys were obtained by fusing their constituents and then quickly cooling. Silver-zinc alloys :- 1-Silver 95, zinc 5 per cent, ; 2-silver 93, zinc 7 per cent. ; 3-silver 90 and zinc 10 per cent. Silver-nickel alloys :--1-Silver 95 and nickel 4 per cent. ; 2-silver 90 and nickel 10 per cent. Silver-nickel-zinc alloy:-silver 90, nickel 5, and zinc 5 per cent. Silver-copper-zinc alloys : -1-Silver 75, copper 15, and zinc 10 per cent.; 2-silver 67.87, copper 5.1'7, and zinc 27.47 per cent. Silver-aluminium alloy :-Silver 90 and aluminium 10 per cent. Silver-tin alloy :-Silver 95 and tin 5 per cent. All these alloys tarnished readily, but it was found that the stain was more easily removed by rubbing with a chamois leather than in the case of pure silver.The authors also tried to obtain suitable alloys by electrolytic deposition from solutions containing silver and zinc ; silver, zinc, and copper ; or silver and aluminium, but the results were not satisiactory. (Compare S. P. Thompson, Proc. Roy. Soc., 1387, 42, 387, and C. Winkler, this Journal, 1872, 1134). Solubility of Calcium Sulphite in Water and in Sugar Solu- tions. By JULIUS WEISBERG (Bull. Xoc. Chinz., 1896, [iii], 15, 1247--1250).-The calcium sulphite used was prepared by the action of sulphurous anhydride on milk of lime, and throughout the experiments care was taken to avoid contact with air as far as possible. At 18", a litre of water dissolves 0.043 gram of calcium sulphite only; a litre of a 10 per cent.sugar solution dissolves 0.0825 gram, and a litre of a 30 per cent. sugar solution dissolves practically the same amount. The sulphite in solution oxidises rapidly, especially if the solutions are heated. C. H. B. By Josh R. MOURELO (Compt. rend., lS97, 125, 462-464).-The various forms of phosphorescent strontium sulphide, when exposed to sunlight in presence of air, give off some hydrogen sulphide, and are more or less completely J. J. S. Silver Alloys. J. J. S. Stability of Phosphorescent Strontium Sulphide.INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 25 oxidised. The least stable variety is that prepared by the action of hydrogen sulphide on the carbonate, and the most stable is that pre- pared by the author’s modification of Verneuil’s method (Abstr., 1897, ii, 450-469) ; the latter, in fact, changes very slowly.Impurities, more especially .alkali compounds, increase the stability in all cases, most probably because they cause incipient fusion, and the sulphide thus becomes covered with a kind of protective glaze. I n all cases, the rate of oxidation is more rapid if the sulphide is powdered, but the phosphorescence is not affected by the oxidation, except in so far as the sulphide is converted into non-phosphorescent compounds. C. H. B, Compounds of Metallic Hydroxides with Iodine. By THEODORE RETTIE (J. Arne?*. Clmz. Soc., 1897, 19, 333--.339).-1f a solution of a magnesium salt is mixed with a supersaturated solution of iodine in aqueous potash, or if it is first mixed with a solution of iodine in potassium iodide, and then with a small quantity of aqueous potash, a dark, reddish-brown precipitate is fGrmed containing magnesium hydroxide and iodine.The author now states t h a t this compound must be considered rather as a mixture, since the ratio between the iodine and magnesium varies from 2.1 to 6.3. On substitubing zinc acetate for a magnesium salt, an iodiscd zinc hydroxide is obtained in which the ratio between iodine and zinc is fairly constant, varying from 2.4 to 2.9. Cadmium nitrate also gives a fairly stable precipitate. The iodine is, however, only in a weak state of combination, and is gradually removed by washing or drying. (Compare Walker and Kay, Abstr., 1897, ii, 261.) L. DE K. New Mode of Combination between M e t a l s : Alloys of Cadmium with Silver and with Copper.By JEAN B. SENDERENS (Bull. Xoc. Chinz., 2896, [iii], l5,1241--1247).--When a bar of cadmium is placed in a neutral solution of silver sulphate, the quantity of cadmium sulphate that is formed is exactly equivalent to the silver precipitated, but the loss of weight of the bar is much greater than the weight of the cadmium dissolved. Further, if the precipitated silver is allowed to remain in contact with the cadmium, the loss of weight of the latter increases during a period of five months or more, and in one set of experiments the loss was more than six times as great as the calculated amomt. There is no decomposition of the water, and no appreciable formation of cadmium oxide, prorided that air is excluded. Cadmium sulphate solution has no action on cadmium.If freshly precipitated silver is brought in contact with cadmium in presence of cadmium sulphate solution, similar results are obtained, and this is true also when pure water is substituted for the solution of the salt. The cad- mium removed from the mass of the metal seems to combine with the finely divided silver, forming an alloy, and since the action practically ceases when the alloy has a composition corresponding with the formula AgCd,, it would seem that this is the limiting compound. The important point is, that the formation of this alloy is subsequent to, and not simultaneous with, the precipitation of the silver. Silver26 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. acetate behaves like the sulphate, but with silver nitrate, the pre- cipitated silver adheres so firmly to the cadmium that investigation becomes almost impossible, Copper sulphate, chloride, and acetate yield similar results, with the exception that the formation of the cadmium alloy is simultaneous with the precipitation of the copper.The velocity of the reaction varies with the different salts, but pre- cipitation is completed more quickly the more dilute the solution. No hydrogen is liberated. The ratio of the excess of cadmium removed to the calculated quantity is independent of the quantity of copper solution used, but varies with its concentration; it is greater the more dilute the solution. These facts may be due to the existence of several definite alloys of copper and cadmium, or to an influence of the concen- tration of the solution on the proportion of the copper that is converted into alloy; the latter seems more probable.Copper nitrate, like silver nitrate, does not lend itself to experiments of this kind. Cadmium precipitates all the lead from dilute solutions of lead acetate, but there is no evidence of any formation of an alloy. With solutions of lead nitrate, or concentrated solutions of the acetate, the precipitated metal adheres strongly to the cadmium. C. H. B. Improvements in the Preparation of Metallic Alloys by Electrolysis. By JOHANN WALTER (Zeit. Elektrochem., 1897, 3, 385--388).-In the electrolytic preparation of alloys, it is difficult to obtain them in a homogeneous condition, To overcome this difficulty, one of the metals may be employed as cathode in the molten condition, and during the electrolysis, it should be stirred continuously; the same result may be obtained by allowing it to flow through the electro- lyte in a thin stream.Secondly, the one metal may be suspended in the bath from which the other is deposited on it, the temperature of the bath being regulated so that the alloy formed fuses and falls t o the bottom, exposing a fresh surface. A third process consists in periodi- cally adding small quantities of the more readily separable metal to the bath ; the two metals are then deposited in thin, alternate layers. A number of possible modifications of each of these methods is men- tioned, and as examples of their application, the following processes are described. An alloy of sodium ccnd lend may be obtained by using lead as the cathode in a bath of fnsed sodium chloride.The molten lead is stirred by passing through it some indifferent gas such as nitrogen, or, better, some gas which combines with the chloriiie evolved a t the anode, for example, hydrogen, carbonic oxide, or methane, An cclurninium-tin ulloy can be prepared by allowing tin to flow over a channelled carbon cathode forming the bottom of a bath of fused aluminium sodium chloride. Silicon bronze is obtained by the electrolysis of fused sodium silicate, the melting point of which is preferably depressed by admixture of other suitable salts, a suspended rod of copper being employed as the cathode. The sodium formed reduces the silicate to silicon, which alloys with the copper; this alloy then fuses and drops down, exposing a fresh surface of copper.INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.27 Alunziniurn bronze can be prepared by adding cryolite and copper oxide or chloride alternately t o a bath consisting of a mixture of sodium and potassium chlorides in fusion. The anode is of carbon, and the cathode of carbon or copper. Sodium amalgam is obtained by the electrolysis of a solution of caustic soda, the mercury which is employed as cathode being allowed t o flow slowly over a series of open gutters arranged in a terrace. I f acetone, for example, be added t o the liquid in the cathode compart- ment, it is reduced by the sodium amalgam to propylic alcohol. T. E. Compounds of Thallium. By LOUIS M. DENNIS and MARTHA DOAN (J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 1896, 18, 970--977~.-~hal~0zcs trinitride, TlN,, is obtained when a concentrated solution of potassium diazoate, containing a small quantity of the free acid, is added to a solution of thallous sulphate. It crystallises in fine needles, is strongly doubly refractive, and, in an atmosphere of carbonic anhydride, melts a t 334' ; i t is readily soluble in boiling water.When reduced in a current of dry hydrogen, i t yields about 30 per cent. of its nitrogen in the form of ammonia. Thallous thullic tyinitride, TlN,,TlN,, is most conveniently obtained by dissolving thallic hydroxide in diazoic acid (1 *6 per cent. solution), and allowing the solution t o stand at 0' in an exhausted Hempel desiccator ; it crystallises in yellow o r brownish crystals, which are highly explosive. Hot water decomposes the compound, part of the thallium being precipitated as thallic hydroxide, whilst part remains in solution and may be precipitated as thallous iodide.Z'l~allous tellumte, Tl,TeO,, is obtained as a white, flocculent precipi- tate, sparingly soluble in water, on adding a solution of pure telluric acid to a solution of thallous hydroxide. Thallous platinocyanide, Tl,Pt(CN), (compare Carstanjen, J. Chem., 1867, 102, 144), crystallises in nearly colourlees plates which are strongly doubly refractive. Nom.-It has long ago been shown that the salt described by Carstanjen was a double carbonate and platinocyanide of thallium, and that thallous platinocyanide, when pure, is perfectly colonrless. (Friswell, this Journal, 1871, 461 ; Friswell and Greenaway, ibid., 1877, ii, 251).J. J. S. Decomposition of Mercuric Sulphate by Water: Law of Thermochemical Moduli. By JOSEPH GUINCHANT (Bull. Xoc. Chim., 1896, [iii], 15, 1185-1 191).--Varet's conclusion that mercuric sulphate dissolved in dilute sulphuric acid exists in the solution in the form of a hydrogen sulphate strictly comparable with the alkali hydrogen sul- phates (Abstr., 1896, ii, 648), is not only contrary t o the results of Ditte, Cameron, Le Chatelier, and other observers, but is contrary t o the known chemical properties of the mercuric salts. The author points out that Favre and Silbermann's laws of thermochemical moduli are only approximate, and are not trustworthy criteria when dealing with questions of equilibrium, Moreover, Berthelot has shown t h a t the laws only hold good in the case of strong bases, and are not28 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS.applicable at all t o mercuric salts. All attempts to isolate a mercuric hydrogen sulphate have failed, and the fact that, when strong sulphuric acid is added to a solution of mercuric sulphate in dilute sulphuric acid, normal mercuric sulphate is precipitated, seems to show clearly that no hydrogen sulphate exists in the solution. Varet’s observation, that the heat of dissolution of the sulphate in sulphuric acid is inde- pendent of the relative proportions of acid and salt and of the con- centration of the acid, is analogous to Berthelot’s in the case of potassium chloride and hydrochloric acid. Further, the author’s own cryoscopic observations indicate that no mercuric hydrogen sulphate is formed in the solutions. Action of Fused Sodium Hydroxide under Pressure on Wrought Iron and Cast Iron.By AUGUSTE SCHEURER-KESTNER (Bull. Xoc. Chim., 1896, [ iii], 15, 1250--1252).-Under pressure, the action of fused sodium hydroxide on iron is distinctly greater than under ordinary conditions. Whether under atmospheric or higher pressure, the amount of corrosion increases with the temperature, and wrought iron is attacked much more readily than cast iron. These observations are of considerable practical importance now that fusions with sodium hydroxide under pressure have frequently to be carried out, and it was, in fact, a serious accident clue to rapid corrosion of an iron tube that directed the author’s attention to the question. C.H. B. C. H. B. Chromium Tetroxide, and Salts of Perchromic Acid. By 0. FRITZ WIEDE (Bey., 1897, 30, 2178-2189).-1f the blue solution obtained by extracting an aqueous solution of chromic anhydride and hydrogen peroxide with ether is cautiously treated with aqueous am- monia, the colour gradually disappears, and if the solution has been kept sufficiently cool, the under aqueous layer will have acquired a deep brown colour, and mill deposit a greenish-brown precipitate on standing. This dissolves in warm 10 per cent. ammonia solution, and, on cooling, separates in the form of pale brown needles of a composi- tion corresponding with the formula Cr04,3NH, This compound dissolves in water, undergoing partial decomposition, explodes when heated, and evolves oxygen on treatment with strong acids: When treated with alkalis, or if the ethereal solution itself is treated with a concentrated solution of a fixed alkali instead of ammonia, chro- mates of the alkali metals alone are formed. Other salts of perchromic acid can be prepared by employing substituted ammonias in place of ammonia.Thus, if the ethereal sollition is treated with pyridine, and the ether evaporated in a brisk current of air, blue scales are left, and if one of these be introduced into the ethereal solution after the addition of the pyridine, long, dark blue, glistening prisms gradually separat e having a composi tion corresponding with the formula CrO,H,C,NH,. They are extremely unstable, exploding violently even a t the temperature of a hot summer’s day ; when dry, however, they can be kept i n the cold for weeks, but i n the presence of moisture rapidly decompose.The salt is soluble in almost all the neutral organic solvents, and is only gradually acted on by potassium per- manganate in acid solution.MINERALOGICAL CHEMISTRY. 29 On adding aniline to the ethereal solution of perchromic acid, and diluting with an equal volume of light petroleum, dark red crystals, CrO5H,NK2Ph, separate, resembling potassium permanganate in ap- pearance ; this is even more explosive than the pyridine compound. J. F. T. Parastannyl Chloride. By RODOLPHE C. ENGEL (Conzpt. rend., 1897, 125, 464-466).-When a solution of metastannic chloride (compare Abstr., 1897, ii, 376) in dilute hydrochloric acid is heated at about 100' for some time, i t rapidly acquires the property of giving a precipitate with dilute sulphuric acid which is characteristic of the p-stannic chloride of Berzelius. No compound of definite com- position could be isolated from the solution, but the product approxi- mated in composition somewhat closely to metnstannic chloride. When metastannic acid is boiled with water, it is converted into the compound Sn50,,H2+ 7H,O, and when this is dried in a vacuum it yields the hydrate Sn,O,,H, + 2H20. Neither of these hydrates dissolves in hydrochloric acid, and therefore they differ from meta- stannic acid ; they combine with it, however, and when the product has been dried on porcelain, it dissolves in water, and the opalescent solu- tion gives a precipitate with sulphuric acid, but is very slowly pre- cipitated by excess of hydrogen sulphide. The dried chloride, which has the composition Sn,09CI, + 2H20, is decomposed by excess of water, and the product, when dried, has the composition Sn,O,,H, + 2H,O, its potassium salt crystallises with 3H20, and from it the correspond- ing chloride can be prepared by the action of hydrochloric acid. The author distinguishes these compounds as parastannic com- pounds, and their relation to the rnetastannic compounds is shown in the following table. Dried in Air. Dried at 100". Chloride. Potassium Salt. Metastannic . . . Sn50,,H,,9H,0 Sn5011H,,4H,0 Sn50gClp, 4H20 SnjOl,K2,4H20 Parastannic ... Sn5011H2, 7H,O Sn,01,H2,211,0 Sn50,C1,,2€I,0 8n,0,11<,,3H,0 The contradictory statements of earlier investigators are probably attributable to the fact that they were dealing with mixtures of the different modifications of the stannic compounds. C. H. B.

ISSN:0368-1769    

DOI:10.1039/CA8987405020

出版商:RSC    

年代:1898

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

MINERALOGICAL CHEMISTRY. 29 Mineralogical Chemistry. Crystalline Form and Composition of Boulangerite. By S. A . HJALMAR SJ~GREN (Geol. $'Or. i Stocklholm For?&., 1897, 19, 153-167). -Boulangerite has long been known a t Sala in Sweden, but has not previously been analysed. It occurs as acicular and capillary crystals embedded in calcite. On dissolving the calcite, striated needles are isolated which are shown to be orthorhombic and to have parameters agreeing with those of diaphorite. a : b c 0.5527 : 1 : 6.7478 0.4919 : 1 : 0.7346 Boulangerite, 5PbS,BSb,S,. , , * . . *,. & . . * . Diaphorite, 5(Pb,Ag,)S,2Sb2S8 ........,30 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. The analysis by R. Mauzelius agrees with the formula 6YbS,2Mb2S,, Pb. Ag. Zn. Sb. S. Insol. (silicate). Total.Sp. gr. 55.22 trace 0.06 2554 18.91 0.23 99.96 6.185 The formula always accepted for boulangerite, namely 3PbS,Sb2S,, was first given when the atomic weight of antimony was not exactly known. From a re-calculation of all the previous analyses, the iron, copper, kc. being taken as replacing lead, i t is found that the majority agree with the formula 5PbS,2Sb2S,, whilst none agree exactly with 3PbS,Sb2S,. The first of these formulw has previously been given by Zepharovich (1867) and Eakins (1888) for sulphantimonites of lead from Przibrarn and Colorado respectively. From Frenzel’s analyses (1870), embrithite and plumbostibiite are made a distinct species under the name embrithite, with the formula 10PbS,3Sb2S3. showing the mineral to be isomorphous with diaphorite. L.J. 8. Vanadium in Rutile. By C. BERNHARD HASSELBERG (Chem. AGews, 1897, 76, 102-104, 112-113 ; from Astrophysical Journ., 1897, 5, 194; 6, 22-26, and Bilmng Svemkcc. vetensk. Akacl. Nandl., 22, (l), No. 7).-For the purpose of mapping the lines in the arc-spectrum of titanium, rutile was the material a t first employed, since this mineral is usually considered to contain, as a rule, only iron in addition to titanic acid. The lines of vanadium and chromium were, however, prominent in the spectra of several rutiles from various localities. Nordenskiold has recently confirmed the presence of vanadium in Norwegian rutile by ordinary chemical analysis. WILLIAM B. GILES (Chenz. News, 1897, 76, 137) points out that Sainte-Claire Deville was the first t o detect vanadium in rutile (Compt.rend., 1859, 49, 210; Ann. Chim. Phys., 1861, 61, 309; Chern. News, 1861, 2). L. J. S. Artificial Production of Laurionite and of Isomorphous Compounds. By AUGUST I;. DE SCHULTEN (Bull. SOC. fkcn. Min., 1897,20,186-19l).-Laurionite, an orthorhombic oxychloride of lead, PbCl*OH, found in the old lead slags of Laurion, Greece, may be pre- pared artificially as follows. To a boiling solution of 1000 grams of neutral lead acetate in 2.5 litres af water is added a hot solution of 50 grams of sodium chloride in 250 C.C. of water; the mixture is quickly filtered, and the filtrate heated on the water bath for 12 to 16 hours, when a deposit of well crystallised laurionite is formed. The crystals are slowly attacked by cold, but more quickly by hot, water.When heated a t looo, they are not affected, but at a low red heat they lose water and melt. The orthorhombic crystals are colourless and transparent with an adamantine lustre, the largest being 1-2 mm. in length and 0.1 mm. in thickness. The observed angles agree closely with those of the natural crystals. Similar crystals are also deposited from a cold solution of sodium chloride and lead acetate, the latter being in excess. a : b - c Sp.gr. PbCl-OH ............... 0.7366 : 1 :0*8237 6.241 PbBr*OH ............... 0.7310 : 1 : 0.8043 6.721 PbI*OH ............... 0,7476 : 1 : 0,8081 6.827MINERALOGICAL CHEMISTRY. 31 The corresponding bromine and iodine compounds are obtained in yellow crystals by the same methods, using sodium bromide and potassium iodide instead of sodium chloride, and in the latter case in the presence of free acetic acid.Analyses of crystals of the three Aritificial Phosgenite a n d Bromophosgenite. By AUGUST B. DE SCHULTEN (Bull. Xoc.fi*ccn. Jlin., 1897, 20, 191--193.)-Friedel and Sarasin have prepared phosgenite by heating lead chloride and carbonate with water, in a sealed tube a t 180". The natural occurrence, however, suggests that the mineral has been formed at the ordinary temperature. It may also be obtained a t the ordinary temperature by passing a cur- rent of carbonic anhydride over an aqueous solution of lead chloride; the bright tetragonal crystals thus formed are about 0.1 6 mm. across, they have the composition PbCO,,PbCl, and sp. gr. 6.134. Those formed on the surface of the liquid are pyramidal in habit, ~ ( l l l ] predomina- ting, whilst on those deposited a t the bottom c(OO1) predominates.The corresponding bromine compound is obtained by passing car- bonic anhydride over a solution of lead bromide ; the colourless, transparent crystals have the same crystallographic and optical characters as the chlorocarbonate; sp. gr. 6.550. Attempts to pre- pare the corresponding iodine compound mere not successful. compounds agree closely with the formulE. L. J. 8. L. J. S. Simultaneous Production of Laurionite, Phosgenite, and Cerussite. By AUGUST B. DE SCHULTEN (Bull. 8 o c . f i a n . &!in., 1897, 20, 194-1 95).-Laurionite, phosgenite, and cerussite occur in associa- tion at Laurion, Greece, having been formed by the action of sea water and air on the old lead slags. The three minerals insy be artificially produced together by passing a.slow current of carbonic anhydride over a solution of 20 grams of normal lead acetate and 2 grams of sodium chloride in a litre of water. Bright crystals of laurionite soon make their appearance on the sides of the flask and on the surface of the liquid ; shortly afterwards crystals of phosgenite are also formed, and still later cerussite is produced, apparently at the expense of the laurionite. The small twinned crystals of cerussite show the forms p(111) and m(110), and are deposited on the phos- genite. Experiments made on artificial laurionite and phosgenite show that, in the presence of carbonic anhydride and water, laurioni te is transformed into phosgenite, which in turn is itself transformed into cerussite.L. J. S. Crystallised Cadmium Carbonate and Artificial Dialogite [Rhodochrosite]. By AUGUST B. DE SCHULTEN (Bull. Xoc. fmn. Min., 1897, 20, 195-19S).--Khombohedra of cadmium carbonate have been prepared by Bourgeois (1S87), but attempts to obtain it by Senarmont's method have resulted in the formation of cadmium oxy- chloride. The method now used consists in adding excess of am- monium carbonate to a solution of cadmium chloride, and then just enough ammonia t o dissolve the precipitate of cadmium carbonate ; on heating this solution on the water bath, bright crystals of the32 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. composition CdCO, are deposited as the ammonia is driven off. The transparent crystals, 0.1-0*2 mm.across, are simple rhombohedra with the angle rr' = 74" about ; sp. gr. 4.960. Manganese carbonate has been obtained in the form of a crystalline powder by Senarmont, and the rnethod described above yields it as rhombohedra, but it is liable to oxidation; another method is to boil a solution of precipitated manganese carbonate in water saturated with carbonic anhydride. The bright crystals, which have the composition MnCO,, are simple rhombohedra 0.03 mm. across ; w ' = 7 3 O 25'; sp. gr. 3.65. On heating these crystals of cadmium carbonate and manganese carbonate, they are converted into black oxide without change of external form. L. J. S. Ferric Sulphate in Mine Waters, and its Action on Metals. By L. J. W. JONES (PYOC. Colowido Xci. SOC., 1897 [read June 51,9 pp.).--Water from the Stanley mine, a t Idaho Springs, Colorado, contains in parts per thousand. SiO,. NaC1. Na2S04. K,SO,. AI,(S04),. ZnSO,. 0'0438000 0'0134500 0'3117200 0*1654800 0.0197870 0'1224400 0'4271400 0.4674600 0.6362900 0'6033600 0.0093370 0'1918010 3.0020650 The water deposits a muddy brown sediment, which is shown by the following analysis, made on material dried a t looo, to be a hydrated basic ferric sulphate. Fe,O,. A1,0,. SiO,. so,. H,O. Total. 53.57 2.87 10.85 11-46 21-14 99.89. The water has a strongly acid reaction, but contains no free acid ; it very quickly corrodes the pumping apparatus, especially iron and copper, but bronze more slowly. Experiments showed that several metals are acted on by ferric sulphate solution. iIllG304.DIgSO,, CltSO,. Fe,(80,)3. Few4 CUSO,. Total. L. J. S. Pyrophyllite from Colombia. By AUGUSTIN A. DAMOUR (Bull. Xoc. fran. Mim., 1897, 20, 183-185).-The emeralds of Muso, near Bogota, occur in a crystalline limestone, accompanied by a black, car- bonaceous shale, and in association with parisite, pyrites, anthracite, and pyrophyllite. The anthracite has sp. gr. 1.64. The pyrophyllite occurs in greenish-white, flattened nodules with a fibrous structure. Analysis agrees approximately with the usual formula A1,0,,4SiO2,H,O. H,O and volatile LSiO,. Al,O,. Fe,O,. CaO, MgO. matter. Total. 63.56 29-16 1.68 traces 6.36 100.76 L. J. S. Stolzite and Raspite from Broken Hill. By CARL HLAWATSCH (Ann. k.k. natzwh. Hofmuseums Tien, 1897, 12, 33-41 ; and Zeds. I l ~ y s t .A h , , 1897, 29, 130--139).-Transparent, light yellow, red, and brownish crystals of stolzite occur on galena, limonite, and psilomelane at Broken Hill, New South Wales. Five types of tabular and pyramidal crystals are described, and several new forms noted jMINERALOGICAL CHEMISTRY. 33 a : c = 1 : 1.5606 ; the tetragonal crystals show the usual parallel hemi- hedrism, and are not hemimorphic ; they are uniaxial and negative ; for sodium light w = 2.2685, E = 2.182. Analysis by F. P. Treadwell gave I. WO,. PbO. MnO. MgO. Fe,O,-t MnO. Total. I. 51.34 47.44 04's trace - 99.56 11. 49.06 48.32 - - 1.4s 98.81 The new mineral raspite is found on some of the stolzite specimens as brownish or yellow monosymmetric crystals with a strong adaman- tine lustre. They are flattened parallel to cc(100), and elongated in the direction o€ the axis of symmetry ; cc : 6 : c = 1.3493 : 1 : 1.1112 ; p = 72" 19'.There is a perfect cleavage parallel to a(100), and the crystals are always twinned on this plane. The plane of the optic axes is b(010); the index of refraction is very high, being about 2-6. Hardness, 24-3. Analysis 11, by Treadwell, gives the formula PbWO,, showing the mineral to be dimorphous with stolzite ; it may possibly be isomorphous with wolframite. L. J. S. The Oscuro Mountain Meteorite. By RICHARD C. HILLS (P,roc. Colordo Sci. SOC., 1897 [read April 31, 4 pp.).-Three masses of this iron were found in December, 1895, close together on the Oscuro Mountains, Socorro Co., New Mexico, weighing respectively 1467, 1226, and 676 grams. There is no sign of weathering. Etching develops distinct Widmanstiitten figures. Graphite and schreibersite are present, but no troilite was observed. Analysis gave Fe. Ni. co. P. c. Total. 90.79 7.66 0.57 0.27 0.07 99.36 Other irons recently described from South Central New Mexico are the El Cttpitan (Abstr., 1896, ii, 193), and the Sacramento Mountairis (Abstr., 1897, ii, 21s). L. J. S. By EDGAR 13. $3. BAILEY (Kansas Univ. Quccrt., 1897, 6, A, 117--119).-Water issuing from limestone at Louisville, Pottitwatomie Go., Kansas, has a temperature of 56" F. ; a t first it is quite clear, but soon becomes yellow and turbid. Analysis gave, in 100,000 parts, Composition of the Louisville Mineral Water. It has an astringent taste. SiO, and Pe,O,. CaO. MgO. Na,O. K,O. SO,. C1. insol. CO,. 2.84 38.17 9.32 8-05 0.52 12.89 3-85 4.64 99.90 Also traces of nitric acid and organic matter. Several waters of Kansas have more magnesium than this, but as they also contain much sodium chloride, they are not palatable. The Saline river contains more mineral matter in solution than the water of this spring. L. J. S. 3

ISSN:0368-1769    

DOI:10.1039/CA8987405029

出版商:RSC    

年代:1898

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

O F H. E. ARMSTRONG, Ph.D., F.R.S. J. DEWAR, LL.D., F.R.S. WYNDHAM R. DCJNSTAN, M.A., F.R.S. A. VERNON HARCOURT, M. A. , F. R.S. C. T. HEYCOCK, M.A., F.R.S. R. MELDOLA, F.R.S. THE CHEMICAL SOCIETY. H. FORSTER MORLEY, M.A., D.Sc. W. RAMSAY, Ph.D., F.R.S. A. SCOTT,M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. T. E. THORPE, LL.D., F.R.S. W. P. WYNNE, D.Sc., F.R.S. ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS ON PHYSICAL, INORGANIC, MINERALOGICAL, PHYSIOLOGICAL, AGRICULTURAL, ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. AKD %ub-@bifor : A. J. GREENAWAY. C. F. BAKER, Ph.D., B.Sc. C. H. BOTIIAMLEY. A. C. CHAPMAN. H. CROMPTON. A. W. CRossLm, M.Sc., Ph.D. W. A. DAVIS. T. EWAN, B.Sc., Ph.D. M. 0. FORSTER, Ph.D. W. D. HALLIBURTON, M.D., B.Sc., A. HARDEN, M.Sc., Ph.D. L. M. JONES, B.Sc. L. DE KONINQH. F.R.S. A. LAPWORTH, D.Sc. N. LEONARD, B.Sc. A. R. LING. D A.LOUIS. N. H. J. MILLER, Ph.D. Q. T. MORGAN, B.Sc. W. J. POPE. E. C. ROSSITER. M. J. SALTER. L. J. SPENCER, M.A. J. J. SUDBOROUGH, Ph. D., D.Sc. J. F. THORPE, Ph.D. E. W. WHEELWRIGHT, B.A., Ph.D. 1898, Vol. LXXIV. Part 11. L O N D O N : GURNEY & JACKSON, 1, PATERNOSTER ROW 1898.RICIIARD CLAY AND SONS, LIMITED, LONDON AND BUNGAY;C 0 N T E N T S. ABSTRACTS OF PA4PERS PUBLISHED IN OTHER JOURNALS :- PART 11. Geneva1 and Physical Chemistry. DIJKEN (D.). Molecular Refraction and Dispersion of very dilute solutions ii, 1 EDER (JOSEF MARIA) and EDUARD VALENTA. Red Spectrum of Argon . ii, 1 LOCEYER (Sir JOSEPH NORMAN). Chemistry of the Hottest Stars . . ii, 2 PAULING (H.). Two New Galvanic Cells . . ii, 5 KUSTER (FRIEDRICH WILHELM). The Iron-Car'bon-Ferric chioridk Ceil .ii, 5 HAAGN ( ERNST). small Polarisation Capacity . . . . . . . . . . ii, 5 FOERSTER (FRITZ). Theory of Accumulators . . . . . . . ii, 6 KNOXRE (GEORG VON). Influence of Manganese compounds on Lead Accumulators . . . . . . . . . . . . i i , 6 KLEIN (KARL ROBERT). Depolarisation of Mercury and Piatinum Electrodes 7 RICHARDS (THEODORE WILLIAM). Temperature Coefficimt of the Potential of the Calomel Electrode with various dissolved Electrolytes . . . 7 SALOMON (ERNST). Currents with Polarisable Electrodes . . . . ii, 7 FLEMING (JOHN AMBELOSE) and JAMES DEWAR. Dielectric Constants of certain frozen Electrolytes a t and above the temperature of Liquid Air ii, 8 FLEMING (JOHN AYBROSE) and JAMES DEWAR. Dielectric Constants of pure Ice, Glvcerol, Nitrobenzene, and Ethylenic Dibromide at and ..PHILIP (JAMES CHARLES). Dielectric Properties of Liquid Mixtures, GRAETZ (LEO). Electrochemical Method of changing alternating into direct currents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 10 JOUBIN (P.). Molecular conductivity of Salts in dilute solution . . . ii, 10 FOERSTER (FRITZ). The Copper Voltameter . , . . . . ii, 10 PAULI (HEINRICH). Electrolysis of Alkali Bromides and Fluorides . ii, 11 ULLMANN (CARL). Influence of Time on the process occurring a t the Cathode in the Electrolysis of solutions of Copper Sulphate . . . . . ii, 12 SCHRADER (ANTON). Electrolysis of Mixtures . . . . . . ii, 12 COEHN (ALFRED). The Electrochemical Equivalent of Carbon . . . ii, 14 HENRY (LOUIS). Volatility of Fluorine compounds . . . .ii, 14 WILEY (HARVBX WASHINGTON). Modified form of Ebullioscope . . . ii, 15 WADE (E. B. H.), PONSOT (A.). DARZENS (GEORGES): MRYER (VICTOR) and MAX VON RRCKLINGHAUSEN. PAGE ScHusTER (ARTHUR). Chemical Constitution of the Stars . . . . ii, 4 Determination of the Resistance of Galvanic Cells with ii, ii, above the teGperature of Liquid Air . . . . . . 11, 9 especially of dilute Solutions . . . . . . . ii, 9 New Method of determining the Vapour Pressure of Vapour Pressure of a suhstance coinpressed by a gas that it dissolves . . . . . ii, 16 Latent Heats of Vaporisation and th;! Law of'Van Preliminary ex- periments in the determination of Vapour Density a t very high Temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 16 1-2 Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 15 der Waals .. . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 16iV CONTENTS. FRIEDLANDER (JACOB) and GUSTAV TAMMANN. Velocity of Solidification . RAOULT ( FRAN~OIS MARIE). Method pursued iu accurate Cryoscopic determinations . . . . . . . . . . . . MIHALY (Rbzsa). . DORSEY (N. ERNEST). Surface Tension of Water and of dilute aqueous solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROTH ( WALTHER). Absorption of Nitrous Oxide in aqueous solutions of GUINCHANT (JOSEPH). Decomposition of S a l t s i y Water . . . . MEYER (VICTOR) and ERNST SAAM. Velocity of Oxidation of ‘Gases by ZAITSCHEK (ARTHUR). Chemical Equilibrium between Ethylic Alcohol GOLDSCHMIDT (HEINRICH) and FRITZ Buss. Formation of Azo-dyes . . WEDELL-WEDELLSBORG (P. S. ). Validity of Maxwell’s Equakons , . SKEY (WILLIAM). Laboratory Notes .. . . . RODEWALD ( HERMANN). Thermodynamics of ‘( Swelling” ( (‘ Que1lung”j with special reference to Starch and the determination of its molecular BENEDICT (C. H.). Distillation with Vapour . . . . . . . TALMADGE (J. M.). Solubility of Solids in Vapours . . . . . . COPPET (LOUIS CASIMIR DE). Temperature of Maximum Density of Barium Chloride solutions . . . . . . . . . AIGNAN (A.) and E. DCGAS. Solubilities of Liquids . . . . . NoYEs (ARTHUR AMOS). Kinetic theory of solutions . . . . . TREVOR (JOSEPH ELLIS). Osmotic pressure and variance . . . . TREVOR (JOSEPH ELLIS). Variance of Osmotic systems . . WALD (F.). The Phase Rule and the Physical Properties of Chemicai BANCROFT (WILDER DWIGHT). Quintuple points . . . . . . RANCROFT (WILDER DWIGHT). Solids and Vapours .. . . . BANCROFT (WILDER DWIGHT). A Triangular Diagram [to represent com- BANCEOFT (WILDER DWIGHT). Two Liquid Phases . . . . . MCINTOSH (DOUGLAS). Solubility and Freezing Point ’ . . . . TAYLOR (S. F.). Mass Law Studies, 11.) 111. . . . . . . . GOLDSCHMIDT ( HEINRICH) and CURT WACHS. Formation of Anilides . DEBUS (HEINRICH). Genesis of Dalton’s Atomic Theory . . . . HODGKINSON (WILLIAM RICHARD EATON). Lecture Apparatus : Volunieter : Boiling of Water under Reduced Pressure . . . . . . . WILDE (HENRY). New Lines in the Spectra of Oxygen and Thallium . MEYER (RICHARD E. ). Fluorescence and Chemical Composition . ERSKINE (J. A.). Conductivity of Electrolytes for very rapid Eleckcal’ vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . RIVALS (PAUL). Electrolytic conductivity of Trichloracetic acid , ABT (ANTAL).Resistance and Specific Heat of some Oxides and Snlphides’ of Iron . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAWLEWSKI (BRONISLAW). Theory of Solutions . CROMPTON (HOLLAND). Influence of Molecular Association on the Reduc-‘ tion of the Freezing Point and the Osmotic Pressure of Solutions . . LEDUC (ANATOLE). Densities of Easily Liquefiable Gases . . . . LESCCEUR ( HENRI). Dissociation of Saline Hydrates and analogous com- TRATJBE ( ISIDOR). Osmotic Pressure and Electrolytic Dissociation . . SUTHERLAND (WILLIAM). Causes of Osmotic Pressure and of the Sim- plicity of the Laws of‘ Dilute Solution . . . . . . . . WILDERMANN (MEJER). Real and Apparent Freezing Points and the Freezing Point Method. . . . . . . . . . . Elevation of the Freezing Point in Benzene solutions various dissociatsd compounds .. . . . . HENDRIXSON (WALTER SCOTT). Dissociation i n Solutions . . . Liquids . . . . . . . . . and Sulphuric acid . . . . . . . . . . SQUIBB (EDWARD Re). An Improved Pyknometer . . . . . weight . . . . . . . . . . compounds. . . . . . . . . . . . . position-Temperature Changes] . . . . . . LEY ( HEINRICH). Hydrolytic Dissociation . . . . . pounds . . . . . . . . . . PAGE ii, 17 ii, 17 ii, 17 ii, 17 ii, 18 ii, 18 ii, 19 ii, 19 ii, 19 ii, 20 ii, 20 ii, 61 ii, 61 ii, 61 ii, 62 ii, 62 ii, 62 ii, 62 ii, 63 ii, 63 ii, 64 ii, 64 ii, 64 ii, 64 ii, 65 ii: 65 ii, 65 ii, 66 ii, 66 ii, 67 ii, 67 ii, 68 ii, 105 ii, 105 ii, 106 ii, 106 ii, 106 ii, 107 ii, 107 ii, 108 ii, 108 ii, 109 ii, 109 ii, 110CONTENTS. V PAGE SCHIFF (HUGO) and U.MONSACCHI. Expansion during the Dissolution of KURILOFF (BASIL B,). E uilibrium in solutions with three components- WALD (F.). [Formation and Changesof Solids] . . . . . . ii, 112 RUTHERFORD (E.), Velocity and Rate of Recombination of the Ions G f Gases exposed to Rontgen radiation . . . . . . . . ii, 11 2 WILDE (HENRY). Table of the Elements arranged with the Atomic Weights in multiple proportions . . . . . . . . ii, 113 WALDEN (PAUL). A new agent for increasing the Angle of Rotation . . ii, 149 VALLOT (J.) and GABRIELLE VALLOT. Iiifluence of Altitude and Tempera- ture on the decomposition of Oxalic acid by Light . . . . . ii, 149 WARREN (HENRY NEPEAN). Electrical Energy caused by the direct action of the Atmosphere . . . . . . . . . . . .ii, 149 GAWALOWSKI (A.). Simple Electrolytic Apparatus . . . . . ii, 150 BERNFIELD (ISIDOR). Metallic Sulphide Electrodes . . . . . ii, 150 HOPFGARTNER (K. ). Electrical Conductivity in mixed solutions of Elec- trolytes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 151 LAAR (J. J. VAN). Source of Error in the determination of Heat of Disso- ciation of Electrolytes . . . . . . . . . ii, 151 GOCKEL (ALREKT). Temperature Coefficient of the Potential of Calomei Electrodes with various dissolved Electrolytes . . . . . . ii, 152 FRIEDRICHS (F.) Thermoregulator . . . . . ii, 152 LEDDEN-H~~LSEBOSCH ( MARIUS L. Q. VAN). New method of determining Melting Points . . . . . . . . . . ii, 152 DUHEM (PIERRE). Gradual Change and Thermodynamics . . . ii, 152 GOLDSCHMIDT ( HEINRICH) and GERTRUD VAN MAARSEVEEN.Relation be- tween the Heat of Solution, Solubility, and Dissociation . . ii, 152 KUENEN (J. P.) Condensation and Critical Phenomena of mixtnrcs of two compounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 153 JAIIN (HANS). Association or Dissociation? . . . . . . . ii, 153 SCHREBER (K.). Dissociation of Nitric Peroxide . . . . . . ii, 153 FOCK (ANDREAS). Dissociation in mixed salt solutions . . . . . ii, 154 COHEN (ERNST). Alcohol and Water . . . . . . . . ii, 154 SMITH (W. A.). Dissociation of Dibasic Organic acids . . . . ii, 155 KURILOFF (BASIL B. ). KLOBBIE (EDUARD A.). KURILOFF (BASIL B.). Ammonium salts. 11. Ethyl derivatives! . . . . . . . ii, 110 GILBAULT (HENRI). Compressibility of salt solutions . . . . . ii, 111 &Naphthol, Picric aci8 and Benzene . .. . . . . . ii, 112 JERVIS (H.). [Boring holes in Glass] . . . . . . . . ii, 113 Dissociation of Compounds dissolved in mixtures of Equilibrium between Ammoninm Nitrate arid Equilibrium in the systems, Ether-water and Ether-water-malonic acid . . . . . . . ii, 156 Application ofthe Law of Mass Action to Researches on the Equilibrium between &Naphthol and Picric acid in Benzene solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 156 HOITSEMA (C.). Aqueous solutions of two salts with one common Ion . ii, 157 RIMBACH (EBERHARD) Solubility and decomposition of double salts in Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii,158 LAAR (J. J. VAN). i'alidity of the dilution law . . . . . ii, 158 ROTHMUND (VICTOR). Transition point of a solid solution . . . . ii, 158 SPRING ( WALTHERE).Relations between Molecular Structure and t h e Absorption Spectra of colourless Organic compounds . . . . ii, 201 ELSTER (JULIUS) and HANS GEITEL. Photoelectric properties of salts pre- viously coloured by heating in the Vapour of the Alkali metals . . ii, 201 JAEGER (WILHELM). Change of the Zinc Sulphate in the Clark Cell . . ii, 202 OBERBECK (ANTON). Theory of Galvanic Polarisation . . . . . ii, 202 KOHLRAUSCH ( FRIEDRICH). Electrolysis o*f Platinic Chloride . ii, 203 CADY (HAMILTON P.). certain substances dissolved in Liquid Ammonia . . . ii, 203 Ammonia . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 156 WALD (F.). Elementary Chemical considerations . . . . . ii, 159 MIXTER (WILLIAM GILBERT). Electrosynthesis . . . . ii, 202 JAHN (HANS). Electrochemical Notes . . . . . . ii, 203 Electrolysis and Electrolytic Conductivity ofv1 CONTENTS.LASCZYNSKI (ST. VON) and STANISLAUS VON GORSKI. Conductivity of . . . . . . . . KUSTER (FRIEDRICH WILHELM). Ionic Reactions and their significance in Electrochemistry . . . . . . . . . . CHAPPUIS (PIERRE). Determination of tde Expansion of Water between 0" and 40" . . . . . . . . . . . MURRAY (J. R. ERSKINE). Gew form of Constant Volume Air Thermometer WILEY (HARVEY WASHINGTON) and W. D. BIGELOW. Experimental . IMBERT (H.) and G. BELUGOU. Heat of Neutralisation of Glycerolphos- VAUBEL ( WILKELMj. Heat 'of Dissociation of Moleculks of Elemenis STEUBER (H. J.). Some Boiling Point Determinations . . . . . BROWN (OLIVER W.). Solubility and Boiling Point . . . . . DIETERICI (KONRAD). Vapour Pressure of Dilute Solutions at 0" OSTWALD ( WILHELM).Vapour Pressure of Reciprocally Soluble Liquids . MILLER (W. LASH). Vapour Tensions and Boiling Points of Ternary mixtures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . TAMMANN (GUSTAV j. Vapour Pressures of Hydrated salts which remain OKNDORFF (WILLIAM RIDGELY) and H. 'G. CARELL. Vapour Pressure . . . . . . PAT ERN^ (EMANUELE) and C. MANUELLI. Cryoscopic experiments with . . . . AMPOLA (G.) and C. RIMATORI. . ALVISI (UGO). Relation between the Molecular Weights and Densities of Liquids and Solids . . . . . . . . . . . RICHARDS (TEEODORE WILLIAM). Relation of the taste of acids to their degree of dissociation . . . . . . . . . . . NACCARI (ANDREA). Direct Measurement of Osmotic Pressure . . . solutions of some salts in Pyriciine Determination of the Hydrothermal Value of a Bomb Calorimeter .phoric acid . . . Transparent on Efflorescence . . . . . . . . method of determining Molecular Weights the Acetyl derivatives of Ethereal Tartrates Use of Methylic Oxala'te in Cryoscopy PAGE ii, 204 ii, 204 ii, 205 ii, 206 ii. 206 ii, 206 ii, 206 ii, 207 ii, 207 ii, 207 ii, 208 ii, 208 ii, 208 ii, 208 ii, 208 ii, 209 ii, 209 ii, 209 ii, 210 TRAUBE (ISIDOR). ' Osmotic Pressure and Electrolytic Dissociation . ii, 210; 21 1 BOHR (CHRISTIAN). Absorption of Gases in Liquids at various temperatures ii, 211 CATTANEO (CARLO). Influence of the solvent on Ionic Velocities . . ii, 211 CATTANEO ( CARLO). Ionic Velocity of Chlorine in Hydrogen Chloride dissolved in various solvents . . . . . . . . . ii, 211 SCHAUM (KARL).Formation and TransformatIon of Hylotropic-isomeric forms of compounds . . . . . . . . . . ii, 211 COLSON (ALBERT). Accidental causes ofNon-reversibility in Chemical changes ii, 21 2 PINNOW (JOHANNES). Explosion figures . . . . . . . ii, 212 BANCROFT (WILDER DWIGHT). Ternary mixtures . . . . . . ii, 212 BANCROFT (WILDER DWIGHT). Two Liquid Phases . . . . . ii, 212 TAYLOR (A. ERNEST). Precipitation of salts . . . . ii, 213 CLARKE (FRANK WIGGLESWORTH). Fourth Annual Report of 'the Com- mittee on Atomic Weights . . . . ii, 213 SPEYERS (CLARENCE LIVINGSTON). 'Molecular Weights of some Carbon compounds . . . . . . . . ii, 213 WERNER (ALFRED) [and in part P. FERCHLAND, A. MAIBORN, W. SCHXUJLOW, and M. STEPHANI]. Constitution of Inorganic com- pounds. VII. The Molecular Weights of Inorganic salts .. ii, 214 RAMSAP (WILLIAM) and MORRIS W. TRAVERS. Refractivities of' Air, Oxygen, Nitrogen, Argon, Hydrogen, and Helium . . . . . ii, 273 DRUDE (PAUL). Optical Constant of Sodium . . . . . ii, 273 ABATI (G~No). Refractive and Dispersive Power of'combined Silicon . . ii, 274 SORET (CHARLES), ARN. RORRL, and Em. DUMONT. Refractive Indices of the Blue and Green solutions of the Chrome Alums . . . . ii, 274 NASINI (RAFFAELE). Refraction of the hletallo-cnrbonyls . . . . ii, 274 MEYER ( KICHARD E.). ii, 275 CALLENDAR (HUGH L.) and H. T, RARKES. Variation in the E.M.'F. o f different forms of the Clark Standard Cell with Tentperature and with Strcngth of Solution . . . . . . . . . . ii, 276 TRAUBE (ISIDOR). Molecular Weights of Solii Substances .. . . ii, 213 TCH~GAEFF (L.). Optical Activity . . . . . . . ii, 274 Flnorescence and Chemical Constitution .CONTENTS. vii COHEN (ERNSI-). A new kind of Transition Cell . . . . . . PALMAER (WILHELM). Action of Drop-electrodes . . VELEY (VICTOR HERBERT) and J. J. MANLEY. Electrical bond;ctivity of Nitric acid . . . . . . . . . . . BONOMI DA MONTE (P.) and A. Zoso. Energy of some Toluenesnlphonic and Xylenesulphonic acids . . . . . . . . . CARRARA (GIACOMO) and U. ROSSI. Energy of some Bases of mixed function . . . . . . . . . . DEWAR (JAMES) and JOHN AMBROSE FLEMING. Dieiectrih Constants of certain Organic Substances a t and below the Temperature of Liquid Air DEWAR (JAMES) and JOHN AMBROSE FLEMING. Dielectric Constants of Metallic Oxides dissolved or suspended in Ice cooled to the Temperature FLEMING (JOHN AMBROSE) and 'JAMES DEWAR.Dielectric Constants of frozen Electrolytes a t and above the Temperature of Liquid Air . . DEWAR (JAMES) and JOHN AYBROSE FLEMING. Dielectric Constants of Organic Substances and Electrolytes a t very low Temperatures HEMPTINNE (ALEXANDER. DE). Decomposition of compounds by Eleckcai Oscillations . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAGNANINI (GAETANO) and GIOVANNI MALAGNIRI. Thermal conductivity of Nitric Peroxide . . . . . . . . . . . LESPIEAU (ROBERT). Boiling points of salts in Ethereal Solution LANDSBERGER (WILLY). New process for Determining the Molecular Weight by the Boiling Point Method . . . . . . NASINI (RAFFAELE). Laws concerning the Molecular Volumes o'f Liquids FOCK (ANDREAS).Determination of the Molecular Weight of Solid Substances . . . . . . . . . . . RAYLEIGH (JOHN WILLIAM SRUTTT, LORD). Viscosity of' Hydrogen as affected by Moisture . . . . . . . . . SCHREINEMAKERS ( FRANZ ANTOON HUBERT). Equilibrium in Systems of of Liquid Air . . . . . . . . . . . SCHREBER (K.). Absolute Temperature . . . . . . . SMITH (W. A.). Dissociation of'Dibasic Organic acids . . . . three Components where two Liquid Phases may exist . . . . CARRARA (GIACOMO) and A. MINOZZI. Coloration of the Ions . . . SCHENCK (RUDOLF). Crystalline Liquids . . . . . . . . substances on a Photographic Plate . . . . . RUSSELL (WILLIAJZ JAMES). Action exerted by certain Metals and other ANDREWS ( W. W. ). PBIBRAM (RICHARD) and CARL GLUCKSMANN. Connection between Volume .. . . . Self-regulating Gas Generating Apparaius , Change and Specific Rotation of active substances HAMY (MAURICE). Spectrum of Cadrniuni iii a vacuum . . . . LE ROY (FERNAND). Electrical resistance of crystallised Silicon . . . SCHALLER (R.). Electrical conductivity of dilute solutions a t various JONES (HARRY CLARY) and STEPHEN H. KING. Dissociation df Electrolytes as measured by the Boiling Point method . . . . . . . GIN and LELEUX. Electric Furnaces . . . . . . . WADsWoRTH (F. L. 0.). Conditions required for attaining inaximum accuracy in the determination of specific heat by the method of mixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAMPBELL (EDWARD D.) and FIRMAN THOMPSOX. Preliminary Thermo- chemical study of Iron and Steel . . . . . . . . . SCBL(ESING (TH. ), jnnr. Determinations of the Density of small volumes of Gases.. . . . . . . . . . . . . SCHLESING (TH.), junr. Densities of small quantities of Gases . . . LEDUC (ANATOLE). Mixtures of Gases . . . . . . . . LEFRDVRE (M.). Geisslds Densimctcr . . L~~WENJIERZ ( RICHART)). Detrrnmination of Dissociation Coiistmts by the increase of Solubility . . . . . . . . . . . Gijclim ( HEINRICH). Appyatnn for detcrmining the solubility of Sub- staiices in Boiling Licliii(ls , . , . . , , . . , temperatures up to 100" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAOF, ii, 276 ii, 276 ii, 277 ii, 277 ii, 278 ii, 279 ii, 27i? ii, 280 ii, 281 ii, 281 ii, 282 ii, 282 ii, 282 ii, 288 ii, 284 ii, 284 ii, 284 ii, 284 ii, 285 ii, 286 ii, 286 ii, 287 ii, 290 ii, 321 ii, 321 ii, 321 ii, 322 ii, 322 ii, 322 ii, 323 ii, 323 ii, 324 ii, 325 ii, 326 ii, 326 ii, 320 ii, 327...V l l l CONTENTS. WALD (I!.). Combination and substitution . . . . . . KURILOFF (BASIL B.). Function of the solvent in Chemical Reactions , . . . . COHEN (ERNST). Influence of the Medium on the reaction velocity of Gaseous systems . . . . . . . . . . LONG (JOHN HARPER). Speed of reduction of Ferric Alum by Sugar . . SCHREINEMAKERS ( FRANZ ANTOON HUBERT). Equilibrium in the System, Water, Ether, and Ethylenic Cpnnide . . . . . . . . GEITEL (ADOLF C.). Decomposition of Triglycerides with dilute acids . TAMPA" (GUSTAV). Dependence on temperature of the number of KUSTER (FRIEDRICH W.). Velocity of Crystallisation . . . . . SWARTS (FRJ~D~RIC). Atomic refraction of Fluorine . . . . . BERTHELOT (MARCELLIN PIERRE EUG~NE). Rotatory power of polymerised HARTLEY (WALTER NOEL).Flame Spectrum df Carbonic Oxide . . . BRUHL (JTJI,IUS WILHELM). Spectrochemistry of Nitrogen. VI. Oxygen HITTORF [JoHANN] ( WILHELM). Electroniotive behaviour of Chromium . JAEGER ( WILHELM). Electromotive behaviour of Cadmium amalgams of HABER (FRITZ). Electrolysis of Hydrochloric acid and Cathddic formation of Lend . . . . . . . . HABER (FRITZ )'and 'S. GRINBERG. Electrolysis' of Hydrochloric acid. 11. . KUMMELL (GOTTFRIED). Migration constants of Zinc and Cadmium salts in very dilute solutions . . . . . . . . . . . BRYAN (G. B.). Determination of the conductivity of liquids in thin layers MACGREGOI~ (JAMES G.) and E. H. ARCHIBALD. Calculation of the con- ductivity of aqueous solutions containing two Electrolytes with no commonion .. . . . . . . . . . . KOHLRAUSCH (FRIEDRICH L. HOLBORN) and H. DIESSELHOHST. New basis for the values of the conductivities of Electrolytes . . . . . MARCKWALD ( WILHELM) and A. CHWOLLES. Determination of the boiling DAHMS (ALBERT). Heat of separation in solutioiis : Freezing point reduc- ABEGG (RICHARD). Determination of the freezing point reductions of dilute solutions and their relations to the theories of solutions . . , . DEL~PINE (MARCEL). Thermochemistry of Hydrobenzamide, Amarine, and TRAUBE (ISIDOR). Determination of the moleculnr weight of solid substances NICOL (WILLIAM WALKER JAMES). Supersaturation and its dependence SCHAUM (KARL). Crystallisation of overcooled Benzophenone . HOITSEMA (C. ). The equilibrium CO + H20ZC0, + H2, and the study of' COHEN ( ERNST).Explanation of' the exceptions observed in the speed of MARCKWALD ( WILHELM) and A. CHWOLLES. Separation of Racemic com- Condensation of Water Vapour in presence of dust free Mass action and the Phase Law. Crystallisation Nuclei which form in supercooled Liquids . . . RICHARDS (THEODORE WILLIAM). Convenient Gas Generator . . . compounds . . . . . . . . . . . compounds of Nitrogen . . . . . . . . . . different composition , . . . . . . COEHN (ALFKED). Electrostenolysis . . . . . 0 . point of aqueous solutions with Beckmann's apparatus tion : Solubility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lophine . . . . . . . . . . . . . on crystalline form . . . . . . . . . . . explosives . . . . . . . . . . . . . chemical changes in solution .. . pounds by means of optically active substances . . . . . . SCHAUM (KARL). Hylotropically isomeric substances . . . . . Air and other gases . . . . . . . . . . . WADDELL (JOHN). Lecture experiments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WILSON (C. T. R. ). JERVIS (H.). ROLOFF (MAX). I. Physical changes induced by Ligh; BRUHL (JULIUS WILHELM). Spectrochemistry of Nitrogen. VII. . . HEMPTINNE (ALEXANDER DE), Tnfluence of the X-Rays on the Luminosity of Gases . , . , . . , . Laboratory Notes : Asbestos : Combustion furnaces Action of Light. PAGE ii, 327 ii, 327 ii, 328 ii, 329 ii, 329 ii, 330 ii, 330 ii, 330 ii, 330 ii, 351 ii, 361 ii, 361 ii, 362 ii, 363 ii, 364 ii, 364 ii, 365 ii, 365 ii, 365 ii, 366 ii, 366 ii, 366 ii, 367 ii, 368 ii, 368 ii, 368 ii, 369 ii, 369 ii, 369 ii, 370 ii, 370 ii, 371 ii, 372 ii, 372 ii, 373 ii, 373 ii, 417 ii, 417 ii, 418CONTENTS.ix SCHEYE (ANTON), Validity of Maxwell's Equations . . . . . PETERS (RUDOLF), Oxidation and Reduction Chains and the Influence of Complex Ions on the Electromotive Force . . . . . . . KNUPFFER (CARL). Chemical Equilibrium and Electroniotive Force . . VALEUR ( AMAND). Qninones and Quinols . . . . . . . TEUDT (H.). Behaviour of Atmospheric Air and of Chemically prepared Gases a t about 350-500" under Atmospheric Pressure . . . . DOLEZALEK (F.), Vapour Pressure of Homogeneous Mixtures . . . ABEGG (RICHARD). Demonstration of the Ludwig Phenomenon . . . LUTHER (ROBERT). Non-electrolytic Dissociation of Water in Aqueous Ethylic Alcohol . . . . . . . . . . .. BRUNER (LUDWIK). Solnbility of Iodine in mixed Solvents . NOYES (ARTHUR AMOS) and E. HAROLD WOODWORTH. Proof of the Theor; KNOBLAUCH (Osc). . SCHREINEMAKERS ( FRANS ANTOON HUBERT). Equilibrium in the System- Water, Benzoic acid, and Ethylenic Cyanide . . . . . . TAMMANN (GUSTAV). Velocity of Crystallisation . . . . . . GUYE (PHILIPPE A.) and EMILY [ALICIA] ASTON. Influence of Temperature DEERR (NOEL). Relations connesting the Thermal Constants of the Elements . . . . . . . . . TRAUBE (ISIDOR). Heat of Vaporisation of some Elements, $nd their Molecular Weight in the liquid state WILEY (HARVEY WASHINGTON) and W. D. B~GELOW. Calories' of Com-' bustion in Oxygen of Cereals, and Cereal Products calculated from the Analytical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . RAOULT ( FRAN~OIS MARIE).Influence of Superfusion on the Freezing Points of solutions of Potassium Chloride . . . . . LEDUC ( ANATOLE) and PAUL SACERDOTE. Compressibility of Gases under approximately Atmospheric Pressures . LEINJC (ANATOLE). Molecular Volumes and Densities of Gases a t all Tern: LEDUC ( ANATOLE). Coefficients of dilatation of Gases a t Mean Pressures . POXSOT (A.). Study of Physical and Chemical Equilibria by the Osmotic Method . . . . . RICHARDS (THEODORE WILLIAM). Rate of Dehydratidn of Crystailised salts . . + . . . . . . . . KASTLE (J. H.). Taste and Affinity of Acids . . . GEORGE (GEORGE). Apparatus for determining the Composition of Ammonia,' Sulphurous Anhydride, Water, &c. . , . MOUKELO (Josk RODRIGUEZ). Phosphorescent Strontium Suiphidc . . KONEN (HEINRICH).Spectra of Jodine . . . , . . . BECQUEREL (HENRI) and HENRI DESLANDRES. Zeeman's Phenomenon : Variations of Spectra in Magnetic Fields . . . . . P~IBRAM (RICHARD) and CARL GLUCKSMANN. Connection between Volume Change and Specific Rotation of active Solutions . . . . . TCH~GAEFF (L.). Optical activity . . . . . KOHNSTAMM (PH.) and ERNST COHEN. Wkstoi Standarh Cell . . . TOMASSI ( DOXATO). A new Accumulator . . . . . . . . LEGRAND ( EMMANUEL). Electrical conductivity of dilute solutions of Potas- sium Permanganate . . . . . , . . . . . . JAHN (HANS). Galvanic polarisation . . . . . . . . . MARGUELES (MAX). Dissolving of Platinum and Gold in ElectroIytes . STACKELBERG (ED. VON). Heat of Dissolution and of Dilution . . . BELUGOU (G.) Heat of Neutralisation of Ethylphosphoric acid .. . CAVALIER (JACQUES). dlkyl-phosphoric acids. . . . . , . CAVALIER (JACQUES). Dialkylic Hydrogen phosphates . . . . . VALEUR (AMAND). Heat of formation of Qninones of high molecular weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VALUER (AMANJ)). Thermochemistry of Quiiioneoximes . . . . of the Solubiiity of Salts consisting of Three Ions . . . . Hydrolysis of the Ethereal Salts of Dibasic acids on the Rotatory Power of Liquids . . . . . . peratures and a t Mean Pressures . . . . . . . . PAGE ii, 419 ii, 419 ii, 420 ii, 420 ii, 421 ii, 421 ii, 422 ii, 422 ii, 422 ii, 423 ii, 423 ii, 424 ii, 425 ii, 469 ii, 469 ii, 469 ii, 470 ii, 470 ii, 470 ii, 471 ii, 471 ii, 471 ii, 471 ii, 471 ii, 472 ii, 493 ii, 493 ii, 493 ii, 494 ii, 495 ii, 495 ii, 496 ii, 496 ii, 496 ii, 497 ii, 498 ii, 498 ii, 499 ii, 499 ii, 500 ii, 500X CONTENTS.A N D R ~ (GUSTAVE). Coinbinatioii of Pyridinc and Triiiietliylaminc with Formic and Acetic acids . . . . . . . . . . . DEL~PINE (MARCEL). Thermochemistry of Quinoline bases . . . . BERTHELOT (DANIEL). Atomic Weights by Physical and Chemical methods . . . . . . . . . BERTHELOT (DANIEL). Moleculai WEights of Gases . . . FOCK ( ANDREAS). Determination of the Molecular Weights of solid 'sub-' stances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VAUBEL (WILHELM). Molecular association of Liquids . . . . . ROTHMUND (VICTOR). Mutual solubility of Liquids and the critical solu- tion point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COLSON (ALBERT). Diffusion of Solids inGases . . . . . . MIJERS (J.). Semipermeable membranes .. . . . . . . COLSON (ALBERT). Influence of Temperature on Chemical Reactions . . BIGELOW (SAMUEL LAWRENCE). Effect of Catalytic action on the velocity . . . COLSON (QLBERT). . 'rIXIER (A,) CHENAL-FERRON-DOUILHET & Co. A fractionating apparatus . KALAHNE (ALFRED). Spectra of some of the Elements with a constant Luminous Discharge in Geissler Tubes . . . . . . . LUMS~RE ( AUGUSTE), LOUIS LUMI~RE, and ALPHONSE SEPEWETZ. Action of Ammoninm Persulphate on the Silver of Photographic Plates . SCHMIDT (CARL GERHARD). Radiatioris from Thorium compounds , . KAUFFMANN (HUGO). Electrical Oscillations . . . . . . JAEGER ( WILHELM) and K. KAHLE. Mercury-zinc and 'Mercury-cadmium Cells as Standards . . . . . . . . . . . HURTER (FERDINAND) and ROLESLAS ZAHORSKI.Efficiency of an Electro- lytic Cell . . . . . . . . DOLEZALER (I!'. j. Chem;cal Theory of the Lead Accumulator . . . PAULI (HEINRICH) and LUDWIG PINCUSSOHN. New Electrolytic Diaphragm NOYES (ARTHUR AMOS). Accuracy of the values of dissociation determined BREDIG (GEORG). Electrical conductivity of Potassium Permangaiiate Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . JOXES (HARRY CLARY) and H. M. REESE. Conductivityit Aqueous Solu- tions of Praseodymium and Neodyminm Sulphates . . . . . BEIN (WILLI). Determination of Transference Ratios by Electrolysis of dilute Salt solutioiis . . . . . . . . BODL~NDER (GUIDO). Relation between Solnbiiity and the Heat of Forma- tion of Electrolytes . . . . . . . . . . . . TOMMASI (DONATO). Law of Tlierrual Constants . . . . . PONSOT (A.). Cryoscopic Measurements .. . . . . . RICHARDS (THEODORE WILLIAM) and JESSE BRIGGS CHURCHILL. Transi- tion Temperature of Sodium Snlphate. A new fixed point in Ther- mometry . . . . . . . . . . . . FUCHS (PAUL). T:&s 'for the reduction of Boiling Points to Normal Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . KAHLBAUM (GEOXG W. A.) [ancl in part KURT ARNDT, P. SCHROETER, THEOUOR TESSE, EMIL TOENNIES, C. WICHROWSKI, and C. G. VON MASSOL (GUSTAVE). Thermochemical data for Ethylmalonic acid and its BELUBOU (C:. ). Heat of Neutralisntion of Pheiiylphosphnric acid . . Fucws (PAUL). The differential Areoiiieter 93 Arm-pyknnmdter for cider-' Fucws (PAUL). Tables for Correction of Errors due t o 'Variations in of oxidation of Sodium Sulphite by Atmospheric Oxygen Causes of the reciprocal displacement of two acids WALTHER (REINHOLD).A new Filter Flask . . . . . . KUSTER (FRIEDRICH WILHELM), Kacemic substances . . . by the Electrical Conductivity Method . . . . . . LEHFELDT (R. A.). Dissociaiion'of Water . . . . . . WIRKNER]. Vapour Pressure Measurements . . . . . . Isoinerides, Glutaric and Methylsnccinic acids DET,$PINE (MARCEL). Pyridine Rases . . . . . . . . . mining the sp. gr. of Powders . . . . . . . Temperatnre when nsiug the " Proetwt-armmeter " . . . . . PAC: E ii, 501 ii, 501 ii, 502 ii, 502 ii, 503 ii, 503 ii, 503 ii, 504 ii, 505 ii, 505 ii, 506 ii, 507 ii, 507 ii, 507 ii, 549 ii, 549 ii, 540 ii, 550 ii, 550 ii, 550 ii, 551 ii, 551 ii, 551 ii, 552 ii, 552 ii, 552 ii, 553 ii, 554 ii, 554 ii, 555 ii, 555 ii, 555 ii, 556 ii, 556 ii, 558 ii, 558 ii, 559 ii, 560 ii, 560CONTENTS.xi FUCHS (PAUL). Teiiiyerature Correction Tables for Specific Gravity Deter- minations . . . . . . . . . . . . . EPPLER (A,). Eutropic Series of t h e Calcium Group . . . . . PJ~LABON (H.). Dissociation of Hydrogen Selenide . . . . . . BRUNI (GIUSEPPE). Solid Solutions of Benzene in Phenol . , . . BRUNI ( GIUSEPPE). Solid Solutions of Pyridine and Piperidine in Benzene BRUNI (GIUSEPPE). Solid Solutions of Open Chain Compounds . . . GOLDSCHMIDT (HEINRICH) and HERMON C. COOPER. Solubility of Carv- oxime . . . . . . . . . . . TANATAR (SIMEON M.) and BORIS KLIMENKO. Salt' formation in Alcoholic Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOFF ( JACOBUS HENRICUS v AN'T) and WILRELM MEPERHOFFER. dppli- cation of the Equilibrium Law to the formation of Oceanic Salt Deposits, with especial reference to the Stassflirt Beds .. . . SOHREINEMAKERS (FRANS ANTOON HUBERT). Equilibrium in the System, Water, Alcohol, and Ethylenic Cyanide . . . . . . . HEMPTINNE (ALEXANDER DE). Influence of Concentration on Renction Velocities . . . . . HJELT ( EDVARD [IMMANUELj). Relative velocity oi Hydrolysis of Ethylic salts of Norinal acids of the Oxalic Series . . . . . . . CLARKE (FRANK WIGGLESWORTH). Report of the Committee on Atomic RICHARDS (THEODORE WILLIAM). Table of Atbmic' Weights . . . DULK (LUDWIG). Atomic Weight or Atomic Gravitation . LOCKE (JAMES). The Periodic System and the Properties of Inorganic. FRIEDRICHS. Cooling Pipettk . . . . . . , . . . SANDER (CARL). Pipettewith Closing Appliance .. . . . . KNORR (AUGUSTUS E.). Some new forms of Apparatus . . . . . MURRILL (PAUL). An efficient Gas-Pressure Regulator . . . . . BOLTWOOD (BERTRAM B.). New form of Water Blast . . . . . LADENBURG (ALBERT). Lecture Experiments with Liquid Air . . . SIEGFRIED (MAX A.). A Dialysis Apparatus . . . . . . SCHENCK (RUDOLF). Crystalline Liquids . . . . . . . Weights . . . . . . . * . . . compounds . . . . . . . . . . . Inorganic Chemistry. LEDUC (ANATOLE) and P. SACERDOTE. Critical Constants of Hydrogen TAYLOR (ROBERT LLOYD). Hypoiodous acid and Hypoiodites . . . BASKERVILLE (CHARLES). Reduction of Concentraied Sulphuric acid by Copper . . + . . . . . . . . . . HANTZSCH (ARTHUR RUDOLF). Conversion of Nitrosohydroxylamine into Hyponitrous acid . . . . . . . REICHARD (C.).Action of Arsenious acid on 'Meklic' Oxides, Oxychlo- rides and Ammoniochlorides . . . . . . . . . . TECLU (NICOLAE). Characteristics of Flames . . , . HANSEN (ARTHUR YON). Preparation and Properties of Potassium 'Per-' carbonate . . . . . . . . . . . . . KHUTWIG (JEAN). I'nflueace exercised by Ferric Oxide 011 the Formation of' Sodium Sulphate from Sulphurous Anhydride and Sodiuni Chloride . BOWLER (GILBERT JOHN) and PHILIP J. HARTOG. WEISBERG (JULIUS). Solubility of Calcium Sulphite in Water and in Sugar' solutions . . . . . . . . . . MOURELO (Josg RODRIGUEZ). Stability of Phosphorescent Si ront'iiiiii 'Snl-' RETTIE (THEODORE). Compounds of Metallic Hydroxides wi'th Iodine . SEN~ERENS (JEAN BAPTISTE). New Mode of Combinntion hetween Metals : Alloys of Cadmium with Silver sill\ with Copper .. , . . Chloride, Phosphide, and Sulphide . . . . JORISSEN (W. P. ). Formation of Active Oxygen . . . . Silver Alloys . phide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE ii, 560 ii, 560 ii, 561 ii, 561 ii, 561 ii, 562 ii, 562 ii, 563 ii, 563 ii, 563 ii, 564 ii, 564 ii, 565 ii, 566 ii, 566 ii, 566 ii, 56'1 ii, 567 ii, 568 ii, 568 ii, 568 ii, 569 ii, 569 ii, 569 ii, 20 ii, 21 ii, 21 ii, 22 ii, 22 ii, 22 ii, 22 ii, 23 ii, 23 ii, 24 ii, 24 ii, 24 ii, 25 ii, 25xii CONTENTS. WALTER (JOHANN). Improvements in the Preparation of Metallic Alloys by Electrolysis . . . . . . . . . DENNIS (LOUIS MuNRoEj and MARTHA DOAN. Corn ounds of Thallium 1 GUINCHANT (JOSEPH). Decomposition of Mercuric Sufphate by Heat : Law of Thermochemical Moduli . . . .. . . SCHEURER-KESTNER ( AUGUSTE). Action of Fused SodiuL Hydroxide under Pressure on Wrought Iron and Cast Iron . . . . , . WIEDE (0. FRITZ). . ENGEL (RODOLPHE [CHARLES]). Parastannyl Chloride . . . . . MAGRUDER (E. W.). New Form of Hydrogen Generator . . TOMMASI ( DONATO). Nascent Hydrogen . . . . . . . BANCROFT (WILDER DWIUHT). Nascent Hydrogen . . . . . SPERBER (JOACHIM). Heat of Dissociation of Iodine . . . . . FRENZEL (K. ), S. FRITZ and VICTOR MEYER. Evolution of Oxygen during Reduction. . . . . . . MALLET (JOHN WILLIAM). Solubility of Ammonia in Water a t tem- peratures below 0” . . . . . . . EMMENS (STEPHEN H. ) and NEWTON W. EMMENS. . ROSENHEIM (ARTHUR) and PAUL WOGE. Valency of Beryllium . . . TALMADGE (J. M.). Potassium Lead Iodide . . . . . . . HAYWOOD (J.K.). Cuprous Chloride . . . . . . . BOUCHER (GETHEN (3.). Possible new elemedt or elements in Cast Iron and Blast Furnace Boiler Dust . . . . . . . . . SHAPLEIGH (WALDRON). Lucium . . . . . . DAY (WILLIAM C.). Action of Carbonic Anhydride’on Sodium Aluminate. Formation of Basic Aluminium Carbonate . . . . . . BERG (GEORG). [Reactions of Titanic acid with Organic acids]. . . . V ~ Z E S (MAURICE). Platino-platinoso-additive compounds . . . . BERTHELOT ( MARCELLIN PIERRE EUG~NE). Influence of Hygroscopic Substances on the Combination of Hydrogen and Oxygen . . . HEINRICH (REINHOLD). The Ammonia of the Atmosphere . . . . HENTSCHEL (W.). Preparation of Nitrogen Chloride CHALMOT (GUILLAME J. L. DE). Produc-’ tion of Silicon . . . . . . . . . . . . MOISSAN ( HENRI). Metallic Carbides which are decomposed’by water .MOISSAN (HENRI). Volatilisation of refractory substances . . . . WILDE (HENRY). Atomic Weights of Argon and Helium . . . . LOTTERMOSER (C. A. ALFRED) and ERNST TON MEYER. Colloidal silver . MOISSAN ( HENRI) and P. WILLIAMS. Calcium, Barium, and Strontium Borides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HALL (VERNOX J.). Zinc Hydroxide in Precipitation . . . . . SCHLAGDENHAUFFEN (FR~DRRIc). Impurities in Crude Copper . . . ENDEMANN (HERMANN). Solubility of Lead in Ammonia . . . . MOISSAN (HENRI). Researches on Aluminium . . . . . TARUGI (N.). Chromium Arsenate . . . . . . . . . ENGEL (RODOLPHE [CHARLES]). Stannieacids . . . . . . ENGEL (RODOLPHE [CHARLES]). DONATH (EDUARD). Reduction of Sulphurous acid by Hydrogen Sulphide 1 BERTHELOT ( MARCELLIN PIERRE EUG~NE).Action of Hydrogen on RESSON ([JULES] ADOLPHE). Phosphorus Oxychloride . . . . THOMSEN (JULIUS). Evolution of Helium from a natural compound with MELIROFF (PETR. G.) and L. PISSARJEWSKY. Aluminium Peroxide . . MOISSAN (HENRI). Preparation of Carbides by the action of Calcium Carbide on Oxides . . . . . . . . . . MOUXELO (Josl RODRIGUEZ). Preparation of Strontium Suiphicie by the action of Hydrogen Sulphide on the Oxide or Carbonate . . . . Chromium Tetroxide and Salts of Perchromic acid STOKES (HENRY N.). Chloronitrides of Phosphorus . . . Migrand Matter . Action of Sulphur on Silicides LEMOINE (GEORGES). Lithium Chloride solutions . . . . TASSILLY. Basic Magnesium Salts . . . . . . . . Action of Nitric acid on Tin Sulphuric acid .. . . . . . . . . production of Heat and Light . . . . . . . . PAGE ii, 26 ii, 27 ii, 27 ii, 28 ii, 28 ii, 29 ii, 68 ii, 69 ii, 69 ii, 69 ii, 69 ii, 69 ii, 70 ii, 71 ii, 71 ii, 72 ii, 72 ii, 73 ii, 74 ii, 74 ii, 74 ii, 74 ii, 113 ii, 114 ii, 114 ii, 114 ii, 115 ii, 115 ii, 115 ii, 115 ii, 116 ii, 116 ii, 117 ii, 117 ii, 118 ii, 118 ii, 118 ii, 119 ii, 119 ii, 119 ii, 159 ii, 160 ii, 160 ii, 161 ii, 161 ii, 161 ii, 162... CONTENTS. X l l l PAGE PRZIBYLLA (CARL), Metallic triple Nitrites . . . . . . . ii, 162 BERTHELOT (MARCELLIN PIERRE EUGBNE). Action of Hydracids and Oxygen on Mercury and other Metals . . . . . . . . ii, 163 BERTHELOT ( MARCELLIN PIERRE EUG~NE). Action of Sulphuric acid on Mercury a t the ordinary temperature . . . . . . . . ii, 164 ROSENHEIM (ARTHUR) and HERRMANN ITZIG.Manganimolybdates . . ii, 164 MELIICOFF ( PETR. G.) and L. PISSARJEWSKY. ii, 165 HARBECK (E.) and GEORG LUNGE. KASTLE (J. H.) and W. A. BEATTY. Effect of Light on the combination LEDUC (ANATOLE). Dissociation and Polymerisation of Gases and Vapou IS, HABER (FRITZ) and S. GRINBERG. Electrolysis of Hydrochioric acid . ii, 215 THRELFALL (RICHARD) and FLORENCE MARTIN. Oxygen a t low pressures ii, 215 AARLAND (GEORG). Behaviour of Sodium Thioaulphate Solutions with acids ii, 216 ANGELI (ANGELO). Nitrohydroxylamic acid . . . . . . . ii, 216 GRUTZNER (BRUNO). Salts of Phosphorous acid . . . ii, 216 HOGBOM (ARVID GUSTAF). Amount of Carbonic Anhydride in the atmo- LIEBEN (ADOLF). Reduction o f Carbonic Anhydride a t ordinary tem- peratures.11. The behaviour of Magnesium . . . . . . ii, 217 WEINLAND (RUDOLPH F.) and J. ALFA. Potassium and Rubidium, Fluoro- sulphates and Fluorophosphates . . . . . . . . ii, 217 MATIGNON (CAMILLE). Sodium Carbide . . . . . . . ii, 218 MELIKOFE (PETR G.) and L. PISSARJEWSKI. Ammonium Peroxide . . ii, 219 ODDO (GIUSEVPE). Fusion in the Electric Furnace . . . . ii, 219 WOLFMANN (JULIUS). Sulphate . . . . . . . . ii, 220 TROEGER (JULIUS) and E. EWERS. oxides on Ammonium Sulphate . . . . . ii, 220 WOODMAN (DURAND). Variations in the composition bf Red Lead . . ii, 220 BANCROFT (WILDER DWIGHT). Correction [Lead Iodide] . . . ii, 220 BEMMELEN (JACOBUS MARTINUS VAK). JOANNIS ([JEAN] ALEXANDRE). Cuprous Sulphate . . . . . ii, 221 COPPOCK (JOHN B. ). BOUDOUARD (0.). Cerium .. . . . . . . . . ii, 164 Peruranic acid and its salts Action of Carbonic Oxide on Platinum and Palladium . . . . . . . . . . ii, 166 of Hydrogen and Bromine . . . . . . . . ii, 214 Dissociation of Chlorine at high temperatures . . . . ii, 215 BENEDICENTI (A.). Combustion in Rarefied Air . . . ii, 215 BESSON ([JULES] ADOLPHE). Phosphorus oxide . . . . . . ii, 216 sphere . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 217 ROESSLER (CARL). Plathum' Teliurides . . . . . . . . ii, 166 Solubility of Strontium salts, especially of the Action of Zinc and Cadmiim Hydr- Colloidal and Crystalline Copper Interaction of Hydrogen Sulphide and Copper Hydroxide . . . ii, 220 salts . . . . . . . . . ii, 221 Elementary nature of the substance called Cerium . . . . ii, 222 TALBOT (HENRY P.) and A.G. WOODMAN. Analysis of an Iron Rail from an unused coal mine . . . . . . . . . . ii, 222 MOESER (LUDWIG). Salts of Ferric acid . . . . . . . . ii, 222 MIOLATI (ARTURO) and G . Rossr. Fluorides, Fluoro-, and Fluoroxy-salts of Cobaltammonium compounds . . . . . . . . ii, 222 WERNER (ALFRED) [with FREDERICK BEDDOW, ANTON BASELLT, and FR. STEINITZER]. Constitution of Inorganic compounds. XI. Complex Cobaltammonium compounds . . . . . . . . ii, 223 JORGENS EN (SOFUS MADS). Constitution of Cobalt, Chromium, and Rhodium Bases . . . . . . . . . . ii, 226 FOERSTER (FRITZ). Electrolytic depositi on of 'Nickel . . ii, 227 RICHARDS (THEODORE WILLIAM) and ALLEBTON SEWARD CUSHMAN. Atomic Weight of Nickel . . . . . . . . ii, 228 SCHNEIUEK (R. ). Chromium Sulphide and Sulphochrornites (Thiochromites) ii, 229 DESI (EN.D.). Oxides of Tungsten . . . . . . ii, 230 DIXON (WILLIAM A.). The so-called " Selective 'Action " of Potassium Cyanideon Gold . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 231 . . . . . . . . . WYKOUBOFF ( GR~GOIRE) and AUGUSTE [VICTOR L k s j V'ERNEUIL.xiv CONTEXTS, PAGE NGmm (GEOKGES). Yrelnratiou of Aiiiirioujuni and Yotassiuin Ylatino- RIIOLA~I (Atwui:o). Additive coinpounds of Potassiuni Platunitiito . . ii, 281 ~ ~ ~ G H L E R (JOSEF X, ). Preparation of Cliemicdly Pure Hydrogen Sulphidr, VICLEY (VIWOK HERBERT) and J, J. 'MAKLEY. [Clicniical a i d Physical RAYLEIGH (JOHN WILLIAM STBurT, LORD). Densities of Carbonic Oxide, BAMBERGER (HEINRICH). Formation of Met'allic Sodium from Sodium Peroxide . . . . ii, 291 WIEDEMANN ([ERNST] &HARD [GUS~AV] j anb GE~HARD CARL SCHMIDT.Coloured Haloid salts of the Alkali Metals . . . . ii, 291 GUTMANN (S. ). Baker's research on the Non-combination of Dry Hydrogen Chloride and Ammonia : Vapour Density of Ammonium Chloride . ii, 291 MELIKOFF (PETR G.) and L. PISSARJEWSKY. Ammonium Peroxide . . ii, 292 MOURELO ( J o s ~ RODRIGUEZ). Duration of the Phosphorescence of Stron tiuni LEBEAU (PAUL). Alloys of $eryliium'with Copper . . . . . . ii, 292 CANZONERI (FRANCESCO). Cadmium compounds . . . . . . ii, 293 STEAD (JOHN EDWARD). Microchemical examination of Alloys . . . ii, 293 WYROUBOFF (GR~GOIRE N. >' and Aubus'r~ [VICTOR LOUIS) VERNEUIL. B A U G ~ (GEORGES). Chromous Sodium Carbonate . . . . . ii, 294 LEDUC (ANATOLE). Composition of Air in various places : Densities of Gases.. . . . . . . . . . ii, 331 MELIKOFF ( PETR G. ) a n i L. 'PISSARJEWSKY. Hypertitanates and Hyper- borates . . ii, 332 BACH (A. ). Rednctibn, Electkdy& and Photoiysis' of Carbonic Anhydride ii, 332 MOISSAN ( HENRI). Conditions of Formation of Carbides of the Alkalis and Alkaline Earth Metals . , . . ii, 332 MOURELO (Jos6 RoI)RIGuEz). Decomposition 'of Strontium Thiosulphate and Sulphite by Heat and production of Phosphorescent Strontium Sulphide . . . . . ii, 333 MORSE (HARMON NORTHRTJP) and H. B. ARBUC'KLE: Aiomib Weight of Zinc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 334 FRANQOIS (MAURICE). Colour of Amorphous Mercurous Iodide . . ii, 334 PARTHEIL (ALFRED) and E. AMORT. Action of Hydrogen Arsenide on Mercuric Chloride . . . . . .. . . . . . ii, 334 WERNER (ALFRED) and ALB. MYLIUS. Constitution of Inorganic Compounds. XII. Anhydro-oxycobaltammine and Oxycobaltammine . . . . ii, 334 salts . . . . . . . hroInic1cs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 231 for Laboratory purl'oses . . . . . . . . . ii, 290 Properties of very concentrated Nitric acid] . . . . . ii, 290 Carbonic Anhydride, and Nitrous Oxide . . . . . ii, 290 Sulphide . . . . . . . . ii, 292 ROUDOUARD (0.). Cerium . . . . . . ii, 294 Atomic Weight of Cerium . . . . . . . . . . ii, 294 DEFACQZ (ED.). Impurities in Commercial Aluminium . . . . . ii, 294 WIEDE (0. FRITZ). Alkali salts of Perchromic acid . . . . . il, 295 HABER (LUDWIG). Rare Earths . . . . . . . . . . ii, 295 SCHNEIDER (R.). Sodium Sulphochromite [Thioch;omite] . . . . ii, 336 HARDIN (WILLETT LEPLEY).Atomic Weight of Tungsten . . . ii, 336 MELIKOFB (PETR G.) and L. PISSARJEWSKY. Salts of Pertungstic acid and YOUNG (STEWART W.) and MAXWELL ADAMS. Action of Iodine on solu- tions of Stannous Chloride . . . . . . . . . . ii, 338 HEADDEN (WILLIAM P.). Products from an old Cornish Tin Furnace . ii, 338 HINTZ (ERNST). Incandescent Gas Mantles of Commerce . . . ii, 339 WYROUBOFE' (GRI~GOIRE N. ) and AUGUSTE [VICTOR LOUIS] VRRNEUIJ,. Permolybdic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 337 Separation of Thorium from Cerite Metals . . . . . . . ii, 339 SCHEUER (ANTON). Penanadates . . . . . . . . . ii, 340 DELACROIX (A.). Antimonic acid and Antimonates . . . . . ii, 340 DELACROIX (A. ). Basic Potassiuni Antimonates . . . . . ii, 341 ROHIANTI (PAUL).Reliaviour of Platinochlorides in solution . . . ii, 341 BERTHELOT (DANIEL). Melting points of Silver ancl Gold . . . . ii, 341CONTENTS. X v Kritsuiixm (A,). Hypouitrous acid . . . . . . . . . ~ L E L I K O F F (PEIIL (3.) and L. PISSANJEWSKY. Hyperborates aiid H y p i - R ~ S A Y (WILLIAM) and Momrs W. TILAVKM. htteinpt to cause Heiiiim' . TRAVERS (Moi~n~s We). Experiments with Helium . . . . . SABBATANI ( LUIGI). Copper Amiiioniuni Sn1pl;ate aiid Copper Ammonium Chloride . . . . . . . . . MUTHMANN ( WILHELM) and H. I ~ L I G . Solubkty of Cerium Suiphate in* Water . , . . . . . . . . . . . . THOMSEN (JULIUS). Atomic weight of Aluininium . . . , , . RICHARDS (THEODORE WILLIAM) and GREGOKY PAUL ~ A X T E R . Atomic HOFMANN (KARL A.) and S. REINSCH. Tetramininecobalt Sulphite .. WERNER (ALFILED) and H. GRUGER. Constitution of Inorganic com- HOFMANN (CARL A.) and VOLKMAR KOHLSCH~TTER. Inorganic Hydroxyl- amine compounds . . . . . . . . . . . . SONSTADT (EDWARD). Decomposition of Auric Sulphide in dilute solution FINK (EDWARD). DENNSTEDT ( MAXIMILIANO) and WILHELM GOHLICH. Simple Method for' DENNIS (LouIs MUNROE) and C. H. BENEDICT. Saits of' Hydrogen Nitride (Azoimide) . . . . . . . . . , . . . CENTNERSZWER (M.). Catalytic Influence of various Gases and Vapours on the Oxidation of Phosphorus . . . . . . . . . . TANATAR (SIMEON M.). Perborates and their Constitution . . . . LESCCEUR (HENRI). The Hydrate forined by Potassium Carbonate and its Dissociation . . . . . . . . . . . RULLNHEIMER (FRIED~LICH). Silver Plunibite .. . . . . . BHADURI ( CHANDRABHUSHAN) and IYOTIBHUSHAN BHADURI. Double Thiosulphates of Copper and Sodium . . . VANINO (LUDWIG) and F. TREUBERT. Action of an Aikaliie Shuti& o i Stannous Chloride on Lead Salts . . BROOKS (FREDERICK C. HUXLEY). Double Iodke df Lead a i d Pitassium JONES *(HARRY CLARY). Atomic Weights of Praseodymium and Neody- ROSENHEIM (ARTHUR) and IVAN KOPPEL. bob& "itrite and Cbbalt' MUTHMANN (WILHELM) and WILHELM NAGEL. Permolybdates . . . LOCKE (JAMES). Action of Hydrogen Sulphide on Vanadates . . . VANINO (LUDWIG) and F. TREUBERT. Bismuthous'oxide. I. . . . BODMAN (GOSTE). Isoinorphism between Salts of Bismuth and of the Rare Earths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STAUDENMAIER (LUDWIG). SCHEURER-KESTNER (AUGUSTE). Oxidation of Sodium Sulphide.by Elec-' trolysis . . , . . . . TREADWELL (FREDERICK PEARSON) and M.'REUTER. Soiubiljty of Calcium' and Magnesium Hydrogen Carbonates . . . . . . . . CHALMOT (GUILLAME J. L. DE). Action of Zinc on Copper Silicide . . GRANGER (ALBERT). Metallic Phosphides . . . WINKLER (CLEMENS). Atomic \Veight of Nickel add Cobalt' . . . LEENT (FREDERIK HENDRIK VAN). Action of Nitric acid on Tin in presence of Metals of the Iron group . . . . . . KURNAKOFF (NICOLAI S.). Relation betwken the Colour and Constitution of Haloid double salts . . . . . . . , . . . KASSNER (GEORGE). Formation of Iodates from Iodides . . . . DIYERS (EDWARD). Combination of Amnioniiim Nitrate with Ammonia . titanates . . . . . . . . . . . . or Argon l o pass through red-hot l'alladiuni, Platini~n, or Iron .MOURLO~ (A.). Barium Sulphide . . . . . . . . FRANCK (L~oN). Aluminium Nitride . . . . . . . weight of Cobalt . . . . . . . . . . . pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . Action of Carbonic Oxide on Palladious Chloride the preparation of Diazoimide . . . . . . mium . . . . . . . . Nitrocyanide . . . . . . . . . . . . STANEK (VL). Sulphides . . . . . . . Preparation of Graphitic acid 1'AGI': ii, 373 ii, 374 ii, 375 ii, 375 ii, 376 ii, 376 ii, 376 ii, 3 7 i ii, 377 ii, 377 ii, 377 ii, 379 ii, 380 ii, 382 ii, 382 ii, 425 ii, 426 ii, 427 ii, 427 ii, 428 ii, 428 ii, 428 ii, 429 ii, 429 ii, 429 ii, 430 ii, 432 ii, 433 ii, 433 ii, 435 ii, 435 ii, 472 ii, 473 ii, 473 ii, 474 ii, 474 ii, 475 ii, 475 ii, 475 ii, 507 ii, 608xvi CONTENTS. BERTHELOT (MARCELLIN P.E.). Action of Oxygen on Carbon Bisulphide under the influence of Light , . . . . . . . . . HAROLD (JOSEPH F. X.). Derivatives of Silicon Tetrachloride . . . CfoLDsCHMIDT (HANS). Method of preparirrg Metals and Alloys by means oQAluminium . . . . . . . SENDERENS (JEAN BAPTISTE). Metaliic Piecipltation . DITTE (ALFRED). Action of Calcium Sulphate on Halogen Aikali’salti : IYBERT (H.) and G. BELUGOU. Action of Strontium Chromate on Mercuric Chloride . . . . . . . . . BELUGOU ( G , ) . . GIN and LELEUX. Dissociation of Barium and Manganese Carbides . . LEBEAU (PAUL). Preparation of Beryllium by Electrolysis . . . . SCHULTEN ( AUGUSTE [BENJAMIN, BARON] DE). Attempts to prepare a Hydrated Double Chloride and Bromide of Sodium and Magnesium SCHULTEN (AUGUSTE B.DE). Production of Brominated Potassium and Ammonium Carnallites . . . . . . . . . . SCHULTEN (AUGUSTE B. DE). Attempts to prepare compounds Iso- FONZES-DIACON (H. ). . MUTHMANN ( WILHELM) and L. STUTZEL. Double Thiosulphates of Copper and Potassium . . . . . . . . . . . RICHARDS (THEODORE ’WILLIAM) and BENJAMIN SHORES MERIGOLD. Cuprosammonium Bromides and Cuprammonium Thiocyanates . . LOTTERMOSER ([C. A.] ALFRED) and ERNST VON MEYER. Colloidal Silver. 11. MULDER (EDUARD). Silver Peroxynitrate and Silver Peroxide . . . URBAIN (G.). New method of fractionating Metals of the Yttrium Group . MUTHMANN (WILHELM) and H. ROLIG. Separation of the Cerite Metals : solubility of their Sulphates in Water . . . . . . . . BOUDOUARD (0.). Neodymium . . . . . . . . . , DEMAR~AY (EUGENE [ANATOLE]).Spectrum and elementary nature of Neodymium . . . . . . . . . . . . LOYER (H.). Synthesis of Crystalline Alumina by ;he action of Chlorine on an Alkali Aluminate . . . . . . . . . SCHIEBEH. (W.). Water of Crystallisation of Manganous Sulphate . . SPRING (WALTH~RE). Tetrahydrated Oxide of Iron . . , . . ZETTEL (CH.). A new Chromium Silicide . . . . . . . . PIccINi (AUGUSTO). Alums of Titanium Sesquioxide . . . . . POUGET. Alkali Thioantimonitcs . . . . ZSIGMONDY (RICHARD). Aqueous solutions of Metailic Gold . . . LONGI (ANTONIO) and L. BONAVIA. Action of Potassium Permanganate . MARSHALL (HUGH). Persulphates . . . . . WEINLAND (RUDOLPH F. ) and A. GUTMANN. Reduction of Thiosulphates. SMITH (EDGAR FRANCIS). METZNER(REN~). Atomic We.ight of Tellurium .. . . . . VBZES (MAURICE). Atomic Weight of Nitrogen . . . . . . MONTEMARTINI (CLRMENTE). Reaction between Phosphorus and Nitric acid HUGOT (C.). Action of Sodammonium in excess on lied Phosphorus . . NORTON (THOMAS HERBERT) and D. M. Rom. Existence of Orthosilicic L&VY (ALBERT)and H. HENR~ET. * Carbonic Anhydride in the Atmosphere 1 LE CHATELIER (HENRI [LOUIS] and 0. BOUDOUARD. Limits of Inflam- LE CHATELIER (HENRI [LOUIS]) and 0. BOUDOUARD. Limits of Infhmma- bility of Combustible Vapours . . . . . . . . . Action of Stiontikn Chromate on Mercuric Chloride . morphous with Kainite and Tachyhydrite . , . . . . Double Haloid salts of Lead and Ammonium . JARRY (R.). Ammonio-silver Bromide . . . . . . . KERP (WILHELM). Amalgams . . . . . . . . . SCHELE (CARL VON).Praseodymium . . . . . . . . DEFACQZ (AD.). Tungsten Iodide . , . . . . . . . TROOST (LOUIS). Boiling Point of Liquid Ozone . . . . . . and of Sodium Peroxide on the acids of Sulphur and of Iodine . to Sulphites in Alkaline Solution . . . . Action of Sulphur Monochloride on Minerals acid . . . . . . mability of Carbonic Oxide . . . . . . . . PAGE ii, 508 ii, 509 ii, 509 ii, 509 ii, 510 ii, 511 ii, 511 ii, 511 ii, 511 ii, 512 ii, 512 ii, 512 ii, 512 ii, 513 ii, 514 ii, ii, 514 515 ii, 516 ii, 516 ii, 518 ii, 518 ii, 518 ii, 518 ii, 519 ii, 520 ii, 520 ii, 520 ii, 520 ii, 521 ii, 521 ii, 521 ii, 522 ii, 569 ii, 670 ii, 570 ii, 570 ii, 571 ii, 572 ii, 57,2 ii, 572 ii, 573 ii, 573 ii, 573 ii, 574 ii, 574CONTENTS. xvii PAGE RAMSAY (WILLIAM) and MORRIS W.TRAVERS. New Atmospheric Gases . ii, 574 LOCKE (JAMES) and ALFRED AUSTELL. Action of Sulphur on Sodium . ii, 575 LENNER (VICTOR) and EDGAR FRANCISMITH. Ammoniurii Selenide . . ii, 575 SMITH (WATSON). Some Reactions of Ammonium salts . . . . ii, 575 SMITH (WATSON). Ammonium and Sodium . . . . . . . . . . ii, 576 SABAN~~EFF (ilmxANDER P.). pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 577 MOISSAN (HENRI). Preparation of CrystaIlised Calcium . . . . ii, 578 MOURELO (Jos~t RODRIGUEZ). tium Sulphide . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 579 POUGET. Sulphantimonites of Barium, Strnntium, and Calcium . . . ii, 579 STRUVE (HEINRICH). Magnesium Phosphates. . . . . . . ii, 580 LEBEAU (PAUL). Beryllium Todide . . . . . . . . . ii, 580 LEBEAU (PAUL). Preparation and Properties of Anhydrous Beryllium Fluoride and Oxyfluoride .. . . . . . . . . ii, 581 LEBEAU (PAUL). Beryllium Borocarbide . . . . ii, 581 MORSE (HARMON NORTHRUP) and H. B. ARBUCKLE. Atomic Weight of Cadmium . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 582 TOMMASI(DONATO). Metallic Precipitation . . . . . . . ii, 582 HLRSCHKOWITSCH (M.). Alloys . . . . . . . . . ii, 582 CHARPY (GEORGES). Equilibrium of a Ternary System : Lead-Tin-Bismuth ii, 583 CHARPY (GEORGES). Constitution of Ternary Alloys . . . . . ii, 584 FERNAU (H. FR. ). Constitution of Lead salts in Aqueous Solution . . ii, 584 THOMAS (VICTOR). Some Halogen salts of Lead . ii, 585 HERTY (CHARLES H.) and T. R. ROGGS. ROSENHEIM ( ARTHUR) and S. STEINHAUSER. Copper Aikali'Thiosulphates ii, 585 LOTTERMOSER ([C. A.J ALFRED). Colloidal Mercury . . . .. ii, 585 BASKRRVILLE (CHARLES) and F. W. MILLER. ii, 586 MUTHMANN (WILHELM). Valency of the Cerite Metals . . . . . ii, 586 HINTZ (ERNST). Incandescent Gas Mantles of Commerce . . . . ii, 587 BOUDOUARD (0.). Earths of the Yttria Group in Monazite Sands . . ii, 587 DENNIS (LOUIS MUNROE) and EMILE MONNIN CHAMOT. Chemistry of STILLMANN (THOMAS B.). Actioo of Nitric acid on Aluminiuni . . ii, 588 MORSE (HARMONORTHRUP) and CHARLES L. REESE. Reduction of Per- PELLAT (HENRI). yaporisation of Iron a t the Ordinary Temperature . . ii, 589 OSMOND (FLORIS). Minute structure of alloys of Iron and Nickel . . ii, 590 CAMPBELL (EDWARD D.) and S. C. BABCOCP. Influence of Heat treatment, and of Carbon, on the solubility of Phosphorus in Steel . . . . ii, 590 CARNOT (ADOLPHE) and GOUTAL.Condition of Silicon and Chromium in SPRING (WALTH~RE). Hydrolysis of Ferric Chiorid; . . . . . ii, 590 JORGENSEN (SOFUS MADS). Preparation of Cobalt Ammonium saits . . ii, 592 VENABLE (FRANCIS PRESTON) and F. W. MILLER. Colour changes in solu- tions of Chromium salts . . . . . . . . . . ii, 592 BAU& (GEORGES). Action of some Carbonates on Chromous Acetate . . ii, 592 DUBOIN (ANDM~). Blue Glass containing Chromic Oxide as a basic con- stituent . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 593 MUTHMANN (WILHELM) and WILHELM BAGEL. The lowest state of oxida- tion of Molybdenum . . . . . . . ii, 593 MUTHMANN ( WILHELM) and WILHELM NAGEL. Ozomoiybda'tes [Per- molybdates] . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 593 WILLIAMS (P.). A new Carbide of Tungsten . . ii, 594 YOUNG (STEWART W.).Solubility of Stannous Iodide in Water and in solutions of Hgdriodic acid . . . . . . . . . . ii, 595 YOUNG (STEWART W.). Iodostannous acid . . . . . . . ii, 595 2 Comparative Affinities in the case of certain salts of Structurai Isomerism in Inorganic com- Phosphorescent Mixtures containing Stron- Mixed Haloids and Halo-ihio- cyanates of Lead . . . . . . . . ii, 585 Reactions between Mercury and Concentrated Sulphuric acid . . . . . . . . . Didymium . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 587 maiiganic acid by Manganese Dioxide . . . . . . . ii, 588 Irons and Steels . . . . . . . . . ii, 590 CAVEN (ROBERT MARTIN). Ferric Phosphate . . . . . ii, 591xviii CONTENTS. VENABLE (FRANCIS PRESTON). Atomic weight of Zircouiuin . . . VENABLE (FRANCIS PRESTON) and CHARLES B ABKERVILLE.Zirconium Oxyhaloids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TENABLE (FRANCIS PRESTON) and A. W. BELDEN. Zirconium Dioxide . LOCKE (JAMES) and GASTON H. EDWARDS. Compounds of tervalent Vana- dium . . . . . . . . . . . . VANINO (LUDWIG) and F. TREUBERT. Bismuth Suioxidk . . . ANTONY (UBALDO) and GUIDO GIGLI. Hydrolytic decomposition of Bismuth Nitrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . , ZSIGMONDY (RICHARD). Purple of Cassius . . . . . . . MOND (LUDWIG), WILLIAM RAMSAY, and JOHN SHIELDS. Occlusion of Oxygen and Hydrogen by Platinum Black. I1 . . . . . MOND (LUDWIG), WILLIAM RAMSAY, and JOHN SHIELDS. Occlusion of Hydrogen and Oxygen by Palladium . . . . . . . . Mineralogical C'hemistr y . SJOGREN ( [STEN ANDERS] HJALMAR). Crystalline Form and Composition HASSELBERG (CLAS BERNHARD).Vanadium in Rut& . . . . , GILES (WILLIAM B.). Vanadium in Rutile . SCHULTEN (AUGUST BENJAMIN [BARON] DE). Aitific'ial Production of Laurionite and Isomorphous compounds . . . SCHULTEN ( AUGUSTE BENJAMIN DE). Artificial Phosgenitk and Brbmo-* phosgenite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCHULTEN (AUGUSTE BENJAMIN DE). Simultaneous Production of Laur- ionite, Phosgenite, and Cerussite . . . . . . . . . SCHULTEN (AUGUSTE BENJAMIN DE). Crystallised Cadmium Carbonate and JCNES (L. J. W.). Ferric Sulphate in Mine Waters and its Action on Metals . . . . . . . . . . . DAMOUR (AUGUSTIN ALEXIS). Pyrophyllite from Colombia . . . . HLAWATSCH (CARL). Stolzite and Raspite from Broken Hill . . . HILLS (RICHARD C.). The Oscuro Mountain Meteorite . . . . . BAILEY (EDGAR HENRY SUMMERFIELD).Composition of the Louisville Mineral Water . . RICHARDS (JOSEPH W. ). Critical Review oi Me'thods o i determining Minerals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCHMUTZ (KARL B. ). Experimental Petrogeny . . , , , , DAHMS (PAUL). Amber . . . . . . . . . . BINNS (GEORGE J.) and GEORGE HARROW. Minerals from Netherseai Colliery, Leicestershire [Blende, Ankerite, Galena] . . . . LUEDECKE (OTTO). Minerals of the Harz [Blende, Stibnite, Jamesonite, Orthite, Axinite] . . . . . . . PENFIELD (SAMUEL LEWIS) and AUGUST FRENZEL. Identity of Chalco-. stibite (Wolfsbergite) and Guejarite . . , . . . . . FRENZEL (AUGUST). [Bournonite from Bolivia] . . . . . . MUTHMANN (WILHELY) and E. SCHRODER. Composition of some Tellurium Minerals . . . . . . . . . . . . . BERGEAT (ALFRED).[Cubic Ferric Oxide] from Strombbli . , . . CURRAN (J. MILNE). Precious Stones of New South Wales . , . . CALKER (F. J. P. VAN). Pseudogsylussite from Holland . . . . MARSH (CHARLES W.). [Pyromorphite, Mimetite, &c.] from Broken Hill, New South Wales . . . . . . . , , . . . METCALFE (ARTHUR T.). Gypsum Deposits of Nottinghamshire . . . EIGEL (FRANZ). [Analysis of Soda-mica] . . . . . , , , BERTOLIO (SOLIMANN). Composition of Comendite . . . , . BRUHNS (WILLY). Sodalite-trachyte from the Siebengebirge . . . DALMER (I<.). Contact-Metamorphism of Phyllites . , . . . COHEN (EMIL W.). Meteoric Iron . . . . . . . . . of Boulangerite . . . . . . . . . . . . Artificial Dialogite [Rhodochrosite] . . . . . . . PAGE ii, 595 ii, 596 ii, 597 ii, 598 ii, 598 ii, 598 ii, 599 ii, 599 ii, 600 ii, 29 ii, 30 ii, 30 ii, 30 ii, 31 ii, 31 ii, 31 ii, 32 ii, 32 ii, 32 ii, 33 ii, 33 ii, 75 ii, 75 ii, 75 ii, 76 ii, 76 ii, 77 ii, 77 ii, 78 ii, 78 ii, 79 ii, 80 ii, 80 ii, 81 ii, 81 ii, 81 ii, 82 ii, 82 ii, 82CON TENTS.xix PAGE ALLEN (EUGENE ‘J!.). Native lron in thc Coal Measurcs of Nissouri . . ii, 120 ELLIS (W. HODGSON). Composition of pre-Carboniferous Coals . ii, 120 PRIOR (GEORGE THURLAND) and LEONARD JAMES SPENCER. Andorite, Sundtite and Webnerite . . . . . . . . ii, 120 STELZNER (ALFRED WILHELM). [Stannite from Bolivia] . . . ii, 121 DUNNINGTON (FRANCIS P.) Distribution of Titanic Oxide on the Earth . ii, 122 PENFIELD (SAMUEL LEWIS) and H. W. FOOTE. ii, 122 PENFIELD (SAMUELEWIS) and H. W. FOOTE. Bixybite. A new mineral ii, 122 PENFIELD (SAMUEL LEWIS).Composition of Hamlinite . . . . ii, 123 LINDGREN (WALDEMAR). Monazite from Idaho . , . . . ii, 123 HUSSAK (EUGEN) and GEORGE THURLAND PRIOR. Antimonate of iron from Brazil . . ii, 123 MALLE’C (FREDERICK RICHARD). Blodite kom‘ the Pnnj’ab Salt Raage . ii, 124 CARD (GEORGE WILLIAM). [Cupro-scheelite from New South Wales] . ii, 124 HENDERSON (J. A. LEO). Apophyllite from South Africa ii, 124 SMYTH (CHARLES HENRY), jun. Pseudomorphs from Northern New York ii, 125 BALL (JOHN). Serpentines of Davos . . . . . . . . . ii, 125 CROSS (WHITMAN). Leucite Rocks in Wyoming . . . . . ii, 126 ILOSVAY DE NAGY ILOSVA (LUDWIG). Mineral Water from Buda . . ii, 126 VALENTIN (JUAN). Copper Ore from Argentina . . . . . . ii, 167 TERMIER (PIERRE). China.. . . . . . . . . . . . - . ii, 167 BRANNER (JOHN C.). Bauxite deposits of Arkansas . . . . . ii, 168 COOKSXP (THOMAS). Ankerite from Sandhllrst, Victoria , . . . ii, 168 LUEDECKE (OTTO). Langbeinite, a Tetartohedral cubic Mineral . , . ii, 168 DARAPSKY (L.). Planoferrite . . . * . . . . . ii, 169 SAMOILOFF (J.). Beresowite, a new Mineral . . . . . . ii, 16!) WEIBULL (MATS). Gedrite-schist from Dalecarlia . . . . . . ii, 169 KRAATZ-KOSCHLAU (K. VON). Hornblende-basalt from Mitlechtern . . ii, 170 PIRSSON (LOUIS V.). Rocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii,170 CROSS (WHITMAN). Analcite-basalt from Colorado . . . . . , ii, 170 DALMER (I<.). Contact metamorphism of Phyllites . . . . . ii, 171 FARRINGTON (OLIVER CUMMINGS). Average Specific Gravity of Meteorites ii, 171 COHEN (EMIL WILHELM).Meteoric hon from Beaconsfield, Australia , ii, 171 COOKSEY (THOMAS). The Nocoleche Meteorite . . . . . . ii, 172 WINCHELL (NEWTON H.). The Fisher Meteorite . . . . . . ii, 172 GAUTIER (FERDINAND). Antimony in Bolivian Tin Ores. Volumetric Estimation of Antimony . . . . ii, 232 COHEN (EMIL WILHELM). Coheniie in thk Telluric Nickel-Iron of Niakornak, Greenland . . . . , . . . . . ii, 232 FROMME (JOHANNES). Calcite with Organic coiouring matter . . . ii, 233 HATCH (FREDERICK H.). [Dolomite from the Transvaal] . . . . ii, 23.3 FKOMME (JOHANNES). Datolite from Radauthal . . . ii, 534 HOLLAKD (THOMAS H.). Quartz-barytes rock from Salem, Madras . . ii, 234 HORN (FRANK R. VAN). [Hornblende from Ivrea, Piedmont] . ii, 234 KASTLE (J. H.), Jos. C.W. FRAZER, and GEO. SULLIVAN. Chert . . . . . . . . . ii, 235 BONNEY (THOMAS GEORGE). Talcose-schist fro& Canton Vaiais . . . ii, 235 KRUHNS (WILLY). Rocks [and felspar] from the volcano Osorne, Chili . ii, 235 WHITAKER (MILTON C. ). Olivenite and Picrotitanite from Magnolia District . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 236 CALLAWAY (CHARLES). Chemical evidence for the hxistence of Organisms in the Oldest Rocks . . . . . . . . . . ii, 236 HARTLEY (WALTER NOEL) and HUGH RAMAGE. Spectrographic Anaiysis of Meteorites . , . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 236 RUST (C.). Water of thc “Marzis” Spring, near Geneva . , . . ii, 237 LIJCIANI (LUIGI), UBERTO D u T ~ ’ ~ , and D. Lo h‘l‘oh’~(’o. C‘oniparntiva examination of the Montecatini Chlorinated Watws . . . . ii, 237 MOBERG (JoH. CHR.).Steenstrupine . . . . . . . . ii, 298 Identity of Composition of Ilmenite Tripuhyite, a new Cinnabar and Onofrite from Ouen-Shan-Tchiang, The Monchiqnites or Analcite group of Igneous Phosphatic 2-2xx CONTENTS. PAGE KATZER (FRIEDRICH). [Microcline from Bohemia] . , . . . ii, 297 GEMBOCK (HERMANN). Alpine Cordierite-pinite . . . . . . ii, 297 CARRARA (GIACOMO). Valley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 297 Mineral Water from S. Omobono, in the Imagna PRATT ( J ~ L I U S HOWARD). WARD (HENRY A.). Four new Australian Meteorites . . PRESTON (H. L.). RAMSAP (WILLIAM)' and MORRIS W. TRAVEBS. TILDEN (WILLIAM AUGUSTUS). C U ~ A C K (RALPH). ileltjng points of minerals . . GILPIN (E., jun.). LACROIX (ALFRED). Products of decomposition of Pyrites in the Paris Basin HOFMANN (ADOLF).Berthierite from Bohemia . . . . . . PITTMAN (EDWARD F. ). Kalgoorlite, a new Telluride from Western Australia SMITH (FRANK CLEMES). Tellurium in Gold ores from South Dakota . MINGAYE (JOHN C. H.). [Bismuth Telluride, Apetite, and Minervite from New South Wales] . CARD (GEORGE W. ). [Bismuih Tellur&, Apatite, ahd Mineriite from 'New. South Wales] , . . . . . , . . . . HAYES (CHARLES W~LLARD). Solution of Silica under atmosphcric con- ditions . a _ . . . . . . . DYMOND (THOMAS SOUTHALL) and FRANK WALTER MARYON. " Fresh Water Chalk " from Essex . . . . , . . . . . . KNERR (ELLSWORTH B.). Rarytes nodules in Wood . . . . . HAYDEN (H. H.). Aluminite from the Salt range . . . . . . MURTON (CHARLES J . ) and SAVILLE SHAW. Deposit iii Delaval Colliery, Northumberland .. . . THOMS ( HERMANN) and G. BOELLING. [Pfitratine] from' South West Africa BROGGER ( WALDEMAR CHRISTOFER). Mosaite, and the crystalline form of HOLMQUIST (PER Jo'HA"). Synthesis of Perofskite and Pyrochlore Minerals BARROW (GEORGE). Chloritoid from Kincardineshire . . . . . DYMOND (THOMAS QOUTHALL). Manganiferous Conglomerate from Essex . MERRILL (GEORGE PERKINS). Weathering of Micaceous Gneiss in Virginia HAZARD, (J.). Granite from Konigshain . . TEALL (JETHRO JUSTINIAN HARRIS). Phosphaiised Trachyte from' Clipperton Atoll . . . . . . . . . . . . COHEN (EMIL WILHELM). Meteoric Irons . . . . . . . . UATZER (FRIEDRICH). Water of the Lower Amazon . . . . . DAVIES (HERBERT E,). Kansas Mineral Waters . . . . . . KNERR (ELLSWORTH B.). Kansas Mineral Waters .. . . . . LUDWIG ( ERNST). Iodine spring a t Wels . . . . . . . MuTHMANN (WILHRLM). Heavy Liquid for Separating Miiierals . . PILIOR (GEORUE TIIURLAND) and LEONARD JAMES SPENCER. Stanniferous Argyrodite from Bolivia ; identity of ( ( Crystallised Brongniardite " with Argyrodite . . . . . . . . . . . . GEIMSLEY (GEORGE PERRY). Gypsum in Kansas . . . . . . TRUCHOT (P. ). . WEIBULL (MATS). Position of Bliabergite in the Mineral system . . PRIOR (GEORGE THURLAND). Spherostilbite . . . . . . . HUSSAK (EUGEN) and GEORGE THURLAND PRIOR. Senaite, a new Minvral DALMER (K.). Chemical Constitution of the ChIorite Gronp . . . JOHN (CONRAD H. TON). So-called Hornblende-Gneisses in Rloravia . . Kyanite, Zircon, and Anorthite from North Carolina . . . . . . . . .. . . Iron Meteorites as Nodular Structures in Stony' Meteorites . . . . . . . . . . . Gaseous constituents of certain mineral substances and natural waters . . . . . Gases enclosed in crystalline rocks and minerals . . . . . . . . . . . Composition of Nova Scotia coals anh other minerals Skogbolite . . . . . . . UA4RAPSKY (L.), Rubrite . . . . . . . . . METZKE (HERMANN). Artificial Scorodite . . . . Occurrence and Extraction of Monazite, and Zircm . of the Ilrnenite Group from Brazil * . . . . . . ii, 342 ii, 342 ii, 343 ii, 382 ii, 383 ii, 383 ii, 384 ii, 384 ii, 384 ii, 385 ii, 385 ii, 385 ii, 385 ii, 386 ii, 386 ii, 386 ii, 386 ii, 387 ii, 387 ii, 387 ii, 388 ii, 389 ii, 390 if, 390 ij, 390 ii, 391 ii, 391 ii, 392 ii, 392 ii, 392 ii, 392 ii, 435 ii, 436 ii, 437 ii, 437 ii, 437 ii, 438 ii, 439 ii.439 ii, 439 ii, 4.10 ii, 440CONTENTS. xxi COHEN (EMIL WILHELM). MAKIN (CHALES JAMES SHAW). Composition of the Atlantic Ocean . . COSSA ( ALFONSO). Tellurium in the products of the Eruption of the Island BAMBERGER (MAX) and ANTON LANSIEDL. Argon’in the Voslaii Springs, Vienna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FRIEDEL (GEORGES). New Experiments on Zeolites . . . . . HEWITT (JOHN THEODORE). Natural Gas a t Heathfield Station, Sussex . SCHULTEN (AUGUSTE R. DE). ArtiEcial production of Periclase by a new Method . . . . . . . . . . . . BOURGEREL (G.’L.). Constitution and formation of Bauxite . . . BURRELL (B. ARTHUR). Composition of Spar from Knaresborough , . FRIEDEL (GEOEGES). Compact Muscovite from Montrambert, Loire , . SPRING ( WALTH~RE).Ferruginous Colouring Matters of Sedimentary De- posits and probable origin of Red Rocks . . . . . . . COHEN (EMIL WILHELM). Meteoric Iron from ‘Cincinnati, U.S.A. . . LUDWIG (ERNST) and V. LUDWIG. Chalybeate Waters in Silesia . . . NASINI (RAFFAELE), FRANCESCO ANDERLIXI, and ROBERTO SALVATORI. Gases from the Abano Springs and the Boracic Soffioni of Tuscany, and the Combustible Gas from the Holognian Appenines . . . . P’oorE (WARREN M.). Native Lead and Copper from Franklin Furnace, STARKE (F. W.), H. L. SHOCK, and EDGAR FRAN‘CIS SMITH. Constitu- tion of Arsenopyrite [Mispickel] . . . . . . . . . NYIREDY (G.). [Magnetite and Pyrrhotite] . . . . . . . CHESTER (ALBERT HUNTINGTON). Krennerite from Cripple Creek, Colorado HLAWATSCH (CARL). A new Copper Antinionide .. . . PORTER (DONALD A,). Nickeliferous Opal from Tamworth, New South Wales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PKATT (JULIUS HOWARD). Origin of Corundum in North Carolina . . BERTOLIO (SOLIMANN). Xinerals of the Island San Pietro, Sardinia . . LACROIX (ALFRED). Ktypeite, a new form of Calcium Carbonate . . GONNARD (A. ) and ADELPHE. Apatite in Granulitic Limestone enclosures BERKEY (CHARLES P.). [Ferric Sulphate from Minnesota] . . . . LINDGREN ( WALDEMAK). Orthoclase as Gangue Mineral in a fissure vein . HIDDEN (WILLIAM EARL) and JULIUS HOWARD PRATT. Rhodolite, a new variety of Garnet . . . . . . . . . . . . COLOMBA (LUIGI). Epidote, &c., from Oulx . PRATT (JULIUS HOWARD). Anthophyllite, Enstatite, and Emeiald from’ North Carolina. . . . . . . . . .. PENFIELD (SAMUEL LEWIS) and H. W. FOOTE. Clinohedrite, a new Mineral from Franklin, New Jersey . . . . . . . . . . WARREN (C. H.). Mineralogical Notes . . . . . . . EAELE (ARTHUR S.). Erionite, a new Zeolite . . . . . . . LovIsmo (DOMENICO). Barium-heulandite and other Zeolites from Sardinia BOERIS (GIOVANNI). Epidote from Piedmont , . . . . . . LACROIX (ALFRED) and PAUL GAUTIER. Minerals of a Volcanic ventjin the KNIGHT (WILBUR C.). “ Mineral Soap ” . . . . . . . . TURNER (HENRY W.). WAsHINaTm (HENRY S.). Solvsbergite and Tinguaite from Essex Co. , Mass.’ WATSON (THOMAS L.). Weathering of Diabase in Virginia . . . . KHLAPONIN (A.). Meteorite from Toubil Gov., Yeniseisk . . . . WASHINGTON (HENRY S,). Jerome (Kansas) Meteorite . . . . . Meteoric Iron from Ballinoo, Western Australia cf Vulcano, Lipari Isles .. . . . . . . ISTI~ATI (CONSTANTIN I.). Roumanite . . . . . . . DAWSON (CHARLES). Natural Gas in East’Sussex . . . MRAZEC (L.). Jadetite from Piedmont . . . . , . . COHEN (EMIL WILHELM). Meteoric Irons . . . . HOGEOM (ARVID GUSTAF). Mineral intergrowths . . . . ? New Jersey . . . . . . . D’ACHIARDI (GIOVANNI). Aurichalcite from Tuscany . . . . . in the Puy de Dame . . . . . . . . . PuydeDame . . . . . . . . . . . . Rocks and Minerals from California PAGE ii, 440 ii, 441 ii, 478 ii, 478 ii, 478 ii, 523 ii, 523 ii, 523 ii, 524 ii, 524 ii, 524 ii, 524 ii, 525 ii, 525 ii, 526 ii, 526 ii, 527 ii, 527 ii, 601 ii, 602 ii, 602 ii, 602 ii, 602 ii, 603 ii, 603 ii, 603 ii, 603 ii, 604 ii, 604 ii, 604 ii, 605 ii, 605 ii, 605 ii, 606 ii, 606 ii, 607 ii, 607 ii, 608 ii, 609 ii, 609 ii, 609 ii, 610 ii, 610 ii, 611 ii, 612 ii, 612 ii 613xxii CONTENTS.PAGE PRESTON (H. I,.). S~in A~igelo Xletewitu . . . . . . . ii, 613 P u a ~ o ~ r r (A~TILW) a d (2. ANELLI. Miiieral iVatur of the lioyal Sl)rings . . . . . . . ii, 614 GRESHOPP (MAURITS). Water of the Sacred Wcll at RIeccn . . . . ii, 614 of S. Agnesc at the Bagno of Roinagiia Phpiologicnl Chemistiy. HALDANE (JOHN SCOTT) and J. LORRAIN SMITH. Absorption of Oxygen by the Lungs . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 34 DAIBER. Metabolism during Inanition . . . . . . ii, 34 SUHONDORFF (BERNHARD). Influence of the Thyroid Gland on Metabolism ii, 34 HAUSERMANN (EMIL). The Assimilation of Iron . . . . . . ii, 34 DAsTRE (A.) and N. FLORESCO. BUTTE (L.).KAUFMANN (MAURICE). Origin of Fa; in Animals . . . . . . 2, 35 HARLEY (VAUGHAN). Breaking up of Fat in the Alimen’tary’Canal . . ii, 35 DOYON and E. DUFOURT. Cholesterol in the Bile . . . . . . ii, 36 ABELOUS (J. E.) and G. BIAENES. Mechanism of Organic Oxidation . . ii, 36 SPITZER ( WILHELM). The importance of Nucleo-proteid in the oxidative processes of Cells . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 36 NAWRATZKI (E. ). Cerebro-spinai Fluid . . . . . . ii: 36 BONDZYNSKI (STANISLAS). Behaviour of compounds of Salicylic acid in the RoINET (ED.). Physiological action of Nicouline . . . . . . ii, 37 SCHILLER (ARNOLD). Action of Scopoline and Scopoleiiies . . . . ii, 37 KOLDEWEY (ARNOLD). Physiological action of Copper . . . . . ii, 37 PLATT (CHARLES). Composition of Normal Urine .. . . . ii, 3s MARCUSE (GOTTHELF). Casein . . . . . . . . . ii, 38 CONTEJEAN (CH.). Nitrogenous excretion in Phloriizin-diabetes . , . ii, 38 BOUCHERON. Uric acid in the Saliva in the Uric acid Diathesis . . . ii, 38 I~OKORNY (THOMAS). Toxicity of Aqueous Solutions of Phosphorus . . ii, 38 RARKATT ( WAKELIN). inflamed Skin . . . . . . . . . . ii, 38 STRAUB ( WALTHER). Glycosuria after Carbonii Oxide Poisoning . . ii, 38 ZUNTZ (NATHAN). ii, 83 LINDEMANN (W.). Solubility of Paracasein in Artificial Gastric Juice . ii, 84 PFLUGER (EDUARD). Origin of Fat from Proteid . . . . . ii, 84 ROGDANOW (ELLY). JOLLY (L~OPOLD). Biological History of Phosphates . . . . . ii, 84 FURTH (OTTO VON). Catechol-like substance in the Suprarenal Capsules . ii, 85 MORNLR (CARL THORE [GRAF]).Scales . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 85 PETERSEN (M.) and FR. OETKEN. regard to the amount of Fat . . , , , . . . ii, 85 HARNACK (ERICH). Physiological Action of Tannin and Gallic acid . . ii, 85 KLINGNANN (THEo). [Physiological Action of Naphthalene] . . . ii, 86 V r ~ c r (GAETANO). Physiological Action of Eucaine-B [4-Benzoyloxy- WEISKE (HUGO). Length of Time during which Fodd remains in thc WICKE( A,) and HUGO WEISKE. Effect of increasing amounts of Fat in ABDERHALDEN (EMIL). Analyses of Blood . . . . . . ii, 35 Coagulating Action of Gelatin on the Blood . . , . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 , 3 5 Glucose in the Bloo’ci and Muscle after Intravenous Jnjection of that substance . . . . . . . . . ii, 35 SEBRAZBS. Transformation of Pat into Glycogen . . . . ii, 35 ..Organism . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii 37 Excretion of Phosphorus during fceding with Excretion of Water and Carbonic Anhydride from ROKORNY (THOMAS). Nitroglycerol as a Poison . . . . . ii, 39 Metabolism during Muscular Work in Dogs . . . Fat of Muscle : Estimation of Fat in Animal Sub- stances . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 84 The Organic Ground Substance of Fish Compo$ition of Sow’s Milk, with special trans-2 : 2 : 6-trimethylpiperidinel . . . . . . . ii, 86 digesting apparatus of Rabbits . . . . . . . ii, 12T Foot1 on tlic ntilisation of the Food constituents ii, 127 . . .CONTENTS. xxiii SMITH (JAMES LWRBIN). . KRUMMACHER (OTTO). Effect of division of the Food into several meals on Proteid Katabolism . . . . I . . . . . SALKOWSKI (ERNST [LEoPoLD] ). The action of superheated Water on Proteid .. . . . . . . . . NOSL-PATON (DIAHMID); FRANCIS D. BOYD, JAMES CILAUFORDUNLOP, A. LOCKHART GILLESPIE, G. LOVELL GULLAND, E. D. W. GREIG, and M. I. NEWBIGIN. Physiology of the Salmon in fresh Water . . . ARTHUS (MAURICE). Application of Dialysis to certain questions in Active absorption of Oxygen by the Lungs Chemical Physiology . . . . . . . FRANK (OTTO). A method of freeing Flesh from Fat . . . . MAYS (KARL). Non-coagulable Proteids of Muscle . . . . . . VOIT (ERWIN) [and OFTO KXUMMACHER]. Extraction of Fat . . . CARTER (ALFRED H.) and HENRY DROOP RIcHnfoND. Composition of PROSCHER (FR.). Relations between he' Grdwth'of t i e Offspring a n i the' HYDE (IDA H.). Secretion of the so-called Salivary Glands of Octopus macropus .. . . . . . . . . . . RUMPFF (THEODOR) and G. ELEINE. The Excretion of Ammonia and Ammonium salts by the Human and Animal Body . . . . . MOORE (R. ) and R. Row. Physiological action and Chemical constitution of Piperidine, Coniine, and Nicotine . . . . . . . . VINCENT ( SWALE). Physiological effects of extracts of Suprarenal Capsules STOKVIS (H. BAREND JOSEPH). The Biuret reaction in Human Urine . CHITTENDEN (RUSSELL H.), LAFAYETTE 'B. MRNDEL, and HOLMES C.* JACKSON. Influence of Alcohol on Digestion , . . . . . FERRIS (S. J.) and GRAHAM LUSK. Inversion of Cane-sugar in the Stomach . . . . . . CHITTENDEN (RUSSELL H.) and WILL~AM J. GIES. Influence of Borax and Boric acid on Nutrition . . . . , . . . . . . JOHANSSON ( JOHAN ERIK), E. LANDERGREN, KLAS SOND~N, and ROBERT [ADOLF ARMAND] TIGERSTEDT.Metabolism during Inanition . . LUSK (GRAHAM). Metabolism in Fatty Degeneration . . . . . ZUNTZ (NATHAN). R81e of Sugar in Animal Metabolism . . . . BLUMENTHAL (FERDINAND). CHITTENDEN(RUSSELL H. ), LAPAYETTE B. MENDEL, and H. E.MCDERMOTT. CLOETTA (M.). Absorptibn of Iron in the Intestine in its' relationto Biood-' formation . . . . . . . ASHER (LEON) and A G.'BARB&RA. ; BUDGETT (SIDNEY P.). Similarity of structural changes produced by want of Oxygen and by certain poisons . . . . . . . . . BINZ (B.). Reduction of Arsenic acid by juices of organs . . . . GRUNBAUM (D. F. Fa). Salivary secretion . . . . . . CHITTENDEN (RUSSELL H.). Composition of Human Saiiva . . . . NEUMEISTER (RICHARD). Urine of Echidna aculeata . . . HEYMANS (JEAN F.) and PAUL MASOIN.Physiological action of normal Dinitriles . , , . . , . . . . . . . MOTT (FREDERICK WALKER) and WILLIAM DOBINSON HALLIBURTON. Physiological action of Choline, Neurine, and allied substances . . VINCI (GAETANO). Physiological action of derivatives of Cocaine . . P ~ H L (ALEXANDRE). CREMER (MAX). Chemical and physiological studies on Phloridzin and LUSK (GRAHAM) [with E. 'L. MUNSON, E. A.'LAWBAUGH and I. M. HELLER).' Phloridzindiabetrs . . . . . . . . . . . Human Milk Composition of the Milk in various Mammals . . . RINGER (SYDNEY). Action of Distilled Water on Tubifex . . . CRONER ( WILHELM). Peptic Digestion . . . SEEGEN (JOSEF). Muscular work and Glycogen . . PAVY (FREDERICK WILLIAM). Hepatic Glycogenesis . . . The Sugar-yielding substances of the bohy Papain-proteol ysis Origin and formation of Lymph' Physiological and therapeutic effects of Spermine allied compounds .. . . 1'AGM ii, 173 ii, 173 ii, 173 ii, 173 ii, 274 ii, 174 ii, 174 ii, 175 ii, 175 ii, 175 ii, 175 ii? 175 ii, 176 ii, 176 ii, 176 ii, 176 ii, 237 ii, 2 3 i ii, 238 ii, 238 ii, 238 ii, 238 ii, 238 ii, 239 ii, 239 ii, 239 ii, 239 ii, 239 ii, 239 ii, 240 ii, 240 ii, 241 ii, 241 ii, 241 ii, 241 ii, 242 ii, 242 ii, 243 ii, 243 ii, 243xxiv CONTENTS. DAVIDSOHN (CARL). The experimental production of Amyloid . . . LUBARSCH (OSCAR). The experimental production of Amyloid . . . GATTI (GEROLAMA). Lecithin in Grawitz's Kidney Struma . . . . LUCIANO (LUIGI), UBERTO Dumo, and D. Lo MONACO. Comparative exa- mination of the Montecatini chlorinated waters .. . . MOSSO (UGOLINO) and FELICE OTTOLENGHI. Toxic action of Acetylene . PHISALIX (C.). Cholesterol and Bile salts as chemical vaccines for snake KLUG (FERDINAND). Evolution of Gases during Pancreatic Digestion .. HOBER (RUDOLF). Absorption in thc Small Intestine . . . . . HEDIN (SVEN GUSTAF). LJUBARSKY (EUGEN). Acids obtained in the Hydrolysis of the i a t of the' KELLNER (OSCA~) add G. ANDRA. Effect of Feeding with Beet ind Dried HENRY (WILLIAM ARON) and FRITZ WILHELM AUGUST WOLL. Yield and CYON (E. VON). Iodothyrin and Atropine : Sodium iodide aiid Muscarine . POLIMANTI (OSVALDO). Formation of Fat during Phosphorus poisoning . CHITTENDEK (RUSSELL H.) and ALICE H. ALBRO. Influence of Rile and Bile salts on Pancreatic Proteolysis . . . . . MOORE (B.) and C.J. f. KRUMBHOLZ. Power of Proteids in Conserving Emulsions . . . . . . . . . . JOHANNESSEN (AXEL) and EYVIN WANG. Nutrition of the Infant . . poison . . . . . . . . . . . Action of Salts on Blood Corpuscles Seal . . . . . . and Sour Diffusion-chips on Milk production . composition of Sows' Milk . . . . . . . . . WEISS (J.). Formation of Sugar from Fat in the body . . . . . VINCENT (SWALE). Physiology of the Suprarenal Capsules . . . . WINTERNITZ (HUGO). Iodised Fats in the Organism . . . . VOIT (FRITZ). Rehaviour of different Sugars after Subcutaneous 'Injection in Man . . . . . . . . . BONDZYBSKI (sTANISLAS) and V. HUMNICKI. Stercorin . . . REID (EDWARD WAYMOUTH). Intestinal Epithelium and Absorption . JACORY (MARTIN). 'Excretion of Nitrogenous substances in Diabetes PAGE ii, 244 ii, 244 ii, 244 ii, 244 ii, 245 ii, 245 ii, 293 ii, 293 ii, 298 ii, 299 ii, 299 ii, 299 ii, 300 ii, 300 ii, 343 ii, 343 ii, 343 ii, 343 ii, 344 ii, 344 ii, 344 ii, 345 ii, 345 - Leliitus , , .. . . ii, 345 REILLY (F. H.), F. W. NOLAN, and GRABAM LUSK. in Dogs . . . . . . . . . ii, 345 GULEWITSCH (WL.). A cast? of Poisoning by Hydrigen Arsenide . . ii, 346 MODICA (ORAZIO). Physiological action of Salicylaldehyde, Salicylaldoxime, and Acetoxime . . . . . . . . . . . ii,346 MARFORI (Pro). Physioiogical action of Cotarmine . . . . . ii, 346 FLETCHER (W. M.). '' Survival respiration" of MuscIe . . . . ii, 392 GILLESPIE (A. LOCKHART). Chemistry of the Contents of the Aiirnentary Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 393 LOEWENTHAL (W.). Spontaneous Emulsifying of Fatty Oils . ii, 393 SCHONDORFF ( BERNHARD). Relationship of Nutrition-need to the Nitro- genous Constituents of the Body . . . . . . . . ii, 394 HOFMANN (A.), Zurich. Absorption and Excretion of Iron in the Human and Animal Body . . . . . . . . ii, 394 MOORE (B.) and SWALE VINCENT. Comparakve Chemistry of the Suprarenal JOLLY (LEOPOLD). Phosphoriis in Organic Tissues . . . . ii, 394 WALLER (AUGUSTUS D.). Inflnenoe of Acids and Alkalis on the Electrotonic Currents of Medullated Nerve . . . . . . . . ii, 394 CAMERER (WILLIAM) and FRIEDRICH SOLDNER. Composition of Human and of Cows' Milk . . . . . . . ii, 394 MOKACZEWSKI (WACLAW VON). Metabolism in Leucae'mia ' and Pseudo- leucsmia . . ii, 395 BRODIE (W. B. ). Physiological Action of Hydroxylamine Hidrochloride .ii, 395 PFLUGER (EDUARD). Formation of Fat during Phosphorus Poisoning. . ii, 395 SALASKIN (SERBEI). Formation of Urea in the Liver of Mammalia from Amido-acids of the Fatty Series . . . . . . . . . ii, 441 Phloridzin Diabetes Capsules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ i , 394 FRANK (OTTO). Fat Absorption . . . . . . . . . ii, 441CONTENTS. xxv CHITTENDEN (RUSSELL H.) and A. N. RICHARDS. Variation in the Activity MORACZEWSKI (WACLAW VON). The contents of Occluded Portions of the Intestine . . . . . . . . . . . . ABDERHALDEN (EMIL). Comparative Composition df the Blood . . . WALLACE (GEORGE B.) and ARTHUR R. CUSHNY. Intestinal Absorption and Saline Cathartic3 . . . . . . . . , HUPPERT (KARL HUGO). Noel-Faton's Crystalline Globulin : .. . SCHOENLEIN (K. ). Urine of Octopus macrops . . . . . . . MILROY (T. H.) and J. MALCOLM, Metabolism of Nucleins . . . . COOKE (ELIZABETH). Osmotic Properties of F r o 4 Muscle . . . . STEPHENS (J. W. W.) and W, MYERS. Acgon of Cobra Venom and Calmette's Antivenomous Serum on Blood Clotting . HUTCHISON (ROBERT). . GARRATT (G. C.). Turkish Baths . . - . . . . . . . KELLNER (OSCAR), A. KOHLER, i. BARNSTEIN, and L. HARTUNG. Expe- riments with Sheep on the Digestibility of several kinds of Dried KELLNER (OSCAR) and A. KOHLER. Requirements of Food and Energy of full grown, fattened Bullocks . . . . . . . . . CHAUVEAU ([JEAN BAPTISTE] AUGUSTE). Sugar as a Food . . . . BIELFELD (P.). Sulphuric acid in Bone Ash . . . . . . . DESGREZ (ALEXANDRE) and MAURICE NICLOUX.Partial decomposition of Chloroform in the Animal Organism . . . . . . . WALTHER (REINHOLD) and ARTHUR SCHLOSSWANN. New M'ethod of Dis- infection . . . . . . . . . . . . . BIEDERMANN ( WILHELM). Comparative Physiology of Digestion. I. Digestion of the larva of Tenebrio molitor (Meal-worm) . . . . ALEXANDER (FRANZ). Gastric Digestion of Caseinogen . . . . . BIFFI (UGO). Digestion of Caseinogen by Gastric Juice . . . . . STEINITZ (FRANZ). Behaviour in Metabolism of Proteids which contain COHN (THEODOR). Metabolism during Thymus Feeding . . . . SALASKIN (SERGEI). Physiological Relationships of Ammonia, and the LEVY (A. G.). Changes in the Blood after removal of'the Thyroid . . HONIGMANN (G.). Absorption of Iron in Mail . . . . . . . AUTENRIETH (WILHELM) and ZOLTAN VON VAM~SSY.Phenyiic Phosphates LOEWI (OTTO). The Urea-forming Fermeit of 'the Liver . . . . LUMMERT (W.). Formation of Animal Fat . . . . . . . WEISS (.J.). Formation of Uric acid . . . . . . . . . BRION (ALBERT). Oxidation of the Stereoisomeric Tartaric acids in the SPITZER ( WILHELM): Oxidation changes produced by Ahimai Tissues . BALLAND. Composition of Fish, Crustace= and Molluscs . . . . TIEMANN (HUGO). Composition of Colostrum . . . . . . . SMITH (R. GREIG). Abnormal Milk . . . . . . . * HUCHO (HERRMANN). Examination of Sheep's Milk, with special regard to the East Friesland Breed . . . . . . . . . . SCHREIBER. Uric Acid Crystals . . . . . . . . . . STERNBEKG ( WILHELM). Physiological Action of Butyric and B-Hydroxy- BECK (ADOLF). The Poisonous Actionof Urine .. . . . . KRAWKOFF (N.). . and Composition of Human mixed Saliva . . . . . . sCHOENLEIN (K.), Secretion of acids by Molluscs . . . CUNNINGHAM (R. H.). Absorption of Fat . . . . . . . . . Chemistry and Action of the Thyroid Gland . Changes in the Urine produced by Exercise and by Distillery Residues . . . . . . . . . . HALSEY (JOHN T.). The Antecedents of Urea . . . . . . WINTERBERG ( HEINRICH). Theory of Acid Poisoning . . . Phosphorus . . . . . . . . . . ~ 6 1 c of the Liver in Metabolism . . DUTTON (J. EVERETT). Iron in the Liver and Spleen . . . in the Animal Body . . . . . Animal Organism . . . . . . . butyric acids . . . * . . . The experimental production of " Amyloid " Disease PAGE ii, 441 ii, 442 ii, 442 ii, 442 ii, 442 ii, 443 ii, 443 ii, 479 ii, 479 ii, 479 ii, 479 ii, 486 ii, 480 ii, 527 ii, 528 ii, 528 ii, 529 ii, 529 ii, 529 ii, 530 ii, 530 ii, 614 ii, 615 ii, 615 ii, 615 ii, 615 ii, 616 ii, 616 ii, 616 ii, 616 ii, 617 ii, 617 ii, 617 ii, 618 ii, 618 ii, 618 ii, 618 ii, 619 ii, 619 ii, 619 ii, 620 ii, 620 ii, 620 ii, 620XXVl CONTENTS.B o l i o ~ ~ ~ (THOMAS). Nitrated carbohydrates as food material for bloulcls . BOUILHAC ( RAOUL). Fixation of Atmospheric Nitrogen by the association of Alga: and Bacteria . . . . . . . . . . . WINDISCH (RICHARD). THOMS (GEORGE). How is the high percentage of Iron in the Ash of Z'kxpa' BERSCH (WILHELM). Sugar and Starch in resting Potatoes , . . . BOKORNY (THOMAS). Formation of Starch . . . . . . . SABLON ( LECLERC Du). Formatiou of' Non-nitrogenous reserve substances in Walnuts and Almonds .. . . SCHULZE (ERNST). . WINTERSTEIN (ERNST). A Phosphorus compound from Plants which yields MULLER (JOSEPH AUGUSTE). Lactic acid in Algerian Wines . . . . BALLAND. Composition of Potatoes . . . . . . . . . DEVARDA (ARTHUR). Composition of'the Seeds of Mange1 Wurzel . . ADENEY (WALTER ERNEST). Nature of Fermentive Changes in Natural and Polluted Waters, and in Artificial Solutions, as indicated by the Composition of the Dissolved Gases, IV. Humus, its Formation and Influence in Nitrification . .. . . . , . . . . . METZGER (PAUL). Chemical Characteristics of the Woddy k t t e r s of the O a k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WILEP (HARVEY WASHINGTON). Effect of Humus on the Percentage of Nitrogen in Soils . , . . . . . , . . . . RUCHNER (EDUARD) and RUDOLF RAPP.Alcoholic Fermentation without Yeast Cells . . . . . . , . . . . . . BERTRAND (GABRIEL). Oxidising Ferments (Oxydases) . . . . SCHLOESING (TH.), jun, Vegetation with and without Argon . . . JODIN ([F.] VICTOR). ResearchesFon germination , . . . . . JONSSON (BENGT). Influence of Arsenic on germination . . . . MAQUENNE (LI~oN). Mean Molecular Weight of the soluble matter in ger- minating Grain . , . . . . . . . . . . STOKLASA (JULIUS). Substitution of Arsenic acid for Phosphoric acid in the nutrition of Plants , . . . . . . . . . , GXRBRR (C.). Transformation of Sugars into Oil in the Olive . . . FEXLITZEN (H. VON) and BERNHARD TOLLENS. Quantity of Pentosans and other Carbohydrates in Peat . . . . . . . . . . FRILITZEN (H. VON) and BERNHARD TOLLENS.Fermentation of Peat . BALLAND. Composition of Oats . . . . . . . . . . MERLIS (M. ). Composition of the Seeds and etiolated Seedlings of Lupinus angustifolius . . . . . , . . . . . . WEISKE (HUGO). Losses and chemical changes in Vegetable Foods when kept for a long time a t high temperatures . . . . . GOESSMANN (CHARLES A,). Action of Potassium Chloride on the Lime' resources of the Soil . . . . . . . . . . . . SCHMOEGER (MAX). Remarkable Observation on ignited Basic Slag . . STAVENHAGEN (ALFRED). Fermentation Phenomena . . . . . NEUMEISTER (RICHARD). Zymase . . . . . . . . . MANASSEIN (MARIE VON). Alcoholic Fermentation without the aid of AMPOLA (G.) and E. GARINO. Denitrification . . . , . . MARSCHALL. Composition of the Mycelia of Moulds . . . . .PALLADIN (WLADIMIR). Influence of Oxygen and other substances on the formation of Chlorophyll . . . . . . . . . . SCHULZE (ERNST). Vegetable Lecithin . . . . . . . . Action of Formaldehyde on Germination . natnns to be explained 1 . . . . . . . . . . Amount of Lecithin in'somk Seeds and Oil Cakes . Inosite on decomposition . . . . . . . . . COPPOCK (JOHN B.). Banana Flour . . STAVENHAGEN (ALFRED). Fermentation Phenomena . . . Living Yeast Cells . . - . . . . a , . . . GERBER (MAXIMILIEN). Maturation of Fruits . . - . . . . l*AGE ji, 39 ii, 39 ii, 40 ii, 40 ii, 41 ii, 41 ii, 41 ii, 41 ii, 42 ii, 42 ii, 43 ii, 43 ii, 44 ii, 86 ii, 88 ii, 88 ii, 88 ii, 127 ii, 128 ii, 129 ii, 129 ii, 130 ii, 130 ii, 131 ii, 131 ii, 132 ii, 132 ii, 132 ii, 133 ii, 134 ii, 135 ii, 135 ii, 177 ii, 177 ii, 177 ii, 177 ii, 177 ii, 178 ii, 178 ii, 178C?NTENTS.xxvii HANSTEEN ( EARTI~OLI)). Yurinatiou uf Al1)iiuiin in 1’h;tueroguiiic: l’la1lts . SC~IULZE (EILNST). Deconi1)osition Products of the Proteids of Conifer Seeds GADAI\IEI; ( JOHANNES). source of ~llylthiocarl~illlidt: in the Root of C’ochlcnrin Armoracirc . . . . . . . . . . . LIITMANN (EDAIUND 0. VON). Sonil: c:uiiilm:ilively rare Constituents of HOFMAN (T. S.). Composition of the Ash of Canary Seeil . . . . GUTHRIE (FREDERICK RICKELL). Ash of Cidgea Acacia (stinking wattle) . YILLARD (F.) and F. B ~ u F . Amonnt.and C’oniposition of the Herbage of Meadows a t different periods . . . . . . . . . . BALLAND Composition of Buckwheat . . . . . . . . STOKLASA (JULIUS). Retrograde Phosphoric acid .. . . . . HAHN (MARTIN). Proteolytic Enzyme of Yeast extract . . GEREI- (L.) and &IARTIN HAHN. Detection of Proteolytic Enzymes of Yeast BUCHNER (EDUARD) and RUDOLF RAPP. Alcoholic fermentation without living Yeast Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . PALLADIK ( WLADIMIR). Dependence of the respiration of ’Plaiits on the amount of indigestible Proteids they contain . . . . . . SHERMAN (H. C.). Insoluble Carbohydrates of Wheat . . . STONE ( WINTIIROP E.) and W. H. BAIRD. Raffinose in American Suga; Beet . . . . . . . . . . . . IIELLER (C. C. ). Glucosides containeh in Digitalis leaves . . . . MENDEL (LAFAYrrrTE B. ) Composition and nutritive value of some edible American Fungi . , . . . . . . . . . LEATHER (JOHN WALTER). Composition of Well Waters and Soils specially suitable for Tobacco cultivation in the Charotar, Gujerat TACKE (BRUNO).. WOHLTMANN ( FERDLNAND). Importance of Chemical Analysis of Soils for the laying out of plantations, Soils of the Cameroon . . . . SCHUNCK (EDWARD). Alcoholic Fermentation without Yeast Cells . . QTUTZER (ALBERT) and R. HARTLEB. Formation of Nitrates . . . STUTZER (ALBERT) and R. HARTLEB. The Nitric organism . . . . ~ ~ I C H A R D S (ELLEN H.) and G. W. ROLFS. Reduction of Nitrates by Bac- teria, and consequent loss of Nitrogen . . . . . . . . KuTscHER ( FR). Euglena sanguinea . . . . . . . . . VANDEVELDE (A. J. J.). Effect of Chemical agents and of Light on germination . . . . . . . . . . . . . KNY (LEOPOLD). Dependence of the functions of Chlorophyil on the Chromatophores and on the Cytoplasm .. . . . . . SCHULZE (ERNST). Occurrence of Glutamine in Plants . . . . . ORLOFF (K. A*). Tyrosine in Trifoliz6m prateme . . . . . . hMMERMANN (OTTO). The question as t o how far soil analysis can indicate EALLAND. Composition of the Straw df Wheat,‘ Oats, and Rye . . . MUNTZ (ACHILLE) and ANTOINE CHARLES GIRARD. Food value of Lucerne SESTINI (FAUSTO) and GHERO. CATANI. Composition of Hemp . . . TOLLENS (BERNHARD) and HUBERT GLAUBITZ. Amount of Pentosans in different feeding materials, and the amounts remaining in the Foods and H. SCHILLBACH. Effect of different Potassium salts on the yield and composition of Potatoes . . . . . . . . . . EUCHNER (EDUARD). Fermentation without Cells . BOUFFARU (A.) and L. SEMICHON. Oxydase of Grapes ; its Utility’in T@ine-’ DEMOUSSY (E.).Oxidation of Componnd Ainmonias by Ferments in Soils , the Carbonised Vinasse of a Sugar Factory . , . . TOLOMEI (GIULIO) Soluble ferinent present i n Wine . . . . WALLERWEIN (MAX). Changes in Fat during germination . . . . Recent experiences in the cultivation of Peaty ‘Land WoHL’rMANN (FERDINAND). German East African soils . . . \ J r A ~ x ~ I i (PAUL). Injurious effect of Sodium Nitrate . . . . KINZ EL (WILHELM). Effect of Formaldehyde on germination . . the Potash requirements of Soils . . . . after they have been subjected to operations , . . . . PFEIFFER ( [FRANZ WILHELM] THEODOR), E. FRANKE, OTTO LEMMERMANN, making . . . . . . . . - . . . . 1’AGE ii, 179 ii, 179 ii, 1SO ii, 180 ii, 180 ii, 181 ii, 181 ii, 182 ii, 182 ii, 245 ii, 246 ii, 246 ii, 247 ii, 248 ii, 249 ii, 249 ii, 248 ii, 248 ii, 520 ii, 260 ii, 250 ii, 251 ii, 251 ii, 252 ii, 300 ii, 300 ii, 301 ii: 301 ii, 301 ii, 302 ii, 302 ii, 302 ii, 303 ii, 304 ii, 302 ii, 304 ii, 305 ii, 305 ii, 306 ii, 306 ii, 346 ii, 347 ii, 348xxviii CONTENTS. PAGE STUTZER (ALBERT) and R.HARTLEB, Nitrification Bacteria ii, 348 WALTHER (REINHOLD) and ARTHUR SCHLOSSMANN. BUCHNER (EDUARD) and RUDOLF KAPP. Yeast Cells. V. & VT. . . . . . . . . . . ii, 396 JACQUEMIN (GEORGES). Fermentation i n presence of certain Leaves . . . . . . ii, 397 LABORDE (J. B. VINCENT.) Oxydase from Botrytis cinerea . . . . ji, 397 BERTRAND (GABRIEL). Action of " Flower. of Wine " on Sorbitol . . ii, 397 SCHIEWECK (OTTOK.4R). Sak6, the Japanese national beverage, and the WEHMER (CARL).Fungi which thrive in acids - . . . . ii, 398 WEHMER (CARL). Nutritive Value of Sodium salts for Fungi . . . ii, 398 WEHMER (CARL). Physiological Inequality of Fumaric and. Maleic acids; Antiseptic action of Maleic acid . . . . . . ii, 398 SEIFERT (W). Physiology and Morphology of the Acetic acid Bacteria . ii, 399 GREEN (JOSEPH REYNOLDS). Action of Light on Diastase and its Biological GODLEWSKI (EMIL) and F. POLZENIUSZ. Alcohol production during the Intermolecular Respiration of Higher Plants . . . . . . ii, 400 N E S ~ LER (ANTON) and JULIUS STOKLASA. Anatomy and Physiology of the seed of Sugar Beet (Beta vulgaris) . . . . . . . ii, 401 KRIES (G. VON). Cause of the presence of Oxalic acid in Sugar Juices . ii, 401 STORER (FRANCIS HUMPHREYS).Substances contained in the Trunks of Trees . . . . . . . . . . ii, 401 BEGLARIAN (D. MELIK. ). Feeding experiments on Milch Cows with Linseed Oil and Crushed Linseed . . . . . ii, 402 SMETS and C. SCHREIBER. Manuring experiments with Potash and with GRIMBERT (Ldok) and L. FICQUET. A new Organ'ism, the Bacillus tar- GALEOTTI (GINo). Pu'ucleo-proteids of Bacteria . . . . . . ii, 444 KUNNEMANN (OTTO). Denitrifying Micro-organisms . . . . . ii, 444 PFPIFFER ([FRANZ WILHELM] THEODOR) and OTTO LEMMERMANN. cesses of Denitrification . . . . . . . . ii, 445 WEHMER (CARL). ii, 446 BUNGE (GUSTAV VON). Assimilation of Iron from Cereals . . . . ii, 446 H~BERT (ALEXANDRE). Saps. 11. . . . . . . . ii, 446 BERG (ARMAND). Mode of formation 0; Elaierin in Ecballium elaterhm .ii, 447 PELLET (C. H.). Nature of the reducing Sugar in Sugar-cane Sap, Cane- sugar, Molasses, and Sorghum products . . , . . ii, 447 LUTZ. Presence of Amygdalin and Emulsion in the Seeds df certain Pomaceae . . . . . . . . . ii, 447 EMMERLING (ADOLPH). Palm Cake and Palm Cake'Meai . . . . ii, 448 SNYDER (HARRY). Composition of Humus . . . . . . . ii, 449 BEESON (JASPER L.). Physical Effects of various Salts and Manure Consti- tuents on a Soil as modifying the factors which control its supply of Moisture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 450 HARRISON (J. BURCHMERE) and JOHN WILLIAMS. Proportions of Chlorine and of Nitrogen as Nitric acid, and as Ammonia in certain Tropical BUCHNER ( EDUARD) and RUDOLF RAPP. Alcoholic Fermentation without MARTIN {CHARLES JAMES) and H.G. CHAPMAN. Alcoholic Enzymes from SOHULZE (ERNST). Decomposition of Proteids and the formation of LUTZ (L. ). Assimilation of Nitrogen by Phanerogamous Plants from Amines, ZOLCINSKI (J.). Examination of some cheap black Chinese Tens . . . New Method of' Dis- Alcoholic Fermentation without Production of Aromatic substances in Alcoholic infection . . . . . . . . . . ii, 349 Fungus that produces it . . . . . . . . . ii, 397 significance . . . . . . . ii, 399 . . . . . Soda . . . . . . . . . ii, 402 trims, capable of' fermenting Tartrates . . . . . . . . ii, 443 Pro- Two Moulds capabie of'producing Citric acid . . . BROWN (ERNEST W.). . Iceiand Moss . . . . . ii, 448 Rain Waters . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 450 Yeast Cells. VII. Preparation of Dried Yeast Juice . .. . ii, 480 Yeast Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 481 Asparagine and Glutnminein Seedlings . . . . . . . ii, 481 substituted Ammonium salts, and Alkaloids . . . . . . ii, 530 ii, 531CONTENTS. XXlX TIVOLI (DEODATO) Composition of Polenta made from Sound and Un- sound Maize Flour . . . . . . BORNTRAGER (ARTHUR) and G. PARIS. Some Soils'rich'in Potash . . TUXEN (CHR. FR. A.). Effect of Crops and Manures on the Nitrogen Content of the Soil . . . . . . . . . , . . . D ELBRUCK (MAX). Progress of Fermentation Chemistry during the last Decades . . . . . . . . . . . ABELES (HANS). Aicohdlic Fermentation without Yeast Cells . . . HANNA (WILLIAM). . WINOGRADSKY (SERGEI). Microbiology of the Process of Nitrification . STUTZER (ALBERT) and R. HARTLEB. The Nitrate Fungus . .. . SHOREY (EDMUND C.). The Principal Amide of the Sugar-cane . . . SHOREY ( EDMUND C .). The Sugar-cane Amide . . . . , . SHOEEY (EDMUND C.). Lecithins of Sugar-cane . . . . . . STOKLASA (JULIUS). Lecithins in Plants . . . . OSBORNE (THOMAS BURR) and GEORGE F. CAMPBELL. The Proteijs 0; Lupin Seeds . . . . . . . . . . OSBORXE (THOMAS BURR) and GEORGE F. CAMPBELL. Proteids od the' White Podded Adzuki Bean (Phaseolm rudiatus) . . OYBORNE (THOMAS BURR) and GEORQE F. CAMPBELL. Proteids of t h k Pei OSBORNE (THOMAS BURR) and GEORGE F. CAMPBELL. Proteids of the Lentil . . . . . . . . . . OSBORNE (THOMAS BURR) and GEORGE F. CAMPBELL. Proteids o i the' Horse Bean ( Yiciccfabu) . . . . OSBORNE (THOMAS BURR) and GEORGE F. CAMPBELL. Proteids of the Vetch . . . . .. . . . OSBORNE (THOMAS BURR) and GEORGE F. CAMPBELL. Proteidu 0; the'Pea,' Lentil, Horse Bean, aiid Vetch . . . . OSBORNE (THOMAS BURR) and GEORGE F. CAMPBELL. Proteids o i the Soy' Bean (Glycine hLsyida) . . . . . OSBORNE (THOMAS BURR) and GEORGE F. CAMPBELL. Proteids of'the Sun-' flower Seed . . . . . OSBOHNE (THOMAS BURR) and GEORGE F. AMPB BELL. Proteids of the Cow: pea (Vigna Catjang) . . . . . FLEURENT (BMILE [CHARLES ALBERT]). Proteids of Bean Flour ' and' Wheaten Flour . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCHULZE (ERNST). Decomposition of Proteids in Living Plants . . . PURIEWITSUH ( KONSTAWTIN A.). Solution of the Reserve Substances of Grain and Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . DOHYE (ALFRED R. L.) and HEHMANN ENGELHARDT. Cascara sagradu . BIELER (KURT). Investbation of the Soil for the purpose of judging its Mechanical and C h e m k Properties .. . . . . . . DEH~RAIN (PIERRE PAUL). Reduction of Nitrates in Arable Soil . . SMORAWSKI (ST.) and H. JACOBSON. Changes which the Phosphoric acid of Superphosphates and of Basic Slag undergoes in the Soil . BONJEAN (EDMOND). Alkali Chlorides in the Grapes and Wines of the' Province of Oran . . . . . . . . , . . . PATUREL (G.). Mange1 Wurzel . . . , . . . . . . HEBEBRAND (AUGUST). Sesame . . . . . . . . , . HENRY (En.). Nitrogen in the Vegetation of Forests . . . . . MAERCKER (MAX [HEINRICH]). Itesults of Vegetation Experiments for ascertaining the Manurial Requirements of Soils . DEHBRAIN (PIERRE PAUL). Loss of Ammonia in the production of Farm: NILSON (LARS FREDRIK). Wiborgh Phosphate, a Manure prepared from Gellivara Apatite .. . . . . , WEIGMAKN (H.) and A. RACRE. Decomposition of Milk F a t illrink the Ripening of Cheese . . . . . . . . . . . . Production of acid by Bacteria in Nutritive Media AMPOLA (G.) and C. ULPIANI. Denitrification . . . . . . . . . . . . yard Manure . . . PAGE ii, 531 ii, 531 ii 532 ii, 621 ii, 621 ii, 621 ii, 621 ii, 622 ii, 622 ii, 622 ii, 623 ii, 623 ii, 623 ii, 623 ii, 624 ii, 624 ii, 625 ii, 625 ii, 625 ii, 626 ii, 626 ii, 627 ii, 627 ii, 627 ii, 628 ii, 628 ii, 629 ii, 629 ii, 630 ii, 630 ii, 630 ii, 631 ii, 631 ii, 632 ii, 632 ii, 633 ii, 634 ii, 634xxx CONTENTS. Analytical Clt,emistiy. RONDE. Sensitive Litmus Paper . . . . . the Analysis of Iodides . . . . . . . . . . GOOCH (FRANK AUSTIN) and C. F. WALKER.Applicatidn of' Iodic acid to REICH (JULIUS A.). Detection of'Fluorine in Silicates and Borates . . SCHULTE (WILHELM). Estimation of Sulphur in Iron , . . . . DONATH (EDUARD), and K. POLLAK. Estimation of total Ammonia in Gas ULSCH (KARL). Estimation of Nitric acid by Electrolysis . . . . KUNTZE (L.). Estimation of Nitrates in Soil . . . , . . . SCHENKE (V.). Estimation of Nitrogen in Nitrated Guano . . . . GAWALOWSKI (A,). Detection of Nitrites in potable Water . . . . WICKHORST (MAX). Analysis of Phosphor-bronze, Phosphor-copper, Phos- phor-tin, &c. . . . . . . . . . . LEPIE~RE (CHARLES). Estimation of Phosphoric acid in potable Waters FOERSTER (OTTO). Solubility of Phosphates in Citric acid and Ammonium Citrate . . . . . . . . . . LOGES (GUSTAV) and KARL MUHLE.Arsenical Sulphuric acid, a source of error in Naumann's process for estimating Phosphoric acid . . . KONINGH (LEONARD DE). Estimation of Boric acid in Foods . . . MEEKER (G. H.). Estimation of Silica in Blast-furnace Slag . . . BENNEVILLE (JAMES S. DE). Separation of Silicic and Tungstic acids . . WILEY (HARVEY WASHINGTON). Estimation of Potash and Phosphoric acid in Fodders . . . . . . . . . . AVERY (S. ) and BENTON 'DALES. Electrolytic Estimation of 'Cadmium . KELLER (EDWARD). Distribution of the Precious Metals and Impurities i n Copper, and suggestions for a rational method of sampling . . . WOLMAN (L.). Quantitative Electrolysis of heavy Metals . . . . BERNTROP (J. C.). Detection and Estimation of traces of Lead in Waters . MEADE (RICHARD K.).Estimation of Lead in Lead Ores . . . . WAINWRIGHT (J. HOWARD). Volumetric Estimation of Lead . , . PARR (SAMUEL WILSON). Sodium Peroxide as a Third [Iron-zinc] Group BUTTGENBACH. . ENGELS (CARL). Estimation of Manganese by Electrolysis . . . . PAEPE (D~sIRB DE). Estimation of Iron in Limestones . . . WPNKOOP (GILLET). Qualitative Separations with Sodium Nitrit'e in* DUCRU (0.). . GOOCH (FRANK AUSTIN). Estimation of Xolybdenum Iodometrically . . LUNGE ( GEORG) and EDUARD CEDERCREUTZ. Analysis of Commercial Cal- cium Carbide and Acetylene. Purification of the latter . . , . SHARWOOD (WILLIAM J. ). Estimation of Cyanogen by Silver Nitrate, using Potassium Iodide and Ammonia as indicators EBDMANN (HUGO) and P. HUTH. KRUG (WILLIAM H.). STONE (WINTHROP E.). KEBLER (LYMAN F.). WRAMPELMEYER (EDUARD). MULLER (JOSEPH AUGUSTE). Liquors . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reagent . . . . . . a . . . . . . . Estimation of Manganese in Iron Ores by the dry way absence of Phosphates . . . Electrolytic Separation of Ni'ckel'and Cobalt frbm Iron . Detection of Rhohinoi in Etheieal Oils Recalculation of Wein's Tables for Starch Estimation . Improvements in Squibb's Volunietric Method for Estimation o'f all the Volatile Fatti acids in' Estimation of Lactic and Succinic acids in Estimation of Carbohydrates in Food Stuffs . Estimating Acetone . , . . Butter . . . . . . . . . . . Wines . . . . . DEVARDA (ARTHUR): Ekimation' of the Aciditv of k l k . . . . BOCCHI ( ICARO). Detection of Filicic acid in" cases of Poisoning by Fern LIPPERT (WALTTIER). DIETERICH (KARL).Examination of Resins . . . . . . . TFIAETER (K.). of Arteinisia inaritiinn . . . . . , . . . . . Extract . . . . . Analysis o i Linseed Oil and Linseed Oil Virnis'h Detection and Estimation of Sailtonin in the Flower buds PAGE ii 44 ii, 44 ii, 44 ii, 45 ii, 45 ii, 45 ii, 45 ii, 46 ii, 46 ii, 46 ii, 47 ii, 48 ii, 48 ii, 48 ii, 48 ii, 49 ii, 49 ii, 49 ii, 50 ii, 50 ii, 51 ii, 51 ii, 51 ii, 52 ii, 52 ii, 52 ii, 53 ii, 54 ii, 54 ii, 54 ii, 54 ii, 55 ii, 56 ii, 56 ii, 56 ii, 56 ii, 57 ii, 57 ii, 58 ii, 58 ii, 58 ii, 58 ii, 59CON TENTS. XXXl PAGE SPENCER (GUILDFORD LAWSON). Caffeine . . . . . , ii, 60 HYDE (F. S.) Modification of the Thalleioquinine Test for Quinine , . ii, 60 BECKMANN (ERNST OTTO) [with H. SCHARFENBERGER and 0. ELSNER] BOTTGER (WILHELM).Use of the Electrometer as Indicator in the Titration RAUBIGNP (HENRI) and PAUL RIVALS. GLASER (CHARLES). Estimation of Sulphur in Pyrites . . . . . . ii, 90 RICHARDSOB (FRED. WILLIAM) and HENRY E. APKROYD. HERTING (OTTO). Estimation of Phosphorus in Iron and Steel . . . ii, 91 BOTTCHER (0.). Estimation of Citrate-soluble Phosphoric acid in Basic-slag ii, 9 2 NOLF (PIERRE). Detection of Carbamic acid . . . ii, 92 WALTKE (WILLIAM). Estimation of Free Alkali and Aikali'Carionate in Soaps with and without theuseof Alcohol . . . . . . ii, 93 BAKER (T. J.). Estimation of Silver in Silver Plating Solutions . . ii, 93 LICHTSCHLAG (F.). Separate Estimation of Alumina and Iron Oxide in Phosphates . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 93 SCHNEIDER ( LEOPOLD). Estimation of Jlanganese in Steel and Iron .ii, 94 SANITER {ERNEST HENRY). Estimation of Chromium in Chrome Ore ana' Ferrochromium . . . . . . . . . . ii, 94 RIDEAL (SAMUEL) and SIGMUND G. ROSENBLUM. Estimation of Chromium in Chrome Ore and Ferrochromium . . . . . . . . ii, 94 SPELLER (30s.). and A. BRENNER. Estimation of Chromium in Ferro- SPULLER (Jos.). Estimation of Nickei in Nickel-steel . . . ii, 95 BREARLEY (HARRY). Separations with Alkali Acetates. 11, Niikel from Iron. 111, Cobalt and Manganese from Iron . . . . . . ii, 96 THOMPSON (GUSTAVE W.) Analysis of Alloys of Tin, Antimony, and Copper ii, 97 BARNES (JOSEPH). Estimation of Organic Matter by Chromic acid . . ii, 97 JOVITSCHITSCH (MILORAD Z.). Fehling'sSolution . . . . . . ii, 98 AMBUHL (GOTTWALT). COUNCLER ( CONSTANTIN). Phlorogluciaol .. . . . . . . . . . ii, 98 SIMON (LOUIS). Colour Reactions of Pyruvic acid . . . . . . ii, 98 BOGDANOW (ELLY). Estimation of Fat in Animal Substances . ii, 98 SCHWEITZER (HUGO) and EMIL E. LUNGWITZ. and Oils . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 98 PARTHEIL (ALFRED j. LEWKOWITSCH (JULIUS). Matter . . . . I . . . . . . . ii, 99 LEWKOWITSCH (JULIUS). Analysis of Fats : Wool-wax . . . . . ii, 99 LANDIN (JOHN). Estimation of Resin in Fats and Soaps . . . . ii, 100 GANE (EUSTACE H.). Estimation of Caffeine in Tea . . . . . ii, 100 DOTT (DAVID BROWN). Opium Assay . . . . . ii, 100 FARR (E. H.) and ROBERT WRIGHT. Estimation of Alkaloids . . . ii, 101 GERLAND (B. WILLIAM). New Methods of Testing Indigo . . . . ii, 102 TACKE (BRUNO). Estimation of Free Humic acid in Peaty Soils .. ii, 103 TRYLLER ( HEINRICH C.). Modification of Stutzer's Process for Estimating Proteids in substances rich in Starch . . . . . . . . ii, 103 RLEIER (OTTO). Four new methods of measuring Gases . . . . . ii, 136 RAUBIGNY (HENRY) and PAUL RIVALS. Separation a i d estimation of Chlorine and Bromine in a mixture of Alkali salts . . . . ii, 137 BAUBIGNY (HENRI). Detection of traces of Bromine by nicaiis of Fluorescein ii, 138 OHLY (JULIUS). Estimation of Phosphorus in Steel . . . . . ii, 138 Behaviour of Proteids with Aldehydes . . . . . . . ii, 60 WASSILT~EFF. Estimation ofAlbumin in Urine . . . . . . ii, 60 WINTELER (F.). Estimation of Perchlorate in Sodium Nitrate . . . ii, 90 tures of Bromides and Chlorides . . . . . . . . . ii, 90 HERTING (OTTO).Estimation of Sulphur in Iron . . . . . . ii, 90 Mixed Sulphides, Sulphites, Sulphates, and Thiosulphates . . . ii, 91 of acids and bases . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 89 Separation of Bromine from Mix- Estimation of chrome and Chromium-steel . . . . . . . i i , 9 5 Gravimetric Estimation of Sugars by Fehling- Estimation o'f Furfuraldehyde by means of Allihin's process . . . . . . . . . ii, 98 The Iodine number of Fats Recognition of Margarine by Means of Dimethyl- Analysis of Fats : Estimation of Unsaponifiable amidoazobenzene . . . . . . . . . . ij, 99xxxii CONTENTS. SCHENKE (V.). Estimation of Nitrogen in Guano . . MCCAY (LEROY WILEY). Detection of Thioxyarsenic acids . . . BREARLEY (HARRY). Cyanide Titration of Copper . . . . . WOY. Estimation of Phosphoric acid as Phosphomkybdic Bnhydkde .FRICKE (E.). Toxicological Detection of Arsenic . . . . . . WALKER (CLAUDE F.). Titration of Sodium Thiosulphate with Iddic acid . SCHMITZ-DUMONT (W. ). Estimation of Carbon Bisulphide in Alcohol, Carbon Tetrachloride, &c. Purification of Carbon Tetrachloride , . VANINO (LUDWIG) and F. TBEUBERT. . THOMPSON (GUSTAVE W.). Analysis of White Paints . . . . . HAVENS (FRANKE S.). Separation of Aluminium from Beryllium by the DEVISSE (N.). Assay of Carbonated Manganiferous minerals . . . THOMSON (ROBERT T.). Estimation of Iron and Aluminium in Mineral BREARLEY (HARRY). Separations with Alkali Acetates. I?. Chromium' fioiii Iron. V. Aluminium and Copper from Iron. VI. Zinc from Iron. CLARK (JOHN). Estimation of Nickel and Zinc as Phosphates .. . CLARK (JOHN). ALLEN (ALFRED HENRY). Assay of Electro-plating and Gilding Solutions' BARNES (JOSEPH). Preparation of Water Free from Ammonia . . . DENNSTEDT (MAXIMILIANO). Simplified Organic Analysis . . . . ENDEMANN (HERMANN). Formaldehyde as a Reagent . . . . , TARUGI (N. ) and G. NICCHIOTTI. Reactions of iotassium Ferricyanide with Glucose, and their application t o Volumetric Analysis . . . LANDOLPH ( FR~D~RIC). Optical Analysis of Urine and exact Estimation of Proteids, Glucosides, and non-fermentable materials in i t . . . LANDOLPH (FR~D~RIC). Estimation of Diabetic Sugar . . . . . HOFFMEISTEI~ (WILHELM). Quantitative separation of cellulose-like Car- BLEIEK (OTTO). Gasometric Apparatus, VII. A new method for the absolute measurement of Gases [Measurement of the reduced Gas WR~BLEWSKI (AUGUSTIN).Extraction of Liquids . . . . . . HEMPEL (WALTHER). Einployment of Metallic Sodium, Magnesium, and BIALOBRZESKI (M. ). Application of acid solutions of Arsenious Acid i n Volumetric Analysis . . . . SORENSEN (S. P. L.). Employment of Normi Sodium Oxalate in folu: metric Analysis . . . . . . . . . DENNIS (LOUIS MUNROE). Apparatus for the Spark Spectrum of Solutions O'SULLIVAN (JAMES). Kjeldahl's Process . . . . YOUNG (STEWART W. and R. E. SWAIN. volumetric Estimation of the' Nitro-group in Organic compounds . . . . . . . . RISGLER (E.). Gasometric Estimatioii of Nitrous acid . . . . , MAHON (I1. W,). Estimation of Phosphorus in Steel . . . . . MIXER (CHARLES T.) and HOWARD W. DUBOIS. Estimation of Insoluble CAVEN (ROBERT MARTIN).Qualitative Analysis of Phosphates . KILGORE (B. W.). Estimation of Phosphoric Acid by Titration of the Ammonium Phosphomolybdate Precipitate with Standard alkali . . HARBECIC (E.) and GEORG LUNGE. Estimation of Carbon in Iron . . FHITXSCHE (P.). Flue Gases in Relation to Furnace Eaciency . . . ROHLAND (PAUL). Behaviour of Platinochlorides . . . . . . KNORR (AUGUSTUS E.). Modified method of fine Silver Assay . . . FRADISS (N.). Volumetric Estimation of Lime in Sugar Liquors . . RAWSON (SIDNEY GEORGE). Quantitative separation of Barium, Strontium, and Calcium . . . . . . . . . . , . . Estimation of Mercuric salts . action of Hydrochloric acid . . . . . . . . . Phosphates, Manures, Alum, &c. . . . . WALLER (ELWYN). Assay of Chrome Ore .. * . . . . Estimation of Antimony in Ores and Metals GEROCK (J. E.). Fehling's Solution . . . . . . . . bohydratcs in Vegetable substances . . . . . . Volume] . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aluminium in Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . Phosphorus in Iron Ores . . . . . . . . LECLERE (A.). Analysis of Silicates . . . . 0 . . PAGE ii, 138 ii, 138 ii, 139 ii, 139 ii, 139 ii, 140 ii, 140 ii, 141 ii, 141 ii, 142 ii, 142 ii, 142 ii, 143 ii, 144 ii, 145 ii, 145 ii, 146 ii, 146 ii, 146 ii, 146 ii, 147 ii, 147 ii, 147 ii, 148 ii, 148 ii, 183 ii, 183 ii, 184 ii, 184 ii, 185 ii, 185 ii, 186 ii, 186 ii, 166 ij, 186 ii, 187 ii, 187 ii, 187 ii, 188 ii, 188 ii, 188 ii, 189 ii, 190 ii, 190 ii, 190CONTENTS. xxxiii WAHL (ANDRI?. R,). Rapid valuation of Ziuc Dust . . .. . WEINHART (P.). Electrolytic detection of Lead in Urine . . . . SODERBAUM ( HENRIK GUSTAV). Acetylene as a Quantitative Reagent . CADY (HAMILTON P.) and ALFRED P. RUEDIGER. Modification of the Permanganatc method for the estimation of Iron . . . . . ENGELS (M.). Electro-analysis of the Metals of the Ammonium Sulphide group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EULER (HANS). Iodometric estimation of Molybdenum . . . . YOUNG (STEWART W.). Titration of Stannous salts with Iodine . . RAWS~N (SIDNEY GEORGE). Qualitative separation of Arsenic, Antimony, and Tin , . . . . . . . . . . . . HINTZ (ERSST) and HERMANN WEBER. Separation of Thorium from Cerium DUNHAM (E. K.). Value of a Bacteriological Examination of Water from a sanitary point of view . . . . . . . . . . HARBECK (E.) and GEORG LUNGE. Quantitative separation of Ethylene and Benzene Vapours . . . . . . . . . . . BOULEZ. Estimation of Glycerol . . . . . . . . . SIEGFRIED (MAX). Fehling’s solution . . . . . . . . PAPASOGLI (GIORGIO). Detection of Cane-sugar . . . . . . PINETTE (J.). Estimation of Sugar in Sweet Wines , . . . . ROCQUES (XAVIER). Estimation of Sugar in Chocolate . . . . . EFFRONT (JEAN). Estimation of Starch in Cereals . . . . . . MAYRHOFER (JOSEPH). Estimation of Farinaceous matter in Sausages . FARNSTEINER (K,). Detection of Formalin in Milk . . . . . WILLEN (LOUIS). Detection and estimation of Acetone in Urine . . FOLIN (OTTO). Simplification of Hopkins’ metho11 for estimating Uric acid in Urine . . . . . . . . . BARTLEY (E. H.). Rapid estimation of UEic acid in Urine .. . . TUNNICLIFFE (FRANCIS WHITTAKER) and OTTO ROSENHEIM. A new Volumetric method of estimating Uric acid in Urine VOLCKENING (GUSTAVE J.). Mechanical arrangement of Fat Extraction Apparatus . . . . . . . . . VOIT (ERWIN) [and OTTO KRUYMACHER]. Estimation of Fat . . . LEWKOWITSCH (JULIUS). Analysis of Fats. The Gravimetric Bromine method . . . . . . . . . HEHNER (OTTO). Bromine absorption*of Fats and Oils . . . . JENKINS (JOHN H. B.). Hehner’s Bromine test for Oils . . . . COCHRAN (C. B.). Detection of Foreign Fats in Lard and Butter . . BAILEY (HENRY). Estimation of Unsaponifiable Oil in Greases with a Lime base . . . . . . . . . . . CAUSSE (HENRI EUChNEj. Estimation of ‘Phenglhydrazine . . . . KUBLI (MELCHIOR). Testing Quinine . . . . . . . ENDEMANN (HERMANN).Analysis of Asphalt . . . . . . DENIGI~S (GEORGES). Detection of Urobiiin . . . . . . . LEO (G.). Detection of Urobilin in Urine . . . . . . . RIEGLER (E. ). Alkalimetry, acidimetry and iodonietry by means of crystal- lised Iodic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . HERLES (FRANZ). Basic lead nitrate as a clarifying agent for Polariscopic purposes . . . . . . . . . RICHARDS (PERCY ANDREW ELLIS). Estimation of Chlorine, Bromine, and Iodine in Saline Waters . WACHHAUSEN. Decomposition of Iodine compounds . . . . . MARBOUTIN (FELIX). Estimation of Sulphuric acid . . . . . WOODRUFF (E. C.). Colour reactions of Nitric and Chloric acids . . HOFMANN (KARL A.) and F. KUSPERT. A Volumetric and Gasometric method of estimating Hydroxylamine and Hydrazine . . . . SEYDA (ANTON). Estimation of Phosphorus in phosphorised oils .. THORNER (WILHELM) and R. USTER. Estimation of Phosphoric acid in Sweet Wines . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . . HALL (VERNON J.). A Simple Fat Extractor . . . . . . BLEIER (OTTO). Apparatus for Gas Analysis. V U i . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE ii, 190 ii, 190 ii, 191 ii, 191 ii, 192 ii, 192 ii, 192 ii, 192 ii, 193 ii, 193 ii, 193 ii, 194 ii, 194 ii, 194 ii, 194 ii, 195 ii, 195 ii, 195 ii, 196 ii, 196 ii, 196 ii, 196 ii, 196 ii, 197 ii, 197 ii, 197 ii, 197 ii, 197 ii, 198 ii, 198 ii, 198 ii, 198 ii, 199 ii, 199 ii, 200 ii, 200 ii, 253 ii, 253 ii, 253 ii, 253 ii, 254 ii, 254 ii, 254 ii, 255 ii, 255 ii, 255XXXlV CONTENTS. REITMAIR (OTTO). Estimation of citrate-soluble Phosphoric acid . . MORNER (KARL AXEL HAMPUS).Simultaneous estimation of Carbon and PHELPS (ISAAC K.). . PADI? (L~oN). Detection of Sodium Hydrogen Carbonate in Milk . . JANKE. Estimation of Zinc in Foods . . . . . . . . . WALLER (A ). Electrolytic separation of Cadmium and Zinc, Zinc and Cobalt, and Antimony and Tin . . . . . . . . BREARLEY (HARRY). Estimation of Copper in the presence of other elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VANINO (LU~WIG) and M. TREUBERT. Separation of Mercuric from Bis- muth salts . . . . PERILLON. Estimation bf Nickel'in Iron, CastIron, and Steel . . . FRESENIUS (HEINRICH) and H. BAYERLEIN. Estimation of Chromium in GLASER (CHARLES). Thorium Hydrogen Oxalate . . . . . . GAUTIER (FERDINAND). Volumetric estimation of Antimony . SEYLER (CLARENCE ARTHUR). Estimation of Carbonic Anhydride in Natural Waters .. . . . . . . . . HOLDE (D.). . AISINMANN (EEMJON). . LEONARD (NORMAN) and HARRY METCALFE SMITH. Tabarie's method for the estimation of Alcohol . . . . . . . . . . BULLNHEIMER (FRIEDRICH). Behaviour of Glycerol towards Metallic Oxides with a view to its estimation . . . . . . . . . DENIGSS (GEORGES). Detection of Glycerol . . . . . . . RYMSZA (A. ). Detection of Picric acid and distinction from Dinitrocresol FORSTER (ARTHUR) and RUDOLF RIECHELMANN. Deteckon bf Cholesterol and Phytosterol in Fats . . . . . . . . . . . TINGLE (JOHN BISHOP). Fehling's solution . . . . . . . PFLUGER (EDUARD [FRIEDRICH WILHELM]). Estimation of Dextrose . RIEGLER (E. ) Volumetric estimation of Grapc Sugar and other substances oxidisable by Fehling's solution .. . . . . . . . BORXTRAGER [ARTHUR). Detection and estimation of Saccharose in Wine . AUSTIN (A. E.). Estimation of Glycogen in the liver . . . . BARBET and JANDRIER. Detection of Aldehydes and Phenols . . . JAWOROWSKI (ADAM). Detection of Chloral Hydrate . . . . BLOUNT (BERTRAM). Estimation of Acetic acid in the presenco of Inorganic salts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ZALOZIECKI (ROMAN). Dissociation of the salts of Petroleum acids and the estimation of free acids in Mineral Oils . . . . . . BREMER(HERMANN). DetectionofMargarine . . . . . . . HEFELMANN (RUDOLF). Rapid detection of Margarine in Cheese . . DEVARDA (ARTKUR). Examination of Cheese for foreign Fats (artificial cheese) and the estimation of Water and Fat in Cheese KELLER (C. C.). Glucosides contained in Digitalis leaves and t'heir esti- mation .. . . . . . . . . . . . BARDACH ( BRUKO). Influence of certain drugs on the analysis of Urine . SALKOWSKI ( ERNST [LEOPOLD]). Estimation of Alloxuric bases . . . SALKOWSKI (ERNST [ LEOPOLD]). The Kruger- Wulff method for estimating Alloxuric bases . . . . . . . . FORSTER (ARTHuRj and R&LF RIECHELMANN. Estimation of Caffeine in Coffee . . . . . . . . . . . KELLER (C. C. j Estimation of Caffeine in Tea BROCINEB (ALPHONSE L.). Reagents for the detection of certain Alkaloids BKUYLANTS (GUSTAVE). Detection of Opium Alkaloids . . . MONTEMARTINI (CLEMENTE) and D. TRASCIATTI. Estimation of Morphine in Opium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SOLTSIEN (PAUL). Detection of Atropine in corpses . . . . . Nitrogen by combustion in a vacuum .. . . . . . Combustion of Organic substances by wet methods WILLENZ. Estimation of Copper as Iodide . . . . . . Iron Chromium alloys . , . . . . . . Estimation of Paraffin in Petroleum of high boiling point Estimation of Paraffin in crude oil distillates . (Saffron substitute) . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE ii, 255 ii, 256 ii, 256 ii, 257 ii, 257 ii, 257 ii, 258 ii, 259 ii, 259 ii, 260 ii, 260 ii, 260 ii, 261 ii, 261 ii, 261 ii, 261 ii, 262 ii, 262 ii, 262 ii, 262 ii, 263 ii, 263 ii, 263 ii, 264 ii, 264 ii, 265 ii, 265 ii, 265 ii, 266 ii, 266 ii, 266 ii, 266 ii, 267 ii, 267 ii, 268 ii, 269 ii, 269 ii, 269 ii, 269 ii, 269 ii, 270 ii, 270 ii, 270CONTENTS. xxxv SCHJ ERNING ([NILS CHRISTIAN] HENRIK). The precipitation of Proteids . SOLLY (ERNEST).Modification of Oliver's Hsemoglobinometer . . . ZELLNER (JULIUS). Volumetric estimation of Hydrofluoric acid . . . SJOLLEMA (13.). A source of error in Kjeldahl's Nitrogen estimation . . CAMERON (ALEXANDER). Comparative experiments on the estimation of PASSON (MAX). Estimation of Citrate-soluble Phosphoric acid in Basic Slag BOTTCHER (0. ). Estimation of Citrate-soluble Phosphoric acid in Basic Slag CONRADSON (POXTUS H.) Detection of Arsenic and Antimony . . . DENNIS (LOUIS MUNRO) and C. G. EDGAR. Comparison of Rapid Methods for estimating Carbonic Anhydride and Carbonic Oxide . . . . SJOLLEMA (B.). Estimation of Potassium by reduction of Potassium Platino- chloride by means of Sodium Formate . . . . . . . SUNDSTROM (KARL J.). Analysis of Limestones . . . WALLACE (DANIEL L.) and EDGAR FRANCIS SMITH.Electrolytic Estirna: tion of Cadmium . . . . . . . . . BALLARD (EDWARD GEORGE'). Volunietric Est'imntion df Zinc . . . KNORRE (GEORG TON). Estimation of Cerium in the presence of the Rare PROCTER (HENRY RICHARDSON). Methods of Analysis of Chrome Stilts ; DANCER (WILLIAM). Separation of Tin, Arsenic, and Antimony . . CAUSSE ( HENRI [EUGENE] ). Volumetric Estimation of Antimony . . GARRIGUES (a. E.). Analysis of Bearing Metal Alloys : New Volumetric method for Estimating Copper . . . . . . K ONIG ( [FRANZ] JOSEF). Colorimetric Estimation of Ammonia, Nitrous acid, and lron in Waters . . . . . . . . I KONINGH (LEONARDE). Estimation of Mineral matters in Rubber goods . PECKHAM (STEPHEN FARNUM) and H. E. PECKHAM. Analysis of Asphaltum BOETTINGER (CARL).Estimation of Glycerol in Wines . . . . KONINGH (LEONARD DE). Estimation of Cane-sugar in Prepared Cocoa . SIMON (LOUIS). Characteristic Colour Reaction of Acetaldehyde . . . JOULIE (H.). Estimation of the Acidity of Urine . . . . . . ARCHBUTT (LEONARD). Hehner's Bromine Thermai Tes't for Oils . . LEWKOWITSCH (JULIUS), Analysis of Fats : The Acetyl value . . . POOLE (HERMAN). . LAVES (G. ). Detection of Veratrine . . . . . . . BRTANT (LAWRENCE) and CHARLES S. MEACHAM. Estimation of Resin in Hops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MASCHKE (LEOPOLD). Estimation of Tannin . . . . . . . LOUBIOU (A.). Detection of Indican in Urine . . . SALKOWSKI ( ERNST [LEOPOLD] ). Detection of Peptone (Albumoses) in Urine : Preparation of Urobilin . . . . . , .. . RIEGLER (E.). A Simple Albuminometer . . . . RIDEAL (SAMUEL) and C. G. STEWART. Estimation of Proteids by Chlorine ALLEN (ALFRED HENRY) and A. B. SEARLE. Improved method of Esti- mating Proteids and Gelatinous substances . . . . . . STOKES (ALFRED WALTER). Detection of Gelatin in Cream . . . . DENIGBS (GEORGES). Urobilin , . . LEO (G.). Modification of the method for the De'tection of CJrobilin in Urine . . . . . . . . . BREMER (HERMANN). Detekon'of Horseflesh in Sausages . . . . HALDANE (JOHN SCOTT) Methods of Gas Analysis . . . . . CARNOT (ADOLPHE). Separation and estimation of Bromine, Chlorine, and Iodine . . , . . . . . . . . CAMPREDON (LOUIS). Estimation of Sulphur in Iron . . . , . BRUNNER (HEINRICH). Estimation of Carbon, Nitrogen, and Halogens by means of Alkali Persulphstes .. . . . . . , . DEVARDA (ARTHUR). Estimation of Nitrogen in Manures . . . . Phosphoric acid . . . . . . . . . . . . Earths . . . . . . . . JAEGER (L. DE). Reaction of Urine . . . . . . . POLIMANTI (OSVALDO). Estimation of Fat . . . . . . Estimation of undigested Fat and Casein in Faeces SCHULTE (WILHELM). Estimation of Sulphur in Iron . . . 3-2 PAGE ii, 271 ii, 272 ii, 307 ii, 307 ii, 308 ii, 308 ii, 308 ii, 309 ii, 309 ii, 309 ii, 310 ii, 310 ii, 311 ii, 311 ii, 311 ii, 311 ii, 312 ii, 312 ii, 313 ii, 313 ii, 314 ii, 314 ii, 314 ii, 315 ii, 315 ii, 316 ii, 316 ii, 316 ii, 317 ii, 317 ii, 318 ii, 318 ii, 318 ii, 318 ii, 318 ii, 319 ii, 319 ii, 320 ii, 320 ii, 320 ii, 320 ii, 320 ii, 349 ii, 349 ii, 350 ii, 350 ii, 350 ii, 350xxxvi CONTENTS. PAGE FRANCK (L~oN).Estimation of Phosphorus in Phosphides . . . . ii, 350 SCHNEIDER (LEOPOLD). Estimation of Phosphorus in Steel and Iron . . ii, 351 JOLLES (ADOLF) and FRIEDRICH NEURATH. of Phosphoricacid . . . . . . . . ii, 351 FRESENIUS (C. ) and GEORG POPP. Estimation of Boric acid'in Meat . . ii, 352 DONaTH (EDUARD) and W. EHRRNHOFER. Carbon in Iron and Steel . . . . . . . . ii, 352 LEWASCHEW (W.). Estimation of Carbonic Anhydridein the Air . . ii, 352 FRITZSCHE (P.). Colorimetric Estimation of the Density of Smoke . . ii, 353 LEYS (ALEX). presence of'excess of acid Carbonate or Borax . . . . . . ii, 353 HAMPE (WILHELM). Analysis of Bar Copper . . . . . . . ii, 353 HINTZ (ERNST). [Volumetric Estimation of Cerium] . . . . . ii, 353 RICHE (ALFRED).Assay of Nickel Copper Alloys . . . . . ii, 354 KAEPPEL ( FRIEDRICH), Electrolytic Estimation of Manganese and the separation of Iron from Manganese . . . ii, 354 DIETZE (F.). Estimation of Hydrogen Cyanide in 'Ethereal' Oil 'of Bitter ANTON. Estimation of Hydrogen Cyanide in Ethereal 'Oil 'of Bitter Almonds . . . . . . . . . ii, 354 STONE (GEORGE C.) and D. A. VAN TNGEN. Volumetric Estimation o f Zinc and Manganese . . . . . . . . . ii, 354 MILLER ( EDMUND HOWD) an'd JOHN A. MATHEWS. Volumetric Estimation of Zinc and Manganese . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 354 KTtenmits (EDWARD) and ARNOLD SCHREINER. Estimation of Phenols in Ethereal Oils . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 355 VREVEN (S. ). Discrimination of Guaiacol and Creosote . . . ii, 355 LEHMANN (KARL BERNHARD). New method of Estimating'Sugar .. ii, 355 ANDRLIR (K.). Estimation of Invert-sugar by Pegka's method . . ii, 355 BORNTRACER (ARTHUR). Estimation of Sugar and the Polarimetric Examination of 8weet Wines . . . . . . . . ii, 356 VEDRODI (VICTOR). Methods of estimating the quality of Flour . . ii, 357 MALLAT (A.). Detection of Acetone in Urine . . . . . . . ii, 357 KREMERS (EDWARD) and OSWALD SCHREINER. Application o i the Carvoxime method for Estimating Carvone in Adulterated Oil of Spearmint . . . . . ii, 358 RITTER (GOTTFRIED VON). '[Hopkins' method'of Estimating Uric acid] , ii, 358 DEVARDA (ARTHUR). Estimation of Fat in Milk and Milk products . . ii, 358 HALPHEN (GEORGES). Characteristic reaction of Cotton Seed Oil . . ii, 358 MORPURGO (CIULIO). Detection of " Saccharin" in Wines .. ii, 359 FLATOW ,ROBERT) and ALBERT REITZENSTEIN. Estimation of Xanthine Bases in Urine . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 359 SANDOR (G.), Separation of Strychnine from Brucine . . . . . ii, 359 FORSTRK (ARTHUR) and RUDOLF RIECHELMANN. Estiniation of Caffeine in Coffee . . . . . . . . . . ii, 359 GoLDscri MlnT (CARL). Estimation of Urea by means of Formaldehyde . ii, 360 YOCUM (JOHN H.). Estimation of' Tannin by means of Hide Powder . . ii, 360 STRZYZOWSKI (CASIMIR). Formation of HEmatin Crystals . . . . ii, 360 SELCXMANN (R.). Estimation of Perchlorate in Saltpetre . . . . ii, 403 SEYDA (ANTON). Detection of Iodine in Organic preparations . . . ii, 403 Dichromate . . . . . . ii, 404 Estimation of small amounts Gas-volumetric estimation of Detection of traces of (normal) Alkali Carbonates in the Almonds .. . . . . ii, 354 SJOLLEMA (B,). Detection of Carbohydrates . . . . . . . ii, 356 KULISCII (VICTOR). Detection of Chloral Hydrate in Urine . . . . ii, 357 MARTZ (M.). Volumetric Estimation of Acetone in Urine . . . ii, 358 BALI,~ (MATHIAS). Detection of Tallow in Lard . . . . . . ii, 359 JERVIS (H). Test for Sulphurous acid ; Estimation of Iron with ROSERLECHER (R.). Valuation 'of Fuming Sulphuric acid and of Sul- NORTIIS (JAMES I?.) and HENRY FAY. Iodometricestimatjon of Tellurium . JAGEY, (L. DE). A new method of estimating free acid in the presence phuric anhydride . . . . . . . . . . ii, 404 ii, 404 of Phosphates . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 405CONTENTS. xxxvii PAUE GLADDING (THOMAS S.). Gravimetric estimation of Phosphoric acid as HEBEBRAND (AUGST), Volumetric estimation of Phosphoric acid .. ii, 406 KUNTZE (GEORG F.). Apparatus for the estii~ation of’ Carbonic anhydride ii, 406 SPAETH (EIXARD). Estimation of added Alkali in Beer . . , ii, 407 JURISCH (KONKAD W.). Ammonia Soda : Analysis of Refuse Liquids . ii, 407 SEYDA (ANTON). Estimation of Lead and Antimony in Tin Foil . . ii, 408 SIBBERS (FR.). Analysis of Aluminium . . . . . . . ii, 409 BREARLEY (HARRY). Iron. 11. Separation of Manganese . . . . . . ii, 409 WYROUBOFF (GREGOIRE N. ) and AUGUSTE VERNEUIL. . . ii, 410 CHAVARTELON (R.). HEMPEL ( WALTHER) and LEOPOLD KAHL. Analysis of Acetylene I ii, 410 BECKURTS (HEINRICH) and G. FRERICHS. Ammonium Phosphomolybdate . . . . . . . ii, 405 BAMBERGER ( HEINRICH).Analysis of Calcium Carbide . . . ii, 408 Separations from Chromic acid. I. Separation of‘ [Detection and Method of Estimating Acetylene applicable to Hydro- Estimation of Ethereal Oiis in estimation of Thorium] . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 410 Aromatic Waters . . . . . . . . . . . ii,410 SEYDA (ANTON). ii, 410 LAM (A.). Estimation of Methylic alcohol in Ethylic alcohol . . . ii, 411 ORTMAN (ALFRED). Estimation of Lactose in Milk . . . . . ii, 411 carbons of the type RCiCH . . . Methoh for Estimating Chloroform in Viscera . . . ROSENIIEIM (OTTO) and PHILIP SCHIDROWITZ. Fehling’s Solution . . ii, 411 DOWZARD (EDWIN). Polarimetric Method for the Estimation of Starch in Flour. . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 412 RUPEAU (A.). Detection of Picric acid in‘Beer .. . . ii, 412 KONINGH (LEONARD DE). Preparation of Tartrates and Citrates of ‘Am- WIJS (J. J. A.). The Iodine Addition Method . . . ii, 412 GRINTEN (L. VAN DER). Colour Reaction of Sesame Oil’ by meails of ‘Fnr- furaldehyde and Hydrochloric acid . . . . . . . ii, 413 HAGEMANN (OSKAR). Colour Reaction of ‘Sesame Oil by means of Furfur- aldehyde and Hydrochloric acid . . . . . . . . . ii, 413 VILLAVECCHIA (VITTORIO) and GUIDO FABRIS. Colour Reaction of Sesame Oil . . . . . . . ji, 413 NERKING (JOSEPH). Polimanti’s Method of estimating Fat . . . . ii, 413 FAHRTON (WILHELM). Analysis of Fats . . . . . ii, 414 LAWALL (CH. H.). ii, 414 ABDERHALDEN (EMIL). Estimation of Hsemoglobin in Cat’s Blood . . ii, 415 WR~BLEWSKI (AUGUSTIN). LI~PINOIS (E.). Detection of Urobilin and Biliary Pigments .. . ii, 416 SCHJERNING ([NILS CHRISTIAK] HENRIK). ii, 416 CORDIER (L.). Analysis of Gastric Juice . . . . . . . . ii, 416 TELLE ( FERNAND). Volumetric estimation of combinkd Shphuric acid ii, 451 ROBIN ( LUCIEN). Simultaneous Volumetric estimation of Siilphuric acid and Calcium salts in water . . . . . . . . . . ii, 452 AUTENRIETH (WILHELM) and A. WINDAUS. Detection and estimation of Sulphurous and Thiosnlphuric acids . . . . . . . . ii, 452 SEYDA (ANTON) and R. WOY. Detection of Nitric acid in Human remains ii, 453 NATTERMANN (H. ) an2 ALBERT HILGER. Toxicological detection of Phos- ph0ru.s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 453 WDOWISZEWSKI (HENRYK). Rapid estimation of Phosphorus . . ii, 454 NEUMANN (P. ). Estimation of Phosphoric acid as Phosphomolybdic Anhydiide .. . . . . . . . . . ii, 454 SCHMOEGER (MAX). Ignition of Ammonium Magnesium Phosphate . . ii, 455 JOLLES (ADOLF) and FRIEDRICH NEURATH. Colorimetric estimation of Silica in Waters . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 455 LEsCtEUl1 (HENRI) [and, in part, CL. LEMAIRE and DELsAuX]. Aikali- metric estimation of Metals . . . . . . . . . . monium free from Lead . . . . . . . . . . ii, 412 Estimation of Alkaloids in White Hellebore . . . Application of Glan’s Spectrophotometer in The Precipitation of Proteids . Animal Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . ii, 415 PFEIFFER ([FRANZ WILHELM] THEODOR) and OTTO LEMMERMANN. Ap- paratus for Gas Analysis . . . . . . . . . ii, 451 ii, 455xxxviii CONTENTS. RONNET (L~oN). Estimation of Potash in Potash Manures . . .GEISSLER. Detection of Sodium Carbonate in Sodium Phosphate . . JEAN (FERDINAND). Analysis of Sodium Sulphide . . . , . ROMIJN (GYSBERT). Microchemical detection of Magnesia . . . . RIMBACH (EBERHARD). Electrolytic estimation of Cadmium . . . KOLLREPP (ALEXANDER). Estimation of traces of Lead in Sugar and Saccharine Liquors . . . . . . . . . . KASSNER (GEORG). Detection and estimation of traces of Lead in Beet Sugar . . . . . . . . . . . , . . LRFFLER (RUDOLF L. ). Volumetric estimation of Chromium . . BREARLEY (HARRY). Separations from Chromic acid. 111. Separation of Aluminium. . . . . * . . . HAXUS (Jos.). Volumetric estimation of Metillic Sulphides . . . VANINO (LUDWIG) and F. TREUBERT. New Method of estimating Bismuth . . . . . . . . . . . . . HANKUS (EDWARD): Estimation of Methane in Fire-damp .. . . KONINGH (LEONARD DE). Estimation of Ferrocyanogen . . . . ASTRUC (A.). Volumetric estimation of Glycerophosphates . . . . ADRIAN and AuGusTE TRILLAT. Volumetric estimation of Glycerophosphates GOFF. . PELLET (C. H.). (Analysis of Cane-sugar Juice) . . . . . . KEBLER (LYMAN F.) and CH. H. LAWALL. Detection and estimation of RIIBER (C. N.). Estimation of ’Dry Matter in Beer and Worts, and the EARBET (E.). Estimation of Aldehydes in Spirit by means of Phenols . OTT (ADOLF). Estimation of the Acidity of Beer or other liquids contain- BEIAND (L. ). Estimation of Tartaric acid . . . . . . . FOLIN (OTTO). Hopkins’ Method of Estimating Uric acid . . TORTELLI (MASSIMO) and R. RUGGERI. Cotton Oil in Olive Oil and other edible oils .. . . . . DIETERICH (KARL). Analysis of Fats and Resins . . . . . . FAHRION (WILHELM). Analysis of Fats and Oils . . . . . . WIJS (J. J. *4.). Hubl’s Iodine addition process . . . . . . HURST. Analysis of Soaps . . . . . . . . . . HENRIQUES (ROBERT). Analysis of Beeswax . . . . . . KIPPENBERGER (KARL). Estimation of Alkaloids in Pharmaceutical pre- SERG~EFF (MICHAIL P.). Behaviour of Codeine and Morphine with pure API~RY (PIERRE). Detection of Aloes . . . . . . . . BRANDT (C.), Analysis of Commercial Indigo . . . . . . JESERICH. Detection of Blood . . . . . . . . . BREUKELEVEEN (M. VAN). Microchemical Detection of Perchlorates in Chili Saltpetre COPPOCK (JOHN B.). Cladding’s Method for [the estimation bfl Phosphoric acid . . . . . . . . . . LUCAS (MAURICE).Estimation df Phosphorus and Sulphur in Iron, Steel, and Cast Iron . . . . . . . . LUCAS (MAURICE). Application of the Colorimetric Method for estimating Lead to the estimation of Sulphur in Iron, Steel, and Cast Iron . . GLASER (CHARLES). Sodium Peroxide in Quantitative Analysis . . . GLADDING (THOMAS S.). Estimation of Boric acid . . . . . DOBBIE (JAMES JOHNSTONE) and ALEXANDER LAUDER. Kopfer’s Method for the estimation of Carbon and Hydrogen . . - . . . . AUCHY (GEORGE). The moist Combustion Method of determining Carbon in Steel . . . . . . WINTON (A. L.) ind HOMER J. WHEELER. Liudo-Gladding Method df estimating Potash . . . . . . . . . . . . Estimation of Glucose in Urine by means of Methylene-blue . Starch in Opium . . . . . . . . . . Relation of Dry Matter to Specific Gravity .. . ing acid Phosphates . . . . . . . . . . Analysis of Crude Wine, Lees, and Argol . . . . C . Detection of small quantities df parations . . . . . . . . . . . . Sulphiiric acid . , . . . . . . . . . . PAGE ii, 457 ii, 458 ii, 458 ii, 458 ii, 459 ii, 459 ii, 459 ii, 460 ii, 460 ii, 461 ii, 461 ii, 461 ii, 462 ii, 462 ii, 462 ii, 463 ii, 463 ii, 463 ii, 463 ii, 464 ii, 464 ii, 465 ii, 465 ii, 465 ii, 465 ii, 466 ii, 466 ii, 466 ii, 466 ii, 467 ii, 467 ii, 467 ii, 468 ii, 468 ii, 468 ii, 482 ii, 482 ii, 482 ii, 483 ii, 483 ii, 483 ii, 484 ii, 484 ii, 484CONTENTS. XXXlX PAGE LESCGUR ( HENRI) [and iii part .DELYAUX and DEMOULIN]. . . . . . ii, 484 estimation of Metals . . . . . LEFFLER (RUDOLF L.). Separation of Aluminium . . . . ii, 484 PHILLIPS (WILLIAM B.) and DAVID HANCOCK.Bauxite . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 486 BREARLEY (HARRY). Separation from Chromic Acid. IV. Separation of Chromium. . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 488 SMITH (EDGAR FRANCIS) and DANIEL L. WALLACE. Electrolytic estimation . . . . ii, 488 of Uranium and Cadmium . . . . HILLEBRAND (WILLIAM FRANCIS), C. B. ~ U D L E Y , and WILLIAM ALBERT NOYES. Coal Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 488 BENEDICT (FRANCIS G.) and R. S. NORRIS. Estilnation of small quantities of Alcohol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 489 GREGOR (GEORG). Estimation of Methoxy-groups . . . . ii, 490 KRUG (WILLIAM H.) and HARVEY WASHINGTON WILEY. Solubil& of . ii, 490 WILEY (HARVEY WASHINGTON) and WILLIAM H. KRUG. Comparison of Alkalimetric Coinrnercial Analysis of HARRIS (HARRY B.).Volumetric estimation or Cobalt . . . . . ii, 487 Pentosans in the Reagents employed for the estimation of Starch . thestandard Methods for the estimation of Starch . . . . . ii, 490 WIJS (J. J . A,). Hubl's Iodine addition Process . . . . . . ii, 491 SCHMID (A. ). Rancidity of Fats . . . . . . . . . ii, 491 HBMOT (A.). Graduated Apparatus . . . . . . . . ii, 533 BRYLINSKI (ALBERT). Testing of Indigo . . . . . . . . ii, 492 LIEBERMANN (CARL [THEODOR]). Caution against Alkali Glass . . . ii, 533 TAKAMINE (JOKICHI). Testing diastatic substances . . . . ii, 492 SCHL(ESING (TH.), jun. Determination of the Specific Gravity of Small MALFATTI (HANS). Apparatus for the Extraction of Large Volumes of Liquid with Ether . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 533 MABERY (CHARLES FREDERIC).Inaccuracies in the estimation of Carbon and Hydrogen by Combustion . . . . . ii, 534 AUCHY (GEORGE). The Errors in est'imaiions' of Carbon where weighed Potash Bulbs are employed . . . . . . . . . . ii, 534 BERTHELOT (MARCELLIN P. E.). Absorption of Oxygen by Potassium Pyrogallol . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 534 LONGI (ANTONIO). Estimation of Sulphur in Illuminating Gas . . . ii, 535 ARTH (GEORGES). Apparatus for the estimation of Free Nitrogen in puri- fied Coal Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 535 GAUTIER ([$MILE JUSTIN] ARMAND). Reactions of Carbonic Oxide . . ii, 535 POTAIN and R E N ~ DROUIN. Detection of Carbonic Oxide by means of Palla- dium Chloride . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 536 NICLOUX (MAURICE). Estimation of minute quantities of Carbonic Oxide in Air .. . . . . . . ii, 536 GAUTIER MILE iusTIN] ARMAND). Estimation of small quantities of Carbon$ Oxide in Air . . . . . . . ii, 537 GAUTIER ( [EMILE JUSTIN] ARMAND). Eskma'tion 'of Carbonic Oxide in Air . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 537 SAINT-MARTIN '(LOUIS DE). Estimation of Carbonic Oxide 'in Air and in Normal Blood , . . . . . . . . ii, 537 HOFFMEISTER ( WILHELM). New Solvent for distinguishing the Phosphoric Acid in various Phosphates . . . . . . . . . . ii, 538 MOORE (CHARLES (2.). Estimation of Potassium without previously re- moving the Iron, Calcium, &c. . . . . . . ii, 538 GARRIGUES (W. E.). Estimation of Lead in Alloys . . . . . ii, 539 AUCHY (GEORGE). Drown's method of estimating Silicon in Steel . . ii, 539 FORD (ALL~N P.) and I.M. BREGOWSKY. the estimation of Manganese in Steel . . . . . . . . ii, 540 HALLOPEAU (L. A.). Antimony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 540 Quantities of Gas . . . . . . . ii, 533 MAHON (R. W.). Estimation of Phosphorus in Steel . . . . ii, 539 Use of Hydrofluoric acid in Antimonic Tungstates : Separation of Tungsten andxl CONTENTS. WALKER (PERCY H.). Application of Hydrogen Peroxide to Quantitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HILLEBRAND (WILLIAM FRANOISj. Colorimetric estimation of small amounts of Chromium in Rocks and Ores . . . . . . . HILLEBRAND (WILLIAM FRANCIS). Volumetric estimation of Vanadium in presence of small amounts of Chromium, with special reference to the analysis of Rocks and Ores . . . . . . . . . . WOODMAN (A. G.). Differentiation of Organic Matters in Water .. . ROBIN ( LUCIEN). Estimation of Nitrites in Waters . . . . . . NOYES (WILLIAM ALBERT) and J. W. SHEPHERD. Estimation of Methane, Carbonic Oxide, and Hydrogen by explosion, in technical Gas Analysis. NICLOUX (MAURICE) and J. BAUDUER. Distillation of dilute aqueous solu- tions of Alcohol : estimation of Alcohol therein . . . . . NICLOUX (MAURICE). Estimation of small quantities of Glycerol . . HOFFMEISTER ( WILHELM). Separation of Hemicellulose, Cellulose, and SCHWARZ (LEO). Volumetric estimation of nitrated derivatives of Phenols VANINO (LUDWIG). Application of alkaline Formalin in quantitative DENIGBS (GEORGES): Generalisation of Legal's reaction . . . . HOLLEMAN (ARNOLD FREDERIC). Detection and separation of admixed Tartaric, Racemic, and Mesotartaric acids .. . . . . . BORDAS (FRED.), JOULIN and SIG. DE RACZKOWSKI. Estimation of Succinic IMBERT (H.) and J. PAG~S. Volumetric estimation of Glycerophosphates . KONINGH (LEONARDE). Estimation of Rosin and Rosin oil in Linseed oil FRANFOIS (MAURICE). Analysis of Theobromine . SI~NKOWSKI (MICHAEL YON). Chemico-legal detection of Vegetable Poisons KATZ (JULIUS). Estimation of Alkaloids in Tinctures . . . . . MAXWELL (WALTER). Estimation of Plant Food in Soils . . . , PODA (HEINRICH). Method of drying Faxes . . . . . . . KRUGER ( FRIEDRICH). Estimation of Hzmoglobin in Cats' Blood . Ruoss. Volumetric Analysis : Corrections to be applied when an Aliquot Part of a Filtrate is Titrated . . . . . . . GRAMONT (ARNAUD DE). Spectrum Analysis of Miierals .. . . MAYENCON (FEAN~OIS). Sterelectrolysis of Minerals . . FRESENIUS ( HEINRICH) and H. BAYERLEIN. Detection of Perchlorate in' LONGI (ANTONIO) and L. BONAVIA. Special Cases of the Estimation of LONGI (ANTONIO) and L. BONAVIA. Separation of Dithionic acid from the KELLER (EDWARD). Selenium an-d Teilurium . . . . . JOWETT (HOOPER ALBERT DICKINSON) and FRANCIS HOWARD CARR.' Modified form of Nitrometer for use in Nitrogen Estimations by the Absolute Method . . . . . BOHLIG (E.). New Method 0; Estimading Nit& acid . . . . . STOCK (WILLIAM FREDERICK KEATING). Laboratory Notes . . . . VIGNON (LBO). Estimation of Phosphoric acid in Superphosphate . . POQUILLON (F.). Analysis of Bone Superphosphate . . . . . MONTEMARTINI (CLEMENTE). Estimation of Boric acid .. . JONES (LOUIS CLEVELAND). Action of Carbonic Anhydride on Soiuble' Borates . . . . . . . . GAUTIER (@MILE JUSTIN] ARMAND). Detection and Estimatidn of Carionic' Oxide in Air in presence of Gaseous Hydrocarbons . . . GAUTIER HE MILE JUSTIN] ARMAND). Sources of Inaccuracy in the Estima- tion of Carbonic Anhydride and Aqueous Vapour in large Volumes of Air HELBING and PASSMORE. Examination of Eucalyptus Oil . . . Lignin : presence of Pentoses in these substances analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analysis of crude Tartars, &c. . * . . . . . . acid in the presence of Tartaric and Lactic acids . . . . Chili Saltpetre . . . . . . . . . . . . Sulphur and Iodine. . . . . . . . . . . other acids of Sulphur . . . . . . . . JOLLES (ADOLF). Detection of Bromine in Urine .. . . . PAGE ii, 540 ii, 541 ii, 541 ii, 542 ii, 542 ii, 543 ii, 542 ii, 543 ii, 543 ii, 544 ii, 544 ii, 545 ii, 545 ii, 545 ii, 545 ii, 545 ii, 546 ii, 546 ii, 546 ii, 547 ii, 547 ii, 548 3, 548 ii, 548 ii, 635 ii, 635 ii, 636 ii, 636 ii, 637 ii, 637 ii, 637 ii, 638 ii, 638 ii, 638 ii, 639 ii, 639 ii, 640 ii, 640 ii, 640 ii, 640 ii, 641CONTENTS. xli PAGE G~LTSCHKE. Table for Calculating Potassium Platinochloride into Potas- BREABLEY (HARRY) and HORACE JERVIS. Cyanometric Estimation of Ruoss. Volumetric Estimation of Lead, Copper, Iron, Potassium, Ferro- HAVENS (FKANKE STUART). Separation of Aluminium [from other Metals] GOOCH (PRANK AUSTIN) and MARTHA AUSTIN. Condition of Oxidation GOOCH (FRANK AUSTIN) and MARTHA AUSTIN. Estimation of Manganese AUSTIN (MARTHA).Estimation of Manganese separated as Carbonate . . ii, 646 HAUFFE (M. ). Volumetric estimation of Iron in Hydrochloric acid solu- tion by means of Potassium Permanganate . . ii, 646 WIBORGH (JOHAN GUSTAF). Determination of the Reducibility of Iron'Ores ii, 647 BREARLEY (HARRY). Separation with Alkali Chromates . . . . ii, 648 GOOCH (FRANK AUSTIN) and JOHN T. NORTON, jun. Iodometric Estima- BORNTRAGER (HUGO). Estimation of technically available Molybdenum in Molybdenite . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 649 BORNTRAGER (HUGO). Patera's Method of estimating Uranium . . . ii, 649 FROENKEL (A.) and J. FASAL. Estimation of Tin in Tin salts . . . ii, 649 POLLACCI (EGIDIO). Detection of Bismuth . . . . . . . ii, 649 PASSON (MAX). Analysis of Soils . . . . . . . ii, 650 MELZER (H.).ii, 650 LINTNER (CARL JOSEPH). Estimation of Starch in Cereals . . . . ii, 651 LEPIERRE (CHARLES). Estimation of the Acidity of Urine . . . . ii, 652 BORNTRAGER (ARTHUR). Estimation of Tartaric acid in presence of Citric WOOD-SMITH (R. F.) a n i CECIL REVIS. Polarimetric estimation of Gallo- TORTELLI (MASSIMO) and R: RUGGERI. Detection of Cotton Seed oil, FAHRION (WILHELM). Oxidised Cotton Seed Oil and a general method for LIEBERMANN (LEO) and SALOYON SZEKELT. New method of estimating Fat in Food, Fwes, Flesh, &c. * . . . . ii, 655 TANGL (FERENCZ) and J. WEISER. Fat estimation by Liebermaim's Method ii, 655 Official instructions for the exaniinntion of Fats and Cheese . . . . ii, 655 DIETERICH (KARL). Testing Colophony . . . . . . . . ii, 655 HIRSCHSOHN (EDUARD). Detection of Colophony in Dnmmar Resin . . ii, 656 HIRSCHSOHN (EDUARD). Detection of Colophony in Guaiacuin Resin . . ii, 656 JOLLES (ADOLF). Detection of " Pyrnmidone" in Urine . . I . ii, 656 POLLACCI (EGIDIO). Detection of Quinine . . . . . . ii, 657 VREVEN (S.). Detection of Atropine and Hyoscyamine in Urine . + . ii, 657 KELLER (C. C.). Application of the Digitonine Test . . . . . ii, 657 HARTWICH (C.). Cubebs . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 657 BANG (Ivm). Detection of Albumoses in Urine . . . . . . ii, 657 SCHJERNING ([NILS CHRISTIAN] HENRIK). Estimation of Proteids . . ii, 658 CARLES (P.). Estimation of Gelatin . . . . . . . . . ii, 658 AMANN. Estimation of Indican in Urine . . . . . . . . ii, 659 WANG (EYVIN). Estimation of Urinary Indican . . . . - . ii, 659 BINZ (A.) and F. RUNG. Estimation of Indigotin on the Fibre . . . ii, 659 KISSLING (RICHARD). Chemistry of Tobacco . . . . . . . ii, 659 eium Oxide . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 641 PASSON (MAX). Estimation of Calcium . . . . . . . . ii, 642 some Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 642 cyanide, Dextrose, and Sulphuric acid (in Sulphates) . . . ii, 644 by Hydrochloric acid . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 644 of Manganese precipitated by the Chlorate Process . . . . . ii, 645 as the Sulphate and as the Metal . . . . . . . . . ii, 646 tionsfMolybdenum . . . . . . . . . . ii, 648 Contributions to Forensic Chemistry [Detection of Phenol, Benzaldehyde, Carbon Bisulphide, Picrotoxin, Coniine, and Nicotine] POPASOGLI (G.). Characteristic Reaction of Cane-sugar . . . . . ii, 651 ZE ROY (G. A.). Detection of Sawdust in Meal . . . . ii, 652 . . . ii, 652 acid . . . tannic acid . . . . . . . . ii, 653 Sesame Oil, and Earth Nut Oil in Olive Oils . . . . ii, 653 the Analysis of Oxidised Oils . . . . . . . ii, 654 4CONTENTS. xli PAGE G~LTSCHKE. Table for Calculating Potassium Platinochloride into Potas- BREABLEY (HARRY) and HORACE JERVIS. Cyanometric Estimation of Ruoss. Volumetric Estimation of Lead, Copper, Iron, Potassium, Ferro- HAVENS (FKANKE STUART). Separation of Aluminium [from other Metals] GOOCH (PRANK AUSTIN) and MARTHA AUSTIN. Condition of Oxidation GOOCH (FRANK AUSTIN) and MARTHA AUSTIN. Estimation of Manganese AUSTIN (MARTHA). Estimation of Manganese separated as Carbonate . . ii, 646 HAUFFE (M. ). Volumetric estimation of Iron in Hydrochloric acid solu- tion by means of Potassium Permanganate . . ii, 646 WIBORGH (JOHAN GUSTAF). Determination of the Reducibility of Iron'Ores ii, 647 BREARLEY (HARRY). Separation with Alkali Chromates . . . . ii, 648 GOOCH (FRANK AUSTIN) and JOHN T. NORTON, jun. Iodometric Estima- BORNTRAGER (HUGO). Estimation of technically available Molybdenum in Molybdenite . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 649 BORNTRAGER (HUGO). Patera's Method of estimating Uranium . . . ii, 649 FROENKEL (A.) and J. FASAL. Estimation of Tin in Tin salts . . . ii, 649 POLLACCI (EGIDIO). Detection of Bismuth . . . . . . . ii, 649 PASSON (MAX). Analysis of Soils . . . . . . . ii, 650 MELZER (H.). ii, 650 LINTNER (CARL JOSEPH). Estimation of Starch in Cereals . . . . ii, 651 LEPIERRE (CHARLES). Estimation of the Acidity of Urine . . . . ii, 652 BORNTRAGER (ARTHUR). Estimation of Tartaric acid in presence of Citric WOOD-SMITH (R. F.) a n i CECIL REVIS. Polarimetric estimation of Gallo- TORTELLI (MASSIMO) and R: RUGGERI. Detection of Cotton Seed oil, FAHRION (WILHELM). Oxidised Cotton Seed Oil and a general method for LIEBERMANN (LEO) and SALOYON SZEKELT. New method of estimating Fat in Food, Fwes, Flesh, &c. * . . . . ii, 655 TANGL (FERENCZ) and J. WEISER. Fat estimation by Liebermaim's Method ii, 655 Official instructions for the exaniinntion of Fats and Cheese . . . . ii, 655 DIETERICH (KARL). Testing Colophony . . . . . . . . ii, 655 HIRSCHSOHN (EDUARD). Detection of Colophony in Dnmmar Resin . . ii, 656 HIRSCHSOHN (EDUARD). Detection of Colophony in Guaiacuin Resin . . ii, 656 JOLLES (ADOLF). Detection of " Pyrnmidone" in Urine . . I . ii, 656 POLLACCI (EGIDIO). Detection of Quinine . . . . . . ii, 657 VREVEN (S.). Detection of Atropine and Hyoscyamine in Urine . + . ii, 657 KELLER (C. C.). Application of the Digitonine Test . . . . . ii, 657 HARTWICH (C.). Cubebs . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 657 BANG (Ivm). Detection of Albumoses in Urine . . . . . . ii, 657 SCHJERNING ([NILS CHRISTIAN] HENRIK). Estimation of Proteids . . ii, 658 CARLES (P.). Estimation of Gelatin . . . . . . . . . ii, 658 AMANN. Estimation of Indican in Urine . . . . . . . . ii, 659 WANG (EYVIN). Estimation of Urinary Indican . . . . - . ii, 659 BINZ (A.) and F. RUNG. Estimation of Indigotin on the Fibre . . . ii, 659 KISSLING (RICHARD). Chemistry of Tobacco . . . . . . . ii, 659 eium Oxide . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 641 PASSON (MAX). Estimation of Calcium . . . . . . . . ii, 642 some Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 642 cyanide, Dextrose, and Sulphuric acid (in Sulphates) . . . ii, 644 by Hydrochloric acid . . . . . . . . . . . ii, 644 of Manganese precipitated by the Chlorate Process . . . . . ii, 645 as the Sulphate and as the Metal . . . . . . . . . ii, 646 tionsfMolybdenum . . . . . . . . . . ii, 648 Contributions to Forensic Chemistry [Detection of Phenol, Benzaldehyde, Carbon Bisulphide, Picrotoxin, Coniine, and Nicotine] POPASOGLI (G.). Characteristic Reaction of Cane-sugar . . . . . ii, 651 ZE ROY (G. A.). Detection of Sawdust in Meal . . . . ii, 652 . . . ii, 652 acid . . . tannic acid . . . . . . . . ii, 653 Sesame Oil, and Earth Nut Oil in Olive Oils . . . . ii, 653 the Analysis of Oxidised Oils . . . . . . . ii, 654 4

ISSN:0368-1769    

DOI:10.1039/CA89874FP032

出版商:RSC    

年代:1898

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

34 ABSTRACTS O F CHEMICAL PAPERS. Physiological Chemistry, Absovption of Oxygen by the Lungs. By JOHN 5. HALDANE and J. LORRAIN SMITH (J. Physiol., 1897, 22, 231-258).-The absorp- tion of oxygen in the lungs cannot be explained by diffusion alone, as the normal oxygen tension in the blood is higher than in the alveolar air, and in some animals higher than in the atmosphere. Fall of body temperature caused a marked fall in this tension. Increase of oxygen in the alveolar air causes an almost proportional increase in the oxygen tension of the arterial blood. Diminution of the oxygen tension in the alveolar air causes a fall in that of the blood ; bat want of oxygen, whet her produced by carhonic oxide poisoning, by diminution of atmospheric pressure, or of percentage of oxygen in tbe air, causes a marked increase in the relative excess of arterial over alveolar oxygen tension.Hence want of oxygen acts as a stimulus t o absorption of oxygen. The symptoms caused by diminution of the oxygen tension of the air breathed are due to fall in the oxygen tension reached by the blood in the lungs, and not to diminution in the quantity of oxygen carried by the blood from the lungs. Metabolism. during Inanition. By DAIBER (Chern. Centis., 1896, ii, 1039, from Schweix. Woch. Plmmz., 34, 395-399).-0bservations made on Succi during a 20 days’ fast showed that the body weight sank about 490 grams daily, the excretion of chlorides in the urine fell t o 1 or 1.5 per cent. of the normal; chlorides were not found in the urine on the twentieth day. At the beginning of the fast, urobilin was abundant, indicating decomposition of the red blood corpuscles.The metabolism of proteid as indicated by the discharge of urea was very regular. W. D. H. Influence of the Thyroid Gland on Metabolism. By BERNHARD SCHONDORFF (Pjiiyer’s Arclriu., 1897, 67, 395-442).-By feeding dogs on thyroid, they are reduced in weight ; this is due to loss of fat,and the amount of oxygen used is increased. When the body fat has sunk to a certain point, the proteid of the body is attacked. When the animal resumes normal diet, metabolism falls, fat and proteid are put on, and the body weight rises ; renewed administration of thyroid is then followed by no increase in the excretion of nitrogen. During menstruation in women, and the corresponding period in dogs, the proteid metabolism sinks.During hunger, the rise of nitro- genous excretion which occurs late in t’he process is not always coin- cident with the greatest deficit in f a t ; the organs become richer in water. W. D. H. By EMIL HBUSERMANN (&it. physiol. Clzemn,., 1897, 23, 555-59Z).-Analyses of various foods are given, from which it appears that the seeds of cereals are even poorer in iron than milk. Rats, rabbits, and dogs were fed on food poor in iron, and others on the same, plus inorganic cornpounds of iron, and in one series (on rats) hemoglobin was added instead; in the last, the haemoglobin W. D. H. The Assimilation of Iron.PHYSIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY. 35 of the mixed no im blood rose considerably, although not so high as when a normal diet was given. There was an increase of iron in the body, but portant increase in hemoglobin in rats and rabbits after the administration of inorganic salts of iron; in dogs, as also in man, the hEmoglobin increases.This, however, as the author admits, hardly settles the question whether the hzmoglobin formed comes from the iron given. W. D. H. Analyses of Blood. By EmL ABDERHALDEN (Zeit. physiol. Chem., 1897, 23, 521-531).-Tmo very complete analyses of the blood, one of the ox, the other of the horse, are given. W. D. H. By A. DASTFLE and N. FLORESCO (Compt. rend. SOC. BioZ., 1896, [XI, 3, 243-245).- If gelatin dissolved in solution of sodium chloride is injected into a vein of a dog, the gelatin is excreted in the urine, and the urine gelatinises on cooling.The blood, when withdrawn, coagulates with great rapidity. If, however, the blood is mixed with decalcifyingagents such as potas- sium oxalate, it does not clot ; but gelatin annuls the anti-coagulating power of proteoses (pro-peptone). Glucose in the Blood and Muscle after Intra-venous Injec- tion of that Substance. By L. BUTTE (Compt. Tend. Xoc. BioZ., 1896, [XI, 3, 274--2’77).-After the intra-venous injection of large doses of glucose, it is excreted by the urine for about 36 hours; it is, however, not found for long in the blood, disappearing from it in about 50 minutes to 2 hours. I n the muscles, also, it disappears as rapidly. It appears that of the sugar injected some is excreted, some is used immediately for purposes of combustion, and a third part probably undergoes ‘‘ transformation ” in certains organs.Coagulating Action of Gelatin on the Blood. W. D. H. W. D. H. Origin of Fat in Animals. By MAURICE KAUFMANN (Conzpt. rend. SOC. Biol., 1896, [XI, 3, 414-417).-A11 the proximate principles of food may serve for the formation of fat. I n carnivora, it originates from the proteid and f a t of the food; the fat, however, is principally indirectly concerned in fat-production by preserving from oxidation the f a t already stored from proteid. Ey SABRAZBS (Cow~pt. rend. SOC. Biol., 1896, [XI, 3,239-243).-A case of fibro-lipoma grow- ing from the mucous membrane of the mouth is described ; this showed the presence of glycogen in the ulcerated portions. The glycogen was especially abundant in the leucocytes ; this is believed to be due to the intracellulsr digestion of the fat of the tumour.W. D. H. By VAUGHAN HARLEY (PYOC. Roy. Xoc., 1897, 61, 249--265).-The absorption of milk-fat in normal dogs is compared with that in those from which the pancreas had been removed ; the difference in the amount of fat left in different portions of the alimentary canal is not, so great as would have been anticipated. Hydrolysis of fats into fatty acids and glycerol occurs in the stomach, as also does saponification; this is W. D. H. Transformation of Fat into Glycogen. Breaking up of Fat in the Alimentary Canal. 3-236 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. greater in dogs without a pancreas, and is probably explained by the fact that, in these animals, the expulsion of fat into the intestine is delayed.W. D. H. By DOYON and E. DUFOURT (Compt. ?*end. Xoc. Biol., 1896, [XI, 3, 487-489).-Doubt exists as to whether cholesterol is formed by the liver cells or by the biliary passages. It has a double origin; fistula bile contains cholesterol, but in less quantity than bladder bile. By J. E. ABELOUS and G. BIARN~S (Conzpt. vend. SOC. Biol., 1896, [x], 3, 94--06).-Two experi- ments are described which show that a t the same time that salicyl- aldehyde is oxidised into salicylic acid as the result of digestion with aqueous extracts of liver, oxygen is consumed and carbonic anhydride disengaged ; the extract was rendered antiseptic by chloroform. The same result follows if a solution of the precipitate produced by the addition of alcohol to the liver-extract is used instead.The ‘‘ oxidising ” ferment thus adheres closely to the protoplasm of the liver cells. Cholesterol in the Bile. W. D. H. Mechanism of Organic Oxidation. W. D. H. The Importance of Nucleo-proteids in the Oxidative Pro- cesses of Cells. By WILHELM SPITZER (P’uger’s A~chiv., 1897, 67, 615--656).-The various tissues and organs of the body have an oxidising energy which was principally investigated i;l the present research by the amount of oxygen formed from hydrogen peroxide. In some cases, other tests, such as the conversion of salicylaldehyde into salicylic acid, were used as well. In their order of activity, the tissiies are thus arranged, blood, spleen, liver, pancreas, thymus, brain, muscle, ovary, oviduct, the most active being placed first ; this list n.early coincides with those given by Abelous and Biarnds, and by Salkows ki.The action is destroyed by protoplasmic poisons, like potassium cyanide and hgdroxylamine. It is not influenced by cold to any note- worthy extent, its optimum is at 30-50°, and it is completely destroyed by heating to 70”. The substance on which this property depends is only partially extracted by water; to say that it is an enzyme is no explanation. A definite search was made as to whether or not it depends on nucleo- proteid, and the answer was in the afirmative. Nucleo-proteids were prepared from various organs and tissues by the methods given by different authors, and all were found to have the oxidising energy of the original tissue or organ; these compounds are affected by poisons and temperature like the original organs.Numerous analyses of various nucleo-proteids are given, and considerable importance in this connection is given to the constant presence of iron in them. The glycolytic power of the blood is attributed to the same substances. W. D. H. Cerebro-spinal Fluid. By E. NAWRATZKI’ (Zeit. physiol. Chem., 189 ’7, 23, 532-554).-Previous workers on cerebro-spinal fluid have all but unanimously stated that the reducing substance contained in it is not sugar. In the present case, large quantities of the fluid werePHYSIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY. 37 obtained from calves and horses, and also from men ; the author thus regards his work as being more trustworthy than that of others, who mostly worked with small quantities. Although he was not successful in separating the sugar in the crystalline form, he states that otherwise the reducing substance gives all the reactions characteristic of dextrose.He did not find catechol, as Halliburton did. I n the fluids he examined, globulin was the only proteid present, proteoses and peptones being absent. The sugar in cerebro-spinal fluid disappears soon after death (glycoly tic action). Behaviour of Compounds of Salicylic Acid in the Organism. By STANISLAS BONDZ~YSKI (Chem. Centr., 1896, ii, 1039-1040; from Arch. exp. PutTL. Pharm., 38, 88-98).-After the use of sodium salicyl- ate, 97.5 per cent. of it was found in the urine as salicyluric acid; after the use of ethylic salicylate, 91.3 per cent. was found in the urine. After ethylenic salicylate, 47.6 per cent, was found in the urine as salicyluric acid, and 19.5 per cent. in the faces as salicylic acid.Of salicylglyceride, 86.7 per cent. passes unchanged through the alimentary canal, and 8.7 per cent. is excreted in the urine as salicgl- uric acid. Dichlorhydrin-salicylate appears chiefly in the urine (92.7 per cent.). After the use of salicyl compounds soluble in water, such as salicylamide, there was complete absorption, none being found in the feces. W. D. H. By ED. BOIXET (Compt. rend. Xoc. Biol., 1896, [ x], 3, 403-406).-n;icoztZine~ C,H,O, a colourless, in- odorous substance crystallising in rhomboidal tablets, was extracted by Geoffroy from Robiniu Nicozc Aublet, a leguminous plant used by the natives of Guiana to stupefy and capture fish.The action of nicouline is on the central nervous system, especially on the bulb; after a phase of excitation, stupor sets in, the muscles are relaxed, sensation is in abeyance, and the temperature falls. It is rapidly eliminated. The fatal dose for mammals is 1 milligram per 10 grams of the body weight. By ARNOLD SCHILLER (Chem. Centy., 1896, ii, 1039 ; from A ~ c h . exp. Puth. P?mrm., 38, 71--87).--Scopoline, on account of its insolubility, does not act on frogs, but the scopoleines (cinnamylscopoline, benzoylscopoline, acetylscopo- line) produce iiarcosis, with a rise of reflex irritability. The cinnarnyl compound is the most active, 0*01-0*02 gram producing a marked effect ; in rabbits and cats, however, 0.12 gram produces no correspond- ing results. In contradistinction to scopolamine, scopoline and the scopoleines produce no effect on the pupil, secretion of saliva, or vagus endings in the heart.Physiological Action of Copper. By ARNOLD KOLDEWEY (Chem. Centr., 1896, ii, 1041 ; from Disswt. Bedin).---Although it is advisable to obviate admixture of copper with the food, no noteworthily evil results follow small doses of copper, or even large doses in people in good healt'h, or in animals that vomit readily ; long continuance in the use of c o p per, however, produces slight degenerative changes in the liver and kidney, which can only be detected on microscopic examination. The W. D. H. Physiological Action of Nicouline. W. D. H. Action of Scopoline and Scopoleines. W. D. H.38 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS.existence of chronic copper poisoning among workers in that metal is doubted, and illness, if it occurs, is probably to be attributed to arsenic, zinc, or lead mixed with the copper. By CHARLES PLATT (J. Anze~. C?Le?n. Xoc., 1897, 19, 382-384).-The amounts of the various con- stituents of the urine of men and women are arranged in a lengthy table. The numbers given ara averages compiled from the observations of the author (number not stated) and those of forty-eight other investigators; they do not differ in any essential particular from those found in the text-books. W. D. H. Excretion of Phosphorus during Feeding with Casein. By GOTTHE~F MARCUSE (I)JEuges.’s Archiv., 1897, 67, 373--394).-The experiments mere carried out in the usual manner of metabolism ex- periments ; a dog mas used, and the phosphorus in its food (casein and meat extract), and in its excrements, was estimated.I n four experi- ments, the average of phosphorus absorbed from the food was 90 per cent. of that given ; this is even better than when meat is given. The phosphorus thus follows the same course as was previously shown in the case of the nitrogen of casein, thus confirming the view, previously found expressed, of the high nutritive value of casein. W. I). 13. Nitrogenous Excretion in Phloridzin-diabetes. By (311. CONTE- JEAN (Compt. 9*eiacZ. Xoc. Biol., 1896, [XI, 3, 344-347).-1n phloridzin- diabetes in animals, the excretion of nitrogen is not increased, as von Mering states, and proteid cannot therefore be regarded as the precursor of sugar.The opinion expressed is that the sugar is formed, partly, if not exclusively, from the f a t of the organism. W.D. H. Composition of Normal Urine. W. I). H. Uric Acid in the Saliva in the Uric Acid Diathesis. By BOUCHERON (Compt. rend. SOC. Biol., 1896, [XI, 3, 454-456).-By the murexide test, uric acid can be detected in the saliva in patients suffering from the uric acid diathesis, particularly in the intervals between meals. An analogy is drawn between this and the occurrence of sugar in the urine in diabetes. W. D. H. By THOMAS BOKORNY (Chem. Xeit., 1896, 20, 1022).-Phosphorus is a poison to low organisms, but not a powerful one. As with nitroglycerol, there is here a difference between low animals and plants and those higher in the scale. Excretion of Water and Carbonic Anhydride fiom Inflamed Skin. By WAILELIN BARRATT (J. physiol., 1897, 22, 206-214).- I n dry dermatitis produced by carbolic acid, the output of water is much diminished (56 per cent.); this persists till desquamation is completed. No marked alteration is noted in the elimination of carbonic anhydride, until, when desquamation is in progress, the horny epithelium becomes thinner; there is then a tendency to increased output. W. D. H. Glycosuria after Carbonic Oxide Poisoning. By WALTHER STRAUB (Chern. Cent?*., 1896, ii, 1040; from As.eh. exp. Path. Pharm., Toxicity of Aqueous Solutions of Phosphorus. W. D. H.VEGETABLE PgYSIOLOC3Y bND AGRICULTURE. 39 38, 139--157).-After poisoning dogs by carbonic oxide, sugar ap- pears in the urine if proteid decomposition occurs; but in proteid hunger, or with excess of carbohydrate food, i t is absent. Adminis- tration of gelatin will take the plaze of proteid in this connection. W. D. H. Nitroglycerol as a Poison. By THOMAS BOKORNY (Chem. Zeit., 1896, 20, 1021-1022).-Nitroglycerol is a very feeble poison to low organisms, whilst nitroethane is not only non-poisonous to these, but appears t o increase their nutrition. W. D. H.

ISSN:0368-1769    

DOI:10.1039/CA8987405034

出版商:RSC    

年代:1898

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

VEGETABLE PgYSIOLOC3Y bND AGRICULTURE. Chemistry of Vegetable Physiology and Agriculture. 39 Nitrated Carbohydrates as Food Material for Moulds. By THOMAS BOKORNY (Chem. Zeit., 1896, 20, 985-986).-Cellulose tri- nitrate (nitrocellulose) will serve as a food supply for moulds when suspended in distilled water containing the requisite mineral matter and placed i n the dark. The growth is rapid, and a considerable quantity of the vegetable growth accumulates round the masses of cellulose nitrate, but no growth is observed if mineral matter is absent. Cellulose itself cannot act as a food supply, and it seems probable that if glycerol is present cellulose nitrate is no longer made use of. J. J. S. Fixation of Atmospheric Nitrogen by the Association of Alge and Bacteria. By RAOUL BOUIL~AC (Conzpt.rend., 1896, 123, 82S--830).--Nostoc punctifomte mas cultivated in flasks containing (Nos. 1-6) nutritive solutions free from nitrogen, with and without soil bacteria. A second series of experiments was made (Nos. 7-18) in which potassium arsenate (As = 0.01 per cent.) was added to the nutritive solution, It had been previously shown that certain algze are able to live in presence of arsenic. The following results were obtained. Nitrogen, Dry 0 produce Total Per cent. in No. (grams). (grams). dry subst. 1-3 without bacteria - - - 4 with bacteria ....................................... 0.705 0'0234 3.3 5 ,, ,) ...................................... 0'564 0'020 3-5 6 ,) ,) aiidHypkeothrix .................. 0'353 0'0111 3'1 11 with ,, ...................................... 0.322 0'0105 3'2 1 2 ,, ,, ....................................... 0'295 0'0118 4'0 1 3 ,) ..................................... 0.183 0.0065 3'5 14 ,, ,, ....................................? ? 1 15 ,, ,, ...................................... 0'154 0'0058 3.7 1 6 ), ,, Hypheothyix and Pleurocoecus 0.322 0.0107 3'3 l7 1 7 > 7 ,) Ulothriz ... 0'381 0'012 3'6 18 ,, ,, and 1: ..................... 0.545 0*02.06 3'7 .................................... - - - 7-10 without ), ..................................... There was, therefore, fixation of nitrogen during the growth of algae associated with bacteria, and the percentage of nitrogen in the40 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. produce is comparable with that of the Leguminosce.Like Nostoc, the bacteria are capable of living in presence of arsenic in the quantity employed. Schizoth~ix Zaidacea and Ulothrix jiuccidcc failed to develop in ab- sence of combined nitrogen, both with and without soil bacteria. N. H. J. M. Action of Formaldehyde on Germination. By RICHARD WINDISCH (Landw. VeYsuclm-Stat., 1897, 49, 223-226).-Selected seeds (200 of each) of winter-wheat, rye, barley, and oats mere allowed to germinate between thick Swedish filter paper, with distilled water alone, and in presence of different amounts of formaldehyde (0.02 to 0.40 per cent,). The experiments extended over 12-16 days. The weakest solution retarded, on the first day, the germination of barley, wheat., and rye, but was favourable to oats as compared with water alone.The 0.08 per cent. solution had a considerable retarding effect, especially in the case of rye and wheat, but less with barley ; oats germinated normally. With 0.12 per cent, of formaldehyde, the wheat was mostly destroyed, whilst the germination of oats, although re- tarded, was otherwise normal. The following results show the average percentage of seeds of each kind which germinated under the influence of the solutions of different strengths. There were two experiments in each case. Formaldehyde per cent. 0 0.02 0.04 0.08 0'12 0.20 0'40 Barley ......... 96.5 95.5 97.5 89.0 47.0 none none Wheat ......... 98.0 97.25 97.25 58.5 9-25 Oats ............ 97.0 99.50 99-25 96.5 95.5 6i.5 :: Eye ............ 96-25 93.5 91.05 65.25 20.50 1-5 ,, 5 per cent. N. H. J. M.The results of the duplicate experiments given differed by less than How is the High Percentage of Iron in the Ash of Trapa natans to be Explained? By GEORGE THOMS (Landw. VersucJLs.- Stat., 1897, 49, 165--171).-The nuts examined were obtained from a lake near Jacobstadt in Courland, and included (1) black nuts which had been at least a year in the mud at the bottom of the lake, and (2) fresh nuts still containing the kernels. The following analytical results were obtained, In dry In ash, Dry JiisolnLle matter, Fe,O, matter Ash in HC1 Fe,O, ashper per (grams). (grams). (grams). (grams). cent. cent. Kernels of 6 fresh nuts 5.2846 0.1740 0.0007 0.0023 3.29 1.32 Shells ,, ,, ,, ,, 5.9328 0.1896 0.0034 0.0025 3.20 1.34 Black nuts (2) ......... 1.4692 0-1100 0.0082 0.0746 7.48 67.82 The comparatively small amount of iron in the fresh nuts indicate that iron has no physiological d e .It is supposed that the porous tissues of the dead nuts which contain tannin, precipitate the iron pre- sent in the water which surrounds them, until the whole of the tannin is used up. This would account for the blackening of the nuts, andVEGETABLE PHYSIOLOGY AND AGRICTJLTURE. 41 also accords with the results of analyses of black oak found in the river near Riga. The wood contained : water, 8.02 ; ash in dry sub- stance 1.22, and Fe,O, (in the ash) 50.14 per cent. (compare E. von Gorup-Besanez, Anncclen, 118, 220-227). By WILHELM BERSCH (Chem. Centy., 1896, ii, 1121 ; from Osteri*.-ztng. Zeit. Zucker.-lnd. u. Landw., 25, 766-793).-1f potatoes are slowly frozen, or kept for a long time near their freezing point (-lo), some of the starch is changed into sugar, but if the freezing is done rapidly, no sugar can be detected ; the sugar formed is chiefly dextrose, but partly cane-sugar.If they are again warmed, part of the sugar is used for respiratory pur- poses, and part is again trmsformed into starch. By THOMAS BOKORNY (Clcem. Zeit., 1896, 20, 1005-1 006) .-In absence of organic matter, carbonic anhydride, light, and potash are necessary for the production of starch, whilst in presence of sugar or glycerol, &c., light is not essential (compare E. Laiirent, ‘L Sur la fornmtion d’arniclon, dans Zes plantes,” Brussels, 1888). This does not, however, hold good for all plants, as, for instance, Spirogyrcc mnxima, which failed to produce starch in 48 hours in 1 per cent.sugar (cane-sugar, dextrose, and xylose). Moreover, Xpirogyrcc could be freed fromJstarch by keeping it 5-10 days in darkness ; in 1 per cent. dextrose (both with 0.5 per cent, potassiuni nitrate and with- out potash); the dextrose did not even delay the disappearance of the starch. I n presence of light, S’irogym produced starch abundantly from cane-sugar, grape-sugar, and glycerol, &c., but not in an atmos- phere of hydrogen. Whilst many plants, such as potatoes, convert sugar into starch in absence of light, it is still unknown whether the presence of oxygen is necessary or not. N. H. J. M. Sugar and Starch in Resting Potatoes. W. D. H. Formation of Starch. Similar results were obtained with Conferurn.N. H. J. If. Formation of Non-nitrogenous Reserve Substances in Wal- nuts and Almonds. By LEcmnc DU SABLON (Conzpt. Tend., 1896,123, 1084--1806).--TvValnuts and almonds were examined at different periods of growth, commencing in July and June respectively, when the embryo was only slightly developed. They were dried for 3 days at 45”; glucose, saccharose, and the amyloses were determined. The following percentage results in dry matter are given, as well as the amount of water to 100 points of dry matter. Water. Oil. Glucose, Saccharose. 1. Walnuts, 6 July ...... 837 3 7.6 0 ,, 1 Aug. ... 535 16 2.4 0.5 ,, 1 sept. ... 4s 59 0 0.s ,, 4 July ...... 716 10 4.2 4 9 ,, 1 Aug. ... 219 37 0 2.8 ,, 4 Oct. ...... 12 46 0 2.5 ,, 15 Aug. . . . 274 42 0 0.6 ,, 4 Oct..-. ... 10 62 0 1.6 2. Almonds, 9 June ... 896 2 6.0 6-7 ,, 1 Sept. ... 117 44 0 2-6 Amyloses 21.8 14.5 3.2 2.6 2.6 21.6 14.1 6.2 5.4 5.342 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAJ, PAPERS. The amount of fatty acids was much greater during the earlier stages of development than later, owing to conversion into carbo- hydrates ; glucose is also to be considered as an intermediate product. I n almonds, there was decrease in the percentage amount of saccharose, but an increase in actual amount. N. H. J. M. Amount of Lecithin in some Seeds and Oil Cakes. By ERNST SCHULZE (Landw. Versuclm-Stut., 1897,49,203-214).-The following amounts of lecithin were found in various seeds and cakes (per cent. of dry matter). Seeds: Blue and yellowlupins (without husks), 2.20and 1.64 ; vetches, 1.09 ; peas, 1.05 ; lentils, 1.03 ; wheat, 0.43 ; barley, 0.47 ; maize 0.25 ; buckwheat, 0.53 ; flax, 0.73 ; hemp, 0.85 ; Pinus sylvestris, 0.49 ; Picea excelsa, 0.27; Abiespectinata, 0.1 1 (compare Stoklasa, Abstr., 1897, ii, 116).Cakes : Earth-nut (I), 0.20 ; (2) 0.37 ; sesame, 0.49 ; linseed, 0.44 ; cocoanut, 0.30; cotton seed, 0.49. Maxwell (Abstr., 1891, 511) found 0.94 per cent. of lecithin in cotton-seed. The above results can only be correct on the assumption that lecithin is the only compound, soluble in alcohol and ether, which contains phos- phorus ; this may safely be assumed in the cases under consideration, namely, seeds and oil cakes, but perhaps not in the case of chlorophyll- ous objects (Stoklasa, Abstr., 1897, ii, 116). Lecithin isolated from wheat germs had all the properties of prepara- tions from leguminous seeds.Before extracting with ether and alcohol, seeds must be very finely ground. Seeds which contain -much fat are first coarsely ground, extracted with ether, and then ground as finely as possible. Ton Bitto (Abstr., 1894, ii, 402) recommended extraction with methylic alcohol. The author found, however, that the '' purest methylic alcohol," from different sources, dissolved small amounts of potassium and sodium phosphates, and determinable amounts of phosphorus from seeds from which the whole of the lecithin had previously been extracted. N. H. J. M. A Phosphorus Compound from Plants, which yields Inosite on Decomposition. By ERNST W INTERSTEIN (Bey., 1897, 30, 2 2 9 9- 2 3 0 2). -The compound containing phosphorus in combination with calcium and magnesium, which was extracted from the seeds of Xinapis nigra by means of dilute sodium chloride solution, is now found to be most conveniently extracted by heating the dried seeds with dilute acetic acid ; it is a white, earthy, amorphous mass, and after removal of the calcium by means of oxalic acid, yields a compound con- taining 42-24 per cent.P,O, and 12-97 per cent. MgO. An attempt to obtain the free acid was unsuccessful, although on heating the mag- nesium salt in a closed tube with concentrated hydrochloric acid at 140' for 30 hours, inosite was formed. J. F. T. Lactic Acid in Algerian Wines. By JOSEPH A. MULLER (Bull. Xoc. Cl~im., 1896, [ iii], 15,1210-1213).-The author has analysed fourteen Algerian wines, the lactic and succinic acids being separately estimated by the method that he has described (this vol., ii, 57).The total solidVEGETABLE PHYSIOLOGY AND AGRICULTURE. 43 residue at 100" varied from 20-00 t o 35.00 grams per litre, the total acidity, in terms of sulphuric acid, from 5.49 to 9.82, the lactic acid from 0.52 to 4.54, and the succinic acid from 0.66 t o 1.60 grams per litre, whilst the alcoholic strength varied 9.85 to 13.00 per cent. by volume. The relative proportions of lactic acid and mannitol show that the greater part of the former has not been produced by a manni- to1 fermentation of glucose or levulose. The wines contain the vibrios found by Pasteur in '' turned " wines, but differ from the latter in containing normal proportions of tartrates and of glycerol.All the wines, however, contain a notable proportion of glucose, and it seems most probable that the vibrios, before attacking the glycerol and the tartrates, convert a larger or smaller proportion of the glucose into lactic acid. The " turning " ferment is widely diffused, and the high tempera- tures that prevail in Algeria often prevent the completion of the alco- holic fermentation whilst favouring the development of the vibrios. C. H. B. Composition of Potatoes, By BALLAND (Compt. rend., 1897,125, 429-431).-Analyses of a large number of varieties of potatoes, grown in France, gave the following results. Nitrogen Sugars coin- and Cellu- Weight Water. pounds, Fats. starch. lose. Ash. of tubers. Ordinary Minimum 66.10 1'43 0.04 15.58 0.37 0'44 23'0 grams.condition { Maximum 80'60 2.81 0.14 29.85 0.68 1'18 420.0 ,, Minimum 0.0 5.98 0.18 80.28 1.40 1'66 Maximum 0.0 13.24 0-56 89'78 3'06 4'38 The proportion of water is independent of the size of the tubers and of the varietyof potato, but seems to be closely connected with the character of the soil ; moreover, the proportion of nitrogen compounds varies considerably in different varieties. The ash generally contains traces of manganese. The acidity varies from 0.072 to 0.250 per cent. Young tubers do not differ from mature tubers in composition except that the envelope amounts t o only about 3 per cent. and the proportion of cellu- lose is about seven times as great in the young as in the mature tubers. When cooked in water, potatoes alter very little in weight. Three kilo- grams of boiled, or about 1200 grams of fried potatoes contains almost exactly the same quantity of nitrogen compounds and starches as 1 kilo- gram of ordinary white bread.C. H. B. Banana Flour. By JOHN B. COPPOCE (Chem. News, 1897, 75, 265--266).-1n some parts of Cuba, the fruit of Musa purudisiuca, a variety of banana, is t,he chief food of the natives; a sample of the flour had the following percentage composition : water, 10.62 ; pro- teids, 3.55 ; fat, 1-15 ; carbohydrates, 81-67 ; fibre, 1.15 ; phosphoric acid, 0.26 ; salts other than phosphates, 1.60. The flour has the appearance of finely-ground oatmeal, has an agreeable odour, and quickly forms a thin, readily digestible mucilage with warm water. The starch granules are elongated and elliptical, and consist of con- centric layers, D. A. L.44 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. Composition of the Seeds of Mange1 Wureel. By ARTHUR DEVARDA (Lundzu. Versuchs.-Xtcct., 1897, 49, 239-240).--The entire seeds (shell and kernel) of seven (mostly Austrian) varieties of mange1 wurzel were analysed. The average percentage composition of the dry matter (88.45 per cent, in the fresh substance) was as follows : N-free N x 6.25. Crude fat. extract. Crude fibre. Ash. 12.84 6.08 38.41 34.01 8.38 The pure ash contained (per cent.) K,O. Na,O. CaO. MgO. Fe,O,. P,O,. SO,. SiOP Ci. 22.01 8.01 16.14 11*07 1.03 10.00 5.01 24-61 2.32 N. H. J. M.

ISSN:0368-1769    

DOI:10.1039/CA8987405039

出版商:RSC    

年代:1898

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

44 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. An a1 y t i c a1 Chemistry. sensitive Litmus Paper. By RONDE (Cheiuz. Cent?.., 1896. ii, 11 30 ; from Phavnz. Zeit., 41, 736).-Coarsely powdered litmus is digested during one day with 12-1 5 parts of water, and the dark-blue mixture after being treated with concentrated sulphuric acid until the colour turns to bright red, is heated on a water bath to expel carbonic anhydride; dilute sulphuric acid is then added until filter paper dipped in the liquid just appears violet-red. When cold, the liquid is filtered, and by addition of more dilute sulphuric acid, or of powdered litmus, it is adjusted so as to give either a blue or a red stain to filter paper. By FRANK A. GOOCH and C. F. WALKER (Amer. J. Xci., 1897, [iv], 3, 293-300, and Zeit. unoyg. Chem,, 14, 423--431).-The authors have worked out a new process for the estimation of iodides.An excess of solution of potassium iodate is first added, and then dilute sulphuric acid, which causes iodine to be set free ; solution of potassium hydro- gen carbonate is then added in slight excess,followed by a very slight ex- cess of standard arsenious acid ; finally, the undecomposed arsenious acid is titrated with standard iodine, using starch solution as indicator. The amount of iodine to be estimated is five-sixths of the iodine thus found. To ensure success, the amount of iodide should be something like 0.08 gram dissolved in 150 C.C. of liquid. Small quantities of bromides or By JULIUS A. REICH (Chem. &it., lS96,20,985).-The substance is gently heated with a little strong sulphuric acid in a platinum crucible covered with a watch glass, which is placed with its convex side downwards, and is moistened with a drop of water.I f fluorine is present, a coating of silicic or boric acid will soon be visible ; the latter readily dissolves in M. J. S. Application of Iodic Acid to the Analysis of Iodides. chlorides do not interfere with the process. L. DE K. Detection of Fluorine in Silicates and Borates. a drop or two of water. L. DE K.ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. 45 Estimation of Sulphur in Iron. By WILHELM SCHULTE (Chew. Cents.., 1896, ii, 1132 ; from Stald und Eisen, 16, 865).-The iron (10 grams) is dissolved in 200 C.C. of hydrochloric acid (1 vol. of sp. gr. 1.19 diluted with 2 vols. of water), and the gases passed through 45-50 c,c.of a solution containing 5 grams of cadmium acetate, 20 grams of zinc acetate, and 200 C.C. of glacial acetic acid per litre ; when the reaction i s complete, and the absorbent solution is warmed to 30-40" by the escaping steam, 5-7 C.C. of copper sulphate solution (80 grams of crystallised copper sulphate and 320 grams of concentrated sulphuric acid per litre) is added, whereby the precipitated sulphides are immediately converted into copper sulphide. This is collected, washed with hot water, roasted, and then strongly ignited until con- verted into cupric oxide, from the weight of which the sulphur is calculated. Cupric acetate cannot be used for the original absorption, in consequence of the presence of hydrogen phosphide, by which some copper would be precipitated. M.J. S. By EDUARD DONATH and K. POLLAK (Zeit. ungw. Chem., 1897, 555--557).-The authors have proved that the only trustworthy process for estimating ammonia in gas-liquors is the distillation method. The gas-volumetric process, consisting in liberating the nitrogen by means of bromine dis- solved in aqueous soda, gives results which are decidedly too high. This is caused by a partial decomposition of the thiocyanates always By KARL ULSCH (Zeit. Elektrochem., 1897, 3, 546-547).-The nitric acid is electro- lytically reduced to ammonia, employing as the cathode a spiral of about forty turns of soft copper wire, about 1.4 mm. thick, wound on a glass tube of about 15 mm. diameter, the coil being afterwards stretched out t o a length of about 70 mm.; before use, the copper spiral is heated to dull redness and quenched in water ; a platinum wire, 1 mm. thick and 20 em. long, is employed as the anode. These electrodes reach almost to the bottom of a test-tube, and are held in place by a rubber stopper, through which a glass tube passes to permit OF the escape of gases ; the current of 1-25 amperes (or 1.5 amp. per sq. dm.) employed is furnished by two accumulators in series. The nitrate is dissolved in semi-normal sulphuric acid. Until some 90 per cent. of the nitrate is reduced, no hydrogen is evolved, and 10 minutes after the first bubbles of hydrogen come off the reduction is completed. The results obtained with potassium nitrate are very accurate so long as at least two-fifths of the sulphuric acid originally present remains unneutralised, but un- fortanately, many substances, especially chlorides, which accompany naturally occurring nitrates, are prejudicial to the accuracy of the method.T. E. Estimation of Nitrates in Soil. By L. KUNTZE (Chem. Centr., 1896, ii, 1133 ; from Zeit., Ver. Rubenxuck. Ind., 1896, 761).-An attempt to utilise the reaction with brucine and sulphuric acid as a quantita- tive one, by comparing the depth of colour produced by a single drop of the soil extract with that yielded by a drop of a standard Estimation of Total Ammonia in Gas-liquors. present in the samples. L. DE K. Estimation of Nitric Acid by Electrolysis.46 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. nitrate solution, failed t o give constant results, the depth of colour varying both with the size of the drops and with the quantity of sulphuric acid added.31. J. s. Estimation of Nitrogen in Nitrated Guanos. By V. SCHENKE (Chem. Zeit., 1896, 20, 1031--1033).-The author again states that the only method which gives satisfactory results with ‘6 nitrated guanos” is the one proposed by him in 1893, which he termed the Ulsch-Kjeldahl method. In this process, the nitric nitrogen is first reduced by means of reduced iron and dilute sulphuric acid, and the whole is then boiled with sulphuric acid and a drop of mercury until the organic matter is destroyed. The ammonia is then determined as usual (Abstr., 1894, ii, 67). L. DE K. Detection of Nitrites in Potable Water. By A. GAWALOWSKI (Chem. Centr., 1896, ii, 1009; from Zeit. Nahrungsm. Hgg.War., 10, 315).-The reaction with potassium iodide and starch is only trust- worthy when the iodide is free from iodate, and has been preserved in the dry state and in the dark in bottles of yellow or blue glass; dilute hydrochloric acid should be used for acidifying, since dilute sulphuric acid is apt to be reduced by dust to sulphurous acid. It is necessary that the starch should be washed immediately before it is gelatinised, and that the starch-paste be freshly made. M. J. S. Analysis of Phosphor-bronze, Phosphor-copper, Phosphor- tin, &c. By MAX WICKRORST (J. Arner. Chem. Xoc., 1897, 19, 396-398).-Estinzcction, of Phosphorus alone.-One gram of the sample is heated with a mixture of 15 C.C. of nitric and 5 C.C. of hydrochloric acid. When oxidised, the acid liquid is diluted, mixed with ammonia in excess, and the whole made up to 200 C.C.; hydrogen sulphide is then passed bhrough the solution until the copper, lead, &c., are entirely precipitated. Ammonia and magnesium mixture are added t o 100 C.C. of the filtered liquid, and after a few hours the magnesium phosphate is collected, washed with dilute ammonia containing a little ammonium sulphide, and weighed, as usual, as magnesium pyro- phosphate. Complete Analysis of Phosphor-bronze.-Half a gram of borings, treated with 5 C.C. of strong nitric acid until fully oxidised, is diluted with water and the insoluble matter collected on a filter and washed with dilute nitric acid. The filter and contents are then ignited in a weighed porcelain crucible, being gradually heated to redness ; the weight is that of the stannic oxide plus phosphoric anhydride.After being fused with 0.5 gram of dry sodium carbonate and 1 gram of sulphur, with the cover on the crucible, until the excess of sulphur is volatilised, it is allowed to cool, and the fused mass dissolved in water ; excess of ammonia and 1 gram of ammonium chloride are then added, and the phosphoric acid precipitated with magnesium mixture. The precipitate should be purified by redissolving it in a little hydro- chloric acid and reprecipitating with ammonia, before finally weighing as magnesium pyrophosphate. From the latter, the phosphorus can beANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. 47 calculated and also the corresponding amount of phosphoric anhydride ; the latter deducted from the weight of the stannic precipitate gives the stannic oxide, which is then calculated to tin.As, however, a little of the phosphoric acid passes into the original nitric acid filtrate, it is advisable to make a special duplicate experiment in which the phosphoric acid in the filtrate can be estimated by the molybdic process. To the acid filtrate, after it is neutralised with ammonia, 5 C.C. of nitric acid is added, the whole diluted to 150 c.c., introduced into a large platinum dish, and electrolysed, the lead being precipitated as dioxide on the dish and the copper on the negative electrode, which consists of a piece of platinum foil 2 inches square. The liquid contains any iron or zinc which may be present; these are precipitated as sulphides by adding ammonia and ammonium sulphide, and the precipitate, after being collected and ignit'ed in a porcelain crucible, is weighed ; the mixed iron and zinc oxides are dissolved in hydrochloric acid and the ferric oxide precipitated with ammonia, the zinc oxide being found by difference.L. DE K. Estimation of Phosphoric Acid in Potable Waters. By CHARLES LEPIERRE (Bull. Xoc. Chim., 1896, [iii], 15, 1213-1217).- The estimation of phosphoric acid in potable waters by weighing the ammonium phosphomolybdate is inexact, because the solubility of the precipitate in dilute nitric acid introduces errors of the same order of magnitude as the quantities to be determined. The author finds (1) that a t equal temperatures the intensity of the yellow colour of the liquid after addition of the molybdate is directly proportional t o the quantity of phosphoric acid present, a t any rate up to 0.03 gram per litre, and (2) the intensity of the coloration increases with the temperature, and between 10" and 30" is directly proportional to the temperature, the increase in intensity with rise of temperature being represented by straight lines.Solutions of potassium chromate form a convenient colour scale, but a scale can also be made by means of dilute solutions of a phos- phate, 50 C.C. of which is mixed with 2 C.C. of a molybdate solution prepared by dissolving 150 grams of ammonium molybdate in 1000 C.C. of water, and pouring this solution into 1000 C.C. of nitric acid of sp. gr. 1.2. The tubes are well corked, and the corks covered with paraffin ; the solutions remain unaltered for two or three months, but those containing more than 0.010 gram of phosphoric acid per litre gradually deposit a precipitate after that time.When kept a t 40° for several days, no precipitate forms even in the solutions that contain 0.025 gram of phosphoric acid per litre. A litre of the water is evaporated after addition of nitric acid, and the residue is repeatedly evaporated with nitric acid to separate all the silica; it is then dissolved in 50 C.C. of nitric acid, mixed with 2 C.C. of the molybdate solution, and the intensityof the yellow coloration compared with the scale of units. The presence of silica introduces an error, but the coloration due t o phosphoric acid reaches its maximum intensity almost instantaneously, whereas with silica the intensity increases slowly.Observations made48 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. after sufficient intervals of time will show whether the intensity is increasing or is constant. Solubility of Phosphates in Citric Acid and Ammonium Citrate. By OTTO FOERSTER (Cli,enx. Zeit., 1Y97,20, 1020--1021).-The author’s experiments prove that there is yet a good deal to be investi- gated before the citrate-solubility controversy is finally settled. It appears that this solubility is greatly influenced by the amount of soluble silica. Another strange thing is that some phosphates were found to be more soluble in Wagner’s ammonium citrate solution than in a 1.4 per cent. solution of citric acid,whilst the majority of phosphates are more readily soluble in the latter.Arsenical Sulphuric Acid, a Source of Error in Naumann’s Process for Estimating Phosphoric Acid. By GUSTAV LOGES and KARL MUHLE (Chern. Zeit., 1896, 20,584).-1n Naumann’s process for estimating phosphates soluble in citric solution, the citric acid solution of the basic slags is boiled with sulphuric and nitric acids until the organic matter is destroyed. The phosphoric acid is then estimated by the magnesia or molybdate method. If there is m y arsenic present in the sulphuric acid employed, this will be oxidised t o arsenic acid, and will then be precipitated along with the phosphoric acid. The use of a pure acid is therefore in- dispensable. L. DE K. By LEONARD DE KONINGH (,I Amer. Chem. Xoc., 1897, 19, 385--388).-When using Thomson’s process for estimating boric acid, it is necessary to completely expel by boiling any carbonic anhydride that may be present; the author states that there is no fear of loss of boric acid, even if the boiling is continued for 15 minutes, which is far longer than is necessary. When dealing with articles of food, the presence of phosphoric acid has t o be taken into account ; a process of separating it by means of calcium chloride is given, differing greatly in detail from that pre- viously published by Thomson. A new process is also described by which the boric acid can be estimated after removal of the phosphoric acid by means of magnesium mixture ; the filtrate is mixed with excess of sodium carbonate and heated, the precipitate of magnesia is removed by filtration, the filtrate evaporated to dryness to render the rest of the magnesia insoluble, and the residue is then treated with a little water and filtered.The boric acid can be titrated according to Thomson’s directions. As a test experiment, 0.1 gram of boric acid mas dissolved in aqueous soda, and mixed with 100 grams of oatmeal and incinerated ; from the ash, 0.095 gram of boric acid was recovered. C. H. B. L. DE K. Estimation of Boric Acid in Foods. L. DE K. Estimation of Silica in Blast-furnace Slag. By G. H. MEEKER (J. Amer. Chem. Xoc., 1897, 19, 370-374).-The author recommends the following process, which is particularly suitable if the sample con- tains an admixture of spinel, 0.5 gram of the finely ground slag is placed in a small dish, moistened with 3 C.C. of water, 10 C.C.of hydro- chloric acid added, and the whole well stirred. When the slag has nearly all dissolved, 40 C.C. of dilute sulphuric acid (1 : 1) is added, andANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. 49 the mixture boiled until fumes of sulphuric acid are given off. When cold, a little water and 10 C.C. of hydrochloric acid are added, and the whole is boiled for a minute, The insoluble matter, consisting of nearly chemically pure silica, is collected on a filter, and after being washed with hot dilute hydrochloric acid and then with water, is ignited and weighed. L. DE K. Separation of Silicic and Tungstic Acids. By JAMES S. DE BENNEVILLE (J. Arner. Clwn. Xoc., 1897, 19, 377-379).--The author confirms the statement that tungstic acid cannot be accurately separated from silica by means of ammonia, as the latter is also sensibly soluble in that liquid ; the solubility is certainly diminished if it has been strongly ignited, but in that case the tungstic acid also becomes less readily soluble.The best plan is to first weigh the mixed oxides, then to remove the silica by evaporating with hydrofluoric and sulphuric acids, and weigh the residue of tungstic acid. L. DE K. Estimation of Potash and Phosphoric Acid in Fodders. By HARVEY W. WILEY (J. Anzer. Chew,. Xoc., 1897, 19, 320-322).-This is a slight modification of the Lindo-Gladding process for estimating potash, and admits of the determination of the phosphoric acid in the same portion of the sample. Eight grams of the substance is burnt as completely as possible over a small flame, the ash is dissolved in 50 C.C.of water mixed with 5 C.C. of hydrochloric acid, and transferred to a 200 C.C. measuring flask. Some ferric chloride is added to precipitate the phosphoric acid, and then 10 C.C. of strong ammonia and 10 C.C. of a 20 per cent. solu- tion of ammonium carbonate. After heating on the water bath for an hour, the liquid is left over-night, made up to the mark, thoroughly shaken, and poured on to a large filter; when this is drained and has become somewhat dried, i t is put back into the flask. Dilute nitric acid is added to dissolve the ferric phosphate, the solution is made up to a definite bulk, and an aliquot part is used for the estimation of the phosphoric acid. Fifty C.C. of the filtrate containing the potassium is then evaporated to dryness in a platinum dish, the bulk of the ammonium chloride expelled by heating, and the residue, after being moistened with 1 C.C.of dilute sulphuric acid (1 : l), is again gradually heated to redness. The potassium is then estimated by means of platinic chloride by the Lindo-Gladding method. The washing with alcohol, solution of am- monium chloride, and the final washing with alcohol are best done in a Gooch crucible. After weighing the double chloride, the contents of the crucible are dissolved in boiling water, and the crucible is dried and re-weighed. L. DE I(. Electrolytic Estimation of Cadmium. By S. AVERY and BENTON DALES (J. Arner. Chem. Xoc., 1897, 19, 379--382).-The authors, having in view the excellent results obtained when electrolgsing zinc from a formate solution, have applied the same process t o cadmium with great success.VOL. LXXIV. ii. 450 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. About 0.1 gram of cadmium is dissolved in dilute sulphnric acid, 6 C.C. of formic acid of sp. gr. 1.2 is added, and then solution of potas- sium carbonate until a slight turbidity is produced. This is removed by a little more formic acid ; finally 1 C.C. more of this acid is added, and the mixture is diluted to 150 C.C. and submitted to electrolysis. L. DE K. Distribution of the Precious Metals and Impurities in Copper, and Suggestions for a Rational Mode of Sampling. By EDWARD KELLER (J. Anzer. Chem. Xoc., 1597, 19, 243--25S).-In order to get a fair sample of unrefined copper, plates from 8 to 10 inches square and 1 inch thick should be cast, and from these drillings should be taken at least 1 inch from the edge through the entire plate.The author believes that when, on the solidification of a metal, the small amounts of impurities segregate or liquate, and consequently concentrate towards the centre, the degree of concentration is greatest for those whose atomic volumes shorn the greatest difference as compared with that of the metal in which these impurities are By L. WOLMAN (Zeit. Elektrochem., lS97, 3, 537-545).-The author gives the results of comparative trials of the principal electrolytic methods which have been proposed for the determination of the heavy metals. Copper.-The best results are obtained with solutions in dilute sul- phuric or nitric acid. Solutions containing ammonium oxalate require more time and attention, and from ammoniacal solutions the metal is apt to separate in the spongy condition.Silver is easily precipitated a t 50" from solutions containing 2 to 3 per cent. by volume of nitric acid (sp. gr. 1.36) or from solutions con- taining potassium cyanide. Lead is best determined at 50" in solutions containing about 20 per cent. by volume of nitric acid (sp. gr. 1.36). The peroxide precipitate must be dried a t 180-190". Mangu?zese.-Fairly good results are obtained with solutions contain- ing 1 to 1.5 per cent. by volume of strong nitric acid, using a very small current and warming to 50". Solutions in potassium oxalate, acetic acid or ammonium pyrophosphate do not give satisfactory deposits . Zinc is best deposited from strongly alkaline solution at 50' by means of a fairly strong current.Potassium or ammonium oxalate solutions are also satisfactory, but acetic o r citric acids, ammonium acetate, potassium cyanide, or ammonium pyrophosphate are unsatis- factory. Cobalt and nickel are best deposited from ammoniacal solutions ; Classen's ammonium oxalate and Brand's ammonium pyrophosphate methods give good deposits, but somewhat high numbers. Iron is deposited slowly but completely from solutions in ammonium oxalate. Copper may be separated from zinc or nickel by first depositing the copper from an acid solution. Zinc and nickel are separated by first depositing the zinc from an present. L. DE K. Quantitative Electrolysis of Heavy Metals.ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. 51 alkaline solution containing Rochelle salt.If the electrolysis is tOQ long continued, the zinc is apt to contain nickel. Zinc and cadmium are separated accurately by precipitating the latter a t 50’ with a feeble current from a solution containing 1 or 2 per cent. by volume of dilute sulphuric acid. Lead is separated from zinc, copper, or silver by precipitating it at the anode from a solution strongly acidified with nitric acid. I n the case of silver, however, the lead peroxide contains some silver, and the silver deposit simultaneously formed a t the cathode is spongy. Copper is not completely precipitated from the strongly acid solution. Copper and silver are separated by employing an E. M. F. lower than that required to deposit copper, namely, 1-3 to 1.5 volts.The process is slow, so that it is easier to precipitate the silver as chloride. T. E. Detection and Estimation of Traces of Lead in Waters. By J. C. BERNTROP (Chnz. Zeit., 1896, 1020).-The author has found that lead phosphate is absolutely insoluble in water containing free sodium phosphate, and utilises this fact for the detection and estimation of lead in drinking waters. A few litres of the sample is, if necessary, rendered somewhat hard by adding calcium chloride, and excess of sodium phosphate is then added. The precipitate which forms during 24 hours contains all the lead. It is collected on a filter, and after being dissolved in nitric acid, the lead is recovered from the solution and identified by the usual methods. L. DE K. Elstirnation of Lead in Lead Ores.By RICHARD K. MEADE (J. Arne?.. Chem. Soc., 1897, 19, 374--377).-The author recommends the following process. About 1 gram of the sample is treated in a platinum dish with 50 C.C. of a mixture of concentrated sulphuric and nitric acids (1 : 3). The dish is covered and heated on a sand-bath until the action of the acid has ceased. The cover is then removed, rinsed into the dish, and 15 C.C. of bydrofluoric acid added, the dish being heated until fumes of sulphuric acid begin to make their appearance. When cold, the residue is diluted to about 100 c.c., and the undissolved lead sulphate is collected and washed first with a 2 per cent. solution of sulphuric acid and then with alcohol. The precipitate is detached from the filter and ignited, the paper being burnt separately in the usual way.If a sample of galena should contain calcite, this may be removed by a preliminary treatment of the ore with dilute hydrochloric acid, but it is always advisable to wash the lead sulphate thoroughly with acidi- fied water in order to remove the last traces of calcium sulphate. L. D E K . Volumetric Estimation of Lead. By J. HOWARD WAINWRIGHT (J. Amer. Chem. SOC., 1897, 19, 389--393).-The author recommends a process differing but slightly from that given in Crookes’ ‘‘ Select Methods.” To estimate the amount of metallic lead in litharge, 1 gram of the sample is dissolved in 10 C.C. of nitric acid (sp. gr. 1-20>, the solution is neutralised with excess of ammonia, and a large excess of 4-252 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. acetic acid is added; the liquid is then heated to boiling anda solution of potassium dichromate run in from a delicate burette until the bulk of the lead has been precipitated.The dichromate solution should be made of such a strength that 1 C.C. represents a quantity of lead not greatly differing from 0.01 gram. The solution is now again boiled until the lead chromate has become orange coloured, and the titration is then cautiously continued until the precipitate settles promptly. The dichromate is now added a drop at the time, until a few drops of the supernatant liquid put on to a white porcelain tile gives a distinct red coloration with a drop of a 2 per cent. solution of silver nitrate. Other metals which are precipitated by potassium dichromate or which exercise a reducing action on it should be first removed.Red lead should be dissolved in dilute nitric acid with the addition of oxalic acid ; white lead may be a t once dissolved in acetic acid. L. DE I(. Sodium Peroxide as a Third [Iron-zinc] Group Reagent.-By SAMUEL W. PARR (J. Amer. Chem. Xoc., 1897, 19, 341-348).-The metals of this group may be, to some extent, separated by means of aqueous potash or soda ; but in the presence of chromium, the separation is far from complete, as this metal is partly retained by the precipitate, particularly in the presence of zinc. The author recommends dissolving the ammonium sulphide pre- cipitate in nitric acid, and after neutralising with soda, heating the solution with excess of sodium peroxide. The chromium will then be converted into sodium chromate, and the other metals, except zinc and aluminium, will be left insoluble as hydroxides, or peroxides; they Estimation of Manganese in Iron Ores in the Dry Way.By BUTTGENBACH (Chern. C'entr., 1896, ii, 1134 ; from lieu. LTnivers. ; Berg.- Hiittenm-Zeit,, 55, 368).-Two fusions are made; the one with an ac'ld flux, the other with a basic flux The regulus of the former contains only the iron of the ore, the slag containing the manganese as silicate. The regulus of the latter contains the iron with the reducible manganese, and its excess of weight over the former should agree with the excess of 'weight found in the slag of the acid fusion (allowing for the oxygen required to form manganous oxide). Should they not agree, the difference is due to the non-reduction of p w t of the manganese in the ore, in consequence of a deficiency in the amount of iron present, Ores rich in manganese can be smelted without the addition of lime; the regulus then contains the iron free from manganese and containing only traces of carbon.By CARL EKGELS (Zeit. E'lektrochem., 1897, 3, 286-289, and 305--308).--Further details are given of the method previously described (Abstr., 1896, ii, 276), of determining manganese by depositing it electrolytically as peroxide from solutions containing chrome alum, or alcohol and ammonium acetate. Manganates and permanganates are first reduced by a small excess of hydrogen peroxide in acetic acid solution, the hydrogen peroxide are usually free from phosphoric acid. L. DE K. M. J. 8.Estimation of Manganese by Electrolysis.ANALYTICAL CHEMIS'l'RI'. 53 destroyed by a little chromic acid, the ammonium acetate and chrome alum added, and the free acetic acid neutralised by ammonia; the solution is then electrolysed in an etched platinum basin a t about SOo, and the adherent deposit thus obtained is heated for 3 or 4 minutes to redness to convert it into Mn,O,. With 0.4 gram of manganese in 150 C.C. of solution containing 2 grams of chrome alum and 10 grams of ammonium acetate, the precipitation is complete in about la hours with a current density of 0.S to 1 ampere per sq. dcm. The results of the test analyses given are excellent. Heavy metals must first be removed when they occur along with manganese, and when the filtrate from them is dilute or contains substances which would interfere with the electrolytic separation, the manganese is best precipitated with hydrogen peroxide and ammonia, and then redissolved and treated as above described, The determinations can be made with smaller currents, but the time required is correspondingly longer.At ordinary temperatures, 1.25 volts and a t 80" 1.1 volts are sufficient t o produce decomposition, but in the cold the precipitation is compIete only after a very prolonged action of the current, and the precipitate is brittle and does not adhere well to the dish. In order t o obtain a sufficiently adhesive precipitate, the electrolysis must be conducted at 80' and in presence of chrome alum; the latter may be replaced by alcohol, though this is less certain in its results, and requires the application of at least 2 volts.The reason of the variations in the properties of the precipitate is discussed a t length ; the author considers that MnO, and Mn,O, are the primary pro- ducts of the electrolysis, and that they are deposited as a brittle, metal- like coating. If, however, oxygen is simultaneously separated a t the anode, it is supposed t o act, in the nascent state, as a reducing agent, rendering the coating porous and not brittle. The chrome alum acts partly by reducing the manganese peroxide, partly by taking up some of the oxygen and so modifying the evolution of gas that the coating is not mechanically disturbed. The inferior results obtained with alcohol are due to the fact that it merely acts in the second way and not in the first.With a current density of 0.8 t o 1 ampere per sq. decimetre and with 0.2 to 0.3 gram of manganese, the quantity of chrome alum employed tuay be varied from 1 to 3 grams ; with larger or smaller quantities, the deposit of manganese peroxide is brittle and non-adhesive. T. E. Estimation of Iron in Limestones. By D ~ S I R ~ DE PAEPE (Chenz. Zeit., 1896, 20, 1004).-5 to 10 grams of the sample is boiled for 5 minutes with strong hydrochloric acid, some water added, and the liquid filtered ; after the addition of nitric acid, the mixture is boiled, and the iron and alumina are precipitated by ammonia, collected on a filter, and washed. The filtrate is made up to a definite volume, and may then be used for the estimation of lime, magnesia, alkalis, Bc.The ferric precipitate is dissolved in hydrochloric acid, diluted to 125 c.c., and an aliquot portion mixed with excess of tartaric acid ; the iron is then precipitated with ammonia and ammonium sulphide, the precipitate being finally converted into ferric oxide. L. DE K.54 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. Qualitative Separations with Sodium Nitrite in Absence of Phosphates. By GILLET WYNKOOP (J. Amel.. Chem. SOC., lS97, 19, 434-436).-The author states that iron, chromium, and aluminium may be completely separated from zinc, manganese, cobalt and nickel by. adding to the solution, if necessary, a few drops of hydrochloric acid and then boiling with excess of sodium nitrite. It is advisable to first reduce the iron to the ferrous state, as it then gives a more granular precipitate. The author’s test experiments, although only qualitative, are per- Electrolytic Separation of Nickel and Cobalt from Iron.By 0. DUCRU (Compt. rend., 1897, 125, 436-439).-When a solution containing a ferric and a nickel salt is precipitated with excess of ammonia, part of the nickel is precipitated and part remains in solntion, but i f an electric current is passed through the liquid in which the precipitate is suspended, the whole of the nickel is deposited on the cathode. A very small quantity of iron is deposited a t the same time, and a correction must be made by dissolving the metal and precipitating the iron after peroxidation ; for practical purposes, however, the correction, which is always small, is rarely necessary. The metal is dissolved, the solution evaporated to dryness with a slight excess of sulphuric acid, the residue dissolved in water, mixed with 5 to 10 grams of ammonium sulphate, heated, placed in the electrolysis apparatus, mixed with excess of concentrated ammonia, and subjected to the action of a current of 1.5 to 2.5 amphres for about 4 hours.The results quoted in the paper indicate that the method is very accurate. I n the case of steels, 0.25 to 0.30 gram is dissolved in aqua regia, evaporated with sulphuric acid, and treated as above. It is not necessary to separate the silicon and carbon, and traces of manganese, chromium, and phosphorus do not affect the accuracy of the estimation. Traces of manganese are almost always deposited with the small quantity of iron, but the error due to this cause is negligable. The author notes that a small portion of the metal deposited is insoluble in hydrochloric acid, but dissolves in aqua regia, and the latter solution gives the reactions of ferric salts.Small quantities of chromic acid prevent the precipitation of the nickel by electrolysis from the ammoniacal solutions. C. H. B. Estimation of Molybdenum lodometrically. By FRANK A. GOOCH (Amer. J. Xci., 1897, [iii], 237-240, and Zed. anorg. Chem., 14, 317-322).-The author defends his process (Abstr., 1897, ii, 76) against the criticisms of Friedheim and Euler, and states that the results they obtained are vitiated by serious arithmetical errors. fectly satisfactory. L. DE K. L. DE K. Analysis of Commercial Calcium Carbide and Acetylene, and Purification of the Latter.By GEORG LUNGE and EDWARD CEDERCREUTZ (Zeit. ccngw. Chew,., lS97, 651-655).--The authors point out the great difficulty there is in obtaining a thoroughly re-ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. 55 presentative sample on account of the impossibility of obtaining a fine powder without moisture being absorbed and acetylene given off. About 50-100 grams of pea-sized lumps must therefore be taken for analysis ; these are placed in a generating flask and brine is slowly added through a tap funnel until effervescence ceases ; the gas is collected in R large gasometer over brine, or, better still, over water previously saturated with the gas. One hundred grams of chemically pure calcium carbide should yield 34,877 litres of gas a t normal temperature and pressure.Frequently the sample contains phosphorus, which is evolved as hydrogen pliosphide, and sulphur which is partially given off as hydrogen sulphide and volatile sulphixr compounds. To estimate these, 50-70 grams of the sample is treated as directed above, and the gases allowed to pass through a ten-bulb absorption tube filled with '76 C.C. of a 3 per cent. solution of sodium hypochlorite. This oxidises the phosphorus and sulphur to the corresponding acids ; after pre- cipitating the first with ammoniacal magnesium chloride, the second may be precipitated in the filtrate by adding hydrochloric acid and barium chloride. Commercial acetylene may be purified by passing it first through a milk of chloride of lime, or, better still, over moist lumps of that substance.This treatment fully removes phosphorus and sulphur compounds. It may then be both dried and freed from ammonia by Estimation of Cyanogen by Silver Nitrate, using Potassium Iodide and Ammonia as Indicators. By WILLIAM J. SHARWOOD (J. Amer. Chern. Soc., 1897, 19, 400--434).-The author, after criti- cising the various processes in use, recommends the following scheme. To the solution containing the cyanogen, 5 C.C. of ammonia and 2 C.C. of a 5 per cent. solution of potassium iodide are added, and then standard solution of silver nitrate until a faint, permanent cloudiness is pro- duced. If the solution contains sulphides in small amount, 5-10 C.C. of a solution made by dissolving 0.5 gram of iodine and 2 grams of potassium iodide in 100 C.C.of water is used in place of the potassium iodide, but a special check should be made in such case. If the amount of sulphide is large, it must be removed by means of a solution of sodium plumbite; an aliquot part of the filtrate is then titrated. If zinc is present, a large excess of alkali should be added ; in this case, the cyanogen found represents, not only the potassium cyanide, but also the double zinc compound. By estimating the zinc, the amount of free potassium cyanide may be readily calculated, as 1 part of zinc corresponds with 4 parts of potassium cyanide. A similar allowance must be made if small quantities of copper are present. If calcium, magnesium, or manganese are present, ammonium chloride must be added, whilst soda is used in presence of aluminium or lead.For technical purposes, it is best to prepare a silver nitrate solution containing 1,305 grams of this salt per 100 C.C. ; taking samples of 10 C.C. each, 1 C.C. of the silver represents 0.1 per cent. of potassium passing it through sulphuric acid of 1.6 sp. gr. L. DE K. cyanide. L. DE K,56 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. Detection of Rhodinol in Ethereal Oils. By HUGO ERDMANN and P. HUTH (J. p. Chenz., [ii], 56, 27-42). See this vol., i, 36. Recalculation of Wein’s Table for Starch Estimation. By WILLIAM H. KRUG (J. Anzer. Cl~enz. Soc., 1897, 19, 452--454).-Wein has constructed a very useful table for calculating the amount of starch or dextrin from the amount of metallic copper obtained when employing Allihn’s process for the estimation of starch.This table is based on the factor 0.90. There being some slight difference of opinion regarding the true molecular formula of starch, Ost states that the factor 0.925 should have been employed. The author has, therefore, recalculated the table, using the average factor 0.92. L. DE K. Estimation of Carbohydrates in Food-stuffs. By WINTHROP E. STONE ( J . Anzer. SOC., 1897,19, 183-197; 347-349).-The author has worked out a scheme for the estimation of carbohydrates in food- stuffs, as the methods generally employed are becoming obsolete, and do not satisfy the present demands. I n the author’s process, the sample is finely ground or grated, and from 50 to 100 grams is first extracted, preferably in a Soxhlet apparatus, with 500 C.C. of strong alcohol to dissolve out any sugars ; the residue is then exhausted with 500 C.C.of cold water to remove dextrin and soluble starch, and the undissolved part is air-dried. Two grams of the latter is boiled with 100 C.C. of water for half an hour, and, after cooling to 65”, it is digested with diastase a t this temperature, in order to hydro- lyse the starch. The residue left after this treatment is then boiled in a reflux apparatus with 100 C.C. of water and 2 c,c. of hydrochloric acid, t o convert the gums, p.entosans, hemicelluloses, &c., into reducing sugars ; finally, the residue is boiled with aqueous soda (1 *25 per cent.), and the crude fibre which is left is dried and weighed. 71. DE K. Improvements on Squibb’s Volumetric Method for Estimat- ing Acetone. By LYMAN P.KEBLER (J. Arner. Chem. Xoc., 1897, 19, 316--320).-The process differs from the original method (Abstr., 1897, ii, 466) in so far t h a t the use of pure acetone and the drop end- reaction are dispensed with. The following solutions are required : 1. A 6 per cent. solution of hydrochloric acid. 2. A decinormal solution of sodium thiosulphate. 3. An alkaline solution of potassiumiodidemadeby dissolving 250 grams of the pure salt, making the liquid up to 1 litre, and adding 800 C.C. of aqueous soda containing 257 grams of soda per litre. 4. An approximately four-fifths normal solution of sodium hypochlorite, made by mixing 100 grams of 35 per cent. chloride of lime with 400 C.C. of water, and adding a solution of 120 grams of soda crystals in 400 C.C. of hot water; when cold, the clear liquid is decanted, diluted t o 1 litre, and mixed with 25 C.C.of aqueous soda of sp. gr. 1.29. 5. A starch solution made by rubbing 0.125 gram of starch with 5 C.C. of cold water and then adding 20 C.C. of boiling water and again boil- ing for a few minutes; when cold, 2 grams of sodium hydrogen car- bonate is added. The sample of acetone to be tested should be diluted with water to 50 or 100 times its weight. Twenty C.C. of the solution 3ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. 57 is put into a stoppered flask, 10 C.C. of the acetone solution is added, and excess of solution 4 run in from a burette. After thoroughly shaking, the mixture is rendered acid by adding solution 1, excess of solution 2 is run in, and after a few minutes a little of solution 6 is added and the excess of thiosulphate re-titrated.A blank experiment without the acetone having been made, the per- centage of the latter can be readily c:tlculated by remembering that 1 mol. of acetone requires 3 mols. of free iodine to form iodoform. L. D E E . Estimation of all the Volatile Fatty Acids in Butter. By ED UARD WRAJIPELMEYER (Lnizdw. Kemuchs.-Xtut ., 1897,49, 21 5-218). -The filtered fat (about 5 grams) is heated in a 700-SO0 C.C. flask with 20 C.C. of glycerol sodium hydroxide (prepared by dissolving 100 grams of caustic soda in 100 C.C. of water and mixing 20 C.C. of the solution with 180 C.C. of glycerol) over a flame until frothing ceases and the liquid is clear. 250 C.C. of hot, boiled distilled water is care- fully added, then a drop of indicator (litmus), and finally 50 C.C.of dilute sulphuric acid (20 C.C. of acid sp. gr. = 1.84 to 1 litre). The flask is immediately closed with a double bored cork fitted with a bulb- tube connected with a condenser at least 0.5 metre long, and a second tube for steam distillation. For the production of steam, boiled dis- tilled water is employed, and the steam is passed through a connecting tube of copper (30 cm. long and 1.4 cm. wide) which is well heated with a flat burner. The distillation of 1.5 litres (collected in two portions of 1 and 0.5 litre) takes about an hour and a half. The distillate is filtered and half in each case (500 C.C. and 250 C.C. respectively) titrated. All the water used in the process must be previously boiled to remove carbonic anhydride.I n order to avoid any substance being mechanically carried over in the distillation, the bulb of the distilling tube must have a bent tube a t the upper opening. Check experiments must be made with each apparatus, and potash must not be substituted for soda. N. H. J. M. Estimation of Lactic and Succinic Acids in Wines. By JOSEPH A. MULLER (Bull. SOC. G'him., 1896, [iii], 15, 1203-1206).- The succinic and lactic acids in wines are usually estimated together and expressed in terms of the equivalent quantity of sulphuric acid, but they can readily be separated by taking advantage of the fact that barium succinate is almost completely insoluble in alcohol of 80-83", whereas barium lactate dissolves. The wine is mixed with quartz sand, evaporated to dryness under low pressure, and the residue dried over potash.It is then extracted with ether, the ether distilled off or allowed to evaporate spontaneously, the residue dissolved in water and the hot solution titrated with carefully purified barium hydroxide solution, using phenolphthalein as indicator. The neutral liquid is evaporated to dryness, mixed with 5 C.C. of warm water and 25 C.C. of absolute alcohol, and allowed to remain for several hours, after which it is filtered, the residue washed with alcohol of SO", and the barium estimated in both the residue and the solution. Experiments made with liquids of known composition indicate that the results are too5s ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. low in the case of both acids, the error being greater in the case of the lactic acid, by reason of its volatility (compare this vol., i, 0).C. H. B. Estimation of the Acidity of Milk. By ARTHUR DEVARDA (C‘hem. Cent?*., 1896, ii, 1003 ; from Ostew. Molkerei-Zed., 1896, Sept.). -The author uses a stoppered flask holding 100 C.C. to the bottom of the neck, and with a cylindrical neck of 6 C.C. capacity graduated in half cubic centimetres. One hundred C.C. of milk, together with the necessary amount of 4 per cent. alcoholic phenolphthalein solution, reach to the zero mark, and when sufficient N/lO alkali has been added to produce the red colour, the reading on the neck gives a t once the degree of acidity; 5 C.C. of alkali corresponds with 1 Soxhlet degree, IT. J. S. Detection of Filicic Acid in Cases of Poisoning by Fern Extract. By ICARO BOCCHI (Chem.Centr., 1896, ii, 1137 ; from Boll. Chim. Farm., 1896, 20, 609).--The viscera are cut up, dried on the water bath, and extracted with a mixture of 1 part of absolute alcohol and 3 parts of ether; the extract is then evaporated, the greenish-brown residue treated with lime-water until :I colourless solu- tion is obtained, and the filtered solution acidified with acetic acid and shaken with carbon bisulphide. The residue from the bisulphide solu- tion may be further purified by dissolving it in ether, and treating the solution with lime-water or neutral cupric acetate; the usual tests for filicic acid can then be applied. Filicic acid does not pass into the urine, but is decomposed in the organism. Analysis of Linseed Oil and Linseed Oil Varnish. By WALTHER LIPPERT (Zeit.angw. CJmz., 1897, 655-657. Compare Abstr., 1897, ii, 529).-A criticism of Amsel’s so-called water test for ascertaining the presence of rosin and rosin oil in linseed oil. This test consists in saponifying the sample with alcoholic potash and then adding water, when in the presence of adulterants a more or less decided turbidity will be noticed. M. J. 8. The author proves the test to be utterly untrustworthy. Examination of Resins, L. DE K. By KARL DIETERICH (Chenz. Cent?*., 1896, ii, 1137-1139; from Ber. deut. pha~m. Ges., 6, 247).--Peru balsam.-To obtain the saponification number, 1 gram is digested in the cold for 24 hours with 50 C.C. of light petroleum and 50 C.C. of Nj2 alcoholic potash; 300 C.C. of water is then added and the liquid titrated with acid, The normal value is 260-270.For ascertaining the acid number, a dilution of 1 : 200 is necessary. Phenolphthalein should be added repeatedly and the titration continued until the super- natant liquid shows a distinct red colour after the brown, flocculent precipitate has subsided ; values of 68-80 are obtained, whilst adultera- tions raise the acid number and lower the saponification number. The ether number, obtained by subtracting the acid number from the saponification number, varied only from 188 to 196 in the specimens examined by the author. Commercial samples contain 1.5-3 per cent, insoluble in ether. The ethereal solution serves for the estimationANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. 59 of the ciniiamein and the resin salts (poruresinotannol cinnamate), for which purpose it is shaken with 20 C.C.of a 2 per cent. solution of sodium hydroxide, and the two liquids carefully separated. Evaporation of the ethereal solution gives the cinnamein, and precipitation of the alkaline solution with hydrochloric acid the resin. The former should amount to 65-75 per cent., and the latter to 20-28 per cent. of the balsam. Gum Ammoniacunz.-The acid number is obtained by distilling 0.5 gram in a current of steam and conveying the distillate directly into 40 C.C. of N/2 potash. To test for galbanum resin, 5 grams is boiled with 15 grams of strong hydrochloric acid for 15 minutes, 15 C.C. of water is added, and the liquid filtered through a wetted, double filter; the clear filtrate is supersaturated with ammonia, when a blue fluo- rescence reveals the presence of galbanum.I n estimating the saponifi- cation number, heat must; be avoided. The following fractional method gives the resin number and gum number. Two quantities of 1 gram each are digested for 21 hours in stoppered flasks with 50 C.C. of light petroleum and 25 C.C. of normal alcoholic potash ; one quantity is then diluted with 500 C.C. of water and titrated with N/2 sulphuric acid, which gives the resin number; whilst to the other, 25 C.C. of N/2 aqueous potash and 75 C.C. of water are added, and after another 24 hours the mixture is titrated as before, giving the saponification number. The difference is the gum number. A good specimen should show high acid and resin numbers, and a low gum number. Detection and Estimation of Santonin in the Flower Buds of Artemisia maritima.By K. THAETEB (As*ch. Pharm., 1897, 235, 401-414).--To estimate the quantity of santonin, the flowers are ex- tracted with ether, the residue left on evaporating the ether is digested with milk of lime, the filtrate treated with aluminium acetate, excess of magnesia added, and the thoroughly dried mass again extracted with pure anhydrous ether. Three different kinds yielded 2.26, 2.43, and 2-78 per cent. of santonin respectively. The author finds that Kippen- berger’s method (Ber. deutsch. phawn. Ges., 4), recommended by Thomas (Zeit. anal. Chem., 34, 294), is not generally applicable owing to the extreme difficulty of extracting santonin by means of glycerol containing tannin. Tannin precipitates santonin from aqueous but not from alcoholic solutions.With sulphuric acid alone, santonin does not give any coloration, but it is easily detected by means of furfuraldehyde sul- phuric acid, with which it gives first a carmine-red coloration on warm- ing, becoming bluish-violet, and finally dark blue ; after prolonged digestion, a black precipitate is formed. By this means 0.0001 gram may easily be detected. The author has compared the effects of this test on a large number of alkaloids, bitter principles, glucosides, &c., but only the following gave characteristic colour reactions. a-Naph- tho1 gives first a carmine-red and then a violet coloration which per- sists for an hour. P-Naphthol turns orange and then cherry-red. Veratrine gives various colours-green, red, blue-becoming violet, and finally brown; and with sulphuric acid alone a yellow, then car- mine-red, and finally a brown colour.Picrotoxin with furfuraldehyde sulphuric acid produces a very persistent violet, and piperine a light- M. J. 8.60 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. green coloration, passing through sea-green to bluish-green and indigo blue. With sulphuric acid alone, the latter gives a reddish-yellow Caffeine, By GUILFORD L. SPENCER (J. Amerr.. Chern. Xoc., 1897, 19, 279--28l).-The author prefers estimating caffeine in tea by means of Gomberg’s volumetric iodine method (Abstr., 1897, i, lag), instead of the gravimebric process. To obtain a suitable solution, 5 grams of finely ground tea is boiled for half an hour with about 400 C.C. of water; a considerable excess of recently prepared iron hydroxide is added, and after digesting for an hour the liquid is cooled and diluted to 500 C.C. An aliquot part is then filtered ofi and titrated by Gomberg’s method. Modification of the Thalleioquinine Test for Quinine. By F. S. HPDE (J. Anterr.. Chena. Xoc., 1897, 19, 331---332).-Some of t8he sus- pected alkaloid (0*003-0*005 gram) is dissolved in 5 C.C. of water with the aid of one drop of dilute sulphuric acid (1 : 4), and a clear solution of bleaching powder is added until the blue fluorescence has just disappeared ; a few drops of dilute ammonia (1 : 3) are then added, when a clear, emerald-green coloration should appear. Tbjs is more certain than the ordinary method of testing with chlorine or bromine Behaviour of Proteids with Aldehydes. By ERNST 0. BECK- MANN with H. SCHARFENBERGER GEN. SERTZ and 0. ELSNER (CIum. Centr., 1896, ii, 930-93%).-See thisvol., i, 55. Estimation of Albumin in Urine. By WASSIL~EFF (Chem. Centrr., 1896, ii, 1012 ; from St. Yetersb. Wocl~ensch~., 1896, 331).-For gravi- metric estimation, the urine is mixed with 4 volumes of 95 per cent, alcohol, and the vessel immersed for 3-5 minutes in hot water, The precipitate is then collected, dried, weighed, and its ash (which never exceeds 1 per cent.) subtracted. For clinical purposes, albumin in urine can be titrated with salicylsulphonic acid. 10-20 C.C. of urine (acidified with acetic acid if alkaline) is diluted with water, mixed with 2 drops of a 1 per cent. aqueous solution of ‘‘ Fast Yellow ” (Echtgelb), and titrated with a 25 per cent. solution of salicylsulphonic acid until a permanent brick-red colour is obtained. One C.C. precipitates 0.01006 gram of albumin, and even at a dilution of 1 : 50000 produces a distinct turbidity. coloration which becomes brown on warming. E. w. w. L. DE K. water and ammonia. L. DE K. M. J. S.

ISSN:0368-1769    

DOI:10.1039/CA8987405044

出版商:RSC    

年代:1898

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

57 Organic Chemistry. Californian Petroleum. By CHARLES F. MABERY (Anzer. Chena. J., 1897, 19, 796-804).-This paper contains a preliminary account of experiments on the composition of Californian petroleum. The samples examined diff ermarkedly ; one fromVentura County, which is very thick and nearly black, is a highly sulphurised oil (0.84 per cent.), and con- tains a large amount of nitrogen (0.53 per cent.). It unites with more bromine (17.72 per cent.) than Pennsylvanian or Ohio oils, but approxi- mately the same as Canadian oil ; pTobably a considerable portion of the bromine disappears by substitution, since the crude oil contains a large amount of aromatic hydrocarbons. In the lower fractions, the hydrocarbons belong to the series C,H,,. Fresno County petroleum is lighter in colour than the foregoing, and has more of a greenish hue.It contains 0.21 per cent.. of sulphur, and gave a bromine absorption of 9.07 per cent. A. W. C. Constitution of Inorganic Compounds, X. Ammoniacal Chromiumthiocyanogen Compounds, By ALFRED WERNER and GEORG RICHTER (Zeit. anorg. Chem., 189 7,15,243--277).-The authors have examined the two salts known as Reinecke’s and Morland’s salts which are formed by the action of potassium dichromate on fused ammonium thiocyanate, a mixture of the two salts being obtained by gradually adding the powdered dichromate (40 grams) to fused ammonium thiocyanate (200 grams) ; the powdered melt is treated with a small quantity of cold water, and the residue, which contains the two salts together with sulphur, is extracted with successive quantities of water a t 50’ with the addition of a few drops of acetic acid as long as considerable quantities of Reinecke’s salt are removed, Morland’s salt remaining undissolved.Reinecke’s salt, or, according to Werner’s nomenclature, potassium tetrathiocyanodiamminec?womiuna, KCr(NK,!,(SCN),,H,O, is prepared from the above aqueous extract, in which i t IS mixed with the ammo- nium salt, by precipitating it as cadmium salt and decomposing the latter by an aqueous solution of potassium hydrogen sulphide. It crystallises in ruby-red, lustrous plates, or, without water of crystal- lisation, in scarlet nodules or rhombododecahedra. A determination of the number of ions in the aqueous solutions shows that the salt is easily split into the two ions Cr(WH,),(SCN), and K.From the residue, obtained as mentioned above, Morland’s salt is ex- tracted by hot water containing a few drops of acetic acid; it cannot, however, be completely separated from the preceding salt, either by crystallisation from water or from alcohol. When it is converted into the cadmium salt, and the latter is decomposed by a soIution of potas- sium hydrogen sulphate, it yields Reinecke’s salt, and the filtrate from the cadmium salt contains guanidine. It is therefore guar~idine tetra- thioc yanodiamminechromium. Nitrosyl tet.r~ccthiocyanodiamminechromi~m., Cr(NH3),(SCN),N0, may VOL. LXXIV. i. f58 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. be prepared by adding to a saturated solution of Reinecke's salt, 10 per cent. of its volume of dilute nitric acid (1 acid to 1 water).It is also obtained by treating an acidified solution of Reinecke's salt with nitric peroxide, or, better, with a mixture of nitric oxide and nitrous oxide, or with a nitrite; in the last two cases, a quantitative precipitation is obtained. The crystalline precipitate is washed with water containing a few drops of nitric acid and dried on a porous plate. It crystallises in right-angled, four-sided prisms which are dark reddish-brown by transmitted light ; the small crystals are dark brown in reflected light, the larger ones black. It is decomposed by water with partial oxida- tion into Reinecke's acid. With alkalis, it yields Reinecke's salt and a nitrite ; with ammonia, Reinecke's ammonium salt with violent evolu- tion of nitrogen.By careful oxidation with nitric acid, it yields the compound Cr(NH3)2(SCN)3(H,0),. a-Trithiocyanodiaquodium-nzinecl~romium, Cr(NH,)& SCN),(H,O),, has already been obtained by Nordenskjold (Zeit. unorg. Chern., 1, 137) by oxidising Reinecke's salt with hydrogen peroxide. It is also obtained by the electrolysis of a solution of Reinecke's salt, by oxidisingit with potassium chlorate and hydrochloric acid, and by cautious oxidation with warm dilute nitric acid. It is most easily obtained by acting on Reinecke'd salt (10 grams) with a concentrated solution of hydrogen peroxide prepared by treating sodium peroxide (10 grams) with a slight excess of concentrated hydrochloric acid and twice its volume of ice ; as soon as the violent evolution of hydrogen cyanide commences, the mixture is cooled sufficiently to maintain the temperature below 70-80".The mixture is then filtered and the filtrate evaporated a t the ordinary temperature until salt commences to separate, when the whole of the trithiocyanodiaquodiamminechromium will have crystal- lised out ; finally, the product is purified by crystallisation from alcohol. When dissolved in water, no ionisation takes place. When treated with ammonia, a mixture of compounds containing more ammonia is obtained, but these have not yet been separated. P-trithiocyunodiuquodiamminec~~~ionaium, isomeric with the preceding compound, is obtained along with the preceding salt by the oxidation of Reinecke's salt o r the compound Cr(NH,),(SCN),NO with nitric acid a t 100". It can be separated from its isomeride by crystallisation frpm warm water, in which it is less soluble.The a-trithiocyanide crystal- lises in six-sided tablets with an angle of 120" belonging to the hexa- gonal system ; the P-trithiocyanide in four-sided tablets with angles of 104" and 76", belonging t o the monosymmetric system. The a-com- pound has a more intense and bluish-red colour ; the /?-compound is yellowish-red ; both compounds when warmed with a concentrated solution of alkali thiocyanate a t 100" are a t once converted into Reinecke's salt. The two compounds give precipitates with many salts of the heavy metals and with organic bases containing nitrogen, a list being given of those which can be used t o distinguish between the isomerides. For example, with cadmium chloride, a 5 per cent.aqueous solution of the a-compound yields a bright red precipitate, the P-compound no precipitate ; with guanidine nitrate, the a-compound yields a very characteristic precipitate of elliptical leaflets, the /I-com- pound no precipitate. E. C. R.ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 59 Action of Nitric Acid on Potassiuni Cobalticyanide. By EMILE C. A. FLEURENT (Compt. rend., 1897, 125, 537-538).-When 100 parts of potassium cobalticyanide is heated at 100' for about 10 hours with 500 parts of nitric acid diluted with an equal volume of water, a deep orange-red, fluorescent liquid is obtained, and if after separation of the potassium nitrate by crystallisation this is neutralised with potassium carbonate and mixed with excess of alcohol of 66", the syrupy mass described by Jackson and Comey (Abstr., 1896, i, 402) separates, but the liquid also contains a product which gives all the reactions of nitroprussides and is most readily separated in the form of the cupric salt.Hydrates of Magnesium Platinocyanide and their Solubility. By HELLMUTH (BARON) BUXHOEVDEN and GUSTAV TAMMANN (Zeit. anoyg. Chem., 1897, 15, 319-327).--Magnesium platinocyanide is obtained by decomposing tLe copper salt, suspended in water, with hydrogen sulphide, neutralising the solution of hydrogen platinocyanide thus formed with magnesia, evaporating, and allowing it to crystallise, The red crystals thus obtained always contain less water than is required by the formula MgPt(CN), + 7H20. The vapour tension of a saturated solution at 19" of the composition IVIgPt(CN)4 + 3712H20 is 14.4 mm, ; when the vapour tension is greater, the crystals deliquesce, and a t a lower vapour tension they give off water, whilst at a pressure of 7 mm.the yellow hydrate with 5H,O is formed. Homogeneous red crystals with 6.8-6.25 H,O are obtained at 19' under a vapour tension of 14.4-7 mm. Neither the hydrate with 7H,O nor the hydrate with 6H20 crystallises from the saturated solution, but from 0-45' crystals with 6.9-6.6 H20 are obtained ; the vapour tension of these crystals is the same as that of the solutions from which they are obtained. When these red crystals are dried, the following hydrates are obtained : a t 45", a bright yellow hydrate with 5H20 ; a t 60°, a bright green hydrate with 4H,O ; a t loo', a white hydrate with 2H,O, and a t 210°, the orange-red, anhydrous salt.These hydrates are present in the saturated solutions as follows, from - 4.12-45" the red hydrate, above 45" the hydrate with 5H,O is formed, from 45-88' the green hydrate is stable, and above 88' the white hydrate is formed. Tables and curves of the solubility of the various hydrates are given. The results show that each hydrate has a characteristic solubility. E. C. R. Synthesis of Hexamethylene-glycol Diethyl Ether and other Ethers from Trimethylene Glycol. By ARTHUR A. NOYES (Amer. Chem J., 1897, 19, 766-781).-Trimethyle?zegZycol monethylic ether, produced by the action of ethylic iodide on the monosodium derivative of trimethylene glycol, is a colourless, pleasant-smelling liquid, miscible with water in all proportions; it boils a t 160-161° (corr,), has a sp.gr. = 0.915 at 25'/25", and an index of refraction 1.416 at 25". [With H. M. CHASE.]-T~~ corresponding cliethplic ether, which is a liquid insoluble in water, possesses a fruity odour, boils at 140-141" (corr.), and has sp. gr.=0*835 at 25'/25'. Ethylic y-chZoqwopp!ic ether, prepared by the action of phosphorus C. H. B. f 260 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. trichloride on the above monethylic ether, is a liquid boiling at 130-131" (corr.) and of sp. gr. = 0.957 a t 25'/25". The corresponding bromo-compound is a n aromatic-smelling liquid, insoluble in water, boiling a t 150-151", and having a sp. gr. = 1.3 at 25"/25". [With GRACE A. VAN EVEREN] the iodo-compound boils at 130-134" (150 mm.), and has a sp.gr. = 1.585 at 25'125". Hexamefii~lene glycol diethplic ether is obtained by the action of sodium on ethylic y-chloro- (bromo- or iodo-) propylic ether, the best yield (28-30 per cent.) being obtained with either the bromo- o r iodo- compounds. It is a colourless liquid, insoluble in water, boiling a t 208" (corr.) at ordinary atmospheric pressure, and having a sp. gr. = 0.546 a t 25'/25" ; it dissolves in cold concentrated sulphuric acid, and is reprecipitated on adding water. Phosphorus trichloride has little or no action on it. [With L. H. GoODHUE.]-y-~t~Ox?~b~t~jl'ic cccid, OEt *CH,*CH ,*CH;COOH, was prepared by the action of potassium cyanide on ethylic y-bromo- propylic ether, and subsequent hydrolysis of the nitrile thus obtained ; it is a colourless liquid, soluble in water, and boils between 230-240".On submitting the potassium salt of this acid to electrolysis, small amounts of hexamethylene-glycol diethylic ether were obtained. [With H. H. TOZTER.]--E'thyliC y-phen&ropylic elher, prepared by the action of sodium on a mixture of bromobenzene and ethylic bromopro- pylic ether, is a liquid of terpene-like odour, boiling at 224" (corr.), and having a sp. gr. = 0,924 at 15"/15'. [With C. H. SToKE.]-Ethylic y-ethoxypi*opyhnalonate, obtained by the action of ethylic bromopropylic ether on ethylic sodiomalonate, is a nearly odourless liquid boiling at 273" (corr.) and of sp. gr. = 1.016 at 15'/15". On hydrolysis and subsequent elimination of carbonic anhy- dride from the dicarboxylic acid, 8-ethoxyualeric ucid is obtained as a colourless liquid, soluble in water, boiling at 252", and having a sp. gr.= 0.994 at 25"/25". Another substance was produced in this reaction, but its exact nature was not determined. A. W. C. Formaldehyde Derivatives of the Polyatomic Alcohols and Acids of the sugar Group. By K. WERER ttnd BERNHARD TOLLENS (Bey., 1897, 30, 2510-2514. Compare Abstr., 1894, i, 438; 1896, j , 645) .-With formaldehyde and hydrochloric acid, dulcitol yields tlinaeth?lZerzeduZcitol, C6H1,(CH2)20,, which is optically inactive and crystallises in needles melting at 244-245" ; the dibenxoate C,H,O,(CH,),(OBz),, melts at 328-231", and the diucetnte at 258-260". DimetJ~yleizer?~anznitol, C,H,,(CH,),O,, is pxepared from rhamnitol and crystallises in needles rrielting a t 138-139'.It is dextrorotatory, [.ID = + 9" ; the monobenzoate forms needles, which melt a t 136-1 37". ,2fo?c;orr.letl~?/Zenerhccmno?iic lactone, C,H80,: CH,? is obtained from rhamnonic lactone and crystallises in tablet,s which melt at 17s-1SO"; i t is Izvorotatory ([a],= - 85.4") and is mono- basic towards warm aqueous boda. Rhamnohexonic acid does not yield any formaldehyde derivative ; glucoheptonic lactone, on the other hand, is readily convei tcd into dimethyleneg luco7ieytonic lactone, C',H8( CH,),O,, which has been ob-ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 61 tained in two different forms ; the less soluble of these is lmorotatory ( [aID = - 69.5") and melts at about 280°, whereas the more soluble has a greater rotation ([.ID = - 101.) and melts a t about 230'.The acid is readily decomposed by bases, and hence it is extremely difficult t o prepare its salts. When saccharin is treated with formaldehyde and hydrochloric acid, a substance is formed which has the composition of triir?zetl~yZe7zedisacc?~arin, C12H14(C€€2)30~o, crystallises in needles or plates, melts a t 139-1403, and is lmwrotatory ; [a],= - 8 2 . 8 O . The presence of the carboxyl group appears t o hinder the action of formaldehyde with the adjacent hydroxyl group, the action being further influenced by the configuration of the reacting substance. It appears that substances which yield mucic acid react much less completely than their isomerides ; thus mucic acid itself gives no formaldehyde, and the same is true of rhamnohexonic acid, which yields mucic acid on oxidation.Moreover, dulcitol only yields a dimethylene-derivative, whilst its isomerides, mannitol and sorbitol, form trimethylene compounds. A. H. Preparation of Soluble Starch and Starch Solution. By OTTO FOERSTER (Chenz. Zeit., 1897,21, 41).-To prepare soluble starch, a paste of 20 t o 25 grams of starch with water is poured in a thin stream into 200 t o 300 C.C. of hot water containing 5 C.C. of con- centrated hydrochloric acid, the liquid being stirred until i t becomes homogeneous and fairly fluid ; heat is then applied and the stirring continued until the liquid is clear and as limpid as water. After cooling, it is filtered, alcohol added to the filtrate, the precipitate which is formed washed with alcohol until free from chlorine, then with ether, allowed to dry i l l t h e air, and finally dried by gently warming, or, better, by allowing it t o remain over sulphuric acid.To prepare a solution of starch, 20 grams are dissolved as described above, the hydrochloric acid being carefully measured so that i t may afterwards be exactly neutralised. The volume of the neutral filtered solution is made up to a litre by adding glycerol. The excess of water can be evaporated after the addition of the glycerol, whereby the stability of the solution is perhaps increased. Both these preparations give blue colorations with iodine. Soluble Starch. By WIKTOR SYNIEWSKI (Ber., 1897, 30, 2415-2418) -Soluble starch may be obtained by the action of a 9 per cent. solution of sodium peroxide on potato starch suspended in water, and is purified by repeated precipitation by alcohol, when i t forms a snow-white, amorphous substance which is almost free from ash ; this has tlie composition 3C,H,00,+H20, is soluble to the extent of 12.5 per cent.in cold water, and in all proportions in hot water ; the aqueous solution is not altered by warming on the water bath, and is coloured a pure blue by iodine. The compound is dextrorotatory, but the specific rotation increases with the concentration of the solution. The yield is about 90 per cent. of the original material, the loss being purely mechanical. (Compare Wrdblewski, this vol., i, 8.) A. H. By SIEGMUND GABRIEL and GEORG ESCHENBACH (Ber ., 1 S97, 30, 2494-2497).-Sodium hydrogen E. W. W. Bromethylamine and Vinylamine.62 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS.carbonate may be used instead of silver carbonate to convert bromethylamine hydrobromide into hydroxyethylcarbamic anhydride (Abstr., 1888, 439), the two substances being warmed together at 40-60'. The anhydride, when boiled with aniline, yields ethylene- FH,*NPh phenylcarbamide, CH,. NH >GO. Bromethylamine hydrobromide can be converted, with s&isfactory yield, into p-methyloxazoline (Abstr., lS89, 1134) by b,oiling i t with acetic anhydride for 3 hours, distilling off the excess of% the anhydride a t 60' under diminished pressure, diluting the residue with water, adding excess of potassium hydroxide, cooling meanwhile, and then distilling with steam ; p-methyloxazoline boils at 109*5-110.5°, and its picrate is now foucd to melt a t 159-160'; the lemon-yellow aurochlode melts a t 184-185'.Vinylamine reacts with hydrogec sulphide, yielding thioethylamine (Abstr., 1891, 816). Rapid Polyrnerisation of Chloral. Eg JOHN W. MALLET ( A m y . Chem. J., 1897, l9,809--810).-A specimen of anhydrous chloral, con- tained in a glass vial with small, drawn-out neck hermetically sealed, poly- merised so rapidly as to cause the bursting of the vial. The occurrence is remarkable, inasmuch as the amount of heat evolved in the polymeric change must have been sufficient to produce the effect observed; also the polymeric change must have occurred with a suddenness which is surprising in view of the very gradual transition of liquid chloral into meta-chloral; and it is not easy to imagine what caused the sudden polymerisation, there having been less change of temperature or external disturbance of any kind, at the time when the change occurred, than the specimen had been previously exposed to.A. W. C. (3. F. B. Glyoxalosazone from Formaldehyde. By HANS VON PECHMANN (Bei.., 1897, 30, 2459--246l).---Five compounds have already been isolated from the product of the action of phenylhydrazone on form- aldehyde, and in the present paper a sixth is described, which is formed when the reaction takes place in acetic acid solution and the concen- tration and temperature are so arranged thst the liquid remains clear at first. The substance thus formed is identical with glyoxalosazone, and is probably formed by the aldehyde undergoing an aldol condensa- tion, either through the hydrazine or the acetic acid, with formation of glycolaldehyde.Glyoxalosotetrazone which has been previously described as an oil, crystallises from acetone or alcohol in characteristic, dark-red plates melting a t 152". Change of Butyric into Isobutyric Acid. By RUDOLF HUTZLER and VICTOR MEYER (Bey., 1897, 30, 251 9-2529).-Erlenmeyer (Arrznnlen, 1876, 181, 126) found that a tube containing a cold satu- rated solution of calcium butyrate which had been used $0 show the separation of the salt at looo, remained clear a t this temperature after about 10 years' use. By fractional crystallisation of the contents of the tube, he isolated a salt which he regarded as calcium isobutyrate, and which comprised about 2% -2g of the whole amount of salt present. J. F. T.ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 63 The authors have found that this proportion of isobutyrate cannot be detected in this way in a mixture of the two isomeric salts.A trust- worthy method for detecting this amount of isobutyrate is to submit the mixture t o oxidation with potassium permanganate. The normal acid is chiefly converted into carbonic anhydride, whereas the iso-acid yields acetonic acid. Experiments were then made with tubes of resistant glass containing sterile solutions of pure calcium butyrate, and it was found that, after being heated for 6 months a t loo', they no longer gave a precipitate on heating. Isobutyric acid could not be detected in their contents, and the cause of the change was found to be the conversion of a small proportion of the calcium butyrate into the potassium salt by potassium silicate from the glass, calcium silicate being precipitated.The amount of calcium salt is thus diminished to such an extent that the liquid is not saturated a t loo', and hence no precipitation occurs. A. H. Conversion of Pentachloracetone into Trichloracrylic Acid and Chloromalonic Acid, By PAUL FRITSCH (Annulen, 1897, 297, 312-322. Compare Abstr., 1894, i, 4 9 0 ) . - ~ e p t a c ~ ~ l o r o ~ o p u ~ e , CHC1,- CCI,. CCI,, is obtained by heating pentachloracetone with phosphorus pentachloride in a sealed tube at 180' during 6-8 hours; it has the odour of camphor, melts a t 30°, boils at 150-151' under a pressure of 50 mm., and at. 247-248' under atmospheric pressure, slight evolution of hydrogen chloride occurring at that temperature.Bexachloyopopylene, CCl,:CCl*CCI,, prepared from the foregoing substance by the action of alcoholic potash (1 mol.), is an oil which has an odour of raspberries. I t has a sp. gr.=1.7652 a t 20'/4', and the refractive index nD= 1.5091 ; i t boils a t 122-123' under a pressure of 50 mm., and a t 209-210' under atmospheric pressure. Ethjlic ol.t~~otrichloracrylate, CCl,: CCl*C(OEt),, is produced when hexachloropropylene is treated with a slight excess of sodium ethoxide ; it has tt sp. gr. = 1.2183 at 20°/4', and the refractive index 72, = 1.4649. It boils at 149' under a pressure of 50 mm., and at 236-237' under atmospheric pressure. Ethylic trichlomcrylute, CCl,: CC1- COOEt, obtained by agitating ethylic orthotrichloracrylate with concentrated hydrochloric acid, is a colourless oil having the odour of peppermint, and boils at 11 2-1 14' under a pressure of 50 mm., and a t 192-194' under atmospheric pressure ; its sp.gr. = 1,3740 a t 20°/40, and the refractive index nD = 1.4839. The anhydyide of trichloracrylic acid is insoluble in water, and melts a t 39-40', whilst the umide crystallises from water in colourless needles, and melts at 96-97'; the cudamide forms stellar aggregates of needles, and melts at 165O. 3thyZic a-chlo~o-~-diet7~oxyacrylute, C( OE t),: CCl COOE t, formed from ethylic trichloracrylate by the action of sodium ethoxide, boils at 157-159' under a pressure of 50 mm., and a t 226-230' under atmospheric pressure; it has a sp. gr. = 1.0843 at 20'/4', and the refractive index n, = 1.4319. Agitation with concentrated hydro- chloric acid converts the ethereal salt into ethylic monochlormalonate.M. 0. F.64 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMJCAL PAPERS. Reaction between Ethylic Isonitrosoacetoacetate and Hydr- oxylamine Hydrochloride. By MILORAD Z. JOVITSCHITSCH (Bey., lS97, 30, 2421-2422. Compare Abstr., 1896, i, 8l).-The yield of oximidomethylisoxazolone may be increased by extracting with ether the mother liquor left after the separation of the compound. If after this treatment i t be neutralised with sodium carbonate, a precipitate is obtained, which consists of the compound first prepared by Scholl from isonitrosoacetone and hydroxylamine. By LOUIS SIMON (Compt. rend., 1897, 125, 534-536).-When a solution of pyruvic acid is mixed with potassium hydroxide and then with sodium nitroprusside, an intense violet-red coloration is produced, which is turned red by a small quantity of acetic acid, but decolorised by an excess.This reaction is not, however, characteristic, but is shown by a large number of aldehydes, ketones, and their derivatives and condensation products. On the other hand, if ammonia is substituted for the potassium hydroxide in the foregoing reaction, pyruvic acid gives a beautiful, violet-blue coloration, which is characteristic of pyruvic acid and its metallic and ethereal salts, but does not seem to be given by any other compound except acetophenone, and this is readily distinguished from pyruvic acid by Legal's reaction. A small quantity of acetic acid, but not sufficient to make the liquid acid, is essential t o the produc- tion of the blue colour, and under these conditions the limit of the reaction seems to be reached when the solution contains 1 part of pyruvic acid in 10,000.I n the absence of acetic acid, the colora- tion is green, not blue, and the limit is reached with 1 part of acid in 5,000 of water. The coloration appears gradually, and its appear- ance is accelerated by gently heating, but the colour is destroyed by boiling, and also by an excess of acetic acid. Potassium hydroxide changes the blue to deep-red, but addition of acetic acid restores the blue. When amines of the acetic series are added to a solution of pyruvic acid mixed with sodium nitroprusside, a deep-violet coloration rapidly appears and then rapidly disappears ; it is changed to blue by acetic acid, but the blue likewise rapidly disappears. All the amines of the acetic series seem to give this reaction.By ARTHUR ROSENHEIM and PAUL WOGE (Zeit. anorg. Chem., 1897, 15, 283--318).-See this vol., ii, 71. By MAURICE VBZES (Compt. rend., 1897, 125, 525--527).-When a solution of oxalic acid is added, in rather more than equal molecular proportion, to a hot concentrated solution of potassium platonitrite, the liquid becomes green, and nitro- gen oxides are liberated ; after a time, however, the liquid becomes golden-yellow, and when cooled yields pale-yellow, prismatic crystals which act on polarised light. These consist of potassium plato-oxalo- nitrite, and have the composition K,PtC,O,(NO,), + H,O,. They are stable in air, lose their water of crystallisation above loo", and at about 2 40" decompose completely, with intumescence, into platinum, potassium nitrite, and carbonic anhydride. The salt is very slightly soluble in A.H. Colour Reactions of Pyruvic Acid. C. H. B. [Beryllium Oxalates.] A New Double Platinum Salt.ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 65 cold water, but somewhat soluble in boiling water, and is very stable in solution. When an excess of oxalic acid is used in the reaction described, the product is the potassium platoxalate, K,PtC,O, = 2H,O, which crystal- lises in copper-red needles, and was described by Soderbaum (Abstr., 1886, 532). When the platinum salt is in excess, there is no forma- tion of any intermediate compound analogous to the halogen compounds of the type K,PtX(NO,), previously described by the author.The author suggests that when platinum is separated from associated metals in the form of potassium platonitrite, the readiest method of isolating it is to precipitate it as plnto-oxalonitrite, and afterwards decompose the latter by heat. By LUDWIG KNORR (Ber., 1897, 30, 2387-2389).-The details of the work which is sum- marised in this preliminary communication will shortly appear in the Annulen. The author has succeeded in obtaining no less than five iuomerides of ethylic diacetylsuccinate. Three of these are enol-f orms (al, a,, and a3j, which probably have the configurations C. H. B. The Isomeric Ethylic Diacetylsuccinates. Me*E*OH HO*E*Me Me*E*OH COOEt*C*E*COOEt COOEt*C*g*UOOEt COOEt*C.~.COOEt The remaining two are the optically inactive keto-forms (p and 7).Neither of these has yet been resolved into optically active constituents. The following table exhibits the chief properties of these isomerides : HO.C*Me Me*C*OH Me*C*OH 89" - - 1 : 122.5 Y 68" - - 1: 15.3 P a1 liquid 1.5900 brown 1: 9.7 a3 31-32' 1,4392 - 1: 2'9 21-22" 1.4530 violet every proportion a2 The enol-forms have all a faintly acid reaction, and are soluble in aqueous sodium carbonate, but readily become ketonised in this solu- tion. All five isomerides yield the same products when submitted to various chemical reactions. They are all unstable in the liquid state and in solution, and hence, under these conditions, a state of equilibrium is attained in which the proportions of the various isomerides present can be experimentally determined for different temperatures.The author considers that the passage of one isomeride into the other is brought about by the migration of the mobile hydrogen atoms. It seems probable, in the light of these results, that liquid tautomeric substances are usually mixtures of the various desmotropic forms of the compound. Solid tautomeric substances, on the other hand, usually represent one definite form. A. H.66 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. Compound of Titanic Acid with Malic Acid. By GEORG BERG (Zeit. nnorg. Chem., 1897, 15, 328-330).-The following organic acids do not cause a precipitate in neutral solutions of titanium chloride- malonic, succinic, citric, fumaric, maleic, amidosuccinic, benzoic, ortho- hydroxybenzoic, benzenedisul phonic, phenylacetic, meta- and para-amido- benzoic, hippuric, phthalic, hydroxybutyric, and crotonic, also phenol, trinitrophenol, and resorcinol.White, amorphous precipitates are obtained with acetic, lactic, tribromolactic, tribromacetic, and pcumene- sulphonic acids. A reddish-brown precipitate is produced by nitroso- P-naphthol, a yellow with salicylic acid, and a yellowish-brown with potassium chromate. Malic acid (also its salts) is the only compound examined which gives a crystalline precipitate ; the latter, 2TiO,,C,fT,O, + 6H,O, crystallises in minute, white prisms, is very stable, and is only slowly decomposed by boiling with water or barium hydroxide solution. It is very sparingly solnble in water, strong acetic acid, or dilute mineral acids, but less so in alcohol. It dissolves slowly in concentrated sul- phuric and nitric acids, and at once in concentrated hydrochloric acid.It dissolves at once in caustic alkalis with precipitation of titanic acid, more slowly in ammonia and alkali carbonates. When the crystals are treated with ammonia, they lose 3H,O and take up 3NH,, and if this compound is allowed t o remain exposed to the air it gives off ammonia, and is converted into the compound 2Ti0,,C,H60,.2NH, + 3H,O. Malic acid cannot be employed for the separation of titanic acid from zirconium or iron, as the last two are also precipitated. E. C. R. Compounds of Formaldehyde with Uric Acid. By K. WEBER, R. POTT, and BERNHARD TOLLENS (Ber., 1897, 30, 2514-2515)- Diformaldehyde-uric acid, C,H,N,O, + 2CH,O, is readily formed, and is monobasic towards one-third normal soda.The mother liquor from i t s preparation, when treated with alcohol and ether, yields a substance which appears t o contain 4-5 mols. of formaldehyde t o 1 of uric acid. A. H. By CARL KJELLIN and K. GUSTAV KUYLENSTJERNA (Annulen, 1897, 298, 117-129. Compare Tiemann, Abstr., 1889, 1165, and Voltmer, Abstr., 1891, 558).-H~dl..oxyethyZtiLiocar~~~m~~e: NHEt*CS*NH*OH, is obtained by carefully adding a n ethereal solution of hydroxylamine t o ethylthiocarbimide dissolved in the same medium; it forms colour- less needles or prisms, explodes slightly when touched with a hot glass rod, and melts and decomposes at 109'. The dry substance begins t o undergo decomposition after about a week, yielding a mixture of sul- phur and ethylcarbamide, but the aqueous and alcoholic solutions are very unstable, precipitation of sulphur occurring in a few minutes; silver and copper sulphides are produced by the action of silver nitrate and Fehling's solutions.Ferric chloride develops an olive-green coloration with the alcoholic solution, whilst the aqueous solution becomes violet ; both colours, however, disappear rapidly. HydroxynzetlzyZthiocurbunaide, NHMe*CS* NH*OH, which crystallises in small, colourless, six-sided plates, sinters at 95", and explodes at Aliphatic Derivatives of Hydroxythiocarbamide.ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 67 101" ; it closely resembles the foregoing cornpound, and is consider- ably less stable than that substance. Hydroxya~Z~ZtlioccLrbanzi~le) C,H,*NH*CS*NH*OH, crystallises in microscopic, rectangular plates, forming a colourless, nacreous precipi- tate when ethereal allylthiocarbimide is added to anhydrous hydroxyl- czmine dissolved in the same medium ; it begins to soften a t 85", and fuses completely at 120'.It is extremely unstable, both in the solid state and in solution, yielding sulphur and allylcarbanlide ; the colour changes with ferric chloride are the same as those exhibited by hydroxy- ethylthiocarbamide and hydroxymethylthiocarlmrnide. is prepared by treating an ethereal solution of p-ethylhydroxylamine with ethereal ethylthiocarbimide ; it melts a t 81", dissolves sparingly in water and ether, and is readily soluble in alcohol, chlorofoibm, and hot benzene. The crystals from benzene are monosymmetric ; a : b : c = 2.8676 : 1 : 0*8809.Hydroxydiethylthiocarb- amide may be preserved for any length of time without undergoing change, and the aqueous solution does not yield sulphur when boiled ; ferric chloride develops a green coloration with the aqueous or alcoholic solution, passing into bluish-green and reddish-violet on dilution. The silvey derivative forms slender, silky needles containing 3H,O, and resists the action of light ; the gold cldo~ide derivative is red. Synzmetvical ~~ydroxydinzeth~Zthiocar~i6~?aid~, NHMe*US*NMe*OH, is prepared by adding the calculated amount of sodium methoxide dis- solved in methylic alcohol to a solution of p-methylhgdroxylamiiie hydrochloride and methylthiocarbimide in methylic alcohol ; it sepa- rates from benzene in diinorphous crystals melting a t 104'.The colour changes with ferric chloride are similar to those of the foregoing compound. The silver derivative forms slender, colourless needles, the nzercurichloyicle is dimorphous, and the au?*ochZoride is decomposed by water. Ethylic iodide converts hydroxydimethylthiocarbamide into an unstable crystalline compound, which yields ethyl mercaptan when heated with caustic soda. obtained from P-ethylhydroxylamine and allylthiocarbimide, crystallises from benzene in thin, four-sided plates, and melts a t 66-67'. Ilydrox?/metJLylaZZyZtJ~iocnrbcc.l?tide, C,H;NH.CS*NMe*OH, is pre- pared from p-methylhydroxylamine and allylthiocarbimide ; it melts at 54', and crystallises from benzene in beautiful, colourless, monosym- metric prisms. ~€~droxymetl~~Zet~~ylthiocc~rbc~nz,~de, NHMe* CS*NEt *OH, obtained from ,8-ethylhydroxylamine and methylthiocarbimide, crystallises in small, colourless needles, and melts a t 122' when heated rapidly.BenxyZoxyaZZyZthiocarbnnllide, C,H,*NK*CS*NH.O- CH,I'h, is pre- pared from P-benzylhydroxylamine and allylthiocarbimide ; i t forms prismatic crystals and melts a t 57-58", Sy ntme tricu Z J@roxyd ietl~yZt?~iocnrbnnaicle, N H E t CS NEt - 0 H , ,(3 = 8 6 O 5'. Hydrox~etltylallylt~~iocccr bamide, C,H,*N H *CS N E t OH, a : b = 0.60264 : 1. ,8 = 74" 8'. M. 0. F. Polyaspartic Acids. By HUGO SCHIFF (Ber., 1897, 30, 2449-2459).-The two anhydrides of aspartic acid prepared by Schaal by the action of carbonic anhydride on asparagine are more easily prepared by heating aspartic acid at 190--200" for 20 hours ;68 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS.on boiling the product with ten times its weight of water the octo- anhydride (octoaspwtide), C:32H26Ns017, remains undissolved, whilst the t e t ra-anh ydride (tetrcqxwtide), C],,H,,~,O,, sepR ra t es from the filtrate on cooling. The filtrate also contains two other substances, namely, tetraspcwtic acid, Ci6R22N,0i,, and a small qnan ti ty of octo- aspartic ccciil, C,,H,,N,O,,,. the latter can also be obtained from its copper salt by treatment with hydrogen siilphide ; it forms a vitreous mass which a t 1 90-200' passes quantitatively into octoaspartide. Octoaspsrtide combines with 8 mols. of phenylhydrazine with the for- ination of a yellow, crystalline phenylhydraxide, me1 ting partidly and decomposing at 200-205". I t also combines with aniline with the production of various products, those containing less than 8 mols.of aniline dissolving in alkali with the formation of the corresponding octoaspartanilic acids ; on heating with aniline, ammonia is evolved. Tetruspicrtic acid crystallises from water in clusters of needles, and is very similar to the octo-acid in its properties. The author considers the constitution of octoaspartic acid and tetr- aspartic acid t o be respectively and that of tetraspartide and octoaspartide to be J. F. T. ) NH ~ r u ( c o 9 c n , ( l O ,H. HO ( *C!O*b*CH2b0 :Hp ) ,H Aliphatic Sulphonic Acids. By ELMER P. KOHLER (Amer. Chem. J., 1897, 19, 72S-'752).-From the study of the behaviour of some 23 sulphonic acids towards phosphorus pentachloride, and of the corres- ponding chlorides towards water, the details of which will appear in subsequent papers, the author is led to the following general conclu- sions, to which no exceptions have so f a r been observed.Monosulphonic acids and aa-chloro- or bromo-monosubstitution pro- ducts of monosulphonic acids react readily with phosphorus penta- chloride in the cold with production of a normal sulphone chloride, which on treatment with water passes back into the acid. With phosphorus pentachloride, 1 : 2-chloro- or bromo-sulphonic acid reacts in the same way; the chloride, on treatment with water, passes back for the most part into the acid, but at the same time an unsaturated sulphonic acid is formed, CH,Br*CH,* S02C1+ H20 = UH2:CH* SO,H + HCI + HBr. Neither aa- nor a@-disulphonic acids react with phosphorus penta- chloride in the cold.On heating, in the first case, the product is mainly an aa-chlorsulphonic chloride, together with other chlorine sub- stitution products; and in the second case a disulphonic chloride is formed, which on treatment with water gives principally an unsatu- rated sulphonic acid, and to a minor extent the regenerated acid. aa- and up-Sulphocarboxylic acids slowly react with phosphorus penta- chloride in the cold. The product is always a chlorine substitutionORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 69 product of a diacid chloride, which reacts with water in a complicated manner, with different results in different cases. The special subject treated in this paper is the behaviour of ap-ethanedisulphonic chloride towards a number of reagents in order to determine what conditions a r e most favourable for the production of a n unsaturated acid, or the regeneration of the saturated acid.ap-~thanedisu~iionic acid is produced by the oxidation.of ethylenic thiocyanate with nitric acid, and crystallises from glacial acetic acid in slender needles melting at 100'. The sodiunz salt is best obtained by boiling ethylenic dibromide and sodium sulphite in concentrated aqueous solution ; if the solution is dilute, then sodium monobromethanesul- phonate is produced. ap-Ethnnedisul~l~onic chloride, prepared either from the free acid by treatment with phosphorus pentachloride or carbonyl chloride, or from the sodium salt of the acid by warming with phosphorus pentachloride, crystallises from chloroform in large, compact orthorhombic tables melting at 9 1 O .When pure, it can be heated to 150' without a trace of decomposition, but at 160' sulphurous anhydride is slowly evolved and a@-chlorethanesulphonic chloride distils over. All attempts to prepavo Q n unsymmetrical disulphonic chloride failed. When ethanedisulphwic chloride is acted on by vater, a n amount of ethylenesulphonic acid corresponding with 90 per cent. of the original substance and 10 per cent. of ap-ethanedisulphonic acid are produced. Methylic, ethylic, propylic and amylic alcohols react with the sul- phonic chloride in the same way as water ; the amount of unsaturated acid formed diminishes, however, with the increase in the molecular weight of the alcohol. Acids and alkalis also react in the same manner. Dry ammonia does not act on the sulphonic chloride with production of the corresponding amide, and in alcoholic solution ammonium ethanedisulphonate and anhydrotaurine are formed.Substituted ammonias behave in a similar manner, aniline, for example, giving rise to anhydrophenyltaurine and anilidoe~hanesulphonacanilicle, NHPh*CH,*CH,*SO,*NHPh; the latter is a n oil which can with difficulty be obtained in colourless plates melting a t 75". The hydro- chloride crystallises from alcohol in long, colourless needles melting at 171°, and the monacetyl derivative melts a t 152". Acetamide, and acid amides in general, act on the chloride in glacial acetic acid solution, producing mainly ammonium ethanesul- phonate. When the chloride is acted on by sodium acetate (or saltsof organic acids in general), sulphurous anhydride is eliminat,ed ancl 95 per cent.of the original substance is recovered in the forin of the sodium salt of ethylenesulphonic acid, and the rcriiainder as sodium ethanedisul- phonate. Zinc dust converts 53 per cent. of the chloride into the zinc salt of ap-ethanedisulphinic acid, anot,her substance not fully investigated being also produced. A. W. C. Constitution of Meconic Acid. By A LBERTO PERATONER (Chenz. Zeit., 1897, 21, 40).---Meconic acid, when boiled with alkalis or70 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. alkaline earths, yields carbonic anhydride, oxalic acid, formic acid, and substances of a gummy nature whose isolation is rendered difficult by the presence of the acids.By the action of barium hydroxide on triethylic meconate, which was prepared by boiling the dry yellow trisilver salt with ethylic iodide and crystallising the product from light petroleum and ethylic alcohol, the author obtained barium oxalate, alcohol, and acetylcarbinylic ethylic ether, but neither car- bonic nor formic acid. Since meconic acid belongs to the pyrone group as shown by its conversion into comenic acid (Ost) and since chelidonic acid, which is a pyronedicarboxylic acid, when treated with alkaline earths, splits up into oxalic acid and acetone, the above decomposition indicates the following formula for triethvlic meconate cooEi*~-o-!?cooEt, and henesthat the free acii is hydroxy- CH*CO*COEt chelidonic acid. Similar experiments with pyromeconic acid show that this acid probably decomposes into formic acid and acetylcarbinol.E. W. W. Nitroketones, Hydroxyketones, Ketochlorides and Reto- bromides. By E. C. THEODOR ZINCKE (J. pr. Chenz., 1897, [ii], 56, 157--178).-This paper is chiefly theoretical in character, and con- tains no description of new compounds. By chlorinating tetrachloro- paracresol in acetic acid solution, a ketochloride, CMe< CCl*CCl cc1: ccPC0, is obtained; at LZ higher temperature and without solvent, the isomeride, ccl:ccl>CO. A ketobromide, CMeBr<CCl:CC1>CO, CCI'CCl CMeC1<cC1: c c 1 analogous to the last compound, can be obtained in a similar way; it appears to exist only in this configuration, but it sometimes reacts as if it had the constitution CH2Br*C<cCl:CC1 CC1*CC1>C*OH.When oxidised with nitric acid, it yields a compound OH*CH2* CBr<&ccl>CO ; CC1' CCl alkalis convert this into 7% o->c<~:~$:~>CO, whilst reduction changes it to CMe<E$s;;>C*OH. Many other reactions of these and similar substances are enumerated, and compared with similar ones observed by Auwers ; it is not possible, however, to give a satisfactory abstract of them. It may be said that the ketobromide of tetrabromo- paracresol is also considered, as well as the pentabromides from ortho- and meta-cresol, and from metaxylenol. The formation ol a parshgdroxy- ketone by the action of nitric acid on tetrachloroparacresol, &c., has been shobn to be preceded by the formation of 'a paranitroketone, C. F. B. CCI'CCI NO,* c ~ ~ < ~ ~ l ~ ~ c ~ > " o .Reversible Transformation of Styrene and Metastyrene under the Influence of Heat. By GEORGES LEMOINE (Compt. rend., 1897, 125, 530-533).--The author has investigated the effect ofORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 71 heat on styrene at 97', 160', 240", 310' and 350" the styrene and metastyrene in the product being separated by distillation under low pressure at a temperature not exceeding 100'. The styrene used boiled a t 142-144' under a pressure of 751 mm., a t about 53-54' under a pressure of 1.8 mm. and 48.5 a t 0.9 mm. Its sp. gr. was 0.920 a t O', 0,910 a t 12*1', 0.908 a t 16.5', 0,899 a t 27*lo, 0.879 a t 51 -5' and 0.852 a t 87'. Whether the original substance is styrene or metastyrene, the com- position of the product tends towards the same limit under a given set of conditions; provided the temperature is the same through- out the whole of the apparatus, the quantity of styrene that remains unaltered depends on the volume of matter heated, or, in other words, the limit corresponds with a given vapour pressure, as in cases of dissociation. The rate of change is at first somewhat rapid but gradually becomes slower and slower.The limit as determined in flasks of somewhat considerable capacity is not quite the same as the limit determined in narrow glass tubes, the difference being most probably due to the disturbing influence of the walls. At aboiit 97', the conversion of styrene into metastyrene is practi- cally complete, but the proportion of styrene remaining increases slightly with the temperature and is 0.9 gram per litre at 310", the corresponding vapoar pressure being 0.4 atmos.Details of the observations are given in the paper. Nitroso-derivatives of Catechol Methyl Ether [Guaiacol]. By A. PFOB (Moncctsh., 1897, 18, 467-480).-Guaiacol (catechol methyl ether, OH*C,H,* OMe = 1 : 2) can be made to yield a nitroso-derivative by dissolving it in alcohol, adding acetic acid, cooling to - 2", adding potassium nitrite gradually, allowing to remain a t this temperature, and finally diluting with ice and water, The product, 2-methoxy- 1 : 4-quinone-4-monoxime, O:C6H,(0311e):NOH or OH*C,H,(OMe)*NO, is identical wlth Best's paranitrosoguaiacol (Abstr., 1890, 60S), and yields the same 2-methoxy-1 : 4-quinonedioxime when treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride.When boiled with excess of acetic anhydride, it yields a rnonacetyl derivative, O:C,H,(OMe):NOAc, which melts and decomposes at 156-158' ; when reduced with stannous chloride, it yields 4-amido-2-rneti5oxyphenoZ, OH-C,H,( OMe)*NH,, an unstable base the ?hydrochloride of which was prepared, as also the triucetyl derivative, OAc*C,H,(OMe)*NAc,, which melts a t lolo, and yields the hydrochloride of the methoxyamidophenol when it is treated with hydrochloric acid. When the monoxime is heated with water for several hours at 150-160', a small quantity of 2-methoxy-1 :4- quinol, OH*C,H,(OMe)-OH, is perhaps formed ; when it is heated at 100" with potassium methoxide and methylic iodide in the presence of ether, it yields a methyl ether, O:C,H3(0Me):NOMe, which meIts a t 105-106', and forms amidomethoxyphenol when reduced with stannom chloride.From catechol ethyl ether, yellow 2-ethoxy-1 : 4-puinone-4-rnonoxime can be obtained ; when heated, it decomposes without melting. C, H. B. C. F. E.72 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. Derivatives of Guaiacol. By HAPI'S RUPE (Bey., 1897, 30, 2444--2449).-The author has prepared several derivatives of guaiacol containing nitrogen groups in the para-position relatively to the hydroxyl. I'ara-?zitrosoguaiacol is most conveniently prepared by heating guaia- co1, methylic alcohol, sodium methoxide and ethylic nitrite in a closed tube for 12 hours a t 100". Ya~~anitroguaiacoZ, OH*C,H,(NO,)*OMe [NO, : O H : OMe = 4 : 1 : 2]? formed from the nitroso-compound on oxida- tion with alkaline potassium ferricyanide, crystallises from hot water in slender, yellow needles melting at 103-104°.Dinitropaiacol, OH*C,H,(NO,), [OH : OMe : (NO,),= I : 2 : 4 : 61, melts at 123-124" and is formed when nitric acid acts on nitrosoguaiacol. Pararnido- guc~icicoZ, OH*C,H,(NH,)*OMe,can be prepared either by reducingtheazo- compound produced by the combination of diazobenzene chloride with guaiacol by means of tin and hydrochloric acid, or by reducing nitroso- guaiacol with stannous chloride and hydrochloric acid ; it crystallises in glistening prisms melting and decomposing at 176-177"; the hydi-ocldoride separates from hydrochloric acid in large, pale green crystals. Paracyanoguaiacol, OH*C,H,( CN).OMe, prepared from the diazo-compound, is identical with the substance obtained by Markus from vanillin. J.F. T. Sitosterol. By RICHARD BURILN (Nonatsh., 1 897, 18, 551-574). -The '' germs " of wheat or rye (a refuse product of flour-mills) are extracted with ether, the extracted f a t is hydrolysed with alcoholic potash, and the solution is precipitated with calcium chloride. The pre- cipitate of calcium soap and other substances thus obtained is extracted with acetone, the extract is evaporated to dryness and dissolved in other, the ethereal solution is washed cautiously with dilute hydro- chloric acid and potassium hydroxide in succession, and is then evaporated to dryness ; the residue is finally crystallised from metjhylic alcohol. In this way, a substance, Cz7H,,O + H,O, is obtained which resembles the cholesterol of bile in external appearance and in com- position, but melts a t 137.5', and in ethereal solution has the specific rotation [.ID = - 26-71' ; it is named sitosteyol (aiios= wheat, corn).I t is a n unsaturated substance, for it forms a dibromide, which does not crystwllise easily, and is difficult to purify ; i t melts and decom- poses a t about 98". It also forms a monacetate; this melts at 127" after softening at 124*5", and yields a dibromide which also crystnllises with difficulty ; a propionate and benzoate, melting respectively at 1 0 8 5 O and 145-1 45.5", were also prepared. Sitosterylic chloride, C,;H,,Cl, can be obtained by the action of phosphorus pentactiloride on sitosterol ; it melts a t €37.5' after softening at 82". and is reduced by sodium in boiling amy 1 alcoholic solution t o sitostene, C27H44, which melts between 61" and 68", according to the rapidity with which i t is heated, has in ethereal solution the specific rotation [ aID = - 38-79", and is a n unsaturated hydrocarbon, forming a dibromide which crgstal- lises with difficulty, and melts between 105-110° after softening a t 70".The methyl alcoholic mother liquor from the sitosterol contains another substance, parusitosterol, which melted at 132.5' ; after con-ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 7 3 __ 92.2 17.6 7 - 2 4-2 2.7 1.4 28.4 20.4 14.1 14.5 0 version into the acetate and recovery from the latter by hydrolysis with sodium methoxide, a t 127.5' ; it resembles siiosterol in appearance. This substance appears also t o have the composition C27H440, but in ethereal solution it has the specific rotation [ a JD = - 20*S0, and its rnonucetute melts a t 115-120', and forms a dibromide which melts a t 112' after softening a t 104.5".Finally, a tabulated list is given of all the phytosterols (vegetable cholesterols) a t present known, with their specific rotations, and the melting points and ,crystalline form of themselves and their acetates and benzoates. C. F. B. -1- 95 94'6 31.6 26.2 11.9 3'6 1.8 3.0 0.9 3.4 0.3 0 .o 44.6 20-4 26.5 11'8 14.7 6-1 4.9 1-2 2'4 Formation of Chains : XVII. Orthotoluidine and Meta- toluidine ; XVIII. Paratoluidine ; XIX. Metaxylidine. By CARL A. B1scHo~F( Ber., 1897,30 2464-2468,2469-2475,2476-2480. Compare this vol., i, lO).-Aromatic amines, R;NH,, were heated with ethylic salts of a-bromo-acids, CR,,R,,,Br*COOEt.The products of the reaction are R;NH*CR,,R,,;COOEt and R;NH3Br ; to determine the extent to which the reaction has taken place, the amine hydrobromide was washed with chloroform and weighed; the error was not greater than +,2 per cent. As a rule, the temperature employed was 120', and the heating was continued for 4 hours; experiments were also made at 130-135' and at 180°, and the products of these were sub- mitted t o fractional distillation, the fractions being weighed and a fractionation curve constructed. Some experiments were also made at 100'. The numbers in Table I. give the extent, in percentages of the theoretical maximum, to which the reaction takes place between the amines and ethylic salts there tabulated ; the amount of reaction be- tween the amines and certain acids, R,,*COOH, was also determined, each pair of substances being heated together for 1 hour a t loo', the product being, of course, a substance of Table 11.gives the results. Bromopropionate ...... H Bromophenylacetate.. ' Bromisobutyrate ...... 0 - 0 TABLE I. 95 54 94 92 ~ 91 68 43 47 43 68 29 19 62 38 , 19 ----__ ----- I Bromopropionate ......I 94 1 97 1 94 1 93 1 96 the type R,;CO*NHR, ; TABLE 11. R,, (R,;COOH). H CH3 CH,ble CH,Et *CH, CH,Et CHMe, CHMe,*CW, OH* CH, 0 H CH Me OH*CHPh OH* CHEt OH*CMe, 974 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. The following new substances were prepared in the course of the in- vestigation. Ethylic a-oythotoluidoisovalenxte, C,H,Me.NH* CH(C HJIe,)-COOEt, melts at 3G" and boils at 282-284' under 763 mm.pressure; the corresponding cccicl melts at 101', and loses carbonic anhydride when distilled, yielding isobutylorthotoluidine, which boils at 230-235" under 758 mm. pressure. C,H,Me.NH*CHMe* COOEt, boils at 271-276' under 767 mm. pressure ; ethylic metntoluido- butyrate, C,H,Me*NH*CHEt*COOEt, at 281-285' under 745 ram. ; and ethylic nzetutoluidoisobutyrute at 270-273" under 753 mm., and at 205-2 10' under 104 mm. pressure ; ethylic a-metcctoluidophentjlacetate, C,H,Me*NH.CHPh*COOEt, melts a t 109'. Ethylic a-pccrutoluidoiso- vulerate boils at 295" under 753 mm. pressure ; the corresponding acid melts at 110'. Zthylic a-parato~uidopheny~acetate melts at 85-86". When paratoluidine is heated with chloracetamide, eventually to 150', p~ratolylimidodiucetinzide, C6H,MeoN: (CH,-CO),:NH, melting a t 195', is produced ; whilst in the presence of sodium acetate, paratoluidoacet- amide is formed instead.Paratoluidine with a-bromopropionamide at 80" yields toluidopropionamide, and at 150-1 80", a-puratoluidopro- pionic parutoluidide, C,H,Me*NIS* CHMe*CO*NH*C,H,Me, which melts at 158'. With a-bromobutyramide and a-bromisobutyramide at 120-1 30", it yields respectively a-parutoZuidobutg/ric and a-partctoluido- isobutyric pamtoluidicles, melting at 138" and 144". Ethylic a-metuxylido- pyopionute, C,H,Me,*NH*CHMe*COOEt, melts at 42" and boils at 274 -275" under 753 mm. pressure. Ethylic a-wetaxylidobutyrate, C,H,Me,*NH*CHEt*COOEt, boils at 285-290' under 753 mm. h'thylic rnetuxyZiidophenyZacetate, C,H,Me,*NH*CHPh*COOEt, melts at 90.5'.By 31. C. SCHUYTEN (Chem. Zeit., 1897, 21, 24). --By passing nitric oxide gas through an alcoholic solution of aniline, the author obtained nitraniline, but no nitroso-derivative. Ethylic metccto~uidoprop~onccte, C. F. 16. Nitrosoanilines. E. W. W. Paratolyltrimethylenediamine and y-Iodopropylamine. By MARTIN FR~NKEL (Bey., 1897, 30, 2497-251O).-By heating y-bromo- propylphthalimide, C,H,O,:N* [CH2'J2* CH,Br (1 mol.), with para- toluidine (2 mols.), eventually at 1 50', yellow paratoluidopropylphthali- mide, C,H,02:N.[CH,],.NH*C,H7, melting at 134-1 36O, is obtained ; the white hydyochloride melts at 198", and is decomposed by water. If a relatively smaller amount of the toluidine is used, the product is yellow pus.atoluidodipropyldiphthalimide, (C8H,O2:N*[CH,],*),N- C,H,, melting at 124".When paratoluidopropylphthalimide is boiled with 20 per cent. hydrochloric acid, pap.atolyltrimethylenediamine, NH2*[CH2],*NH=C7H7, is formed (Balbiano, Abstr., 1889, 1216) ; this boils at 383" under 763 mm. pressure, and has a sp. gr. = 1.0253 at 15" ; the hydrochloride, with 2HC1, melts at 257", the yellow platinochloride at 205", and the greenish-yellow picrute at 11 3' ; the base absorbs car- bonic anhydride from the air. With potassium cyanate and hydro- chloric acid, it forms paratoluidopropylccrbccmid~, NH,.CO*NH.[CH,I,.NH. C',H,,ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 75 which melts at 152" losing ammonia ; after prolonged heating a t 212") the residue is found to be par~to~?~~tr~rnethylenecarban~~de, melting a t 207O. a t 1 40", it yields pccrutolyltrimethylenethiocarbamide, With potassium thiocianate and hydrochloric acid c s<N (C7HT) 'CH2)C H, , NH -CH, melting a t 1 $So.With carbon bisulphide, it forms the dithiocarbamate, NH(C7H7)*[CH,],*NH*CS*SNH,-[CH2],*BH*C,H7, which melts at 125O, and decomposes at that temperature, or when boiled with water, into hydrogen sulphide, paratolyltrimethylenediamine, and paratolyltri- me th ylenethiocarbamide. With nitrous acid, it yields amidopropyl- puratolglnitrosamine, NH2*[CH,],*N(C7H7)*N0, the hydvochloride of which melts a t 175" ; the nitrosamine itself is an oil which decomposes when distilled, and absorbs carbonic anhydride from the air. When paratoluidopropylphthalimide is heated with methylic iodide at 125O, the product is y-iodo~opyZphtl7L~li~aide, C,H,O,:N*[CH,],*I, melting a t 8 8 O , and methylparatoluidine.By heating 7-bromopropylphthalimide with methylparatoluidine at 170°, yellow rnethyZparatoluidopopyZphthali,m<de, melting at 125", is obtained. y-Iodopropylphthalimide (see above) is more conveniently obtained by boiling y-bromopropylphthalirnide with aqueous alcoholic sodium bromide. When boiled with hydriodic acid of boiling point 127') it yields y-iodopropylunzine, NH,*[CH,],*CH,I, isomeric with a compound previously prepared by Hofmann and by Gabriel (Abstr., 1897, i, 136). This is an unstable oil ; the hydriodide melts a t 166O, the yellow picyafe at 134-1 35' ; its benzoyl derivative, y-iodopropylbenxamide, PC'HBz*[CH,J,* CH,I, melts a t 6S0, and reacts with paratoluidine at 170", forming crystal- line benxoparcctolyltvimethyle.nediarnide, NHBz*[ CH,],*NH*C7H7.With paratolylthiocarbimide, CS:NC,H,, in ethereal solution, y-iodopropyl- amine yields a substance which is probably paratol;yltrirnethylene-$- thiocarbamide, C H , < ~ ~ : ~ > C * N H * C , H , ; this melts at 135') the hydriodide a t 200°, the reddish-yellow plutinochloride at 208", and the yellow picrate at 170°. C,H,O,:N* [ CH,],*NRle* C,H7, C. F. B. Action of Diazomethane on Nitrosobenzene. By HANS VON PECHMANN (Ber., 1897, 30, 2461-2463).--The action of diazomethane on nitrosobenzene in ethereal solution leads to the formation of a yellow, crystalline substance melting a t 182-183', which is apparently glyoxime-3-phenylether, kph>C,H2<hph ; the yield is about 50 per cent, of the theoretical, and phenylhydroxylamine is formed as a bye-pro- duct, which makes it probable that part of the nitrosobenzene has acted as an oxidising agent.This new substance has been prepared by Bam- berger from formaldehyde and phenylhydroxylamine ( Vierteljnhrschr. O-- 0 y 276 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. d. natuiforsch. Ges. in Zurich, 1896, 178); acids decompose i t into glyoxaldehyde and phenylhydroxylamine, from which two substances i t can be prepared synthetically; heating with acetic anhydride con- verts i t into oxanilide, or derivatives of this. Diazocyanides and Double Salts of Diazonium Cyanides. By ARTHUR R. HANTZSCH and KARL DANZIGER (Bey-., 189'7, 30, 9529-2548. Compare Abstr., 1895, i, 348).-The diazonium cyanides cannot be obtained in the pure state, but their double salts are €ormed when a solution of a diazonium chloride is treated with silver cyanide or a neutralised solution of potassium cyanide.The presence of hydroxyl ions, which are invariably present in ordinary potassium cyanide solution, causes, the formation of the insoluble syn-diazo- cyanide. The double salts with silver cyanide are colourless, soluble in water, and of neutral reaction, and are at once decomposed by acetic acid, whilst in aqueous solution they gradually decompose, forming nitrogen, hydrogen cyanide, silver cyanide, and a phenol. They thus closely resemble the double cyanide of silver and potassium. This behaviour also renders it probable that the free diazonium cyanide itself would resemble potassium cyanide, and therefore differ essentially from the normal diazocyanide, which is stable towards acids.$-Cumenediaxonizcrrt. silver cyanide, UGH,Me,* N BCN, AgCN, has only been obtained in aqueous solution and is prepared from the diazonium iodide and silver cyanide. It readily forms azo-colouring matters. Yayabromodiaxonium sillrer cyanide, C,H4Br* N *CN,AgCN, has been obtained in small quantity in the form of a crystalline powder, which explodes a t 119-120'. Of the stereoisomeric diazocyanides, R*N=N.CN, the syn- or normal compounds, 8, are the primary products of reaction, are labile, have a low melting point, readily form azo-colouring matters, and can be directly decomposed into nitrogen and a nitrile. The anti- or iso- diazocyanides, on the other hand, are stable, have a high melting point, and do not easily form azo-colouring matters or decompose into nitro- gen and a iiitrile.As will be seen from the description of the various compounds, the presence of negative groups increases the stability of the syn-form, a group having a greater effect in the ortho- than in the para-position ; the presence of halogens also diminishes the readiness with which both series undergo reaction. Diorthocyanides are decom- posed into nitrogen and a dihalogen derivative of benzene by alcohol and an alkali, whereas all other halogen diazocyanides are thus con- verted into diazoimido-ethers. Alcohol radicle3 appear to be unfavourable to the formation of stable cyanides of either series. Sy n-pnmbromobenxenecliaxocyanide, Cf5R4Br 'M, is obtained by add- ing aqueous potassium cyanide to parabromobenzenediazonium chloride solution at - 10' ; it forms yellow needles melting a t 4 2 O , reacts C.F. B. ... N ... N CN*N CN-NORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 77 violently with precipitated copper, and forms bromobenzeneazonaphthol with #3-naphthol. If kept for a day, or dissolved in alcohol and pre- cipitated by water, a t the ordinary temperature, it passes into the anti-cyanide, Br*C6H4*8 which crystallises from light petroleum in brown needles melting at 129-130' ; this is indifferent towards p- napht hol and copper powder. Syn-paraiodobenaenediazocyanicle is yellowish-brown and melts a t 48' ; the anti-cyanide crystallises in reddish-brown needles and melts a t 152'. Syn-oi.thobromobenzenecZiccxo- cyanide forms yellow needles and melts at 51'; it does not pass into the isomeride a t the ordinary temperature, but when precipitated by water from alcoholic solution a t the ordinary temperature, a small quantity of the anti-compound is formed, which melts a t l07--108'.Syn-metabromobenxenediaxocyanide forms very unstable needles melting a t 25-96'. Syn-2 : 4-dibromobenxenediazocyanide melts a t 70---71', is stable, and only passes into the anti-salt a t the summer temperature ; the latter crystallises from dilute alcohol in reddish-brown plates melting at 141'. Both forms are converted by alcohol and hydrogen chloride into 2 : 4-dibromodiaxocu~bccmide, C,H,Br,*N,. CO *NH,, which crystal- lises in orange-coloured needles melting at 194'. Alcoholic potash converts it into potassium dibromodiaaocarboxylate, which forms golden- yellow plates and yields a yellow precipitate of the free acid on acidificabion.The syn-dichlorocyanide changes more readily t,han the d ibromo- compound in to the anti-com pound. Sy 1 1-2 : 4-di-iodo benxenediuxo- cganide melts at 96', the anti-cyanide a t 186'. Syn-3 : 4-dibromobenxene- diuzocynnide melts at 56-57'; it changes in a few days into the anti-cyanide, which crystallises from light petroleum in small, brown needles melting a t 100-101'. Syn-2 : 5-dibromobenxenediuxocyanitle melts at 42-43', and in a few days changes into the anti-cyanide, which crystallises from dilute alcohol in brick-red needles melting a t 122-123'. Syn-3 : 5-dibromobenxenediazocyunide melts a t 60', and decomposes if kept ; the unti-compound melts a t 85'.Syn-2 : 6-di- byornobernzenediazocyanide melts a t 44- 45', and decomposes completely when kept, or if i t is precipitated from alcoholic solution at the ordinary temperature. The anti-compound has not been obtained. Syn-2 : 4 : 6-tribromobenxenediaxocyanide, which forms yellow plates melting at 59-60', is remarkably stable, does not change when kept, and only reacts slowly with ,@naphthol and with copper ; with alcohol aud soda, i t yields tribromobenzene and nitrogen. The anti-salt can only be obtained with difficulty and forms brownish-red crystals melt- ing a t 147'; alcohol and caustic soda convert it into the correspond- ing diazoimidoether. Syn-symnzetrical-2 : 4 : 6-t~ichlorobenxenecliaxo- cyanide is much less stable than the tribromo-compound ; the anti- compound has not been obtained.Syn-2 : 4 : 5-trichlorobenxenediaxo- cyanide melts a t 5 5 O and is very stable ; the anti-cyanide crystallises in red needles melting a t 100-101'. Alkyl-diazocyanides can only be prepared by adding the diazonium salt t o an excess of potassium cyanide solution a t - 12'. The toluene-derivative is oily, the U S ? J ~ L - metrical nzetccxylenediaxocyanide is solid, but rapidly decomposes. N* C" The unti-salt has not yet been obtained.78 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. Syn-+-cumenediaxocyanide forms dark red crystals melting a t 38-39'; the anti-compound has not been prepared. Syn-brornometaxylenediaxo- cyanide melts at 49-50' and readily passes into the anti-compound which melts a t 64-65'.Syn-paramethoxybenxenediccxocyanide melts at 50', and changes in a few days into the anti-cyanide melting a t 122O. Xyn-a-nuphthaZenediuxocpnide melts at 57-58' and changes com- pletely and readily into the anti-cyanide, which crystallises in reddish- brown needles and melts a t 116'. Syn-/3-naphthaZenediaxocyanide melts at 51-52' and rapidly passes into the anti-compound, which crystallises from hot alcohol in yellowish red needles melting a t 131'. A. H. Additive Products of Azo- and Diazo-compounds with Ben- zenesulphinic Acid. By ARTHUR R. HANTZSCH and R. GLOGAUER (Bey., 1897, 30, 2548-2559. Compare Abstr., 1897, i, 222).-Azo- compounds and both,normal and iso-diazo-compounds unite with benzene- sulphinic acid to form colourless compounds when an alcoholic solution of the azo- or diazo-compound is added to a similar solution of benzene- sulphinic acid.These are stable towards acids, but are decomposed by alkalis, are probably derivatives of hydrazobenzene, and are formed by direct addition. When the solutions are mixed in the inverse order, phenylsulphones are formed as a rule. Diazonium com- pounds, on the other hand, only react with benzenesulphinic acid t o form diazosulphones, so that this reaction affords a purely chemical proof of the constitution of the normal diazocyanides, which combine with benzenesulphinic acid, and therefore cannot have the diazonium formula. Both syn- and anti-diazocornpounds yield the same additive product, the asymmetry of the azo-group disappearing when a derivative of ammonia is produced.On decomposition with alkalis, the additive product formed from either diazocyanide yields benzenesulphinic acid and the anti-diazocyanide, so that the syn-cyanide can in this way be converted into its isomeride. PhenylsuZphonehydvaxobenxen,s (benzenesulphinic acid azobenzene), NHPh*NPh*SO,Ph, is obtained by adding an alcoholic solution of azo- benzene to a similar solution of benzenesulphinic acid ; it crystallises in pure white, silky needles melting at 107'. Plzenylsulphonehydraxo- chlorobenxene cyanide, PhSO,*N( C,H,Cl}*NH.CN, is prepared from para- chlorobenzenediazocyanide and decomposes a t 13 1' ; the corresponding bromo-derivative decomposes at 127'. h'yn-2 : 6-dibromobenzenediazocyanide, which is itself very unstable, yields a remarkably stable iqdraxo-compound with benzenesulphinic acid which melts at 168" ; aqueous potash converts it into a coloured stable substance which also melts at 168', and is probably the anti-cyanide.,S'p-tribromobenzenediazocyanide readily unites with benzenesulphinic acid, in whatever order the solutions are mixed, to form a colourless compound, which decomposes a t 162' ; treatment with aqueous potash produces the anti-cyanide, which is best prepared ir, this way. Pa?~ab~~omo6onxcznodiaxocarbcc~ide-ben~e~a~s~i~hinic acid, PhS0,-N(C6H,Br) *NH* CO*NH,, is formed by the combination of itsconstituents and melts a t 151'; theORGANIC' CHEJIISTltY. 79 additive compound formed from chlorobenzenediazoimido-ether melts at 138". Eenzenediazophenylsulphone and bromobenzenediazoimidocyanide also form similar- compounds, the derivative of the latter decompos- ing a t 1 18".The two stereoisomeric nitrobenzenediazocyanides do not appear to behave in this way; phenylenediazosulphide does not unite with benzenesulphinic acid, whilst ethylic diazoacetate is decom- posed by it even a t low temperatures. The compound formed from orthodiazobenzoic acid and benzenesulphinic acid, which mas previously described by Hantzsch and Singer, probably possesses the hydrazo-con- Orthodiaxo- st it u tion, c,H,<" -- O or C6H4< c0.y N(SO,Ph)*hH NH*N*SO,Ph' 6enzo~~ccratolueizeszl Zphinic acid, C,H4<"-- (? melts and N(SO,C,H,)*NH ' decomposes a t 160°, and is at once decompose2 by 'daustic alkalis into toluenesulphinic acid and salicylic acid. Orthodiaxobenxopurub~o~obenxenesu~p~in~c cccid melts a t 18 lo, and yields a very unstable, yellow salt with concentrated aqueous soda.A. H. Tetrazotic, Oxytetrazotic, and Dioxytetrazotic Acids. By WILHELM C. LOSSEN (Annulen, 1897, 297, 322-325. Compare Abstr., 1892,51).-Ferric chloride is a useful agent for recognising many dioxytetrazotic acids, as, for example, benzenyldioxytetrazotic acid and paratolenyldioxytetrazotic acid, with which it develops a red coloration, and forms an iron derivative which dissolves in ether. Benzenyldioxytetrazotic acid and many of its salts are decomposed in accordance with the equation C6H5* CN40,H = C6H5* CN + N, + HNO, under the influence of feeble bases. In the case of dioxytetrazotic acid, this decomposition is spontaneous, nitrous acid being set free, more- over, potassium benzenyldioxytetrazotate liberates nitrogen and yields potassium benzoate when the solution is boiled; the occurrence of one or other of these changes depends, not only on the circumstances of the experiment, but also on the nature of the acid.It is noteworthy that benzenyldioxytetrazotic and paratolenyl- dioxytetrazotic acids are readily converted into the amidines from whence they are derived; treatment of the former substance with hydrochloric acid followed by ammonia gives rise to the benzenyl- amidine salt of benzenyldioxytetrazotic acid. In spite of the fact that all attempts to couple the dioxytetrazotic acids with phenols have proved unsuccessful, the formula NO N :C( C,H,)*N :NOH, most nearly expresses their chemical behaviour, although it must be admitted that they differ from other diazo-compounds in forming additive compounds, instead of diazoamido-derivatives, with amines.&I. 0. F. Benzenyldioxytetrazotic Acid. By WILHELM C. LOSSEN and MAX GRONEBERG (Annulen, 1897, 297, 325'-349. Compare Lossen and Mierau, Abstr., iS91, 1038).-The benzenylamidine salt of benzenyldioxytetrazotic acid crystallises from alcohol in regular quad- ratic leaflets, and from water in yellowish, prismatic crystals; it80 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. explodes at 1 7 8 O , or a t 171' when heated slowly. The potassium salt is also yellowish, and when the aqueous solution is boiled, yields nitrogen and potassium benzoate in quantitative amount. The ammonium salt, obtained by adding ammonium chloride to a solution of the potassium salt, crystallises in long, colourless prisms; it dissolves readily in water and alcohol, explodes a t 13'7", and when heated with water yields nitrogen and ammonium benzoate.The hydvaxine salt forms microscopic, six-sided plates, scarcely soluble in cold water or alcohol, and insoluble in ether; i t explodes a t 60°, and also when rubbed in a mortar. When an alcoholic solution of the hydrazine salt is heated on the water-bath, nitrogen is liberated at 35', two-fifths of the theoretical amount being obtained; benzo- nitrile is also produced, along with ammonium benzenyltetrazotate, whilst, on one occasion, benzeny lamidine benzenyldioxytetrazotate was formed. The aniline salt of benzenyldioxytetrazotate is obtained as a yellowish-white powder which is insoluble in ether, and dissolves with difficulty in water ; it crystallises from alcohol in white needles, and explodes a t 93'.When the salt is treated with boiling water, nitrogen, benzonitrile, and phenol are produced, along with an amor- phous compound having the formula C,,Hl7N,O. The pa~atoluidine salt also crystallises from alcohol in colourless needles, decomposes a t 1 0 5 O , and when boiled with water yields benzonitrile, paracresol, and nitrogen. No definite product is obtained by the action of dimethylaniline on dioxytetrazotic acid. When a solution of the base in normal sulphuric acid is added to an aqueous solution of the potassium salt, and the liquid boiled, an intense green coloration is developed, and gas is evolved, whilst a brown, tarry substance separates; this com- pound is precipitated from chloroform by light petroleum, and has the composition C,,H,,N,O.The phenylhydraxine salt of benzenyldioxytetrazotic acid is very sparingly soluble in water, and crystallises from alcohol in needles which explode a t 90°; when heated with water, it yields benzonitrile, and the same change occurs spontaneously. The behaviour of benzenyldioxytetrazotic acid towards ferric chloride is very characteristic. On treating the potassium salt with neutral ferric chloride, a dark, violet-brown precipitate is a t once formed, and yields a dark, reddish-brown solution on agitation with ether; the ethereal solution, however, is very unst,able, and if separated from the aqueous liquid, gradually deposits a reddish-brown powder, and becomes colourless, yielding benzoic acid on evaporation. If the original precipitate is filtered before agitation with ether, it explodes feebly when heated in the dry state; treatment with caustic potash gives rise to potassium dioxytetrazotate.Experimental details relating to the decomposition of benzenyl- dioxytetrazotic acid by acids, and the regeneration of benzenylamidine (compare foregoing abstract) are described in the paper. M. 0. F. Paratolenyldioxytetrazotic Acid. By WILHELM C. LOSSEN, FRANZ HESS, CARL KIRSCHNICK, and PAUL SCHNEIDER (Annalen, 1897, 297, 349 -353. Compare foregoing abstracts).-The paratolenyl-ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 81 amidine salt of paratolenyldioxytetrazotic acid, C,H,N,O,,C,H,,N,, is obtained by adding a concentrated solution of potassium nitrite (38 grams) to a concentrated solution of paratolenylarnidine hydro- chloride (20 grams), dissolving the crystalline precipitate in cold water, and treating the solution with 63 per cent.nitric acid (1 1 grams). It crystallises from boiling water in yellowish, rhombic leaflets, a,nd yields rectangular prisms when recrystallised from alcohol ; in the latter form, i t explodes a t 195-198°. The potassium salt separates from concentrated, aqueous solutions in colourless leaflets containing lH,O, which is removed in the desiccator ; even in the moist condition, the salt is highly explosive, and the aqueous solution yields nitrogen and paratoluic acid when boiled or submitted to the influence of sunlight.The ammonium salt crystallises in colourless needles, and explodes a t 130' ; the alcoholic and aqueous solutions, when boiled, liberate nitrogen, and yield ammonium toluate on evaporation. The pyridine salt is crystalline, and explodes when heated ; it dissolves in water and alcohol, but is insoluble in ether. The hydroxylamine, aniline, bu&um, and silver salts are explosive solids. Ferric chloride has the same action on the potassium salt as on the potassium salt of benzenyldioxytetrazotic acid, yielding a highly unstable precipitate which forms a brownish-red solution in ether. M. 0. F. Decomposition of Potassium Paratolenyldioxytetrazotate by Hydrochloric Acid. By WILHELM C. LOSSEN and FRANZ HESS (Annulen, 1897,297, 354-370. Compare foregoing abstracts).-The action of mineral acids on salts of paratolenyldioxytetrazotic acid proceeds in the same direction as in the case of benzenyldioxytetrazotic acid, the chief product being paratoluonitrile. If, however, a cold, saturated solution of potassium paratolenyldioxytetrazotate is treated with 1 mol.proportion of a normal solution of hydrochloric acid, and agi- tated during five minutes, a dark green substance is precipitated, which, if allowed to remain in the liquid, gradually becomes converted into toluonitrile, yielding nitrogen. The greenish-yellow compound (Xuure- fulbung) must be collected, washed with alcohol and ether, rapidly dried in a current of air, and preserved in thin, interrupted layers, protected from thelight ; even then the substance becomes colourless spontaneously, but if these precautions are not observed, a violent explosion takes place.It isevident that this substance doesnot consist of free paratolenyldioxy- tetrazotic acid, as the precipitation is slow, although the product is in- soluble in water ; moreover, i t is found that the filtrate contains in the unaltered state upwards of one-half the dioxytetrazotic acid employed. The unstable compound obtained by the action of hydrochloric acid on potassium paratolenyldioxytetrazotate becomes yellowish-white when treated with chloroform, which is caused to boil by the vigour of the action; nitric oxide is evolved in this change, but if the chloroform is artificially cooled, nitrogen is the sole gaseous product. The insoluble residue consists of pnratolenylamidine paratolenyldioxytetrazotate, the filtrate containing paratoluonitrile with 10 per cent.of paratoluic acid. The same products arise when the compound undergoes spontaneous decomposition. Under the influence of ammonia, added to the liquid in which the compound has been precipitated, it yields paratolenylamidine82 ABSTR.ACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. paratolenyldioxytetrazotate, but if the substance is first isolated, and then treated with dilute ammonia until the alkaline action persists, ammonium paratolenyldioxytetrazotate passes into solution, and a red compound remains undissolved. Rubccnaidicle, C8 H9N,0, is the name given by the authors to this substance, which has the empirical formula of paratolenylamidine paratolenyldioxytetrazotate; i t is also produced by the action of aniline, and the filtrate, on evaporation, yields paratoluic acid and ammonium paratolenyldioxytetrazotate. Rubamidide explodes somewhat violently at 60-65', and is slowly decomposed by cold water ; the solution in alcohol is red but rapidly becomes colonrless, yielding paratoluonitrile.It is insoluble in ether, but yields gas when kept in contact with it, forming paratolenylarnidine ; alcoholic potash also libe- rates gas, and gives rise to toluonitrile and a small proportion of potas- sium dioxytetrazotate. The action of hot water converts rubamidide into toluonitrile and a small proportion of amidine paratolenyldioxgtetr- azotate, nitrogen being set free. From these facts, it is clear that paratolenylamidine paratolenyl- dioxytetrazotate and rubsmidide are distinct substances, although having the same empirical formula, which is also that of a nitroso- paratolenylamidine ; it is quite possible, therefore, that rubamidide is a compound of the latter class.M. 0. F. Phenylglycolenyldioxytetrazotic Acid and Phenylglyoxenyl- dioxytetrazotic Acid. By WILHELM C. LOSSEN and FRANZ BOGDAHN (Awnalen, 1897, 29'7, 371-380. Compare foregoing abstracts).- PhenylgZycoZenyZamidi?ze (phenylhydroxyacetamidine) has been prepared by C. Beyer (Abstr., 1885, 983) ; the nitrute forms rhombic or mono- clinic crystals, and melts and decomposes at 154'. Phenylglycolenylamidine phenylglycolewyl~ioxytet~a~otccte, CsH8N403 > C8H,()N20, is obtained by adding potassium nitrite solution and a small quantity of nitric acid to a warm, aqueous solution of phenylglycolenylamidine hydrochloride (I mol.), the product being treated alternately with potassium nitrite and nitric acid until a molecular proportion of each has been added.It is a crystalline powder which explodes when heated ; it dissolves in alcohol, but is insoluble in alcohol and ether. The potassium salt crystallises from water, but decomposes on boiling the solution; it is highly explosive, and detonates when heated, or rubbed, or treated with concentrated sulphuric acid. The barium salt crystallises in aggregates ; it is less explosive than the potassium salt. The silver salt is amorphous and colourless ; it is an explosive substance, and rapidly darkens when exposed to light. The uniline salt crystal- lises in white leaflets, but rapidly becomes brown, and acquires the odour of aniline ; it explodes when heated on platinum foil.When an aqueous solution of potassium phenylglycolenyldioxytetr- azotate is boiled, nitrogen is set free, and potassiummandelate produced ; hot dilute sulphuric acid liberates a mixture of nitrogen and nitric oxide, and gives rise t o mandelonitrile. The potassium salt of phenylglyoxenyldioxytetrszotic acid, COPh C ru' 402K, is obtained by oxidising potassium phenylglycolenyldioxytetrazotateORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 83 with potassium permanganate at 60" ; it crystallises in long, lustrous, white needles, which become greenish-yellow in the desiccator, and forms a greenish-yellow solution in water. The salt explodes when heated, and also on treatment with concentrated sulphuric acid ; a very dilute solution (1 : 7000) has a sweet, astringent taste.The silver salt is a yellowish-brown, amorphous compound which is highly explosive. The potassium salt of phenylglyoxenyldioxytetrazotic acid undergoes a characteristic change when the aqueous solution is boiled, yielding nitric oxide, nitrogen, benzoic acid, and hydrogen cyanide; the two last named are probably due t o the intermediate production of the nitrile of benzoylformic acid. 31. 0. F. P-Naphthenyldioxytetrazotic Acid. By WILHELM C. LOSSEN and GUSTAV GRABOWSKI (Annulen, 1897, 297, 380-385. Compare foregoing abstracts). - P-Nc~phthe.lzylamidine P-nuphthen yldioxytetr- axotate, Cl,H8N,0,,C,lH,,N2, is prepared by adding potassium nitrite (2 mols.) t o aqueous P-naphthenylamidine hydrochloride (1 mol.), dis- solving in water the precipitate so formed, and treating the solution with concentrated nitric acid (1 mol.) ; it explodes a t 180', and gives Liebermann's reaction for ni troso-compounds.The potassium salt crystallises from water in yellowish needles, and explodes with excep- tional violence when heated, or on treatment with concentrated sul- phuric acid. P-Naphthenylamidine, employed in the production of the foregoing salts, has been prepared by Lohmann (Ber., 1878, 11, 1486), and melts a t 145' ; the nitrite crystallises from alcohol in colourless needles and melts a t 122'. The nitrate is also crystalline, and the platinochloride forms slender, yellowish needles and melts at 216-217'. It is noteworthy that anisenylamidine does not give rise to a dioxy- tetrazotic acid.M. 0. F. The siluey salt is also explosive. Tetrasotic, Oxytetrazotic, and Dioxytetrazotic Acids. By WILHELM C. LOSSEN (Annulen, lS97,298,54--55).-A summary of tthe results described in the following abstracts. M. 0. F. Benzenyloxytetrazotic Acid, By WILHELM C. LossENand FRIEDRICH Fucrrs (Annulen, lS97, 298, 55-67. Compare Lossen, Abstr., 1891, 1041). -Benzenyloxytetrazotic acid separates from a mixture of ether with a small quantity of alcohol in rhombic, hemihedral crystals; cr, :6: c = 0.9506 : 1 : 0.6236. Concentrated hydrochloric acid at 160' resolves the substance into benzonitrile, benzoic acid, and ammonium chloride, whilst concentrated sulphuric acid at 185' gives rise t o metasulpho- benzoic acid; nitric acid (sp. gr.= 1.53) acts vigorously on the corn- pound, producing nitrobenzoic acid. The culcium salt of benzenyloxytetrazotic acid crystallises from water in cubes, containing 3H20, and the sodium salt contains 1H,O; the cobult salt forms large, reddish crystals containing 2H20, and the copper salt, which contains 3H,O, crystallises in green, microscopic needles. The methylic salt is crystalline, and melts at 40'; the ethylic salt is a yellowish oil, and yields benzoic acid, benzonitrile, ethylic chloride,84 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. and ammonium chloride when heated in a sealed tube with concen- trated hydrochloric acid at 160". The nitromethylic salt, obtained by dissolving the methylic salt in nitric acid (sp. gr. = 1-53}, crystal- lises from alcohol in long needles melting at 118"; reduction with stannous chloride and hydrochloric acid converts this substance into the amiclomethylic salt, which crystallises from hot water in slender needles, and melts a t 110'; the hydrochloride forms yellow plates.M. 0. F. Paratolenyloxytetrazotic Acid. By WILHELM C. LOSSEN and PAUL SCHNEIDER (Annalen, 1 89 7, 298, 6 7-78).-Puratolenyloxytetrccxotic acid, C,H,N,O, obtained by reducing paratolenyldioxytetrazotic acid with 10 per cent. sodium amalgam, crystallises from water in slender, colourless needles, and from a mixture of ether and alcohol in lustrous prisms ; it contains 1H20, which is removed at 120°, and melts and decomposes at 1 72', yielding paratoluonitrile, nitrogen, and nitrous oxide. Concentrated hydrochloric acid a t 155" resolves the compound into paratoluic and paratolenyloxytetrazotic acids, the same effect being produced by concentrated sulphuric acid a t 170'; nitric acid (sp. gr.= 1.105) gives rise t o toluonitrile and paratoluic acid, the latter being also produced when paratolenyloxytetrazotic acid is heated with alcoholic ammonia at 160". The acid, C,H,N,O, a bye-product in the preparation of paratolenyloxytetrazotic acid, melts at 154' ; the culcium salt contains 3H,O, and the silver salt is somewhat soluble in ether, alcohol, and hot water. The potc~ssiurn salt of paratolenyloxg tetrazotic acid is anhydrous, and the sodium salt, which crystallises from alcohol in slender needles, contains 1$H20 ; the buriurn and calcium salts contain 3H,O, the cobalt salt, which separates from water in small, red crystals, 2H20, whilst the copper and silve?* salts are anhydrous. The ethy2ic salt is a colourless liquid, yielding paratoluonitrile, paratoluic acid, and ammonium chloride when heated with hydrochloric acid a t 170'; the methylic salt is crystalline and melts at 44".M. 0. F. Phenethenyloxy tetrazotic Acid. By WILHELM C. LOSSEN and ERNST KAMNER (Annalen, 189 7,298,78--88).-P?~ene~henyloxytetraaotic acid, C,H,N,O, prepared by reducing phenethenyldioxytetrazotic acid with 10 per cent. sodium amalgam, crystallises from water in con- centric groups of colourless needles ; it melts a t 135', and explodes a t higher temperatures. Caustic potash at 250" converts the substance into phenylacetic acid, but concentrated hydrochloric acid at 155O leaves t h e substance for the most part unchanged, a small quantity of nitrile and ammonium chloride being produced ; concentrated sulphuric acid at 180" gives rise to sulphophenylacetic acid.The silver salt of phenethenyloxytetrazotic acid is a white, amorphous powder, and melts a t about 73"; the copper salt contains 3H,O. The ammonium salt crystallises in small, colourless needles, and melts at 145", the aniline salt separates from ether in plates, and melts a t 142O, and the phenylhydraxine salt melts a t 157.5". The methylic salt, which is a highly explosive, yellow liquid, yields a nitro-derivative when treated with nitric acid (sp. gr. = 1.53). M, 0. F.ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 85 Phenylglycolenyloxytetrazotic Acid.By WILHELX C. LOSSEN and FRANZ BOGDAHN (Annalen, 1897,298, 88-9 l).-Phenylglycolefi$- oxytetrccxotic acid, C8H8N402, obtained by reducing phenylglycolenyl- dioxytetrazotic acid with 2 per cent. sodium amalgam, separates in small crystals on adding light petroleum to the alcoholic solution, and melts a t 141'. The silver salt is white, and resists the action of light ; the barium salt crystallises in thin leaflets, and is anhydrous. M. 0. F. Beneenyltetrazotic Acid. By WILHELM C. LOSSEN and FRANZ STATIUS (Annalerz, 1897,2!38, 91-105. Compare Lossen, Abstr., 1891, 1041).~Benzenyltetrazotic acid is most conveniently prepared by Pinner's method (Abstr., 1894, i, 386). The sodium salt crystallises in lustrous, highly refractive leaflets containing 3H20, and the calcium salt, which forms transparent prisms, contains 4H,O ; the copper salt is anhydrous, and the ammonium salt, which crystallises in white leaflets, undergoes dissociation when heated.The methylic salt separates from a mixture of alcohol and ether in transparent, prismatic crystals, and melts at 40'. When benzenyltetrazotic acid is heated alone a t 218', nitrogen is evolved, and a mixture of diphenyltriazole and diphenyl- tetrazine produced. Bromobenxenyltetraxotic acid, C7H5N4Br, is obtained by heating benzenyltetrazotic acid with bromine and water at 160' during 16 hours ; it crystallises from dilute alcohol in flat, transparent prisms, and melts a t 265'. Nitrobenxenyltetraxotic acid, NO,* CiH5N4, is formed when benzenyltetrazotic acid is dissolved in nitric acid (sp.gr. = 1.55) mixed with concentrated sulphuric acid; it cystallises from water, and melts at 145O. The barium salt contains 3H,O, and the silver salt, which is yellowish-white, resists the action of light. M. 0. F. Paratolenyltetraeotic Acid. By WILHELM C. LOSSEN and CARL KIRSCHNICK (Annalen, 1897, 298, 105-107).-Paratolenyltetrazotic acid, C8H8N4, obtained by reducing paratolenyldioxytetrazotic acid with sodium amalgam, crystallises from alcohol in small needles, and melts a t 248". (Compare Pinner and Caro, Abstr., 1895, i, 137.) 31. 0. F Anisenyltetraeotic Acid. By WILHELN C. LOSSEN and JAMES COLMAN (Annalen, 1897, 298, 107-1 16).-AnisenyZtetraxotic cccicl, OMe*CGH,* CN4H, which is best prepared by Pinner's method (Abstr., 1895, i, 137), crystallises from dilute alcohol in white needles melting a t 228'.The potassium salt crystallises in long needles, and is readily soluble in water, the ammonium salt forms leaflets, and the bcirium salt crystallises from alcohol in thin, quadratic plates. The methylic salt crystallises from dilute alcohol in long needles, and melts at 93'; the ethylic salt also forms long needles, and melts at 62'. Nitroanisenyltetraxot~c mid is obtained by heating anisenyltetrazotic acid with nitric acid (sp. gr. = 1.4) in boiling water for 1; minutes, and pouring the liquid into cold water after an interval of ten minutes ; it crystallises from hot water in long, yellow needles containing 1H20, and melts a t 203'. The bccrium salt crystallises from water in86 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS.Ortho- .............. Meta- ............... Para- ............... plates, and contains 3H,O. Amidounisenyltetmzotic acid, prepared by reducing the nitro-acid with stannous chloride and hydrochloric acid, crystallises from hot water in needles containing 1H,O and melts a t 223". The hydrochloride forms needles containing. lH,O, and C1-. Rr--. I-. NO,-. CHS-. -OH. ~ ~ _ _ _ _ 35.7 7.0 9 - 3 4'2 28'4 15'3 55.2 18'4 28.3 22.3 63.8 55.9 53.1 17'2 26'8 22.3 71.0 51'3 the potassium salt cr$tallises in long needles containing TH20.A ' M. 0. E. Etherification of Mono-substituted Benzoic Acids. By VICTOR MEYER (Zeit. physikuZ. Chem., 1897, 24, 219--220).-The author had previously stated, as a general law, that, in the case of the mono-substituted benzoic acids, the velocity of etherification is least €or the ortho-acids, and that their ethereal salts are the most difficult to hydrolyse (Abstr., 1895, ii, 466).The results of Kellas' experiments (following abstract) are in complete accord with this law, and, further, indicate the marked influence of the molecular weight of the acid, in the case of compounds with analogons substituents ; thus, chlorobenzoic acid is etherified more rapidly than the brominated compound, and this again more rapidly than the iodo-compound. L. M. J. Velocity of Etherification of Mono-substituted Benzoic Acids, and Hydrolysis of their Ethereal Salts, By ALEXANDER M. KELLAS (Zed. physikcd. Chem., 1897, 24, 221-252). The re- searches of Meyer (Abstr., 1895, ii, 466) have shown that, in general, ortho-aromatic acids are more rapidly etherified than the corresponding metx- or para-derivatives.The author, therefore, determined the velocity of etherification for a large number of mono-substitution derivatives of benzoic acid in order to prove the general law and determine the influence of temperature, and of the nature of the substituent. The acids employed were, toluic acids, nitro-, chloro-, bromo-, iodo-, and hydroxy-benzoic acids, the three isomerides being used in each case. The effect of the position of the substituent is seen from the accompanying table, which gives the quantity of ethereal salt produced under similar conditions ; the vertical sets alone being comparable. Experiments were then made a t a series of temperatures varying from 0" to 51" ; the velocity was found to increase with temperature, and tables and curves are given for each acid, the curve in all cases being convex to the temperature axis and considerably steeper for the meta- and para- than for the ortho-derivatives, so that the values approach a t 0'.To determine the influence of the substitiient, simultaneous experiments were made with various acids, equivalent quantities being used; the order of the velocities was found t o be benzoic, chlorobenzoic, toluic, bromobenzoic, iodobenzoic, nitrobenzoicORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 87 for the ortho-compounds, but toluic acid comes before chlorobenzoic acid in the meta- and para-compounds, and the nitro- before the iodo- acid in the meta-compounds ; the effect of molecular weight is there- fore only comparable for analogous compounds.The order of the velocities of hydrolysis were not found to be the same as, or the reverse of, those of etherification, for, although the chlorbromo- and iodo-derivatives are still in t‘he same order, yet the velocity of hydro- lysis of toluic acids is much smaller than that of the iodo-acids, whilst the velocity in the case of the nitro-acid is greater than that of the chloro-derivative. I n all cases, however, the velocity is least for the ort ho-acid s. L. M. J. Hemipinic Acid, and t h e Isomeric Alkylic Hydrogen Papa- verates. By ALFRED KIRPAL (Moncctsh., lS97, 18, 461-466).- The hemipinic acid of which Ostwald determined the conductivity constant (Zeit. physiknl. Chem., 1889, 3, 268) was in reality meta- hemipinic acid ; the true acid, C,H,(OMe),(COOW), [ 3 : 4 : I : 21, which has been prepared from opianic acid, has the conductivity constant K=0.110. Ostwald found that a-methylic hydrogen hemipinate, in which the free COOH group has COOMe on one side of it, and H on the other, has a higher conductivity constant than the P-isomeride, in which the free COOH group has on one side OMe, on the other COOMe.I n the case of the corresponding derivatives of papaveric acid, C(CO0H) :$J*COOH N*CH=CH C,H,( OM e)2. CO* C< 9 that methylic hydrogen salt which has the free COOH in the 4’-position with respect to the nitrogen has a higher constant than the isomeride, where it is in the 3’-position : contrary to expectation, the author says, for reasons which it is not easy to see. These two salts, in more concentrated solutions, have a smaller conductivity than the acid, but at a greater dilution their bonductivity becomes greater than that of the acid.The same is true of P-methylic hydrogen hemipinate as compared with hemipinic acid ; the a-isomeride, on the other hand, has always a smaller conductivity than the acid. Behaviour of Acetylgallic Acid and Acetyltannin with Hubl’s Reagent. Ey CARL BOETTINGER (Chem. Zeit., 1897, 21, 57). -Triacetylgallic acid and pentacetyltannin are scarcely attacked by Hubl’a reagent, the former giving an iodine number from 1.2 to 2.4, the latter from 2 to 3.1. These compounds dissolve easily in chloro- form, but the acetyltannin which is insoluble in a dilute aqueous solution of sodium carbonate is precipitated from its solution in chloroform by adding Hubl’s reagent or alcohol. Since, however, gallic acid and tannin both give large iodine numbers, this reaction would seem to be dependent on the presence of unsubstituted hydroxyl groups. Such being the case, if the composition of gallic acid and tannin be assumed to be represented by formula obtained by doubling the ordinary formuls, then the former might be expected to give a larger iodine number than the latter, which contains only five instead of six hydroxyl groups, and this is in accordance with the fact.But on C. F. E.88 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPER.S. this assumption, however, pentacetyltannin would contain a carboxyl group and should be of acid character, whereas it is only slowly attacked and decomposed by dilute sodium carbonate solution.It is evident that Hubl's iodine reaction in the case of gallic acid and tannin cannot be attributed to the same cause as the similar reaction afforded by fats. E. W. W. Diacyl Anilides. By HENRY L. WHEELER, T. E. SMITH, and C. H. WARREN (Amer. Chem. J., 1897, 10, 757-766).-Beizxenesu@h- acetanilide, C,H,*SO,*NPhhc, obtained by the action of acetic anhy- dride on sodium benzenesulphanilide, separates from dilute solution in the form of large, colourless monoclinic plates melting a t 116.5'. Benxenesul~~~o~opionun~lide, prepared in a similar manner, separates from alcohol in very large crystals melting a t 115'. Benxenesulpho- butyranilide crystallises in stout prisms melting a t 89-90". Ben- xenesulphobenxa~ilide forms long, thin, monoclinic needles melting a t Benxenesulph-a-ncqhthalicle, Cl,H7NHS02C,H,, prepared by t be Baumann-Schotten reaction in the usual manner, crystallises from alcohol in needles melting at 168-169".The corresponding P+aaph- thulide crystallises in oblong plates or flattened prisms melting a t 97". Benxenesu~hobenzo-a-nuphthalide forms minute crystals melting a t 193-1 94", and the corresponding #3-compound fine, white needles melt- ing at 161-162". As the group -C<: exists in the diacyl anilide, the formyl derivative of the above series has been compared crystallo- graphically with its homologues. The results show that ncetyl and propionyl derivatives of benzenesulphanilide exhibit close crystallo. graphic analogy, the compounds being monoclinic, hemimorphic, and pyroelectric, their crystallographic axes and the angle p being similar.On the other hand, bezenesulphoformanilide is orthorhombic, and shows no analogy whatever with these compounds. Moreover, crystals of formanilide showed no analogy with those of acetanilide. Natural Resins (" Uberwallungsharzeyy). 111. By MAX BAM- BERGER and ANTON LANDSIEDL (Monatsh., 1897, 18, 481-509. Compare Abstr., 1895, i, 109). -Pinoresinol, from the resin of Pinus layicio, has now been obtained by crystallisation from a con- centrated alcoholic solution, in large rhombic prisms [a : b : c = 0.8689 : 1 : 0.38171 ; it melts a t 1 2 2 O , and is now found to have the composition C,,H,,O,. The '' Uberwallung " resin from pines can also be separated by etber into a soluble a- and an insoluble /3-resin, present respectively to the extent of 80 and 20 per cent.The a-resin consists of the pino- resinol salts of paracoumaric and abietic acids, the first of which is present in much larger amount ; i t also contains a little paracoumaric acid, and some vanillaldehyde, the pinoresinol obtained from it is in all respects identical with that described above, C,Hl,02(OH)2(0Me),, and yields the same diacetyl and dimethyl derivatives. A diethyl- pinoresinol was also obtained by acting on the potassium salt with ethylic iodide and methyl alcoholic potash ; i t melts at 118'. Con- 114-1 15'. A. W. C .ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 89 centrated nitric acid converts pinoresinol in acetic acid solution a t - 15" into dinitrogusiacol OH* C,H,(OMe)( NO,), (Herzig, Abstr., 1883, 464).Bromine, in cooled acetic acid solution, converts it in to dibrornoresinol dibronzide, C, ,H,,Br,O,, which melted a t any tem- perature between 225" and 2 5 4 O , and mas possibly not pure. The p-resin was purified by dissolving it in alcohol, reprecipitating with very dilute hydrochloric acid, boiling for several days with 10 pel* cent. alcoholic potash, precipitating with sulphuric acid, redissolving in aqueous potash, precipitating the potassium salt by the addition of solid potassium hydroxide, and decomposing it with very dilute hydrochloric acid. It forms a chocolate-brown powder, has the methyl number 56, and appears to have the composition C 3 ~ I ~ ~ 3 0 0 ~ ( O ~ ~ e ) 2 ; its properties are those of a tannol, whence it is named pzizoi*esi?zo- tnnnol.Jt yields a benxoyl derivative when it is treated with 10 per cent. aqueous soda and benzoic chloride, and a naethylic derivative when it is boiled with methylic iodide and methyl alcoholic potash ; it is uncertain, in both cases, whether two or three benzoyl or methyl groups enter the molecule; both the products are brown and amorphous. The '' Uberwallungs " resin of the larch contains caffeic acid, vanillaldehyde, and a n acid resembling ferulic acid. The resinol, separated from it by the methods used in the case of pinoresinol, is named lnriciresinol, melts at 164", and appears to have the composi- tion C,,H,,O, ; it forms a potassium derivative, C,,H17K,0, + 2H20. Lariciresinol gives the methyl number 73-5-§1*4, but from this it is impossible to decide whether it contains two or three methoxyl groups.When it is boiled with acetic chloride, it forms an cccetyl derivative, melting at 159", of which the composition could not be determined satisfactorily ; when its potassium salt is boiled with excess of acetic anhydride, a substance is formed which melts a t S5", and appears to be a triacetyl derivative. C. F. B. Compounds from Lichens. By WILHELM ZOPF (Annulen, 1897, 297, 271-312. Compare Abstr., 1897, i, 362, 436).-The first instance of the occurrence of a derivative of rnethylamine in lichens is afforded by 8tictn fuliyinosa (Dickson), which contains trimethyl- amine. Erythric acid has been hitherto found only in Roccella tinctoria (Ach.), R. fucijformis (Ach.), and Lecanora (Ochrolecl~iu) turturecc (L.) ; it occurs also in Parmelia olivetorum (Nyl.), and in Evernicc fuifunxecc (L.), giving rise to the red coloration produced on treating the medulla of these lichens with a solution of bleaching powder.Evernic acid, first obtained by Stenhouse from Evernia ps.unccstyi (L.), is only to be found in one variety of this lichen, namely, vnr. uulgaris (Korber), and does not occur in var. tlmmnodes (Flotow), which must be, therefore, regarded as a separate species (Eve~nicc tharnnodes). This acid has been isolated by the author from IZccmalina pollinaria (Westr.), and Evernia tlharnnodes also contains divarictic acid, obtained by Hease from Evemtia divaricutu (L.). Gyulolechia uurella (Hoff m.) contains callopismic (ethylpulvic) acid, which occurs also in Callopisnau vitellinum (Ehrh.), Gasparrinia medians VOL. LXSIV.i. h9 0 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS, (Nyl.), and Cundelaria concolor (Dickson) ; when the acid is heated with methylic alcohol in closed tubes a t 150-160°, i t yields a yellowish-green nzethylic salt. Rochleder and Heldt's cbrysophanic acid occurs in Gaspccrrinia cirrhoclwoa (Ach.), and in Gallopisma Javovirescens (Mass.) ; the same substance has been described as parietin by Thompson, physciacic acid by Yaternb, chrysophyscin by Lilienthal, and physcion by Hesse. The author confirms the observation of Hesse regarding the occur- rence of ramalic acid in Rumalincc pollinuria (Westr.) ; barbatic acid, hitherto found only in Usnecc barbata (L.), occurs also in Uwen Zongissima (Ach. ). The presence of usnic acid has been established in the following lichens : Usnea longissinaa (Ach.), Ranzalincc polymorpha (A ch.), Evernia thumnodes (Elotow), 3.prunaslri (L.) oar. vulgaris (Korber), 8. divaricuta (L.), Paymelia conspersa (Ehrh.), Placodium gypsciceum (Sm.), and P. chrysoleucum (Sm.). Squamaric mid, which occurs in Placodiurn gypsaceum (Sm.), crystal- lises from alcohol in rosettes of slender, white needles, melting a t 262-264'; it is insoluble in water, and dissolves with difficulty in chloroform and cold alcohol. The solution in concentrated sulphuric acid is yellow, and in dilute alkalis yellowish-green, the substance being somewhat soluble in sodium carbonate ; the alcoholic solution reddens litmus, and develops a deep red coloration with ferric chloride. Although it resembles psoromic acid in crystalline form, melting point, and solubility, it differs from it in its behaviour towards alkalis, which do not give rise to red salts.Plucocliolin has been isolated from Plucodiurn chrysoleucunz (Sm.), and crystallises from ether in long, highly lustrous prisms, or in thin plates when quickly crystallised; i t melts a t 154-156'. It is very soluble in chloroform, but dissolves less readily in ether, benzene, and glacial acetic acid ; concentrated sulphuric acid develops a red, and alkalis a yellowish-green coloration. The alcoholic solu- tion is feebly acidic, and does not develop coloiir with ferric chloride ; bleaching powder has no effect on the substance. I n addition to the seven species which have been mentioned in previous papers, zeorin occurs in Anupt@a speciosa (Wulfen), and salazinic acid, hitherto recognised in Stei*eocccuZon salctxinuna (Bory}, is present in Alectoyea cunu (Ach.), Pawneliu perforata (Ach.), P.excrescens (Arnold), P. conspersa (Ehrh.), and Evewaiopsis Trulla (Ach.). The presence of atranoric acid has been already established in no fewer than thirty-five species of lichens; to this number must be added the six following, Purrneliu olivetomm (Nyl.), P. perlatu vccr. excrescens (Arnold), P. peiforatu (Ach.), P. Nilgl~ewensis (Nyl.), Everniu punastri (L.) var. vulgaris (Korber), Everniopsis Fidla (Ach., Nyl.). Hesse's statement (Abstr., 1897, i, 257), that Candelaria concoloq- (Dickson) contains chrysophanic acid is, in the author's opinion, erroneous. 31. 0.F. Indolinones, 111. By KARL BRUIWER (ilfonatsh., 1897, 18, Compare Abstr., 1897, i, 100, 438).-1J7he11 acetic, pro- 527-549.0 RGAN IC CHEMISTRY, 91 pionic, butyric or phenylacetic hydrazide, C,H,* NH*NH* CO* CH,R, is heated with four times its weight of recently ignited lime f o r about an hour a t 1 90-200°, ammonia is evolved and a 3'-R-2'-indolinone, is formed, the yield varying from 70-85 per cent. of the theoretical. When R = H , however, i t is necessary to heat to 200-220°, and the yield is only 4.5 per cent. Preliminary experiments have shown that the phenylhydrazide of isopropylacetic acid and the methylphenyl- hydrazide of phenylacetic acid react in the same way. 2'-Indolinone, from acetic phenyl hydrazide, was found to bc identical with oxindole prepared by von Baeyer's method (Abstr., 1878, 587).3'-Methyl 2'-indolinone, from propionic phenylhydrazide, is identical with the atroxindole of Trinius (Abstr., 1885, 529) ; when crystallised from benzene it melts a t 123", from water a t 113O, and each modifica- tion is converted into the other by contact with a crystal of the latter. When boiled with excess of acetic anhydride, it yields a moncccetyl derivative melting a t '79"; when it is dissolved in dilute sulphuric acid and heated with excess of bromine-water, a dibromo-derivative, C,H2Br2:C,NH,0, melting a t 171" is formed ; heated with methylic iodide and a methyl alcoholic solution of sodium methoxide in a sealed tube at 110-120°, a 1'-methylindolinone is not formed, but I' : 3' : 3'- trimethyl-2'-indolinone (Abstr., 1896, i, 625, and lS97, i, 100) together with some 3' : 3'-dirnethyl-2'-iudolinone (Abstr., 1897, i, 438).3'-Ethyl-2'-indolinone, from butyric phenylhydrazide, crystallises in monoclinic plates (fundamental angles : 100*110 = 54" 10'; 001.110 = 81" 6' ; 001.011 = 51" 16' ; p= 74" 47'), melts at 102*5", and boils a t 200-220" under 44 mm., a t 320-323' under 742 mm., pressure. Its aionacet~l derivative melts at 45" ; it yields a yellow dinit9.o-derivative melting a t 176", when it is dissolved in acetic acid and the solution warmed with strong nitric acid ; i t also forms a dibromo-derivative, C,H213r2: C4NH,0, which melts at 150". Unlike its methyl analogue, it does undergo substitution in the 1'-position when it is heated with methylic iodide and sodium methoxide in methyl alcoholic solution.l'-MetAy1-3'-etkyl-2'-indolinone boils at 280-285" under 745 mm. pres- sure; it yields a bromo-derivative, melting a t 161", which gives up some, or all, of its bromine when boiled with alcoholic potash, and must there- fore contain the bromine in the pyrrolidone, and not in the benzene, ring. 3'-Phenyl-2'-indolinone, from phenylacetic phenylhydrazide, melts a t 183"; it forms a rnonacetyl derivative, melting at 103", and a monobromo-derivative, CGH,Br: C,NH70, me1 ting a t 19 1". C. F. B. Action of Sulphur Chloride on Aromatic Amines. By ALBERT EDINGER (Ber., 189'7, 30, 2418-2420. Compare Abstr., 1897, i, 103). -The compound previously obtained by the action of sulphur chloride on quinoline has the molecular formula C,,H,,N,S, and is very stable towards oxidising agents.Nitric acid converts it into mono- and di- csrboxylic acids of pyridine, and it has therefore the constitution C,NH,<~>C,NH,. The substance is not poisonous. h 292 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. The application of this reaction t o a number of a~omatic amines has shown that similar compounds are only formed when the arnine belongs t o the quinoline series, .and not when i t is a derirative of pyridine, iso- quinoline, or hydroxyquinoline. Orthon~zthylquinoliat?, when treated with sulphur monochloride or dichloride, yields a szcbstnnce of the same composition as that obtained from quinoline itself, the methylic group being eliminated ; this sub- stance melts above 360" and is converted by nitric acid into nicotinic acid. I t is accompanied by halogen derivatives of quinoline : 1 : 3-di- chloroquinoline melting a t 104O, and a tetrachloroquinoline melting at 121'.Orthohyclroxyquinoline only yields a dichloro-compound melting at 179" ; parahydroxyquinoline, a nionochloro-compound melt- ing at 1S7O, and isoquinoline, a trichloro-compound melting at 1 2 4 O , no sulphur compound being formed. It has not been found possible to obtain any pure product by the application of the reaction to pyridine. A U Additive Compounds and Substitution Derivatives of Phenyldimethylpyrazolone. By M. C. SCHUYTEN (Chenz. Zeit., 1897, 21, ll).-By the action of nitrous acid, that is, of a solution of sodium nitrite with glacial acetic acid, on the additive compounds of antipyrine with thiocyanic acid, cadmium chloride, zinc chloride, resorcinol, salicylic acid and chloral hydrate respectively, the blaish- green coloration characteristic of the nitroso-derivative was produced, except in the case of the resorcinol compound, which gave a yellow solution.In every case, however, more or less speedy decomposition followed and no nitroso-derivative could be isolated. From the pro- ducts of the reaction with the zinc chloride compound, a, yellow, floccn- lent precipitate which became black at 185', and decomposed with violence a t 1 8 8 O , and a dark red powder were obtained. Similar negative results were obtained by passing nitric oxide gas over the above-mentioned additive compounds or their solutions. Attempts to prepare additive compounds of nitroso-antipyrine analogous to those of antipyrine also failed, E.W. W. Action of Bases on Aposafranine. By OTTO FISCHER and C. GIESEN (Bey,, 1897, 30, 2489-2494. Compare Abstr., 1896, i, 323). -By heating aposafraniiie hydrochloride wilh methy lamine hydro- chloride and iuethylamine in alcoholic solution for 5-6 hours at loo", NHMe N -- rrzetl~?llnmidosufranir~e, NH>CBH,<Sph>C$4, is obtained ; its hydrobromide, Cl,H16N,,H Br, was analysed. Solutions of the salts are orange coloured, but are turned pink by the addition of strong acids; the iodide is only sparingly soluble. With paranisidine, green, crystal- line puyccnisidouposccfi*unine, C25H20N40, is formed ; solutions of this are brown ; the hydyochloride is yellowish-green. With ethylenedi- amine in boiling alcoholic solution, the product is a brown, crystalline substance with bluish-green surface-lustre, which forms orange-red solutions, coloured violet by mineral acids.ORGANIC CHEMlSTRY. 93 When it is heated, best with mercuric oxide, or when aposafranine is heated with ethylenediamine at 150-1 60', a brownish-yellow, crystal- line substance with a greenish surface-lustre is obtained ; the alcoholic solution is turned first red and eventually blue by the addition of mineral acids; the solution in benzene has a greenish-yellow fluor- escence.The substance yields a mon-acetyl derivative and is possibly ~ H , ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ C , H , ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ line substance, possibly C , H ~ < N ~ C , H ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ > C G H ~ ; 0 With orthamidophenol, aposafranine yields a brownish-red crystal- this forms a cherry-red solution in alcohol, with a blood-red fluorescence.Naphthyl- eneorthodinmine also reacts with aposafranine. (3. F. B. A New Cyclic Compound. By ~IILORAD Z . JOVITSCIIITSCH (Bey., 1897,30, 2426-2431).-A substance having a ring formation differing only from t h a t cf the peroxides in that i t contains cz nitrogen atom in place of carbon and that the two remaining nitrogen atoms are directly joined, is formed when the aniline derivative of ethylic oximido- acetate is treated with nitrous acid; that this substance is in reality represented by the formula 7 H-y-? is deduced NPh-N-O from the fact that of the only other two possible formulae, NO *NPh*C( NOH).COOEt and. NO *XPh*CH(NO)*COOEt, the former is improbable, since hydroxylainine is not eliiniiiated when the substance is heated as in Liebermann's reaction, and the latter owing to the fact that no amido-derivative is formed on reduction ; the a n i l i n e derimtive of ethylic oxin2idocicetic cicid, NHPh*C( XOH).COOEt, is formed by the action of aniline on ethylic chloroximeacetic in alcoholic solution, and crystallises from hot dilute alcohol in long, slender prisms melting at 109'; it is nearly insoluble in cold water, but dissolves readily in alcohol and ether; the action of the calculated quantity of potassium nitrite and sulphuric acid, on an ethereal solution of this ethylic salt, gives rise to the cyclic compound above mentioned, which, after the addition of the sulphuric acid, separates from the solution in slender, orange-yellow crystals which decompose a t 169' ; its solution in dilute alkali is coloured deep violet, gradually changing to deep red when boiled, owing t o t h e elimination of the carbethoxy-group and formation of the &alkali salt of the substunce I for which, as also for its carbethoxy-derivstive, the author does not attempt to propose a name ; the free substance, which can be separated by acidify- ing, crystallises from dilute alcohol in slender needles containing 1H,O, which i t loses at 140-190", finally decomposing at 206'.The red alkali salt loses its colour on prolonged exposure t o the air, and almost instantly in the presence of carbonic anhydride. ,4 substuwe, Ci4Hi8T203, is also formed by the action of nitrous acid on the aniline derivative ; this crystallises from water in slender, yellow, fluorescent prisms melting a t 69-70'.C H2-lf-? NPh-N-O J. F. T.94 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. Phenyltriazoles. 11. By ASTRID CLEVE (Ber., 1897,30,2433-2438). -A continuation of a former paper in which the preparation of phenyl- triazoles from Widman's 3-hydroxy-1-phenyl-1 : 2 : 4-triazoles by substi- tution with chlorine and subsequent reduction with hydriodic acid and red phosphorus, was described (Abstr., 1897, i, 172). ~~ c Cl=N 3-Cl~lo7.0-l-phen?lL5-prop?ll-l : 2 ; 4-triaxole, & ; CPra >NPii, is a toler- ably mobile oil boiling at 322*5', and having a sp. gr. = 1.1884 ; it does not yield salts with acids, but on distillation is partially converted into its Ibydvochloride which separates in glistening scales.1-Pl~enyZ-5-l~ropyl-1 : 2 : $-trimole, N: CPra >NPh, formed from the above by reduction, is a colourless oil boiling a t 285-286', and of sp. gr. = 1.0S27. The rnemwrochlom2e crystallises from alcohol in colourless prisms melting at 11 1-1 12'. ) >NPh, is a pale yellow oil boiling a t 327-438' (corr.), and of sp. gr. = 1.1547; on reduc- tion, it yields 1-phenyl-5-butyl-l : 2 :4-t&xoZe, an oil boiling a t 288-289', and yielding a picrate crystallising from dilute alcohol in needles melting at 136', and a nzercwrochloride consisting of colourless prisms melting at 116O. yH=N CC1:-N 3-Cl~loro-l-p~~enyl-5-but?/Z-l : 2 : 4-t&xoZe, &:c(C 4 9 3-C~i~o180-~-p~~en?/Z-~~~en~Zc~Zorethyl-l : 2 ; 4-t.l.iccxole, N N: ycl==== C (C,H,PhCl) >NPh, which i s produced when hydroxyphenylstyryltriazole is treated with phosphorus pen tachloride, consists of flat needles melting a t 112-1 13'; on reduction, i t yields l-pl~enyl-5-~~en~letl~?/l-l : 2 : 4-triaxole, YH==N >NPh, a colourless oil boiling a t 3 40-350') the N: C(C, H4 Ph) pZatinochloride forms yellowish-red crystals decomposing at 180-1 90'.1-~lzenyl-5-styry~-l : 2 : 4-triaxole, &:g(CH:CHph)>NPh, prepared from phenylphenyethyltriazole by treating it with bromine, separates from a mixture of light petrolenm and benzene in colourless prisms melting at 119-120O. The hydrochlode consists of colourless needles, the pZcdinocldos.icle of yellowish-red leaflets, whilst the picrate separates from alcohol in yellow prisms melting at 167'. l-Pi~enyl-5-phenyldi- dyornethyl-1 : 2 : 4-trinxole, which is an intermediate product in this re- action, forms silky needles melting a t 152'.Action of Hydrazine on Imido-ethers. By ADOLF PINNER (Annalen, 1897, 297, 221-271. Cumpare Abstr., 1897, i, 637, and 1894, i, 385).-The author discusses at some length the action of liydrazine derivatives on irnido-ethers. The experimental portion of the paper has been already published (Zoc. cit.). Action of Hydrazine on Imido-ethers. By ADOLF PINNER (AmnaZen, 1897, 298, 1-53. Compare foregoing abstract).-The CH:=N J. F. T. M. 0. F.ORGANIC! CHEMISTRY. 95 hydrochloride of paratolenylhydrazidine (Abstr., 1895, i, 136) forms lustrous, colourless prisms. l'olyltetrcmole is the compound described as paratolyltetrazotic acid (loc.cit.), obtained by the action of nitrous acid on paratolenylhydrazidine. [With C. GOBEL.]-T~~ compounds dealt with in this portion of the paper have been already described (Abstr., 1897, i, 639). [With JAXIES C o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . ] - D i i ~ y d r o x y b e n x ~ Z d i ~ ~ y d r o t e t y a ~ i n e , OH*CHPh*C<~H"~>C*CHPh*OH, is obtained by the action of hydrazine on the imido-ether prepared from mandelonitrile, it not having been found possible to produce the intermediate hydrazidine derivative ; it cryst'allises from alcohol in yellowish needles and melts a t 193'. Hydrochloric acid resolves the substance into benzaldehyde, formic acid, and hydrazine hydrochloride. The tetracetyl derivative forms colourless crystals and melts at 203'. Furfuryltetmxole is the name now given to furfuryltetrazotic acid (Abstr., 1895, i, 270).[With ALFRED SALOMON.]-T~~ compounds enumerated in this portion of the paper have been already described (Abstr., 1897, i, 6%). [With FELIX GRADENWITz.]-~n?'anitrOberEXil)lid0-et?~er, NH:C(C,H;NOJ*OEt, crystallises in stellar aggregates of needles and melts a t 78'. The hydrochloride forms large, lustrous prisms and melts at 197", yielding ethylic chloride and paranitrobenzamide ; water converts it into ammonium cbloride and ethylic paranitrobenzoate. The platinochloyide crystallises in lustrous, yellow needles, and melts at 141' ; the sulphute is unstable, and crystallises in needles. Paranitrobenzccmidine, NH:C(C6H;1JO,)*NH,, arises from the action of ammonia on the imido-ether ; it crystallises in needles, and melts at 215'. The hydrochloride forms highly refractive, rhombic needles.Acetoparanitro betwamide, NO,* C,H,* CO-NHAc, produced when the hydrochloride of the imido-ether is heated with sodium acetate and acetic anhydride, crystallises from alcohol in six-sided plates, and melts a t 165'. Fccl.ccnitrobenzenyllLyclraxidine, NH,* N:C(XH,)*CGH,* NO,, is ob- tained by the action of hydrazine on the imido-ether, and crystailises from alcohol in lustrous, reddish needles me1 ting at 195'. The yicrate crystallises in yellow needles, and melts a t 17'7". PccrcciLitro~)~enyltetrcLxoZe, NO,* C,H,* CGNHm?f, is produced by the N--N action of nitrous acid on the hydrazidine, and crystallises from alcohol in white needles; it melts and becomes red a t 219'.Diparanitrobenxeny lhydmxidine, NH,* C( C,H,*NO,): N*N :C(C,H,*NO,)*NH,, is obtained by the action of alcoholic hydrazine (1 mol.) on the imido- ether (1; mols.) and forms small, reddish, rhombic crystals insoluble in common solvents; it darkens at 230°, and melts at 257'. The hydrochlovide yields diparanitrophenyltriazole when heated ; the nitrute melts and effervesces at 143".96 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. i s prepared by heating the hydrazidine with glacial acetic acid, and crystallises from alcohol in colourless needles melting a t 257". The acetyl derkative also forms colourless needles and melts at 237". Bipuraniti-opheny Zd~?~?ldroteti.ccxine, C6H4* '<N NH*N1x>C*C6H4* N NO,, is obtained from the imido-ether (1 mol.) and hydrazine (14 mols.) i~ somewhat less concentrated solution; it forms red needles soluble in alcohol, benzene, and acetone, and melts a t 215'. Dipuranitl.ophenyZtetrccxine, i s produced on oxidising the foregoing compound ; it crystnllises in flat, red needles, and melts a t 218".Action of a-Brorninated Acids and Ketones on Ortharnido- thiophenol. By OSKAR UNGER and G. GRAFF (Ber., 1897, 30, 2389-2399. Compare Abstr., 1897, i, 302).-Ketodihydrobenzo- parathiazine is also formed by the action of ethylic chloracetate on amidothiophenol. When treated with aqueous potash, glistening crystals of potcwium ortl~arnidop~enylthioglycollute, are formed. Nitrous acid yields a diazo-salt which yields a colouring matter with P-naphthol. The thjazine compound is converted by oxidation into a compou~zdwhichmelts indefinitely between 140' and 150" and yields a phen&dmxone, crystallishg in yellow needles and melt- ing a t 137'.When distillcd with zinc dust, the thiazine yields a small quantity of indole. , obtained by the action of a-bromopropionic acid on amidothiophenol, crystal- lises in concentrically grouped needles melting at 128'. The ethyb derivative is prepared by means of a-bromobutyric acid, and crystal- lises in porcelain white prisms melting a t 105-106', whilst ~-phenpt'- 31. 0. F. NH2* CGH,*S*CH,* COOK, 8-YHMe a-Methy Zketodihydro benxoparccthiccxine, C,H,<= H. co - ketodihyd~obenxopcirat?~iwxi~ze, C , H , < ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ h , is obtained from phenylbromacetic acid and crystallises in colourless needles melting at 204'. Ethylic a-chloracetacetate reacts with orthamidothiophenol to form a compound, C,,H,,NO,S, which crystallises in slender, golden yellow needles and melts a t 145"; it dissolves in hydrochloric acid, yielding a solution which, on treatment with sodium nitrite, forms phenylene diazosulphide.When heated with phenylhydrazine on the water bath, it yields diamidodiphen ylic bisulphide and 4-isonitroso- l-phenyl-3-methyl-5-pyrazolone. The condensation product is com- pletely decomposed by aqueous potash, yielding a compound which crystallises in colourless needles melting a t 159'. I t s composition has not yet been ascertained. Bromacetic bromide reacts with orthamidothiophenol to form a substance of the composition C,,H12N,S,, its molecular weight as determined by the boiling point method being about 272.It hasORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 97 decided basic properties, and yields a diazo-salt with sodium nitrite. As i t yields benzothiazole on oxidation with potassium permanganate, i t is probable t h a t the original compound has the constitution A. H. Synthesis of Heteroxanthine and Paraxanthine. By EMIL FISCHER (Bey., 1897, 30, 2400-2415. Compare Abstr., 1897, i, 641, and this vol., i, 48).-Theobromine is converted by a mixture of phosphorus oxychloride and pentachloride into 7-methyltrichloro- purine, but when i t is heated with the oxychloride alone, the ch1oi-i. nation does not proceed so far and 2 : 6-dichloro 7-methtJyurine, is produced ; this crystallises in slender, colourless needles, melting a t 199-200' (corr.), and is only sparingly soluble in water.Phosphorus pentachloride at 1'70" converts it into trichloromethylpurine. When i t is heated with hydrochloric acid (sp. gr. 1-19> a t 120-125", i t yields the I~?ytl~ochloi*ide of 7-methylxanthine, which crystnllises in yH* CO $*NhTe>CH, is c 0 *N€€.C --N almost coloui*less prisms. The free base identical with heteroxanthine ; this has no definite melting point, but softens at 360" and melts and deconiposes at 330"; when quite pure, i t dissolves in 142 parts of boiling water, the greater solu- bility found by Bondzyliski and Gottlieb (hbstr., 1895, i, 434) being probably due to the presence of a small amount of impurity. 2 : 6-I)i- chloro-7-methylpurine is converted by sodium etlioxide into a coiii- Y L pound which is most pro hably 2 - c ~ ~ Z o ~ ~ o ~ 6 - e t ~ o x ~ - 7 - m e t h ~ ~ z ~ r i r z e , : C( OEt)*s *NMe CCl:N--C---N >CH ; this dissolves in about 800 parts of boiling water and crystallises in slender needles which melt and decompose at about 240" ; hydrochloric acid convcrts i t into heteroxanthine.2-CI~Zoro-6-0~~-7-met?~y~urine is obtained by warming dichloromethylpurine with a n aqueous a1 kali and is best purified by means of the bnrizcnz salt, which crystallises in slender prisms. The compound, which crystallises in short prisms and com- mences to decompose at 310°, dissolves in about 150 parts of boil- ing water or 250 parts of boiling alcohol. %Chloro-B-oxy-l : 7-dinaethyZ- >CH, is prepared by the action of aqueous purine , I N Me - C: 0 # .N 11 e CC1: N C --N' potash and methylic iodide on c1ilor.oxymethylpiirine ; it dissolves in about 50 parts of boiling water and melts and decomposes at about 270" when rapidly heated.r;SMe*CO* g* IS Me I : 7-Dimethylxanthine 017- paraxanthiiie, N>CH, obtained by heating the foregoing compound GO *NH* C -- with hydroch1or.i~ acid of sp. gr. 1.19 at 125-1303, is identical with the paraxanthine isolated by Salomon from urine (Abstr., 1883, 601 ; 1886, 266) ; when treated with potash and metliylic iodide, i t is con- veyted into cttffeine. 2-Chloro-6-0~~-7-methylpurine, on reduction with hydriodic acid, yields98 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. >CH, r K * CO *#*NMe 6-oxy-7 methy7pyine (7-methylhypoxanthine), CH:N-C --N which crystallises in slender, colourless needles, melts a t about 355' when rapidly heated, and is readily soluble in hydrochloric and sul- yhuric acids. The nitrate forms large, compact crystals ; the plutino- chloyide is readily soluble in hot water, the aui-ochloride more sparingly ; the silver salt is a fine, white, crystalline powder.On methylation, the base yields dirnethylhypoxanthine. 2 - Amido-6-oxy-7-.nzeth?/ll,urine NH - CO # N Me\ (7-methylguanine), I 2CH, is obt'ained by the action C(NH,) :N C= N of ammonia on chloroxymethylpurine, and crystallises in slender, colourless needles which decompose a t about 390'; it readily forms cryet,alline salts with acids, the hydrochloride, sulphute, nitrate, ylutino- chloride and aurochloyide having been prepared. It also dissolves in cold dilute alkalis, but is reprecipitated by carbonic anhydride. The sodium salt crystallises in very slender needles, whilst the silvey salt is an amorphous precipitate.When treated with hydrochloric acid and potassium chlorate, it yields guanidine. 2-itmido-6-0xy-l: '7-dimethyl- purine (1 : 7-dimethylguanine), ? Me'Co*~"Me>CH,obtained by the action of ammonia on chloroxydimethylpurine, separates from water in crystals which contain water of crystallisation, but become anhydrous at 100' and then melt a.t 343-345" (corr.). The nitrate crystallises in plates, the hydrochloride and sulphate in needles. The pkatinochloride and uurochloride are both sparingly soluble. Potassium chlorate and hydrochloric acid convert it into methylguanidine. NH,*C=N---C--N A. H. Non-nitrogenous Decomposition Products of Morphine.By EDUARD VONGERICHTEN (Belie., 1897, 30, 2439--2444).-Bromo- morphenol methyl ether, is formed when bromomethylmorphimethin- methyl iodide, is heated with concentrated sodium hydroxide solution under certain conditions, the yield being about 10 per cent. On oxidation with chromic acid, it does not yield a phenanthraquinone derivative, but is converted into a substance melting above 315' and crystallising from quinoline in glistening, reddish-brown needles having the same empirical formula as the original brominated ether. On reduction, it yields the corresponding nzorphenol, C,,H,O*OH, which crystallises from alcohol or ether in needles and melts at 135'. The acetate crystallises from alcohol and acetic acid in white needles. From these and other considerations, the author considers the formula of the compound C,,H,O to be either (?6H4*(?6H4 S)6H4.(?GH4 o r co - c=c----co J.F. T. Specific Rotatory Power of P-Glutin. By FRIEDRICH FRAMM (PJiiger's Amhiv., 1897, 68, 144-1 67).-/3-glutin is strongly lsevo- rotatory and shows no birotation. Numerous tables are given showing the effect on the rotation of concentration, temperature, and the influence of various reagents, salts, acids, and alkalis. W. D. H.ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 99 Halogen Derivatives from Proteids. By F. GOWLAND HOPKINS and FRANCIS W. BROOK (J. Yh?/sioZ., 1897, 22, 184--197).-The halogens are eff ect,ive reagents for the precipitation of proteids, the present paper relating t o the precipitates obtained from diluted egg white. The substances obtained, which resemble proteids in being indif- fusible and of high molecular weight, give the xanthoproteic and violet biuret reactions; after gastric digestion, they give a pink biuret reaction. They are soluble in dilute alkaline solutions, from which they are precipitable by acetic acid.They differ from proteids in not giving Millon’s reaction, and in being soluble in absolute alcohol ; the iodine derivative is least soluble in alcohol. From their alcoholic solutions, they are precipitated by the addition of ether, the substance thus obtained containing a higher percentage of halogen than that pre- cipitated by acid from an alkaline solution. Thus : I’rodnct after treatment with sodiuui carbonate ................................. Product precipitated from alcoholic solutioii .................................... Chlorine per cent. (3.6 and) 1-89 6-07 Bromine 1 Jodine per cent. per cent. 3.92 , 6.28 I 14-89 1 1 Taking the lower series, the bromine percentage is very nearly the mean of the chlorine and iodine percentages, in accordance with the relation that holds between the atomic weights of the halogens. It is believed that, after treatment with alkalis, one has to deal with substi- tuted bromine, whereas after treatment with alcohol there is additive bromine as well. Since aromatic substances like tyrosine no longer give Millon’s reaction when halogen has entered the ring, it seems probable that, in these derivatives of proteid, the halogen has entered an aromatic nucleus in the proteid molecule. The halogen derivatives of proteid yield no trace of lead sulphide when heated with alkaline solutions of lead salts; the sulphur is still all present, but probably in a sulphonic or other oxidised group. Efforts to obtain the original proteid from the halogen derivatives have hitherto proved fruitless. W. D. H. The Biuret Reaction of Albumin. By HUGO SCRIFF (Chenz. Zeit., 1897, 21, 55--56).-1n answer to Loew’s criticism (Chem. Zeit., 1896, 20, lOOO), that the anhydride of aspartic acid gives the biuret reaction, whereas, according to the author’s theory, it should not do so, the author points out that the composition of this anhydride is unknown, since i t is derived from 4 to 8 molecules of aspartic acid. It is characteristic, however, that aspartic acid does not give this reaction, whilst asparagine gives a reaction very similar to the biuret reaction, the coloration being only a little more bluish-violet. The product obtained by the action of formaldehyde and hydrochloric acid on albumin, which is insoluble in water and alkalis, gives the biuret reaction, for fragments of it placed in the almost colourless solution100 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. become reddish-violet after a time. Moreover, Blum’s solution of albumin (hbstr., 1896, 658), prepared by the action of formaldehyde alone, although i t does not coagulate on heating, also gives this reaction. If this substance is a methylene-albumin, then, according to the author, it does not contain the symmetrical group, 1gE>CH2, for derivatives of biuret, oxaniide, and malonamide in which two hydrogen atoms of each amido-group are symmetrically substituted do not give the biuret reaction. E. W. W. Precipitation of Caseinogen, a Simple Means of Estimating Acidity. By PAUL GRUTZNER (P’iiger’s A~chiv., 1897,68, 168-1’75). -When milk is added gradually to various acids, the precipitate which first forms redissolves on shaking it up. The first appearance of a permanent precipitate is a measure of the strength and acidity of the acid; the stronger acids need much more milk for this purpose, and precipitate more caseinogen than the weaker ones, thus a molecule of hydrochloric acid in dilute aqueous solution precipitates five or six times as much caseinogen as a molecule of acetic acid. W. D. H. Decomposition Products of Carniferrin. By PAUL BALKE (Zeit. physiol. CILem., 1896, 22, 248-264. Compare Siegfried, Abstr., 1895, i, 76 and 313).--It is shown that Siegfried’s carnic acid is identical with ICiiline’s antipeptone, considerable quantities of which the author prepared by a method differing somewhat from t h a t described by Kuhne ; both compounds give similar numbers 011 analysis and yield identical saltas. By the oxidation of barium carnate (1 equivalent) with barium permanganate (1 equivalent) at temperatures below 5O, a new acid, oxyccwnic mid, C30H41N9015, is obtained ; it is best purified by evaporating its aqueous solution t o a syrup, then pouring it into alcohol, and washing the precipitate successively with alcohol and with ether. The zinc salt, C,oH,9N,015Zn ; barium salt, C,oH,,N~015Bit, and silver salt, C30H3,N901,Ag, + 2H,O, are described. ‘I’he uczd itself is a snow-white, hygroscopic powder, readily soluble in water, sparingly in alcohol, and insoluble in ether. It reddens blue litmus, is capable of decomposing carbonates, and gives precipitates with picric, phospho- tungstic, and tannic acids, but not with lead acetate, acetic acid, or potassium ferrocyanide. Siegfried has shown that carniferrin obtained from milk has the same percentage composition as that obtained from meat extract, but that when hydrolysed with barium hydroxide it yields, besides lactic and succinic acids, a n acid closely related to carnie acid, which he bermed -orylic acid. According to the author, orylic acid has the com- position Cl,H,8N408. When dry, it is a yellowish-white powder, which is extremely hpgroscopir: and, when freshly prepared, readily soluble in water ; it is sparingly soluble in alcohol but insoluble in ether, and is a strong dibasic acid, resembling carnie acid. The zinc salt, C1SH26N40SZn, andsilver salt, ClsH,5N408hg, + 3H,q, are described. When heated with hydrochloric acid at 130°, orylic acid yields leucine :is one of its decomposition products. J. J. S.

ISSN:0368-1769    

DOI:10.1039/CA8987400057

出版商:RSC    

年代:1898

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

General and Physical Chemistry. Validity of Maxwell’s Equations. By P. S. WEDELL-WEDELLSBORU (Zeit. physikccl. Chern., 1897, 24, 367-370).-Known facts are, in the author’s opinion, not in accord with Maxwell’s equations, the validity of which is contested, for according to these equations, there must be, at the starting of a current, two induction effects: (1) that experi- mentally obtained; (2) that due t o the increase of the electrostatic field. The paper also contains the author’s reply to some of Gold- hammer’s criticisms of a previous paper on this subject (Zeit. physikal. Chenz., 23, 686). By WILLIAM SKEY (Chem. News, 1897, 76, 209).-In the following couples, the electrolytes were separated by gelatin. With gold in potassium cyanide, and platinum in an acid, hydrogen is evolved from the platinum, but if an alkali is substituted for the acid, this is not the case.With gold or silver in cyanide, and gold or silver in copper sulphate, copper is deposited. With platinum or gold in tannic acid, and potash and platinum or gold in acid, a strong current is developed, and hydrogen is evolved until all the tannic acid is oxidised. Platinum in potash is positive to platinum in acid or ferrous sulphate, and throws down gold or platinum or silver from solution. Platinum in concentrated salt solution rendered alkaline with potash, and platinum inacid also throws down gold, from its chloride, on platinum and produces a strong current. An insulated voltaic cell connected with insulated silver plates 6 inches square and an inch apart in the air develops a current too feeble for detection by the galvanometer, but deposits gold, from its chloride, on platinum, Thermodynamics of “ Swelling” (“ Quellung”), with Special Reference to Starch and the Determination of its Molecular Weight.By HERMANN RODEWALD (Zeit. physikccl. Chern., 1897, 24, 193-218. Compare Abstr., 1895, i, 165).--The author applies the term ‘‘ swelling ” to the absorption of water, or other liquid, by a solid substance which does not exhibit any pores, visible or microscopic. An expression is deduced thermodynamically for the heat liberated in terms of the change of specific volume, namely, (1) y = F[dp/dt(s’ - s - )y], and the author then records the experimental work for the case of starch. Air-dried starch mas found to contain about 16.33 per cent.of moisture, and the heat produced by soaking in water was observed for starches of different original water content, an ice-calorimeter being employed ; a curve and table of the results are added. The contraction in volume mas also obtained as a function of the percentage of water, the curve being very similar to the above heat curve. The values of dp/dt and y in the equation (1) are deduced from the values of the heat and volume change for the dry and moist starch, and the expression y = 373(s’ - s ) l 75 - 0.00507 is thus obtained. A relation between the volume change, hence the heat of swelling, and the water content is next calculated, from which the equation log(s’ - s) = 0% - 2 - 0 . 0 4 2 3 ~ is ob- L. M. J. Laboratory Notes. D. A. L.VOL. LXXIV. ii. 562 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. tained, and hence y = 0 when w = 31-63, By means of an expression used by Kirchhoff for the vapour pressure of sulphuric acid solutions, that of the starch is calculated, the value thus obtained being 4,5594 for 31*63 per cent. of water; from this calculated value of the vapour pressure, the author deduces the number 4370 for the molecular weight of starch corresponding with the formula C162H2700135. The expansion coefficient was found to be a linear function of the water, and the force of attraction between dry starch and moisture is calculated as 2073 kilos. per sq. cm. By c'. H. BENEDICT (J. Physical Chem., 1897, 1, 397--402).--The author finds that there is an enormous increase in the volatility of solid naphthalene when ether is present.Distillation with a current of ether vapour would give not less than four times as much naphthalene as if the process were carried on with an air current or under diminished external pressure. Some rough measure- ments with camphor in different solvents gave similar results. L. M. J. Distillation with Vapour. H. C. Solubility of Solids in Vapours, By J. M. TALMADGE (J. Physiccd eltern., 1897, 1, 547--554).--The author distilled saturated solutions of camphor and naphthalene in methylic alcohol, ethylic alcohol, acetone, and ether under different pressures, an excess of the solid being present in all cases. I n the case of naphthalene, he was unable to confirm Benedict's result (see preceding abstract), and although the experiments show that the concentration of naphthalene vapour in equilibrium with solid naphthalene is not independent of the other components in the system, they do not show whether the vapour pressure is increased or decreased by the presence of a solvent.I n the case of camphor, the vapoixr pressure of the solute also varies with the solvent. The values with ether and acetone are more than double the real vapour pressures. With methylic alcohol, the values are a little above the normal, whilst with ethylic alcohol, the calculated vapour pressures are only about one-half of those obtained directly. Temperature of Maximum Density of Barium Chloride Solutions. By Lours C. DE COPPET (Compt. rend., 1897,125, 533)- The following results were obtained. H. C. Weight of Reduction of the Molecular reduction BaC1, in 1000 grains Temperature of temperature of of temperature of of water.maximum density. maximum density. maximum density. 3,982' - - 0 6.73 3.207 0.775O 23.94 10.42 2.785 1-197 23.88 20.83 1.572 2.409 24.04 41.72 - 0.843 4.825 24.04 The reduction of the temperature of maximum density is sensibly pro- portional to the weight of anhydrous barium chloride dissolved in 1000 grams of water. By A. AICNAN and E. DUGAS ( C o q ~ t . Tend., 1897, 125, 498-500).-Mixtures of acetic acid and benzene in various proportions become homogeneous at different temperatures. C. H. B. Solubilities of Liquids.GENERAL AND PHYSICAL Acetic acid ... ... 30 C.C. 40 C.C. Benzene ............ 70 C.C. 60 C.C. Temperature of } homogeneity 75" CHEMISTRY.63 50 C.C. 60 C.C. 70 C.C. 50 C.C. 40 C.C. 30 C.C. 50" 3 0" 3.5O and in these cases it is difficult t o decide which is the solvent and which the dissolved substance, as in: the case of aniline, phenol and qvater described by Alexkeff (Abstr., 1886, 847), and his method of observation does not admit of the solution of the problem. If V, and Vb are the respective volumes of the two liquids A and 13 introduced into the sealed glass tube, a and p their coefficients of reciprocal solubility, and Vl and V2 the respective volumes of the two layers of liquid, A saturated with B and B saturated with A, and a similar relation holds good if weights are taken instead of volumes. When the temperature varies, if a tends towards the value V,/Yb, the numerator of the first member Vl should tend towards zero ; but if /3 tends towards the value Val Vb, then V2 should tend towards zero.It becomes necessary, therefore, t o observe towards which extremity of the tube the surface of separation of the liquids disappears on heating. I n the cases quoted, with 30, 40, or 50 per cent. of acetic acid, the surface of separab'ion tends towards the bottom of the tube, and hence a t 75" and 50" saturated solutions of acetic acid in benzene occur; with 60 and 70 per cent. of acetic acid, the surface of separation tends to disappear towards the upper part of the tube, and hence at 30° and 2-5" saturated solutions of benzene in acetic acid occur. The authors criticise Alexeeff's method of drawing his curves, which they regard as based on an erroneous assumption.C. H. B. Kinetic Theory of Solutions. By ARTHUR A. NOYES (Zeit. physikul. Chem., 1897, 24, 366).-In his paper on osmotic pressure (Abstr., 1897, ii, 395), the author erroneously ascribed an inaccurate expression to Nernst. L. M. J. Osmotic Pressure and Variance. By JOSEPH E. TREVOR (J. Pl~ysiccd C'lem., 1897, 1, 349-365).-The variance is always the total number of variables which a system exhibits, diminished by the number r of its phases. The variables are n potentials, being at least one for each' independently variable component, one for the temperature, and one for a t least one pressure, with x for the added pressures introduced by the appearance of x osmotic walls, and y for each of the y separa- tions of a component by such a wall. The total number of variables is, therefore, n + 2 + n: + y, and the variance is v = n + 2 + x + y - r.This is the generalised phase rule as applicable to all systems contain- ing osmotic pressures. For the limiting case in which all osmotic walls are absent, we have both x = 0 and y = 0, and consequently the Gibbs' variance of v = 1% + 2 - Y. H. C. 5-264 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. Variance of Osmotic Systems. By JOSEPH E. TREVOR (J. yhy- siccd Chem., 1897, 1, 537-541).-The author shows how it is possible to renlise for two component monovariant systems the anticipated set o€ five curves of osmotic pressures, and their intersection at a five-fold multiple point (compare preceding abstract). The Phase Rule and the Physical Properties of Chemical Compounds. By F.WALD (Zeit. physikal. Chem., 1897, 24, 3 15-334).-The author discusses the well-known phase-law of Gibbs, namely, v = n + 2 - Y, where r is the number of phases, v the number of independent variations, and 9% that of the independent components, two physical conditions only changing. The case chiefly considered is that for an equal number of phases and components, and the author regards i t as proved that a number of physical relations ‘‘ may be deduced between the substances entering into a reaction, especially Gay Lussac’s By WILDER D. BANCROFT (J. Pl~ysiccd Clem., 1897, 1, 337-343).-1n a system composed of two salts and water there will be in equilibrium at the quintuple points three solid phases, solution, a i d vapour. The various quintuple points can be classified under three heads.I. Two of the solid phases can be made from the third with addition or subtraction of water. 11. One of the solid phases can be transformed into one of the others by addition or subtraction of water. 111. No one of the solid phases can be converted into either of the others by addition or subtraction of water. When one of the solid phases can change into the other two with addition or subtraction of water, the inversion point is a minimum temperature for that phase if the water be added to complete the re- action, and a maximum if the water be subtracted. If one of the solid phases can be converted into one of the others by addition of water, the inversion point is a maximum or a minimum temperature for one of those phases, and is neither a maximum nor a minimum for the third solid phase.When no one of the solid phases can be con- verted into either of the others by addition or subtraction of water, no prediction can be made. There cannot be in equilibrium three solid phases such that one can be made from the other two without addition or subtraction of water. H. C. Solids and Vapours. By WILDER D. BANCROFT (J. Physical Chem., 1897, 1, 344--348).-Whilst many salts in efflorescing at con- stant temperature form all intermediate hydrates, this is not always the case. For example, Na,S04+10H20 changes normally to the anhydrous salt without formation of Na2S04+7H20. If we start with hydrated sodium sulphate, solution, and vapour, and raise the temperature t o about 3 3 O , the anhydrous salt will be formed.On decreasing the external pressure, the solution will disappear, leaving the stable monovariant system, hydrated and anhydrous sodium sul- phate and vapour. Decreasing the pressure yet more, Na,S04 + 1 OH,O must effloresce with formation of the anhydrous salt. Were it to form H. C. gas law of rational volume ratios.” 1,. M. J. Quintuple Points.GENERAL AND PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. G 5 the heptahydrated salt, there would be present a non-variant system. This would also be formed from the monovariant system a t any other temperature a t which the latter could exist, and we should thus have the phenomenon of a non-variant system existing a t a series of tem- peratures and pressures, which is impossible according to the phase rule. From this it follows that a solid phase containing two com- ponents effloresces with formation of the solid phase which can co-exist at the next higher quadruple point.Two solid phases containing three components effloresce with formation of the solid phase which can co-exist a t the next higher quintuple point. From a study of the efflorescence products, one can draw coiiclusions as t o the phases exist- iag a t the quintuple points. A Triangular Diagram [to represent Composition-Tempera- ture Changes]. By WILDER D. BANCROFT (J. Physicul Chenz., 1897, 1, 403--410).-A diagram consisting of an equilateral triangle with lines ruled parallel to each side, instead of perpendicular t o them, was proposed by Roozeboom for the representation of the changes in com- position of a given phase with the temperature when there are three components.The author points out some geometrical relations con- nected with the use of this diagram. Two Liquid Phases. By WILDER D. BANCROFT (J. Plqsicul Chem., 1897, 1, 414--425).-The author considers the general case of quintuple points with two solid phases, two liquid phases and vapour, formed by adding a component C to two components A and B such that there can be formed the quadruple point, solid A, two solutions, and vapour. The freezing point rises. The solid phases a t the quintuple point are A and C or else no non-variant system with two liquid phases is possible. The freezing point falls. There is one quintuple point with A and C as solid phases, or two with A and B, B and C as solid phases, or one with A and B as solid phases.3. The component C increases the miscibility of A and B ; the freezing point falls. There is one quintuple point with A and C as solid phases, or one with A and B as solid phases, or there is formed the divsriant system, solid A, solution, and vapour. 4. If the component C dissolves in A with precipitation of B and there are two quintuple points, the one with B and C as solid phases mill exist a t a higher temperature than the one with S and B as solid phases. 5. If the component C increases the miscibility of A and B and there are two quintuple points, the one with B and C as solid phases exists a t a lower temperature than the one with A and B as solid phases. H. C, Solubility and Freezing Point. By DOUGLAS MCINTOSH (J. Physicc~l Chem., 1897, 1, 474-492).-When we have two non-miscible substances A and C and a third substance B with which the other two are miscible we can distinguish two cases.H. C. H. C. The general results are. 1. The component C dissolves in B with precipitation of A. 2. The component C dissolves in A with precipitation of B.66 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. I n the firsf case, the component A can exist as solid phaseunder the conditions of the experiment. Under these circumstances, addition of C to the liquid phase containing A and JT) will raise the temperature at which A can exist as solid phase. I n other words, addition of a sub- stance to a binary solution in equilibrium with a solid phase raises the freezing point if the substance added be non-miscible with the corn- ponent appearing as solid phase.This is shown to be the case for an alcohol-benzene solution to which water is added. In thesecond case, the component R can exist as solid phase under the conditions of the experiment. Under these circumstances, addi- tion of B to the liquid phase containing A and B will lower the tern- perature a t which B can exist as solid phase, and this lowering will be more than i t would be if A and C were miscible to some extent. When the three components are miscible, the sum of the single depres- sions is usually greater than the depression for the mixture; but this is not always true, owing to disturbing conditions which are not yet defined. H. C. Mass Law Studies, II., 111. By S. F. TAYLOR (J. Pl~ysicccl Chern., 1897, 1, 461-473 and 542-546).--In order to study a case in which two liquid phases and a vapour phase are present, the author has analysed six mixtures of benzene, water, and alcohol.The general form of the relations for this system is deduced from the mass law, and i t is shown that one must use mass concentrations and not volume concentrations in expressing the distribution of a substance between two liquid phases. Agreement of theory and experiment is obtained in the case studied, and the theory is also successfully applied to the system chloroform, water, and acetic acid. H. C. Hydrolytic Dissociation. By HEINRICH LEY (Be?.., 1897, 30, 2192-2196).-The author makes a preliminary communication of results obtained in an investigation of the hydrolysis of salts in aqueous solution.The concentration of the hydrogen ions is deter- mined by measuring the velocity of inversion of cane-sugar by the salt solution a t 100'. The following numbers mere obtained with solutions of aluminium chloride containing 1 gram equivalent in II litres, p being the percentage hydrolysed. t' . P. 32 8.8 64 13.8 128 20.1 Aluminium sulphate is hydrolysed to a smaller extent. Zinc chloride and sulphate exhibit a similar relationship, the latter salt undergoes very little dissociation, the hydrolysis reaching 0.03 per cent. in 1/16 normal solution. Lead and copper chlorides gave abnormal results, the rate of inver- sion of the sugar increasing with the duration of the experiment. Mercuric chloride could not be examined by this method, because it is reduced by sugar. By assuming that its electrical conductivity is entirely due to the hydrochloric acid produced by its hydrolysis, anGENERAL AND PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. 6’9 upper limit for the latter is obtained varying from 0.29 per cent.in 1/16 normal t o 1.64 per cent. in 11256 normal solution. The addition of potassium chloride t o a solution of aluminium chloride diminishes the hydrolytic dissociation of the latter. The same is true of other salts ; the acid reaction of solutions of lead or mercuric chloride disappears when sodium or potassium chloride is added t o them. T. E. Formation of Anilides. By HEINRICH GOLDSCHMIDT and CURT WACHS (Zeit. physikal. Chem., 189’7, 24, 353-365).-1t has been shown by Qoldschmidt and Reinders that, in solutions of aniline salts in aniline, the salt is‘ probably decomposed into acid and base (Abstr., 1896, ii, 556), a part of the acid being further dissociated.The formation of an anilide is hence analogous to that of an ethereal salt, that is, should be a bimolecular reaction unless a strong acid be added, in which case it becomes monomolecular with velocity proportional to the concentration of the catalysing acid (Abstr., 1896, ii, 638). EX- periments with aniline and acet2ic or propionic acid, and with ortho- toluidine and acetic acid showed the reaction to be bimolecular; on the addition of picric, hydrochloric, or hydrobromic acid, it becomes monomolecular, the velocity being accelerated, and proportional to the concentration of the strong acid if sufficiently great. Ths reaction being bimolecular is not a proof of the non-occurrence of autocatalysis as stated by Donnan (Abstr., 1897, ii, 15) since, if .2: is the quantity of acid converted into anilide, then ( a - x ) is the concentration of the acid, and is also proportional to the concentration of the hydrogen ions, so that the velocity is proportional to (a - x)2.The analogy of these solutions to those of hydrated salts is again noticed, and the view that, in solution, the latter are present as anhydrides thus receives support. L. M. J. Genesis of Dalton’s Atomic Theory. By HEINRICH DEBUS (Zeit. physikcd. Chew,., 1897, 24, 325--352).-The author upholds his pre- viously published views (hbstr., 1896, ii, 639) regarding the origin of Dalton’s theory, that is, that Avogadro’s law was held and employed by Dalton, who definitely states that in 1801 he had a “confused idea ” that all molecules were of equal size ; hence that Mjd = k.He, moreover, made frequent use of this hypothesis; thus the ratio of the atomic weights of oxygen and nitrogen was fixed a t 6/7 from the con- sideration of their densities, whilst, further, of the gases nitric oxide, nitrous oxide, and ‘‘ nitric acid,” the first has the lowest density and therefore consists ‘‘of but two atoms,” and since “nitric acid ” is heavier than nitrous oxide, it follows that, “ a n atom of oxygen is heavier than an atom of nitrogen.” The author poiiits out that this reasoning is entirely dependent on the assumption that the “ atomic ” (that is, molecular) weight is proportional to the density; in other words, that N / d = k . Other similar cases occur, but the apparent failure of this mode of calculation in the case of the hydrocarbons, due to erroneous ideas regarding their composition, ultimately led Dalton to abandon this hypothesis as not of general, although of frequent, application. The second part of the paper is entirely a review,68 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. criticism, and refutation of various passages in the reply of Roscoe and Harden to the previous paper (Zeit. phpikccl. Chem., 22, 241). L. M. J. Lecture Apparatus. By W I L L I m R. E. HODGKINSON (Chem. News, lS97, 76, 152).--Volumerneter. A cylindrical vessel of 100 C.C. capacity provided with a deep and broad, hollow, tubulated stopper is connected at its lower end, by a narrow tube having a stopcock, with a graduated tube. It is filled with the liquid to be used from the zero of thegraduated tube to a mark made on the tube of the stopper. After the liquid has been driven into the graduated tube, the stopper is carefully removed, the substance whose volume is to be measured introduced, the stopper replaced, and the liquid brought back to the mark on the stopper. The volume of the substance can now be read off on the graduated tube. For showing that hot water boils in a closed flask when cold water is poured over it, an improved form of apparatus is described consist- ing of a fractionating flask with a stopcock sealed on the side tube, and a wide thermometer, wedged by a rubber ring in the neck, with its bulb just dipping into the hot water. D. A. L.

ISSN:0368-1769    

DOI:10.1039/CA8987405061

出版商:RSC    

年代:1898

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

68 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. Inorganic Chemistry. New Form of the Hydrogen Generator. By E. W. MAGRUDER (Amer. Chem., J., 1897, 19, 810--812).-The apparatus consists of a tube A, closed at the bottom, and connected by means of the inclined side tube C, with the tube B, furnished a t the -- bottom with the stop- cock D, and a t the top with the funnel E, into which fits, with a ground joint, the delivery-tube F. B also contains a platinum electrode G, suspended by a platinum wire fused through the tube at H. Zinc amalgam is put into A until it nearlyreachesthe tube C, A being then closed with a rubber stopper I, carry- ing a glass tube M, con- taining a-platinum wire, fused through the tube at L and dipping into the amalgam. The apparatus may be simplified by leaving out the stopcock D, and fusing F directly to the top of B.A --GINORGANIC CHEMISTRY. G9 AS the oxygen and hydrogen electrodes are in separate tubes, oxygen or any other escaping gas simply rises to the surface in A, and does not, therefore, mix with the hydrogen. By having the amalgam nearly up to the side tube, the zinc sulphate formed flows into B, from which it can be drawn off through the stop- cock. The generated gas is perfectly pure hydrogen. A. W. C. Nascent Hydrogen. By DONATO TOMMASI (J. Pl~ysical. Chent., 1897, 1, 555).-A priority claim in connection with Franchot's work on nascent hydrogen (Abstr., 1897, ii, 138). WILDER D. BANCROFT (ibid., 1897, 1, 556) replies by pointing out that Franchot's work had not reached the point a t which one would naturally make a reference t o Tommasi.H. C. Heat of Dissociation of Iodine. By JOACHIM SPERBER (Zed. anorg. Chem., 1897, 15, 281-282).-The heat of dissociation of iodine, c:tlculated according to the author's theory (Abstr., 1897, ii, 307j, is 13.132 Cal. ; he points out that this is in close agreement with the nnmber obtained by Roltzmann, namely, 14,265 Cal. E. C. R. Evolution of Oxygen during Reduction. By K. FRENZEL, S. FRITZ and VICTOR ~UEYER (Bey., 1897, 30, 2515-2519. Compare Abstr., 1897, ii, 19, 93; this vol. ii, 19).-Erdmann (Abstr., 1897, ii, 97) has attempted to explain the evolution of oxygen during the reduction of rubidium dioxide by hydrogen by the intermediate formation of hydrogen peroxide; in order to test this, experi- ments were made in some of which such formation was impossible.Potassium peroxide yields no oxygen when heated to the softening point of glass (in a silver vessel) in a current of air. In carbonic oxide, carbonic anhydride, and hydrogen, on the other hand, i t gives a considerable amount of oxygen at the boiling point of sulphur. I n the cases of carbonic oxide and anhydride, the intermediate forma- tion of hydrogen peroxide is excluded, and it is probable that the three reactions are quite analogous. K,O, + CO = K,CO, + 0,. 2K,O, + 2C0, = 2K2C0, + 30,. K,O, + H, = 2 KOH + 0,. Silver oxide decomposes in a current of air a t 250", but when heated at the boiling point of water in hydrogen, it yields free oxygen, and does this even at the ordinary temperature in carbonic oxide ; this is due to the fact that the heat evolved by the reduction of a portion of the oxide is so great as to raise the temperature of the rest above the point of decomposition.Similar results were obtained with potassium per- manganate, which decomposes in air a t 2 1 So, and in hydrogen to a very small extent at 155", freely at 182'. No evolution of oxygen was observed during the reduction of barium peroxide. A. H. Solubility of Ammonia in Water at Temperatures below 0". By JOHN W. XALLET (Ames.. Chern. J., lS97,19,804-809).-0n pass-70 ABSTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. 127" 188" 223-224.3" 261-263" 289-294" ing gaseous ammonia into an already strong aqueous solution a t tem- peratures below O", the following results mere obtained. At - 10" 1 gram of water dissolves 1.115 grams of ammonia 9 ) - 20 >, 9 , Y, 1.768 9 , 9 , j , - 30 9 , 9 7 7, 2.781 ,, 9 , 9 , - 40 ,, 9 , 9 , 2.946 9 , 9 , No visible change marks the presence of enough ammonia to represent the hydroxide of ammonium, assumed t o exist in ordinary solution, and the hydroxide, if it exists, continues to dissolve ammonia, or mixes with liquefied ammonia down to and beyond the normal boiling point of the latter.The proportion of ammonia dissolved by water is much greater than would be called for by a n extension of the curve representing the solubility a t temperatures above 0". Chloronitrides of Phosphorus. 11. By HENRY N. STOKES (Amer. Chem. J., 1897, 19, 782-796. Compare Abstr., 1895, ii, 217).- Continuing his researches on the chloronitrides of phosphorus, the author finds they are best prepared by heating phosphorus penta- chloride and ammonium chloride, in molecular proportion, in sealed tubes, PCl, + NH,Cl = PXCl, + 4HC1.The operation requires to be conducted with great caution on account of the large amount of hydrogen chloride generated. There is formed a mixture of chloro- nitrides, which is partly crystalline and soluble in light petroleum, and partly liquid and insoluble in this solvent ; the latter portion consists of about 50 per cent. P3N3C16 and 25 per cent.:P,N,Cl,, the remainder consisting of the higher homolognes. A separation is effected by means of fractional distillation, and, in the case of the solids, cry stallisation from benzene. A. W. C. The series, as at present known, consists of the following.256.5" 3285" plymerises polymerises polymerises Melting point. Triphosphonitrilicc chloride, (PNCI,), 1 114" Tetraphosphonitrilicc chloride, (PNCI,), 123'5" Pentaphosphonitrilicchloride, (PNC12)5~ 40'5-41" He~tcc.phosphonitril~c chloride, ( PNC12)7 i liquid 910 at - 18" Rezaphosphonitrilic chloride, (PNCI,), Polyphosphonitrilic chloride, (PNCI,),/ below red heat Boiling point. 13 mm. 1 760mm. I There were obtained, further, a liquid residue of the same empirical composition with a mean molecular weight of (PNCI,),, and a small amount of nit.i.ilo~exaphos~on~€r~l~c chloride, P6N7CI,, not belonging to the above series. It melts a t 23'7.5' (corr.) and boils a t 251-2GlO (13 mm.), cryststllises in transparent rhombic prisms, often united to acicular forms, and when phlverised becomes electrified.The complete absence of the lower members of the above seriesINORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 71 PNC1, and (PNCl,), is very remarlittble. Xach member of the series is converted by heat into the caoutchouc-like polyphosphonitrilic chloride, which ia highly elastic and insoluble in all neutral solvents. I t swells enormously in benzene, and on heating breaks down into a mixture of all tbe lower members mentioned above. By STEPHEN H. EMNENS and NEWTON W. EMMENS (Chem. News, 1897, 76, 37).--Minute variations in weight observed in little discs, one of silver and one of lead (free from silver), suspended in air in a bottle and both in contact with the same spiral of copper wire are attributed to migration of matter. On cupelIation, the lead now showed a minute amount of silver.D. A. L. By ARTHUR ROSENHEIM and PAUL WOGE, (Zeit. unovg. Chenb., 1897, 15, 283-318). Hydrated beryllium oxide, when treated with solutions of oxalic acid and hydrogen alkali oxalates, yields a series of double salts and not complex compounds as in the case of the hydrated oxides of chromium, iron, and aluminium. When treated with hydrogen alkali tartrates, it yields a series of complex compounds of the formula R,0,4Be0,2C,H40, + 8H,O, in which beryllium displaces the hydroxyl hydrogen atom of the tartaric acid. When treated with salts of paramolybdic acid, it yields beryllium molybdate, BeO,MoO, + 2H,O, and with hydrogen alkali sulphites it yields characteristic crystalline double salts. All these reactions point to the conclusion that beryllium is bivalent ; and the determination of the molecular weight of beryllium chloride by Beckmann’s boiling point method, using pyridine as the solvent, gives numbers which agree closely with the formula BeC1,.Thedouble salts,K20,2Be0,2C,0, + 2&H,O; Na,0,2Be0,2C20, + 5H,O, and (NH4),O,2BeO,2C,O, + 2+H,O, are obtained by treating a boiling solution of potassium, sodium, and ammonium oxalate respectively with hydrated beryllium oxide. The potassium salt separates in lustrous crystals, the sodium salt, which is very soluble, in ill-defined crystals, and the ammonium salt in slender needles ; the two former are stable on exposure to the air, but the ammonium salt is extremely hygroscopic. Oxalic acid and beryllium can be detected in solutions of these salts by the ordinary methods.The sults K2O,Be0,2C,O, + H,O ; Na20,Be0,2C,0, + H,O, and (NH4),0,Be0,2C,0, are obtained by saturating solutions of the cor- responding hydrogen alkali oxalates with hydrated beryllium oxide, and then adding an equal quantity of the hydrogen alkali oxalate. When treated with calcium or barium chloride, they are quantitatively decomposed into calcium or barium oxalate and beryllium chloride. When boiling oxalic acid is saturated with hydrated beryllium oxide, a non-crystallisable syrup is obtained containing 1 mol. of oxalic an- hydride to 2.5-3 mols. beryllium oxide; if to this solution an equal quantity of oxalic acid is added, beryZliunz oxcclute, BeOC,O, + 3H,O, separates in needles, which are obtained in quadratic tablets on recrystallisation from water.The ucid oxalate, 2Be0,3C2O, + 6H20, is obtained by dissolving 1 mol. of beryllium oxide in 2 mols. of oxdic acid. The compZex tartswtes, K,0,4Be0,2C,H,O5 + 8H,O, the sodium salt A. W. C. Migrant Matter. Valency of Beryllium. It crystallises in beautiful prisms.72 AESTRACTS OF CHEMICAL PAPERS. with 8H20,. and the ammonium salt with 8H20, are obtained by satu- rating a boiling aqueous solution of the corresponding hydrogen, alkali tartrate with hydrated beryllium oxide. The potassium salt, which is extremely soluble, crystallises in large, lustrous prisms, the sodium and ammonium salts in microcrystalline crusts ; the beryllium in these salts is a t once precipitated by ammonia. However, the complex character of the salts is shown in the abnormal behaviour of the tartaric acid.Potassium chloride does not cause a precipitation of potassium tartrate, even on adding dilute acids; no precipitate is ob- tained with calcium chloride, and barium chloride gives a precipitate only after some time. With neutral silver nitrate, a flocculent, voluminous precipitate is a t once formed. All the salts are neutral to ordinary indicators. These salts are the first compounds isolated in which a metal is sub- stituted for, not only the carboxyl hydrogen atom, but also for the hydroxpl hydrogen atom of the tartaric acid. The salt K,0,2Be0,2C4H,O, + 2H20, obtained by dissolving the theoretical quantity of hydrated beryllium oxide in a solution of hydrogen potassium tartrate, forms a glassy, crystalline mass, and has properties similar to those of the preceding beryllium tartrates ; it is strictly analogous to the copper compound of Fehling's solution.Beryllium ,molybdate, BeOMoO, + 2H20, obtained by boiling the theoretical quantity of hydrated beryllium oxide with molybdic acid suspended in water, is an oily liquid which solidifies to an aggregate of slender aeedles if kept for some time in the cold. The complex compounds corresponding with those obtained by saturating potassium or sodium paramolybdate with sesquioxides cannot be obtained in the case of beryllium oxide, beryllium para- molybdate being always formed. With ammonium paramoly bdate, beryllium molybdate is usually formed, but in some cases the double salt, 10(2BeO,MoO,) + 2(NH4),C),3MoO, + 1SH 2O is obtained, crystallis- iag in microcrystalline crusts The double salts, X,0,2Be0,3S02 + 9H,O and (NH,),0,2Be0,3S02 + 4H,O, are prepared by digesting freshly prepared solutions of the hydrogen alkali sulphites with hydrated beryllium oxide on the water bath ; the solutions, which must contain excess of sulphurous acid, yield crystals of the salts on cooling.They are extremely easily oxidised, and when exposed to the air rapidly evolve sulphurous anhydride, ammonium sulphite being also formed. E. C. R. Potassium Lead Iodide. By J. M. TALMADGE (J. Physical Chena., 1897,1,493-498).-Schreinemakers (Abstr., 1893, ii, 260) has shown that concentration a t ordinary temperatures of a solution from which the solid double salt PbI,,KI + 2H20 has separated is always attended by solution of the double salt.The author shows that, a t looo, the behaviour is reversed and there is continued precipitation of the double salt on evaporation. H. C. By J. K. HAYWOOD (J. Physical Chem., lS97, 1, 41 l--413).-Lescaeur has shown that when cuprous chloride is Cuprous Chloride.INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 73 treated with water, cuprous oxide and hydrochloric acid are formed, and states that when cuprous chloride is washed with water, the amount of acid in the wash water remains practically constant until all the cuprous chloride has been converted into oxide. The author shows that this last result must have been obtained by accident, as the action is dependent on time and the mass of water present. H. C. Possible New Element or Elements in Cast Iron and Blast- furnace Boiler-Dust. By GETHEN G.BOUCHER (Chenz. News., 1897,7S, 99-100 ; 182).-The suspected new metal has been obtained from iron to the extent of from 0-0019 to 0.006 p r cent., in the following manner. The iron is treated with dilute 1 : 5 sulphuric acid and the cold solution saturated with hydrogen sul phide. The mixed precipitate and undissolved matter, after being washed until free from iron, is boiled with hydro- chloric acid and potassium chlorate until the evolution of chlorine censes,and the filtered solution is saturated with hydrogen sulphide. The precipitate is again submitted to the treatment with hydrochloric acid and potassium chlorate ; the arsenic precipitated by magnesia mixture and filtered off; the copper, by treatment with hydrogen sulphide, pre- cipitated as sulphide, which is removed, and ,the solution slightly acidified with hydrochloric acid.The precipitate is repeatedly boiled with hydrochloric acid to remove antimony sulphide and a heavy dark-brown sulpbide remains. This is dissolved in potash, the scllution treated with hydrogen sulphide, filtered, and reprecipitated with hydrochloric acid, these operations being repeated until no further precipitate is obtained from the alkaline solution on treatment with hydrogen sul- phide. The sulphide is dissolved in hot (1 : 2) nitric acid, the solutions filtered, made slight1y:alkaline with ammonia, any precipitate removed, and the metal again precipitated as sulphide. The metal is obtained as a black powder by reducing the oxide in a current of hydrogen, or by fusion with potassium cyanide; it is in- soluble in dilute hydrochloric and sulphuric acids, sparingly soluble in these acids when strong, is soluble in dilute and strong nitric acid, and very readily soluble in aqua regia.When beated in a current of air, the metal glows and forms a yellow, volatile oxide. The oxide, which is also formed on roasting the sulphide, melts at a low temperature and sub- limes at a full red heat, yielding transparent, colourless needles; i t is sparingly soluble in hydrochloric acid, almost insoluble in sulphuric acid, and insoluble in nitric acid. The borax bead is clear and colour- less in the outer, and pale pink in the inner, flame, the microcosmic salt beads are chrome-green, that in the inner flame being darker.When fused with sodium carbonate, the oxide yields a colourless mass soluble in water. The sulphide, precipitated from slightly acid solutions by hydrogen sulphido, is dark-brown, and soluble in the sulphides of ammonia and sodium and in the alkali hydroxides, also in nitric acid and aqua regia, but insoluble in dilute hydrochloric and sulphuric acids. The solution of the chloride gives the following reactions : with sodium thiosulphate, a violet coloration, turning brown on heating with hydrochloric *acid and yielding a precipitst,e of the sulphide ; with potassium ferricyanide, a dark brown, flocculent precipitate soluble in acids and alkalis ; with alkali hydroxides, a slight blue coloration, with zinc or iron, a black deposit of metal, some of which escapes with7s ABSTRACTS OF CUEMICAI, PAPERS.the evolved hydrogen; and when deposited in the usual way from the flame, is almost black with little lustre, and neither soluble in hydro- chloric acid nor calcium hypochlorite. No reactions, however, are obtained with carbonates, chlorides, sodium sulphate, phosphate or acetate, magnesia mixture, potassium cyanide, ferrocyanide or chro- mate, ferrous sulphate or stannous chloride. The chloride or nitrat,e when evaporated nearly to dryness with hydrochloric or, better still, sulphuric acid, gives a blue coloration destroyed by water. It does not give a precipitate when warmed with sodium phosphate and nitric acid, Heavy, dark-colourqd boiler-dust yields a metal that is similar in all respects except that, with stannous chloride, it produces a dark blue colour, turning brown when boiled with hydrochloric acid.The strong aqueous extract of the dust is treated with hydrogen sulphide and hydrochloric acid, the precipitate, when sufficient has been accumulated, is dissolved in aqua regia and evaporated nearly to dryness with sub phuric acid; the solution is diluted, filtered, made alkaline with am- monia, treated with hydrogen snlphide, filtered, and acidified with hydrochloric acid. The. precipitated sulphide is dissolved in potash and treated as in the preceding case. A ton of dust yielded 0.3 gram of this metal. Lucium. By WALDRON SHAPLEIGH (Chem. News, 1897, ”76, 41)- Following Barri6re’s methods, but making each separation thoroughly, the author did not obtain lucium from monazite, but, instead, less than 1 per cent.of mixed oxides of the yttria group. H e remarks that con- centrated solutions of yttrium potassium sulphate give a precipitate when heated, and suggests that this may be the origin of Barrikre’s lucium, inasmuch as Barrihe used concentrated solutions, and then heated (compare Crookes, Abstr., 1897, ii, 144). For- mation of Basic Aluminium Carbonate. By WILLIAM C. DAY (Amer. Chem. J., 1897, 19, 707-728).-When carbonic anhydride is passed into a solution of sodium aluminste (prepared from ‘( Connetable” phosphate rock by the action of quicklime and sodium carbonate, and subsequent washing), a precipitate is formed which differs from alu- minium hydroxide precipitated from an aluminium salt by means of ammonium hydroxide in being of an opaque white, and more granular. If this precipitate is washed with cold water until the wash- ings show no alkaline reaction, and the air-dried residue is analysed, it is found to contain more carbonic anhydride (from 5-5-9 per cent.) than is capable of uniting with the small amount of sodium present. The author concludes that this substance must be regarded as a basic aluminium carbonate. The literature bearing on this subject is die- cussed a t some length. A. W. C. [Reactions of Titanic Acid with Organic Acids.] By GEORG BERU (Zeit. anorg. Chem., 1897, 15, 328--330).-See tbis vol., i, 66. Platino-platinoso-additive Compounds, By MAURICE VEZES (Zeit. ccnoyg. Chem.; 1897, 15, 278--28O).--.The author points out that acid potassium triplatinosohexanitrite, Pti+O(N02)6K2H4, which he obtained by the cautious oxidation of potassium platinosonitrite, can- not have a constitution analogous t o the platinum compounds described D. A. L. D. A. L. Action of Carbonic Anhydride on Sodium Aluminate.iUINERALOGICAL CIIEMISTSY. 75 by Werner (Abstr., 1896, i, 465) and Hadow (this Journal, 1860, 13, 106), although it exhibits the same phenomenon, namely, it crystallises in copper-coloured crystals and gives an almost colourless solution in water. The same behaviour is characteristic of the compound ob- tained by Miolati by heating at 150' the compounds Pt(NOz)4K2,Nz0, and Pt(NO,),K,,HCl. Miolati states that it is identical with, or analogous to, acid potassium triplatinosohexanitrite. E. C. R.

ISSN:0368-1769    

DOI:10.1039/CA8987405068

出版商:RSC    

年代:1898

数据来源: RSC